A Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1872)
by Monier-Williams

P प _ Ph फ

 A अ   Ā आ _ Au औ   K क _ Ñ ञ   Ṭ ट _ N न   P प _ Ph फ   B ब _ M म   Y य _ V व   Ś श _ H ह 

 ←Ṭ–N   P  Paṭ  Pat  Pan  Padm  Param

 Pari  Parit  Parib  Pariv  Paris  Park  Pav

 Pā  Pāt  Pāp  Pāri  Pi  Pid  Pu  Pur  Puṣ  Pūr  Pṛś  Poṣ

 Pra  Prac  Prat  Prati  Pratijñ  Pratib  Pratiś  Pratī  Pratyav

 Prath  Pradh  Prabh  Pray  Pravi  Praś  Prast  Prā  Prāt  Prāv  Pre  Pro

 Ph  Phi  B–M→ 


P — प

pa 1. pa, the twenty-first consonant of the Nāgarī alphabet and the first letter of the fifth or labial class, having the sound of the English p.
     pakāra pa-kāra, as, m. the letter or sound pa.
     pavarga pa-varga, as, m. 'the p series', the labial series of consonants.

pa 2. pa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. ), (at the end of a comp.), drinking; [cf. aneka-pa, ājya-pa, kṣīra-pa, &c.]

pa 3. pa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 3. ), (at the end of a comp.), guarding, protecting, ruling; (ā), f. guarding, protection.

pa 4. pa, as, m. air, wind; a leaf; an egg.

paṃś paṃś or paṃs, cl. 1. and 10. P. paṃśati, paṃsati, paṃśayati, paṃsayati, &c., to destroy.

pakatha pakatha, as, m., N. of a man with the patronymic Saubhara.

pakkaṭī pakkaṭī, f. the tree Thespesia Populnea.

pakkaṇa pakkaṇa, as, m. the hut of a Cāṇḍāla or of any outcast, the abode of a savage or barbarian; (incorrectly read pakvaṇa; cf. pakvaśa.)

paktapauḍa paktapauḍa, as, m. a species of plant (= pañca-kṛtya, pañca-rakṣaka, var-dhana; in Hindī = pakhauḍā).

paktavya paktavya. See rt. 2. pac, p. 521.

pakti pakti, pakva. See rt. 2. pac, p. 521.

pakvaśa pakvaśa, as, m., N. of a barbarous tribe; a Cāṇḍāla; [cf. pukkaśa, pukvasa, pakkaṇa.]

pakvāpakvā pakvāpakvā, an onomatopoetic word imitative of the cry of birds.

pakṣ pakṣ [cf. rt. 2. paś], cl. 1. 10. P. pakṣati, pakṣayati, &c., to take, seize, accept; to take a part or side; [cf. Zend paś, 'to bind:' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pac-i-sc-or, pāx, pac-i-o, pang-o, pig-nus, pā-lu-s: Goth. fah-an, 'to catch:' Mod. Germ. fang-en: Old Germ. fuog-a, ga-fuogi, 'apt;' gafag-yan, 'to satisfy;' fah, 'a shelf:' Bohem. pas, 'a girdle;' pas-mo, 'yarn.']

pakṣa pakṣa, as, m. (probably connected with the preceding, but by some regarded as an unreduplicated Desid. form of an unused rt. paj, fr. which pājas, 'strength', may be derived; in Uṇādi-s. III. 69. pak-ṣa is derived fr. rt. 1. paṇ), a wing, pinion, (in this sense also am, n.); symbolical expression for the number two; a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow; the flank or side (of a man &c.), the shoulder; the side of anything (as of a house, carriage, the head, hair, &c.); the wing or flank of an army, &c.; the half of anything; the half of a lunar month, a fortnight comprising fifteen days, (the half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva or āpūryamāṇa, later śukla or śuddha; the other half was called apara or apa-kṣīyamāṇa, later kṛṣṇa or tāmisra; and every half month is divided into fifteen Tithis, named prathamā, dvitīyā, &c.); a side, party, faction, a partisan, adherent, follower; a class, multitude, host, set, troop, number of adherents or friends (e. g. śatru-pakṣa, the enemy's side or [as an adj.] being on the enemy's side; mahā-pakṣa, one who has many adherents; deva-pakṣa-varāḥ, the most distinguished adherents of the gods; pakṣa-sammata, approved by a certain set of people); one of two cases, one side of an argument, an alternative, (pakṣe, on the other alternative, on the other hand); a case in general, a supposition, (pakṣāntare, in the other case, on the other supposition); a thesis, a point under investigation or discussion, a position advanced or argument to be maintained; (in logic) the subject of a syllogism or conclusion or inference; place, position; supposition, view, notion, idea, opinion (e. g. mu-khyaḥ pakṣaḥ, an excellent idea); state, condition; (in algebra) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division. According to the lexicographers the word has also the following meanings: the wall of a house; a wall; an army; favour; contradiction, opposition, rejoinder, reply; the ashpit of a fire-place, a royal elephant; a limb or member of the body; the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail; proximity, neighbourhood; a bracelet; purity, perfection. In composition with words signifying 'hair', pakṣa is said to mean 'quantity;' see keśa-pakṣa; [cf. pūrva-p-, uttara-p-, eka-p-, kāka-p-, kṛṣṇa-p-, &c.: cf. probably Gr. [greek] in [greek] Goth. fug-ls, 'a bird;' Mod. Germ. Vogel; Lith. panksh-tis; perhaps Lat. passer for paxer.]
     pakṣagama pakṣa-gama, as, ā, am, moving with or by means of wings, flying.
     pakṣagupta pakṣa-gupta, as, m. 'wing-protected', a species of bird.
     pakṣagrahaṇa pakṣa-gra-haṇa, am, n. choosing a party.
     pakṣagrāha pakṣa-grāha, as, ā, am, or pakṣa-grāhin, ī, iṇī, i, one who chooses a party.
     pakṣaghāta pakṣa-ghāta = pakṣāghāta, q. v.
     pakṣaghna pakṣa-ghna, as, ī, am, a Tri-śālaka having no hall towards the west.
     pakṣaṅgama pakṣaṅ-gama, as, ā, am, moving by means of wings, flying.
     pakṣacara pakṣa-cara, as, m. an elephant strayed from the herd; the moon; an attendant, a constant companion.
     pakṣacchid pakṣa-cchid, t, m. 'cutter of the wings' (of the mountains), an epithet of Indra.
     pakṣaja pakṣa-ja, as, ā, am, or pakṣa-janman, ā, ā, a, produced in a fortnight; (as or ā), m. the moon.
     pakṣatā pakṣa-tā, f. or pakṣa-tva, am, n. partisanship, alliance; adherence to a party; the being a part of; the taking up a side or argument; maintaining or defending a thesis; the essential nature of a proposition; the being the subject of a syllogism.
     pakṣadvaya pakṣa-dvaya, am, n. both sides of an argument, &c.; a month (two fortnights).
     pakṣadvāra pak-ṣa-dvāra, am, n. a side door, an inner or back door, a private entrance.
     pakṣadhara pakṣa-dhara, as, ā, am, having a side or wing, winged; taking the side or adhering to the party of any one (gen.); belonging to any party or faction, siding with any one (gen.); (as), m. a bird; a partisan, adherent; the moon; an elephant that has strayed from the herd.
     pakṣanāḍī pakṣa-nāḍī, f. a quill.
     pakṣapāta pakṣa-pāta, as, m. 'falling of the feathers', the moulting of birds (considered to proceed from fever); the act of taking the side or adhering to the party of any one (gen.); siding with any one (gen.); adopting a side or argument whether right or wrong, attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality for (with loc. or gen.); a partisan, adherent.
     pakṣapātakṛtasneha pakṣapāta-kṛta-sneha, as, ā, am, manifesting party attachment, sympathising.
     pakṣapātitā pakṣapāti-tā, f. or pakṣapāti-tva, am, n. partisanship, adherence to a side or party, partiality, friendship, fellowship, faction, factiousness.
     pakṣapātin pakṣa-pātin, ī, inī, i, taking the side or adhering to the party (of any one), siding with, favouring a party; (ī), m. a partisan, friend, adherent, follower.
     pakṣapāli pak-ṣa-pāli, is, m. a private or back door.
     pakṣapuṭa pakṣa-puṭa, as, m. a wing.
     pakṣapoṣaṇa pakṣa-poṣaṇa, as, ī, am, fostering or favouring a party, factious.
     pakṣapradyota pak-ṣa-pradyota, am, n., N. of a peculiar position of the hands in dancing.
     pakṣabala pakṣa-bala, am, n. strength of wing.
     pakṣabhāga pakṣa-bhāga, as, m. the side or flank, especially the flank of an elephant.
     pakṣabhukti pakṣa-bhukti, is, f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight.
     pakṣabheda pakṣa-bheda, as, m. distinction between two sides of an argument; the difference between the two halves of a lunar month.
     pakṣamūla pakṣa-mūla, am, n. the root or articulation of a wing.
     pakṣaracanā pakṣa-racanā, f. forming a party or faction.
     pakṣavañcitaka pakṣa-vañcitaka, as, m. a peculiar position of the hands in dancing.
     pakṣavat pakṣa-vat, ān, atī, at, winged; having flanks; having a side or party, firmly adhering to or having a predilection for any one; belonging to a good family, of good extraction (?).
     pakṣavāda pakṣa-vāda, as, m. expression of opinion, stating a case; ex parte statement.
     pakṣavāhana pakṣa-vāhana, as, m. 'whose vehicles are wings', a bird.
     pakṣavindu pakṣa-vindu, us, m., 'wingspot', a heron.
     pakṣavyāpin pakṣa-vyāpin, ī, inī, i, embracing the whole of an argument or thesis.
     pakṣaśas pak-ṣa-śas, ind. by or for half months or fortnights.
     pakṣasundara pakṣa-sundara, as, m. a species of tree; [cf. lodhra.]
     pakṣahata pakṣa-hata, as, ā, am, paralysed on one side.
     pakṣahara pakṣa-hara, as, m. a bird; (perhaps a wrong reading for pakṣa-dhara, 'possessing wings.')
     pakṣahoma pakṣa-homa, as, m. (probably) an oblation to be offered every half month.
     pakṣākāra pakṣākāra (-ṣa-āk-), as, ā, am, wing-shaped.
     pakṣāghāta pakṣā-ghāta (-ṣa-āgh-), as, m. 'side-stroke', paralysis or palsy of one side, hemiplegia; refutation of an argument or view.
     pakṣānta pakṣānta (-ṣa-an-), as, m. the fifteenth and last day of either half month, new or full moon; the end of the wings of an army arranged in the shape of a bird.
     pakṣāntara pakṣāntara (-ṣa-an-), am, n. another side or part, another or different view of an argument, another supposition.
     pakṣābhāsa pakṣābhāsa (-ṣa-ābh-), as, m. a seeming or fallacious argument, a fallacy, a false plaint.
     pakṣāvasara pakṣāvasara (-ṣa-av-), as, m. the last day of either half month, day of new or full moon.
     pakṣāhati pakṣāhati (-ṣa-āh-), is, f. a stroke with the wings.
     pakṣāhāra pak-ṣāhāra (-ṣa-āh-), as, ā, am, one who eats food only once in a half month.
     pakṣīkṛ pakṣī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, to make anything the subject of an argument or syllogism.
     pakṣodgrāhin pakṣod-grāhin (-ṣa-ud-), ī, iṇī, i, showing partiality, taking a side or adopting a party.

pakṣaka pakṣaka, as, m. a side door, a private or back door; a side; a sidesman; an associate, a confederate or partisan, (at the end of comps. used for pakṣa.)

pakṣati pakṣati, is, f. the root or insertion of a wing, the pit of a bird's wing; the first day of the half month.

pakṣas pakṣas, as, n. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pac), a wing; the side part of a carriage; the leaf of a door; the wing of an army; a half, a division; a half month; the side or shore of a river; a side.

pakṣālikā pakṣālikā, f., N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda.

pakṣālu pakṣālu, us, m. a bird.

pakṣi pakṣi, is, m. (curtailed form for pakṣin), a bird.

pakṣin pakṣin, ī, iṇī, i, winged, (figuratively) furnished with wings; taking the side or adhering to the party (of any one); siding with; (ī), m. a day with the two nights enclosing it; the bird Garuḍa as one of the eighteen attendants of the Sun; an arrow; an epithet of Śiva; (ī, iṇī), m. f. a bird; (iṇī), f. (with or without rātri) a night with the two days enclosing it; the day of full moon; N. of a Śākinī; [cf. Lith. pauksh-tis, 'a bird;' Goth. fug-ls, 'a bird;' Angl. Sax. fug-ul; Mod. Germ. Vogel; probably Lat. passer for paxer.]
     pakṣikīṭa pakṣi-kīṭa, as, m. 'bird-insect', an insectlike bird, an insignificant species of bird.
     pakṣitīrtha pakṣi-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place.
     pakṣipati pakṣi-pati, is, m. 'the prince of birds', an epithet of Sampāti.
     pakṣipānīyaśālikā pakṣipānīya-śālikā, f. a trough or reservoir for watering birds, cattle, &c.
     pakṣipuṅgava pakṣi-puṅgava, as, m. 'a bull among the birds', an epithet of Jaṭāyu.
     pakṣipravara pakṣi-pravara, as, m. 'the most excellent among the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa.
     pakṣibālaka pakṣi-bālaka, as, m. a young bird.
     pakṣimṛgatā pakṣi-mṛga-tā, f. (fr. pakṣin and mṛga), the form or condition of a bird or of a beast.
     pakṣirāj pakṣi-rāj, ṭ, or pakṣi-rāja, as, m. 'king of the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa or of Jaṭāyu.
     pakṣirājya pak-ṣi-rājya, am, n. the sovereignty of the feathered tribes.
     pakṣiśālā pakṣi-śālā, f. 'bird-house', an aviary, a nest.
     pakṣiśāvaka pakṣi-śāvaka, as, m. a young bird.
     pakṣisiṃha pakṣi-siṃha, as, m. 'lion among the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa, the bird and vehicle of Viṣṇu.
     pakṣisvāmin pakṣi-svāmin, ī, m. 'lord or master of the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa.
     pakṣīndra pakṣīndra (-ṣi-in-), as, m. 'prince of the birds', an epithet of Garuḍa.

pakṣila pakṣila, as, m. (with svāmin) an epithet of the saint Vātsyāyana.
     pakṣilasvāmin pakṣila-svāmin, ī, m. an epithet of Vātsyāyana who is identified with Cāṇakya.

pakṣīya pakṣīya, as, ā, am (at the end of a comp.), belonging to a side, siding with, taking the side or adhering to the party of any one.

pakṣman pakṣman, a, n. an eyelash; the filament of a flower; the point of a thread, a thin thread; the leaf of a flower; a wing; a whisker.
     pakṣmakopa pakṣma-kopa or pakṣma-prakopa, as, m. irritation produced in the eye by the eyelashes turning inwards (Entropium).
     pakṣmākṣa pakṣmākṣa (-ma-akṣa), as, ī, am, having an eyelash or eyelashes in the eye (suffering from Entropium).

pakṣmala pakṣmala, as, ā, am, having strong or long eyelashes; having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy.

pakṣya pakṣya, as, ā, am, Ved. descended from Paksha (i. e. according to Sāy. the Sun); changing every half month; produced or occurring in a fortnight; belonging to a side, siding with, taking part with; lateral.

pakṣṇu pakṣṇu. See p. 522, col. 1.

pakṣman pakṣman. See above.

paṅka paṅka, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pac or pañc), mud, mire, dirt, clay; a slough, a quagmire; ointment, unguent; moral impurity, sin; [cf. niṣ-paṅka, nīla-p-.]
     paṅkakarvaṭa paṅka-karvaṭa, as, m. soft mud, especially such as is left by the retiring of floods or on the banks of a river, alluvium, a marsh, a quagmire.
     paṅkakīra paṅka-kīra, as, m. an aquatic bird, a lap-wing.
     paṅkakrīḍa paṅka-krīḍa, as, ā, am, wallowing or sporting in mud; (as), m. a pig; (also paṅka-krīḍanaka, as, m.)
     paṅkagaḍaka paṅka-gaḍaka, as, m. or paṅka-gati, is, f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus.
     paṅkagrāha paṅka-grāha, as, m. the marine monster Makara, q. v.
     paṅkacchid paṅka-cchid, t, m. 'mud-destroyer', Strychnos Potatorum (the fruit of which is used for purifying foul water).
     paṅkaja paṅka-ja, am, n. 'mudborn', a species of lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (or rather its flower which closes in the evening); (as), m. an epithet of Brahmā, (incorrect for paṅkaja-ja, 'lotus-born'); (ī), f. an epithet of Durgā.
     paṅkajajanman paṅkaja-janman, ā, m. 'sprung from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā.
     paṅkajanābha paṅkaja-nābha, as, ā, am, 'having a lotus springing from his navel', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     paṅkajanman paṅka-janman, a, n. = paṅka-ja.
     paṅkajapattra paṅkaja-pattra, am, n. the leaf of a lotus.
     paṅkajapattranetra paṅkajapattra-netra, as, ā, am, having eyes like lotus-leaves.
     paṅkajāvalī paṅkajāvalī (-ja-āv-), f. a particular metre; [cf. paṅkāvalī.]
     paṅkajit paṅka-jit, t, m., N. of a son of Garuḍa.
     paṅkajinī paṅkajinī, f. (fr. paṅkajin which is fr. paṅka-ja), Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant itself), a group of such lotuses, a lotus pool, a pool or pond where the lotus grows or a place abounding with that flower; the flexible stalk of a water-lily.
     paṅkatā paṅka-tā, f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness.
     paṅkadigdha paṅka-digdha, as, ā, am, besmeared with mud, soiled with dirt.
     paṅkadigdhaśarīra paṅkadigdha-śarīra, as, m. 'having a mudsmeared body', N. of a Dānava; (also read as if two names, paṅka-digdha and śarīra.)
     paṅkadigdhāṅga paṅkadig-dhāṅga (-dha-aṅ-), as, m. 'having mud-smeared limbs', N. of a being attending on Skanda.
     paṅkaprabhā paṅka-prabhā, f. (with Jainas) N. of one of the seven divisions of hell (where mud or mire takes the place of light).
     paṅkabhāj paṅka-bhāj, k, k, k, sunk in the mire.
     paṅkabhāraka paṅka-bhāraka, as, ā, am, laden with mud, muddy.
     paṅkamajjana paṅka-majjana, am, n. immersion in mud.
     paṅkamaṇḍūka paṅka-maṇḍūka, as, m. a bivalve conch; (also wrongly read -maṇḍūka.)
     paṅkamaya paṅka-maya, as, ī, am, full of mud or mire, muddy.
     paṅkaruh paṅka-ruh, ṭ, or paṅka-ruha, am, n. 'mud-growing', a lotus.
     paṅkavat paṅka-vat, ān, atī, at, muddy, covered with mud.
     paṅkavāsa paṅka-vāsa, as, m. 'dwelling in mud', a crab.
     paṅkaśukti paṅka-śukti, is, f. 'mud-shell', a particular species of muscle or cockle (the stair-case shell, spinnet shell).
     paṅkasūraṇa paṅka-sūraṇa, as, m. 'mudroot', the fibrous edible root of a lotus; (also written paṅka-śūraṇa, paṅka-ṣūraṇa.)
     paṅkeja paṅke-ja, am, n. 'born in the mud', a lotus.
     paṅkeruha paṅke-ruha, am, n. 'growing in mud', a lotus; (as), m. the Indian crane (as a synonym of puṣkara).
     paṅkeśaya paṅke-śaya, as, ā, am, resting or dwelling in mud.

paṅkāra paṅkāra, as, m. the aquatic plant Blyxa Octandra or Vallisneria (= śaivala); the aquatic plant Trapa Bispinosa (= jala-kubjaka); a dam, dike, or raised bank forming a path amidst inundated fields; stairs, steps, a ladder.

paṅkāvalī paṅkāvalī, f. = paṅkajāvalī (of which it may be a contraction).

paṅkin paṅkin, ī, inī, i (at the end of a comp.), muddy, filled or covered with mud; [cf. mala-p-.]

paṅkila paṅkila, as, ā, am, muddy, dirty, clayey; (as), m. a boat, canoe.

paṅkaṇa paṅkaṇa, wrong form for pakkaṇa, q. v.

paṅkavāri paṅka-vāri. See pakva-vāri.

paṅkti paṅkti, is, ī, f. (connected with pañ-can), a row or line or set of five, a collection of five, the number five; a sort of fivefold metre consisting of five Pādas of eight syllables each; (in the later literature) any stanza of four times ten syllables (or of four lines, each line consisting of ten syllables); the number ten, (sometimes in comp., cf. rāvaṇa-śiraḥ-p-, paṅkti-grīva, paṅkti-ratha); a line, range, row, series; a group, flock, troop; a heap; a row of people sitting down to a meal, a company, society, assembly, party; a company of persons of the same caste; the living generation; the earth; cooking, maturing, (incorrectly for pakti); fame, celebrity (for pakti); [cf. akṣara-p-, āstāra-p-, pada-p-, prastāra-p-.]
     paṅktikaṇṭaka paṅkti-kaṇṭaka, 'having rows of thorns (?)', a white-flowering Achyranthes.
     paṅktigrīva paṅkti-grīva, as, m. 'ten-necked', an epithet of Rāvaṇa; [cf. paṅkti-ratha.]
     paṅkticara paṅkti-cara, as, m. 'going in lines', an osprey.
     paṅktidūṣa paṅkti-dūṣa or -dūṣaka, as, ā, am, defiling or contaminating any society or company of persons; (as), m. an improper person with whom to associate, (opposed to paṅkti-pāvana.)
     paṅktidoṣa paṅkti-doṣa, as, m. a bane of society, anything which defiles or contaminates a company, what spoils a society.
     paṅktipāvana paṅkti-pāvana, as, ā, am, purifying a society or company of persons, (opposed to paṅkti-dūṣa); (as), m. a respectable or eminent person.
     paṅktiratha paṅkti-ratha, as, m. 'having ten chariots', a N. of Daśa-ratha, the father of Rāmacandra.
     paṅktirādhas paṅkti-rādhas, ās, ās, as, Ved. (a sacrifice) containing fivefold gifts; (Sāy.) abounding in properly presented oblations.
     paṅktivīja paṅkti-vīja, as, m. a species of plant (= varvūra).
     paṅktīkṛta paṅktī-kṛta, as, ā, am, associated in groups.
     paṅktyuttara paṅkty-uttara, as, ā, am, having a Paṅkti at the end.

paṅktikā paṅktikā, f. a row, line, (in akṣara-paṅktikā, a row of letters.)

paṅgu paṅgu, us, ūs or vī, u (perhaps fr. apa-aṅga, said to be connected with rt. 1. khañj), lame, crippled, halt, one who has lost his legs, &c.; (us), m. the planet Saturn (as moving slowly); an epithet of Nirjita-varman.
     paṅgugrāha paṅgu-grāha, as, m. the sea-monster Makara, q. v. [cf. paṅka-grāha, as,]; one of the signs of the zodiac, see makara.
     paṅgutā paṅgu-tā, f. or paṅgu-tva, am, n. lameness, deformity, mutilation.
     paṅgutvahāriṇī paṅgutva-hāriṇī, f. a species of shrub (= śimṛḍī).

paṅguka paṅguka, as, ā, am, = paṅgu, lame.

paṅgula paṅgula, as, ā, am, lame, crippled; (as), m. a horse of a glassy or silvery white colour; (am?), n. lameness (?).

pac 1. pac or pañc, cl. 1. P. A. pacati, -te, pañcati, -te, &c., to make clear or evident: Caus. pañcayati, &c., to explain or state fully, amplify; to spread.

pañcā pañcā, f. spreading.

pac 2. pac, cl. 1. P. A. pacati, -te, pa-pāca (papaktha or pecitha), pece (perf. part. pecivas, f. pecuṣī), pakṣyati, -te, apākṣīt, apakta (Vedic forms pakṣat, apeciran, peciran), paktum (Ved. paktave), to cook, dress food, bake, roast, boil; to melt (metals &c.); to bake or burn (bricks); to digest; to ripen, mature, bring to maturity; (figuratively) to bring to perfection or completion; to develop anything (acc.) into another state (acc.); to cook for one's self (A.): Pass. pac-yate, to be cooked; to become ripe or mature, to ripen; to arrive at completion or perfection (Mahābh. Anuśāsana-p. 6205); to be developed; to be inflamed: Caus. pācayati, -yitum, Aor. apīpacat, to cause to be cooked, to have cooked, have dressed (as food), to cook; to cause to ripen, to bring to maturity or perfection, bring to completion, bring to an end; to cure, heal; (A. -te), to cause to cook for one's self: Pass. of Caus. pācyate, to be cooked: Desid. pipakṣati: Intens. pāpacyate, pāpacīti, to be much cooked, to cook very much, burn excessively; (figuratively) to be much afflicted: Desid. of the Intens. pāpaciṣati, -te; [cf. Zend pac, 'to cook:' Gr. [greek] [greek] for [greek] for [greek] [greek] Lat. coqu-o, coquu-s, cu-līna, co-quina = pop-īna: Slav. pek-a, 'I cook;' pesh-ti, 'a stove:' Lith. kep-ti, 'to bake.']

paktavya paktavya, as, ā, am, to be cooked or dressed, to be baked; to be matured; to be digested.

pakti pakti, is, f. cooking, preparing food; food or any dish of cooked food (Ved.); digesting, digestion; the place of digestion; becoming ripe, ripening; development; respectability, dignity, fame.
     paktiśūla pakti-śūla, am, n. violent pain or inflammation of the bowels proceeding from indigestion, colic.
     paktisthāna pakti-sthāna, am, n. the place of digestion.

paktṛ paktṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, who or what cooks, cooking, a cook; digestive, promoting digestion; who or what ripens, ripening.

paktra paktra, am, n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire; the sacred fire perpetually maintained by the householder.

paktrima paktrima, as, ā, am, prepared by cooking, cooked; obtained by boiling (as salt); ripe, ripened, matured.

paktvā paktvā, ind. having cooked or dressed; having matured, &c.

paktha paktha, as, m., Ved. (according to Sāy.) one who cooks the oblation; N. of a man protected by the Aśvins; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people.

pakthin pakthin, ī, inī, i, Ved. (according to Sāy.) cooking the oblation.

pakva pakva, as, ā, am (past pass. part.), cooked, roasted, boiled, prepared on the fire, (opposed to āma); warmed, (dvi-pakva, warmed up again); baked or burnt (as bricks, porcelain, &c.); digested; mature, ripe, ripened, matured (as fruits or corn or as the milk in an udder); ready to discharge matter or suppurate; ripe (as a boil); grey (as the hair); come to perfection, accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding, character, &c.), shrewd, experienced; ripe for destruction; on the eve of decay, near to death, perishing, decaying; (am), n. cooked food; [cf. niṣ-p-, pari-p-, &c.; cf. also Gr. [greek]]
     pakvakaṣāya pakva-kaṣāya, as, ā, am, having passion destroyed.
     pakvakṛt pakva-kṛt, t, t, t, cooking, maturing, dressing food; (t), m. the tree Azadirachta Indica (= nimba), the leaves of which are applied to certain swellings to induce suppuration.
     pakvakeśa pakva-keśa, as, ī, am, grey-haired.
     pakvatā pakva-tā, f. ripeness, maturity, greyness (of the hair).
     pakvarasa pakva-rasa, as, m. wine or any intoxicating liquor.
     pakvavat pakva-vat, ān, atī, at, one who has cooked, &c.
     pakvavāri pakva-vāri, n. sour rice-gruel, the water of boiled rice (= kāñjika); boiling water; distilled water; (also read paṅka-vāri.)
     pakvasasyopamonnati pakva-sasyopamonnati (-sya-upama-un-) = rāja-ka-damba.
     pakvātisāra pakvātisāra (-va-at-), as, m. chronic dysentery.
     pakvādhāna pakvādhāna (-va-ādh-), am, n. or pakvāśaya (-va-āś-), as, m. the receptacle for digested food, the place of digestion, the stomach, belly, abdomen; [cf. āmāśaya.]
     pakvānna pakvānna (-va-an-), am, n. cooked or dressed food.
     pakveṣṭakacita pakveṣ-ṭaka-cita, am, n. (a building) constructed with burnt bricks, (Pāṇ. VI. 3, 65.)
     pakveṣṭakā pakveṣṭakā (-va-iṣ-), f. a burnt or baked brick.

pakṣṇu pakṣṇu, us, us, u, who or what cooks or matures, cooking, maturing.

pac 3. pac, k, k, k (at the end of a comp.), cooking, baking.

paca paca, as, ā, am, cooking, baking, roasting; digesting [cf. alpam-paca, iṣṭi-p-, kim-p-, duṣ-p-, &c.]; (as, ā), m. f. cooking, maturing, &c.

pacaka pacaka, as, m. a cook, cooking, baking.

pacat pacat, an, antī, at, cooking, boiling, roasting, ripening, &c.
     pacatpuṭa pacat-puṭa, as, m. the tree Hibiscus Phoeniceus.

pacata pacata, as, ā, am, cooked, dressed, boiled, ripe, mature; (as), m. the sun; fire; a N. of Indra; (am), n. cooked food.
     pacatabhṛjjatā pacata-bhṛjjatā, f. continual baking and roasting.

pacatikalpa pacati-kalpa, as, ā, am, or (am), ind. almost cooked or ripened, (also in a similar sense pacati-deśya and pacati-deśīya.)

pacatya pacatya, as, ā, am, Ved. cooked, dressed (as food), ripe.

pacana pacana, as, ā, am, cooking, roasting, maturing [cf. eṇī-p-]; (as), m. fire; (ā), f. becoming ripe, ripening; (ī), f. the wild citron tree, = vana-vīja-pūraka; (am), n. the act of cooking, a means or instrument for cooking, fuel, a cooking utensil, a vessel, a frying-pan, &c.; cooking, dressing, boiling; ripening, maturing; becoming cooked, becoming ripe.

pacanika pacanika (gender doubtful), a pan.

pacapaca paca-paca, as, ā, am, (probably) 'continually bringing to maturity', an epithet of Śiva.

pacaprakūṭā paca-prakūṭā, see Gaṇa Mayūra-vyaṃsakādi to Pāṇ. II. 1, 72.

pacamāna pacamāna, as, ā, am, cooking, in the act of cooking or ripening.

pacampacā pacam-pacā, f. (reduplicated form fr. rt. 2. pac), a species of Curcuma, C. Aromatica or C. Xanthorrhiza.

pacalavaṇā paca-lavaṇā, f. constant boiling of salt, (paca is 2nd sing. impv., and the comp. belongs to the Gaṇa Mayūra-vyaṃsakādi.)

pacāna pacāna, as, ā, am (anomalous form of the pres. part. A.), cooking, preparing food, (see Mahā-bh. Vana-p. 13239, and cf. kim-p-.)

paci paci, is, m. fire; cooking, maturing.

pacelima pacelima, as, ā, am, being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly; fit to cook or ripen, fit to be matured; (as), m. Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean; fire; the sun.

paceluka paceluka, as, m. a cook.

pacya pacya, as, ā, am, becoming ripe, ripening, (see kṛṣṭa-p- and cf. pākya.)

pacyamāna pacyamāna, as, ā, am, being cooked, being in the act of ripening, being baked, being melted, being under digestion, being matured.

pācyamāna pācyamāna, as, ā, am, being cooked.

pacchabda pac-chabda, paj-ja, &c. See under 3. pad, p. 529, col. 3.

pajjhaṭikā pajjhaṭikā, f. a kind of metre; a small bell.

pajra pajra, as, ā, am, Ved. (perhaps) stout, fat, corpulent, in good condition, in good plight; wealthy, rich; (Sāy.) powerful, strong, rich in food; pajrāyā garbhaḥ, 'the son or child of the fat one', = the Soma; (ās), m. pl. (according to Sāy.) an epithet of the Aṅgirasas or of the family of Kakṣīvat; (am), n., N. of a Sāman.
     pajrahoṣin pajra-hoṣin, ī, iṇī, i, Ved. (perhaps) having rich oblations; (Sāy.) for whom the acclamation of praise (ghoṣa) is prepared.

pajriya pajriya, as, m. an epithet of Kakṣīvat.

pañc pañc. See rt. 1. pac, p. 521, col. 3.

pañcan pañcan, a, m. f. n. pl. (said to be fr. rt. pañc; originally the spreading out of the hand to represent the number by the five fingers), five. In the Veda pañca svasāraḥ, the five sisters = the fingers; dviḥ pañca svasāraḥ = the ten fingers; pañca kṣi-tīnām, the five classes of dwellers on the earth = the four castes and the Niṣādas, Ṛg-veda 1. 7, 9; [cf. 1. kṣiti, carṣaṇi, kṛṣṭi, jana; cf. also Ved. pañca-tha = Zend pukh-dha = Gr. [greek] [greek] Zend pañcan; Gr. [greek] Aeol. [greek] Lat. quinque, quinc-tu-s or quin-tu-s, Quinct-īli-s; Goth. fimf; Mod. Germ. fünf; Lith. pan-ti; Hib. cuig; Cambro-Brit. pump.]
     pañcakapāla pañca-kapāla, as, ī, am, Ved. prepared or offered in five cups or bowls, a particular ceremony in which ghee is offered in five cups.
     pañcakarṇa pañca-karṇa, as, ā, am, (perhaps) branded in the ear with the number five (as cattle), see Pāṇ. VI. 3, 115.
     pañcakarpaṭa pañca-karpaṭa, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.
     pañcakarman pañca-karman, a, n. (in medicine) five kinds of treatment, viz. giving emetics, purging, giving sternutatories, and administering enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily.
     pañcakaṣāya pañca-kaṣāya, as, m. (?), a decoction from the fruits of five plants, the Jambu, Śālmali, Vāṭyāla, Vakula, and Badara; (for the five Kaṣāyas of the Buddhists see under kaṣāya.)
     pañcakaṣāyaja pañcakaṣāya-ja or pañca-kaṣāyottha (-ya-ut-), as, ā, am, produced from the above decoction.
     pañcakāpittha pañca-kāpittha, as, ī, am, prepared with the five products of the Kapittha tree or Feronia Elephantum, (perhaps leaves, blossom, fruit, gum, and bark.)
     pañcakṛtya pañca-kṛtya, as, m. a species of plant (= pakta-pauḍa).
     pañcakṛtvas pañca-kṛt-vas, ind. five times.
     pañcakṛṣṇa pañca-kṛṣṇa, as, m. 'having five black spots', a species of poisonous insect.
     pañcakṛṣṇalaka pañca-kṛṣṇalaka, as, ā, am, comprising five Kṛṣṇalas.
     pañcakoṇa pañca-koṇa, as, m. 'having five angles', a pentagon.
     pañcakola pañca-kola, am, n. the five spices, viz. long pepper (kaṇā), its root (kaṇā-mūla), Chai or Piper Chaba (cavya), plumbago (agni), and dry ginger (nāgara).
     pañcakoṣa pañca-koṣa, ās, m. pl. the five sheaths or cases supposed to invest the soul; see under kośa.
     pañcakrama pañca-krama, N. of a work ascribed to Nāgārjuna.
     pañcakrośamāhātmya pañca-krośa-mā-hātmya, am, n., N. of a poem.
     pañcakrośī pañca-krośī, f. (probably) a distance of five Krośas.
     pañcakṣāra pañca-kṣāra, am, n. = pañca-lavaṇa.
     pañcakhaṭva pañca-khaṭva, am, ī, n. f. a collection of five bedsteads.
     pañcagaṅga pañca-gaṅga, ās, m. pl., N. of a place (Mahā-bh. Droṇap. 2095).
     pañcagaṇayoga pañca-gaṇa-yoga, as, m. a collective name of the five plants Vidārī-gandhā, Bṛhatī, Pṛśni-parṇī, Nidigdhikā, and Śva-daṃṣṭrā.
     pañcagata pañca-gata, as, ā, am, (in algebra) raised to the fifth power, (lit. arrived at five.)
     pañcagava pañca-gava, am, ī, n. f. a collection of five cows.
     pañcagavadhana pañcagava-dhana, as, ā, am, whose property consists of five cows.
     pañcagavya pañca-gavya, am, n. five products of the cow, viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, urine, and cow-dung.
     pañcagu pañca-gu, us, us, u, bought with five cows.
     pañcaguṇa pañca-guṇa, as, ā, am, five times, fivefold.
     pañcagupta pañca-gupta, as, ā, am, covered or protected in a fivefold manner, having five members covered or concealed; (as), m. a tortoise, turtle (as drawing in its four feet and head under its shell; cf. pañ-cāṅga-gupta); the materialistic system of the Cārvākas.
     pañcaguptirasā pañca-gupti-rasā, f. a species of vegetable, Medicago Esculenta (Trigonella Corniculata).
     pañcagṛhīta pañ-ca-gṛhīta, as, ā, am, Ved. taken or taken up five times.
     pañcagoṇi pañca-goṇi, is, is, i, containing five Droṇas (?), see Pāṇ. I. 2, 50.
     pañcagrāmī pañca-grāmī, f. a collection of five villages.
     pañcacatvāriṃśa pañca-catvāriṃśa, as, ī, am, the 45th.
     pañcacatvāriṃśat pañca-catvāriṃśat, t, f., 45.
     pañcacandra pañca-candra, as, m., N. of a man.
     pañcacāmara pañca-cāmara, am, n., N. of a metre consisting of four lines of sixteen syllables each; of another metre of four lines each containing nineteen syllables.
     pañcacitika pañca-citika, as, ā, am, Ved. piled up in five tiers or layers.
     pañcacīra pañca-cīra, as, m. a Buddhist saint and legislator, also named Mañju-śrī, apparently the teacher of Buddhism in Nepal.
     pañcacūḍa pañca-cūḍa, as, ā, am, 'five-crested', having five tufts of hair; (ā), f., N. of an Apsaras or nymph of heaven.
     pañcacola pañca-cola, N. of a part of the Himālaya range.
     pañcajana pañca-jana, ās, m. pl. the five kinds or classes of beings, viz. gods, men, Gandharvas and Apsarasas, serpents, and Pitṛs; man, mankind; N. of a demon who lived in the sea in the form of a conch shell which was formed of his bones, (he was slain by Kṛṣṇa, who took the conch shell, thence called Pāñcajanya, and used it as his horn, see Viṣṇu-Purāṇa V. 21); N. of a son of Saṃhrāda by Kṛti; of a Prajā-pati; of a son of Sagara by Keśinī; of a son of Sṛñjaya and father of Soma-datta; (ī), f. an assemblage or aggregate of five persons; N. of a daughter of Viśva-rūpa and wife of Bharata.
     pañcajanālaya pañ-cajanālaya (-na-āl-), as, ā, am, an epithet of the Ābhīras, (perhaps so called as living where the demon Pañca-jana lived.)
     pañcajanīna pañcajanīna, as, ā, am, devoted to the five races; (as), m. an actor, a mimic, a buffoon; the chief of five men.
     pañcajanīya pañca-janīya, as, ā, am, consecrated to or intended for the five classes of beings.
     pañcajñāna pañca-jñāna, as, m. 'possessing the five kinds of knowledge', a Buddha or Buddhist sanctified teacher.
     pañcatakṣa pañca-takṣa, am, ī, n. f. a collection of five carpenters.
     pañcatattva pañca-tattva, am, n. the five elements collectively, see under tattva; (in the Tantras) the five essentials (all beginning with ma, cf. pañca-ma-kāra), viz. wine (madya), meat (māṃsa), fish (matsya), mystic intertwining of the fingers (mudrā), and sexual intercourse (maithuna).
     pañcatantra pañca-tantra, am, n., N. of a well-known collection of moral stories and fables in five books or chapters (tantra) from which the author of the Hitopadeśa drew a large portion of his materials.
     pañcatantraka pañcatantraka, am, n., N. of a work consisting of five sections, (see the preceding.)
     pañcatanmātra pañca-tanmātra, am, n. the five subtile rudiments of the five elements; see tan-mātra.
     pañcatapas pañ-ca-tapas, ās, m. an ascetic who in the hot weather sits between four fires placed towards the four quarters with the burning sun above (Manu VI. 23).
     pañcatā pañ-ca-tā, f. or pañca-tva, am, n. fivefoldness, fivefold state; the aggregate of five, a collection of five things; the five elements collectively (viz. earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa); separation into the five elements of which the body consists, death, dissolution.
     pañcatāra pañca-tāra, as, ā, am, five-starred.
     pañcatikta pañ-ca-tikta, am, n. five bitter things (viz. Nimba, Amṛtā, Vṛṣa, Paṭola, and Nidigdhikā).
     pañcatīrthī pañca-tīrthī, f. any five principal places of pilgrimage (especially Viśrānti, Śaukara, Naimisha, Prayāga, and Pushkara); N. of a sacred bathing-place; bathing on the day of the equinox (?).
     pañcatriṃśa pañca-triṃśa, as, ī, am, the 35th.
     pañcatriṃśat pañca-triṃśat, t, f. or pañca-triṃśati, is, f., 35.
     pañcatva pañca-tva, see pañca-tā above.
     pañcadaka pañca-daka, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.
     pañcadaśa pañca-daśa, as, ī, am, the 15th; consisting of 15; joined with or increased by 15 (e. g. pañca-daśaṃ sahasram, 1015); containing or representing the Pañca-daśa Stoma or connected with it; (ī), f., scil. tithi, the 15th day of a half month, the day of full or new moon; N. of a book (belonging to the Uttara-mīmāṃsā) consisting of 15 chapters.
     pañcadaśakṛtvas pañcadaśa-kṛtvas, ind., 15 times.
     pañcadaśadhā pañcadaśa-dhā, ind. in or into 15 parts or ways.
     pañcadaśan pañca-daśan, a, m. f. n. pl., 15.
     pañcadaśama pañcadaśama, as, ī, am, the 15th.
     pañcadaśavat pañcadaśa-vat, ān, atī, at, possessing the Pañca-daśa Stoma.
     pañcadaśāha pañcadaśāha (-śa-aha), as, m. a period of 15 days.
     pañcadaśāhika pañcadaśāhika, as, ī, am, lasting 15 days.
     pañcadaśin pañcadaśin, ī, inī, i, consisting of 15, or of 15 parts.
     pañcadaśīsamāsa pañcadaśī-samāsa, as, m., N. of a work by Rāma-kṛṣṇa.
     pañcadāman pañca-dāman, ā, mnī, a, Ved. having five cords.
     pañcadīrgha pañca-dīrgha, am, n. the five long parts of the body (viz. the arms, eyes, belly [according to the Buddhists, the knees], nose, and breast).
     pañcadhā pañ-ca-dhā, ind. in five ways, in five parts, fivefold.
     pañcanakha pañca-nakha, as, ā, am, five-clawed, having five nails; (as), m. any animal having five claws or toes; an elephant; a tiger; a tortoise.
     pañcanada pañca-nada, am, n. (according to Pāṇ. II. 1, 20, an Avyayī-bhāva comp.), the Pañjāb or country of five rivers, viz. the Śata-dru (Sutluj), Vipāśā (Beas), Irā-vatī (Ravee), Candra-bhāgā (Chenab), and Vitastā (Jhelum or Behut); N. of a river produced by the junction of the five rivers of the Pañjāb and which falls into the Sindhu; N. of a Tīrtha near the spot where the Kiraṇā and Dhūta-pāpa fall into the Ganges after the union of the latter river with the Yamunā and Sarasvatī; (as), m. a prince of Pañca-nada; N. of an Asura; N. of a preceptor; (ās), m. pl. the inhabitants of Pañca-nada.
     pañcanadatīrtha pañca-nada-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place.
     pañcanavata pañcanavata, as, ī, am, the 95th.
     pañcanavati pañca-navati, is, f., 95.
     pañcanavatitama pañcanavati-tama, as, ī, am, the 95th.
     pañcanāman pañca-nāman, ā, mnī, a, having five names.
     pañcanidhana pañca-nidhana, am, n., N. of a Sāman.
     pañcanimba pañca-nimba, am, n. the five products of the Azadirachta Indica (viz. the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark, and root).
     pañcanīrājana pañca-nīrājana, am, n. waving four things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate.
     pañcapakṣin pañca-pakṣin, ī, m., N. of a small book ascribed to Śiva containing prophecies, in which the five vowels a, i, u, e, o are connected with five birds; (also -pakṣi or -pakṣin, n.)
     pañcapañcanakha pañca-pañca-nakha, as, m. five species of animals allowed to be killed and eaten, the hare, porcupine, alligator, rhinoceros, and tortoise.
     pañcapañcāśa pañca-pañcāśa, as, ī, am, the 55th.
     pañcapañcāśat pañca-pañcāśat, t, f., 55.
     pañcapañcin pañ-ca-pañcin, ī, inī, i, Ved. having five parts, fivefold.
     pañcapattra pañca-pattra, as, m. 'five-leaved', a species of Caṇḍāla-kanda.
     pañcapad pañca-pad or pañca-pād, pāt, pāt or padī, pāt, consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; (padī), f., N. of a river in Śāka-dvīpa.
     pañcapada pañca-pada, as, ā, am, Ved. containing five Padas; (ī), f. 'only five steps', a term expressive of a cold unfriendly relationship, (opposed to sāpta-padīna, q. v.); the five strong cases (viz. the nom. voc. and acc. sing., the nom. voc. and acc. du., and the nom. and voc. pl.).
     pañcaparṇikā pañca-parṇikā or pañca-parṇī, f. a species of small shrub (= go-rakṣī).
     pañcaparvata pañca-parvata, am, n. 'the five mountains', N. of five peaks of the Himālayas.
     pañcapallava pañca-pallava, am, n. the aggregate of five sprigs or young shoots of the Āmra, Jambū, Kapittha, Vīja-pūraka, and Vilva; (according to others, of the Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, Parkaṭī, and Yajñodumbara; or of the Panasa, Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, and Vakula); Bel or Marmelos, citron, and wood-apple.
     pañcapātra pañca-pātra, am, n. five cups or vessels collectively; a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels.
     pañcapāda pañca-pāda, as, ā, am, consisting of or containing five feet.
     pañcapādikā pañca-pādikā or pañca-pādī, f., N. of a treatise on the Uṇādi affixes consisting of five sections; N. of a philosophical work by Sa-nandana treating of the first four Brahma-sūtras.
     pañcapādikāvivaraṇa pañ-capādikā-vivaraṇa, am, n. a commentary by Prakāśātman on Sa-nandana's Pañca-pādī.
     pañcapitta pañ-ca-pitta, am, n. the gall or bile of five animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock).
     pañcapura pañca-pura, am, n., N. of a city.
     pañcapuṣpamaya pañcapuṣpa-maya, as, ī, am, formed of five flowers.
     pañcaprastha pañca-prastha, as, ā, am, having five elevations or rising grounds (as a forest; perhaps N. of a forest).
     pañcaprāṇa pañca-prāṇa, ās, m. pl. the five vital airs, the five airs supposed to be in the body.
     pañcaprāsāda pañca-prāsāda, as, m. a temple with four pinnacles and a steeple.
     pañcabandha pañca-bandha, as, m. a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen.
     pañcabalā pañca-balā, f. the five plants called Balā (viz. Balā, Nāga-b-, Mahā-b-, Ati-b-, and Rāja-b-).
     pañcabāṇa pañca-bāṇa or pañca-vāṇa, as, m. 'having five arrows', epithet of the god of love.
     pañcabāhu pañca-bāhu, us, m. 'five-armed', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva.
     pañcabrahma pañca-brahma, am, n., N. of an Upaniṣad.
     pañcabhadra pañca-bhadra, as, ā, am, having five good qualities; consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce or a decoction); having five auspicious marks or spotted on the chest, back, face, and flanks (as a horse); vicious.
     pañcabhuja pañca-bhuja, as, ā, am, five-armed, pentagonal; (as), m. a pentagon.
     pañcabhūta pañca-bhūta, am, n. the five elements, earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa.
     pañcabhūtaparityakta pañca-bhūta-parityakta, as, ā, am, deserted by the five elements (as a dead body).
     pañcabhūtātman pañcabhūtātman (-ta-āt-), ā, ā, a, consisting of the five elements, formed of the five primary elements (as the body).
     pañcabhṛṅga pañca-bhṛṅga, epithet of the five plants Devadālī, Śamī, Bhaṅgā, Nirguṇḍī, and Tamāla-pattra.
     pañcabhautika pañca-bhautika incorrect reading for pāñca-bhautika, q. v.
     pañcamakāra pañca-ma-kāra, am, n. the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual, the words for which begin with the letter m; see pañca-tattva.
     pañcamaya pañca-maya, as, ī, am, consisting or formed of five, made up or consisting of the five (elements).
     pañcamahāpātakin pañca-mahāpātakin, ī, inī, i, guilty of the five great sins; see mahā-pātaka.
     pañcamahāyajña pañca-mahāyajña, ās, m. pl. the five great sacrifices of the Hindūs; (see mahā-yajña.)
     pañcamahiṣa pañca-mahiṣa, am, n. the five products of the buffalo cow; [cf. pañca-gavya.]
     pañcamāṣika pañca-māṣika or pañca-mā-ṣaka, as, &c., consisting of five Māṣas, amounting to five Māṣas (as a fine &c.).
     pañcamāsya 1. pañca-māsya, as, ā, am (for 2. see under pañcama), happening every five months, containing five months; (as), m. the Koil or Indian cuckoo.
     pañcamukha pañca-mukha, as, ī, am, five-faced or five-headed, (sometimes applied in the Upaniṣads to Prajā-pati); (as), m. an epithet of Śiva; a lion; an arrow with five points; (ī), f. a species of plant, Gendarussa Vulgaris; [cf. pañca-śikha, pañca-vaktra, pañcānana, pañcāsya.]
     pañcamudrā pañca-mudrā, f. five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol.
     pañcamuṣṭi pañca-muṣṭi, is, ī, f. the plant Trigonella Corniculata.
     pañcamūtra pañca-mūtra, am, n. the urine of five female animals (viz. the cow, goat, sheep, buffalo, and ass).
     pañcamūla pañca-mūla, am, n. or pañca-mūlī, f. a collection or group of five roots or plants with tuberous roots (e. g. Vilva, Agni-mantha, Ṭuṇṭuka, Pāṭala, and Kāśmarī; or Tri-kaṇṭaka, the two Bṛhatīs, Pṛthakparṇī, and Vidāri-gandha; the first is considered the larger collection, the second the smaller; other groups are also enumerated).
     pañcayakṣā pañca-yakṣā, f., N. of a Tīrtha.
     pañcayajña pañca-yajña, ās, m. pl. the five rites or sacrifices of a house-keeper; [cf. pañca-mahāyajña.]
     pañcayajñaparibhraṣṭa pañcayajña-paribhraṣṭa, as, m. a Brahman who omits to perform the five great sacrifices.
     pañcayāma pañca-yāma, as, m., N. of a son of Ātapa (Sun-shine).
     pañcayuga pañca-yuga, am, n. a cycle of five years, a lustrum.
     pañcarakṣa pañca-rakṣa, N. of two Prajñāpāramitās (q. v.) connected with each other.
     pañcarakṣaka pañ-ca-rakṣaka, as, m. a species of plant (= pakta-pauḍa).
     pañcaratna pañca-ratna, am, n. a collection of five jewels or precious things, viz. gold, the diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl, or (according to Gauḍa) gold, silver, coral, pearl, and Rāga-paṭṭa; N. of a collection of five verses on ethical subjects; (āni), n. pl. the five gems or five most admired episodes of the Mahā-bhārata.
     pañcarasā pañca-rasā, f. the Emblic Myrobalan tree (= āmalakī).
     pañcarātra pañca-rātra, as, ā, am, lasting five nights or days; (am), n. a period of five nights, N. of an Ahīna (q. v.) which lasts five days; a general term for the sacred books of various Vaiṣṇava sects; see pāñcarātra.
     pañcarātraka pañca-rā-traka, as, ā, am, lasting five nights (i. e. days).
     pañcarātradīpikā pañcarātra-dīpikā, f. (probably) N. of a treatise on the fabrication and right dimensions and decoration of idols.
     pañcarāśika pañca-rāśika, as, ā, am, relating to the five ratios or proportions of numbers; (am), n. the rule of five, the rule of proportion with five terms, double rule of three (?).
     pañcarca pañcarca (-ca-ṛca), am, n., Ved. a stanza consisting of five verses.
     pañcalakṣaṇa pañca-lakṣaṇa, as, ā, am, possessing five characteristics (said of the Purāṇas, which ought strictly to comprehend five topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the Manus, and the history of the solar and lunar races; but few Purāṇas, except the Viṣṇu, conform to this description, and even the Viṣṇu-Purāṇa diverges into other topics).
     pañcalambaka pañca-lambaka, am, n., N. of the fourteenth Lambaka in the Kathāsarit-sāgara.
     pañcalavaṇa pañca-lavaṇa, am, n. five kinds of salt (viz. Kāca, Saindhava, Sāmudra, Viḍa, and Sauvarcala).
     pañcalāṅgalaka pañca-lāṅgalaka, am, n. a gift of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs.
     pañcaloha pañca-loha, am, n. a metallic alloy containing five metals (viz. copper, brass, tin, lead, and iron).
     pañcalohaka pañca-lohaka, am, n. the five metals (viz. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead).
     pañcavaktra pañca-vaktra, as, ā, am, five-faced; (as), m. epithet of Śiva; N. of one of the attendants of Skanda; a lion; (ā), f. epithet of Durgā; [cf. pañca-mukha.]
     pañcavaṭa pañca-vaṭa, as, m. 'five-threaded', the Brāhmanical or sacrificial cord worn across the breast or over the shoulder [cf. pañcā-vaṭa]; N. of a man; (ī), f. the five fig-trees (viz. Aśvattha, Vilva, Vaṭa, Dhātrī, and Aśoka); N. of a part of the great southern forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma resided for a long period of his banishment; (in Rāmāyaṇa 1. 3, 18, pañca-vaṭa, am, n. occurs.)
     pañcavarga pañca-varga, as, m. a class or group or series of five; the five essential ingredients or constituent elements of the body, (see 1. dhātu); the five organs of sense; the five sacrifices, &c., (according to some also pañca-vargī, which may mean 'five classes'); (as, ā, am), Ved. proceeding in five lines or at five times.
     pañcavarṇa pañca-varṇa, as, ā, am, five-coloured; (as), m., N. of a mountain; (am), n., N. of a forest.
     pañcavardhana pañca-var-dhana, as, m. = pañca-rakṣaka.
     pañcavarṣakadeśīya pañca-var-ṣaka-deśīya, as, ā, am, nearly five years old.
     pañcavarṣīya pañca-varṣīya, as, ā, am, five years old.
     pañcavalkala pañca-valkala, am, n. a collection of the bark of five kinds of trees, viz. the Indian, glomerous, holy and waved-leaf fig-tree, and Calamus Rotang, a sort of reed, (i. e. Nyag-rodha, Udumbara, Aśvattha, Plaksha, and Vetasa; but other trees are sometimes substituted.)
     pañcavāṇa pañca-vāṇa, as, m. 'five-arrowed', a N. of Kāma-deva, the Indian Cupid.
     pañcavātīya pañca-vā-tīya, am, n., N. of an oblation offered to the five winds at the Rāja-sūya.
     pañcavārṣika pañca-vārṣika, as, ī, am, recurring every five years.
     pañcavāhin pañca-vāhin, ī, inī, i, yoked with five, drawn by five (as a carriage &c.).
     pañcaviṃśa pañca-viṃśa, as, ī, am, the 25th; consisting of 25, containing 25; presenting the Pañca-viṃśa Stoma, belonging to it, celebrated with it; (as), m. an epithet of Viṣṇu regarded as the 25th Tattva.
     pañcaviṃśaka pañca-viṃśaka, as, ī, am, the 25th; 25 years old (vayasā pañca-viṃśakaḥ); consisting of 25.
     pañcaviṃśati pañca-viṃśati, is, f., 25.
     pañcaviṃśatikā pañcaviṃśatikā, f. a collection of 25 stanzas or tales, &c.; [cf. vetāla-p-.]
     pañcaviṃśatitama pañcaviṃ-śati-tama or pañcaviṃśatima, as, ī, am, the 25th.
     pañcavidha pañca-vidha or pañcavidheya, as, ā, am, of five kinds, fivefold.
     pañcavidhānasūtra pañca-vidhāna-sūtra, am, n., N. of a work belonging to the Sāma-veda.
     pañcavinduprasṛta pañca-vindu-prasṛta, am, n., N. of a particular movement in dancing.
     pañcavīja pañca-vīja, am, n. a collection of five kinds of seeds (viz. of Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Trigonella Foenum Graecum, Asteracantha Longifolia, Ligusticum Ajowan, and cumin-seed; or of Trapusa, Karkaṭī, Dāḍima, Padma, and Vānarī; or of Sinapis Racemosa, Ligusticum Ajowan, cuminseed, sesamum from Chorasan, and poppy).
     pañcavīragoṣṭha pañca-vīra-goṣṭha, am, n. (perhaps) an assembly-room named 'The Five Heroes', i. e. the five sons of Pāṇḍu.
     pañcavṛt pañca-vṛt or pañca-vṛtam, ind. fivefold, five times.
     pañcaśata pañca-śata, am, n., 105; 500; (as, ī, am), amounting to 500 (as a fine); fined 500 (paṇas).
     pañcaśatatama pañcaśata-tama, as, ī, am, the 105th.
     pañcaśara pañca-śara, as, ā, am, 'five-arrowed', armed with five arrows; (as), m., N. of Kāma-deva, the god of love.
     pañcaśas pañca-śas, ind. by fives, five by five.
     pañcaśasya pañca-śasya, am, n. (or more correctly pañca-sasya), five species of grain, viz. Dhānya, Mudga, Tila, Yava, and Śveta-sarshapa (or Māṣa).
     pañcaśākha pañca-śākha, as, m. 'five-branched', the hand ([greek]).
     pañcaśāradīya pañca-śāradīya, as, m., N. of a Pañcāha representing five years.
     pañcaśikha pañca-śikha, as, ā, am, 'five-crested', having five tufts of hair on the head; (as), m. a lion; N. of a Sāṅkhya teacher (a pupil of Āsuri); N. of an attendant of Śiva; N. of a Gandharva.
     pañcaśīrṣa pañca-śīrṣa, as, ā, am, five-headed; (as), m., N. of a mountain.
     pañcaśukla pañca-śukla, as, ā, am, having five white (spots); (as), m. a species of venomous insect.
     pañcaśūraṇa pañca-śūraṇa, am, n. the five Śūraṇas (Śūraṇa = the bulbous root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus), a collective name of five bulbous plants; (this word may also be used as an adj.)
     pañcaśairīṣaka pañca-śairīṣaka, am, n. the five products of the Acacia Śirīṣa, leaf, flower, fruit, bark, root.
     pañcaśaila pañca-śaila, as, m., N. of a mountain.
     pañcaṣa pañca-ṣa, ās, ās, āṇi, pl. (fr. pañcan + ṣaṣ), five or six.
     pañcaṣaṣṭa pañca-ṣaṣṭa, as, ī, am, the 65th.
     pañcaṣaṣṭi pañca-ṣaṣṭi, is, f., 65.
     pañcaṣaṣṭitama pañcaṣaṣṭi-tama, as, ī, am, the 65th.
     pañcasaṭa pañca-saṭa, as, ā, am, fivetailed (as a badge of slavery?).
     pañcasattra pañca-sattra, N. of a place.
     pañcasaptata pañca-saptata, as, ī, am, the 75th.
     pañcasaptati pañca-saptati, is, f., 75.
     pañcasaptatitama pañcasaptati-tama, as, ī, am, the 75th.
     pañcasaptan pañca-saptan, a, m. f. n. pl. five times seven or 35.
     pañcasāyaka pañca-sāyaka, N. of a work.
     pañcasiddhāntikā pañca-siddhāntikā, f., N. of an astronomical work by Varāha-mihira, founded on the five older astronomical works, and called by Varāha-mihira himself Karaṇa.
     pañcasiddhauṣadhika pañca-siddhauṣadhika (-dha-oṣ-), as, ā, am, consisting of five kinds of medicinal plants.
     pañcasugandhaka pañca-sugandhaka, am, n. a collection of five kinds of aromatic vegetable substances, cloves (lavaṅga), nutmeg (jātī-phala), camphor (karpūra), aloe wood (a-guru), and kakkola (q. v.).
     pañcasūtrī pañca-sūtrī, f. the five Sūtras.
     pañcasūnā pañca-sūnā, ās, m. pl. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed, the fireplace, the slab on which condiments are ground, the broom, the pestle and mortar, and the water-pot.
     pañcaskandhaka pañca-skandhaka, N. of a work.
     pañcasrotas pañca-srotas, five streams (probably = pañca-nada).
     pañcasvarā pañca-svarā, f., N. of an astrological work in seven chapters on fortune-telling and the averting of good or bad luck by Prajāpati-dāsa-vaidya.
     pañcasvarodaya pañca-svarodaya (-ra-ud-), as, m., N. of an astronomical work ascribed to Rudra.
     pañcasvastyayana pañca-svastyayana, N. of a Vedic work accentuated in an unusual manner and resembling a Brāhmaṇa in its subject-matter.
     pañcahasta pañca-hasta, N. of a place.
     pañcahāyana pañca-hāyana, as, ā, am, five years old.
     pañcahotra pañca-hotra, as, m., N. of a son of Manu Rohita.
     pañcahradatīrtha pañca-hrada-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a place of pilgrimage.
     pañcāṃśa pañ-cāṃśa (-ca-aṃ-), as, m. the fifth part, a fifth.
     pañcākṣara pañcākṣara (-ca-ak-), as, ā, am, consisting of five syllables, five-syllabled.
     pañcākhyāna pañcākhyāna (-ca-ākh-), as, ā, am, consisting of five tales; (am), n. another name of the Pañca-tantra.
     pañcāgni pañcāgni (-ca-ag-), i, n. a collection of five fires, the five sacred fires (viz. Anvāhārya-pacana, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, Sabhya, and Āvasathya, generally in comp.); five mystic fires supposed to be present in the body; (is), m. a householder who maintains the five sacred fires, one who keeps the five fires constantly burning (= agni-hotrī, see Manu III. 185); one who is acquainted with the doctrine of the five mystic fires.
     pañcāgnitva pañcāgni-tva, am, n. a collection or aggregate of five fires or of five passions (which inflame men's minds), &c.
     pañcāgnividyāprakaraṇa pañcāgni-vidyā-prakaraṇa, am, n., N. of a sacred work of the Vājasaneyins.
     pañcāṅga pañ-cāṅga, as, ī, am, five-limbed, five-membered, having five parts or subdivisions, consisting of five members or parts, &c.; pañcāṅgaḥ praṇāmaḥ, obeisance made with the arms, knees, head, voice, and look; (as), m. a tortoise or turtle [cf. pañcāṅga-gupta]; a horse with five spots in various parts of his body (= pañca-bhadra); (ī), f. a bit for horses; a kind of bandage; (am), n. five parts of a tree (viz. root, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit); five limbs or members of the body (in comp.); five modes of devotion, (said to be silent prayer, burnt offerings, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brāhmans); any aggregate of five parts; a calendar or almanac treating of five things, viz. solar days, lunar days, asterisms, Yogas, and Karaṇas.
     pañcāṅgagupta pañcāṅga-gupta, as, m. a tortoise or turtle (= pañca-gupta, q. v.).
     pañcāṅgapattra pañcāṅga-pattra, am, n. a calendar or almanac, (see above.)
     pañcāṅgaśuddhi pañcāṅga-śuddhi, is, f. the propitious or favourable state of five important points, the solar day, lunar day, Nakshatra, Yoga, and Karaṇa.
     pañcāṅgika pañcāṅgika (-ca-aṅ-), as, ā, am, five-limbed, five-membered.
     pañcāṅguri pañcāṅguri (-ca-aṅ-), is, is, i, Ved. five-fingered, having five fingers.
     pañcāṅgula pañcāṅgula (-ca-aṅ-), as, ā or ī, am, five fingers long, measuring five fingers; (as), m. the castor-oil plant, Ricinus Communis; (ī), f. a species of shrub.
     pañcāṅguli pañcāṅguli (-ca-aṅ-), is, is, i, five-fingered, having five fingers or finger-like divisions.
     pañcāja pañcāja (-ca-āja), am, n. the five products of the goat; [cf. pañca-gavya.]
     pañcātapā pañcātapā (-ca-āt-), f. doing penance with five fires or with four fires and the sun, (see under tapas.)
     pañcātmaka pañcātmaka (-ca-āt-), as, ā, am, consisting of the five elements, (said of the body.)
     pañcādhikā pañcādhikā (according to the Ṛg-veda Anukramaṇī) = 25 (i. e. 20 + 5).
     pañcānana pañcānana (-ca-ān-), as, ī, am, fivefaced, (hence = aty-ugra, very fierce, very passionate, &c.); (as), m. an epithet of Śiva; a lion; (often at the end of names of learned men to express respect, e. g. nyāya-pañcānana, nyāya-siddhānta-p-, &c.); (ī), f. an epithet of Durgā.
     pañcānandamāhātmya pañcānanda-māhātmya, am, n., N. of a work.
     pañcānugāna pañcānu-gāna (-ca-an-), am, n., N. of a Sāman.
     pañcāpsaras pañcāp-saras (-ca-ap-), as, n., N. of a lake or pool supposed to have been produced by an ascetic named Mandakarṇi (Śātakarṇi) through the power of his penance, (so called because under it Mandakarṇi formed a secret chamber for five Apsarasas who had seduced him from his devotions, see Rāmāyaṇa III. 15, 11; Raghu-v. XIII. 38.)
     pañcābjamaṇḍala pañcābja-maṇḍala (-ca-ab-), am, n., N. of a mystical circle.
     pañcāmṛta pañcā-mṛta (-ca-am-), am, n. the five kinds of divine food (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar); the aggregate of any five drugs of supposed efficacy; (as, ā, am), consisting of five ingredients (as a medicine); (am), n., N. of a Tantra.
     pañcāmnāya pañcāmnāya (-ca-ām-), ās, m. pl. five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva, constituting the basis of the Tantra ritual.
     pañcāmla pañcāmla (-ca-ām-), am, n. the aggregate of five acid plants, the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias, and citron.
     pañcārcis pañcārcis (-ca-ar-), is, m. the planet Mercury.
     pañcārthabhāṣyadīpikā pañcārtha-bhāṣya-dīpikā, f., N. of a chapter of the Sarva-darśanasaṅgraha by Mādhavācārya.
     pañcāvaṭa pañcā-vaṭa, as, m. the sacrificial cord as worn crossed upon the breast with the ends hanging over the shoulders; [cf. pañca-vaṭa.]
     pañcāvatta pañcāvatta (-ca-av-), as, ā, am, Ved. divided into five parts.
     pañcāvattatā pañcāvatta-tā, f. or pañ-cāvatta-tva, am, n. fivefold division.
     pañcāvattin pañcā-vattin, ī, inī, i, Ved. that which is divided into five parts or has a fivefold division; that which divides into five parts.
     pañcāvattīya pañcāvattīya, as, ā, am, Ved. divided into five portions, offered in five portions.
     pañcāvayava pañcāvayava, as, ā, am, five-limbed, fivemembered; pañcāvayavaṃ vākyam, a five-membered argument, a syllogism.
     pañcāvastha pañcāvastha (-ca-av-), as, m. a corpse (resolved into the five elements).
     pañcāvi pañcāvi (-ca-avi), is, ī, i, Ved. reckoning five lambing times, i. e. five times six months.
     pañcāvika pañcāvika (-ca-āv-), am, n. the five products of the sheep; [cf. pañca-gavya, pañcāja.]
     pañcāśīta pañ-cāśīta (-ca-aś-), as, ī, am, the 85th.
     pañcāśīti pañcāśīti (-ca-aś-), is, f., 85.
     pañcāśītitama pañcāśīti-tama, as, ī, am, the 85th.
     pañcāsya pañcāsya (-ca-ās-), as, ā, am, fivefaced, five-headed; five-pointed (as an arrow); (as), m. a lion.
     pañcāha pañcāha (-ca-aha), as, m. a period of five days; (as, ā, am), lasting five days; (as), m. a Soma oblation with five Sutyā days.
     pañcāhika pañcā-hika, as, ā, am, containing five feast days or festivals.
     pañcīkaraṇavārttika pañcī-karaṇa-vārttika, am, n., N. of a philosophical work by Sureśvara.
     pañcīkṛ pañcī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, to render fivefold &c., cause anything to contain all the five elements.
     pañcedhmīya pañcedhmīya (-ca-idh-), as, ā, am, (a nocturnal rite) in which five torches &c. are used.
     pañcendra pañcen-dra (-ca-in-), as, m. one who has the five Indrāṇīs as his deity.
     pañcendrakalpa pañcendra-kalpa, as, ā, am, like five Indras.
     pañcendriya pañcendriya (-ca-in-), am, n. the five organs of sense (viz. the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin) or the five organs of action (viz. hands, feet, larynx, and organs of generation and excretion); (as, ā, am), having five organs of sense.
     pañceṣu pañceṣu (-ca-iṣ-), us, m. 'five-arrowed', N. of Kāma-deva, the Hindū Cupid.
     pañconā pañconā (according to the Ṛgveda Anukramaṇī) = 15 (i. e. 20--5).
     pañcoṣman pañcoṣman (-ca-uṣ-), āṇas, m. pl. the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body.
     pañcaudana pañcaudana (-ca-od-), as, ā, am, Ved. prepared with fivefold pulp of mashed grain, &c.

pañcaka pañcaka, as, ā, am, consisting of five, relating to five, made of five, bought with five &c., taking five per cent; (as), m. any collection or aggregate of five; N. of one of the attendants of Skanda; (ikā), f., N. of each book of the Aitareya-Brāhmaṇa (as consisting of five Adhyāyas); N. of a game played with five shells; (am), n. an aggregate of five, [greek] a field of battle.

pañcat pañcat, t, f. an aggregate of five,

pañcataya pañcataya, as, ī, am, fivefold, having five parts or limbs, five.

pañcatha pañcatha, as, ā, am, Ved. the fifth.

pañcathu pañcathu, us, m. time; the Koil or Indian cuckoo.

pañcadhā pañca-dhā, ind. See p. 523, col. 1.

pañcanī pañcanī, f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts, &c.; [cf. pañcamī, pañcārī, pañcālī.]

pañcama pañcama, as, ī, am, the fifth; forming the fifth part, constituting a fifth part, beautiful, brilliant, pleasing; dexterous, clever; (as), m. the fifth or in later times the seventh note of the Hindū musical scale, (so called because, according to the Hindūs, its tone is produced by air drawn from five parts of the body, the navel, breast, throat, heart, and forehead); one of the Rāgas or musical modes; N. of the twenty-first Kalpa (called after the musical note); the fifth consonant of a Varga, i. e. a nasal; (ī), f., scil. tithi, the fifth day of the half month; the termination of the fifth or ablative case, a word in the ablative; an epithet of Draupadī, the wife of the five Pāṇḍu princes [cf. pāñcālī]; a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c., a chess-board (= śāri-śṛṅkhalā); N. of a river; (am), n. a fifth, the fifth part; copulation as the fifth of the Tattvas of the Tāntrikas, see under pañca-tattva; (am), ind. for the fifth time, fifthly.
     pañcamabhāgīya pañcama-bhāgīya, as, ā, am, belonging to the fifth part.
     pañcamavat pañcama-vat, ān, atī, at, having the fifth (of anything).
     pañcamasārasaṃhitā pañcama-sāra-saṃhitā, f., N. of a musical work.
     pañcamāra pañcamāra (-ma-ara), as, m. the fifth spoke in the wheel of time (with Jainas); N. of a son of Bala-deva.
     pañcamāsya 2. pañcamāsya (-ma-ās-), as, m. (for 1. see p. 523, col. 2), the Indian cuckoo or Koil (as producing the fifth note of the scale with its mouth or throat).

pañcamaka pañcamaka, as, ā or ī (?), am, fifth, the fifth.

pañcamin pañcamin, ī, inī, i, being in the fifth year of one's age.

pañcārī pañcārī, f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts; [cf. pañcanī, pañcamī, pañcālī.]

pañcāśa pañcāśa, as, ī, am, the 50th; having 50 added (e. g. pañcāśaṃ śatam, 150; pañcāśaṃ saha-sram, 1050).

pañcāśaka pañcāśaka, as, ikā, am, 50; (ikā), f. a collection or aggregate of 50; [cf. śloka-pañcāśikā.]

pañcāśat pañcāśat, t, f., 50; (ardha-pañcāśat, 25; ekona-pañcāśat, 49; cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. quinquaginta; Hib. caogat.)
     pañcāśacchas pañcāśac-chas, ind. (pañcāśat + śas), by fifties, fifty by fifty.
     pañcāśadbhāga pañ-cāśad-bhāga, as, m. the 50th part.

pañcāśati pañcāśati, is, f., 50.

pañcāśatka pañcāśatka, as, ā, am, 50 years old.

pañcāśattama pañcāśat-tama, as, ī, am, the 50th.

pañcāśaddhā pañcāśad-dhā, ind. in 50 parts; ekona-pañcā-śaddhā, in 49 parts.

pañcikā pañcikā, f. a game played with five dice.

pañcin pañcin, ī, inī, i, Ved. divided into five, consisting of five, fivefold.

pañcāla pañcāla, ās, m. pl. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pac or pañc), N. of a warrior-tribe and their country in the north of India; (as), m. a prince of the Pañcālas; N. of a man brought by Viśvak-sena to the childless Gaṇḍūṣa; N. of a Nāga-rāja; a particular venomous insect; (as, am), m. n., N. of a metre consisting of twelve syllables; (ī), f. a doll, puppet; a style of singing; a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c.
     pañcālacaṇḍa pañcāla-caṇḍa, as, m., N. of a teacher.
     pañcālapadavṛṭṭi pañcāla-pada-vṛṭṭi, is, f., N. of a particular rhythm.
     pañcālarāja pañcāla-rāja, as, or pañcāla-rājan, ā, m. a king of Pañcāla.

pañcālaka pañcālaka, as, ā, am, relating to the Pañcālas; (ās), m. pl. the Pañcālas; (as), m. a species of venomous insect; (ikā), f. a doll, a puppet; a kind of song.

pañchīhila pañchīhila, as, m., N. of a man.

pañj pañj, a Sautra root occurring in grammatical Sūtras only, but not in the Dhātu-pāṭha, said to have the sense of 'enclosing', and artificially formed on account of pañjara below.

pañjara pañjara, am, n. (probably connected with paj in Ved. pajra, pājas), a cage, an aviary, a dove-cot, &c.; (as, am), m. n. a skeleton; the ribs; (as), m. the body; the Kali-yuga; a purificatory ceremony performed on cows; (am), n. certain prayers and formularies with which a deity is, as it were, caught and confined; [cf. pāñjarya; Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pango.]
     pañjaraśuka pañjara-śuka, as, m. a parrot in a cage, a caged parrot.
     pañjarākheṭa pañjarākheṭa (-ra-ākh-), as, m. a sort of basket or wicker trap in which fish are caught.

pañjaraka pañjaraka, as, am, m. n. a cage, an aviary; (ikā), f. peculiar prayers and formularies, (see under pañjara.)

pañjaka pañjaka, as, m., N. of a man.

pañjala pañjala, as, m. a species of bulbous plant (= kola-kanda).

pañji pañji, is, ī, f. the ball or roll of cotton from which the thread is spun; an almanac, calendar; a journal; (perhaps) a register.
     pañjīkara pañjī-kara, as, m. a Kāyastha or scribe; an almanacmaker.

pañjikā pañjikā, f. the ball or roll of cotton from which the thread is spun; a perpetual commentary which explains and analyses every word; a calendar, an almanac; a journal, a book in which receipts and expenditure are entered; the register or record of human actions kept by Yama (the judge of the dead).
     pañjikākāraka pañjikā-kāraka, as, m. a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe; an almanac-maker.

paṭ paṭ, cl. 1. P. paṭati, paṭitum, to go, move: Caus. or cl. 10. P. pāṭayati, yitum, to split, cleave, tear, tear up, tear asunder, tear open, divide, pierce, penetrate; to break, to eradicate, remove; to pluck out; to cause to be torn up; to speak; to shine; paṭayati, -yitum, to string; to surround, encircle, encompass, clothe; to distribute (?): Pass. of the Caus. pāṭyate, to be split open, cleave asunder (intransitively).

paṭa paṭa, as, am, m. n. (perhaps connected with pattra, and usually paṭas, m. in the sense of 'cloth', &c.), woven cloth, cloth, a piece of cloth, a garment, raiment; fine cloth; a veil or screen; a piece of cloth or tablet or plate on which anything may be written or painted [cf. paṭṭa, col. 3]; (as), m. a species of tree, (see piyāla); a species of bird; anything well made or polished, = puras-kṛta; (ī), f. cloth, a particular sort of cloth, coarse thick cloth, canvas; the curtain of a stage; a screen of cloth surrounding a tent, an outer tent; a coloured or chintz garment (?); (am), n. a thatch, a roof (= paṭala).
     paṭakāra paṭa-kāra, as, m. a weaver; a painter.
     paṭakuṭī paṭa-kuṭī, f. a tent; a tent of woollen cloth.
     paṭacaura paṭa-caura, as, m. a cloth-stealer, a shop-lifter.
     paṭamaṇḍapa paṭa-maṇḍapa, as, m. 'canvas house', a tent.
     paṭamaya paṭa-maya, as, ī, am, made of cloth; (am), n. a tent, a canvas house; a petticoat (?).
     paṭavāpa paṭa-vāpa, as, m. a tent, (for paṭa-vāsa.)
     paṭavāsa paṭa-vāsa, as, m. a tent; a petticoat; perfumed powder.
     paṭavāsaka paṭa-vāsaka, as, m. perfumed powder.
     paṭaveśman paṭa-veśman, a, n. a tent.
     paṭākṣepa paṭākṣepa (-ṭa-ak-), as, m. not tossing the stage curtain, not pushing it aside, (probably the correct reading would be a-paṭī-kṣepa.)
     paṭīkṣepa paṭī-kṣepa, as, m. tossing aside the stage curtain, (denoting in theatrical language a hurried entrance on the stage.)
     paṭotaja paṭotaja (-ṭa-ut-), am, n. a tent; sunshine (?).

paṭaka paṭaka, as, m. cotton cloth; a camp, encampment; the half of a village, (for pāṭaka.)

paṭara paṭara, as, am, m. n. (Ved.) a ray (of sunlight); (as), m., N. of the third of the seven suns, (see Viṣṇu-Purāṇa VI. 2, where the names of the seven suns are given as Ārāga, Bhrāja, Paṭala, Pataṅga, Svamābhāk, Jyotishmat, and Sa-vibhāsa); an epithet of Varuṇa.

paṭaraka paṭaraka, as, m. a species of plant (= gundra).

paṭala paṭala, am, n. a roof, thatch, (in this sense the fem. form paṭalī is also given); a cover, covering, veil, coating, an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (especially over the eyes), a film over the eyes; a basket; a heap, mass, number, quantity or multitude, (often at the end of a comp. with words denoting 'cloud', e. g. jalada-paṭala, a mass of clouds; the fem. forms paṭalī and paṭalā are also given); train, retinue; a mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood (either as an ornament or sectarian mark); a spot, circle, district (?); (as), m. 'cataract of the eye', N. of one of the seven suns at the end of the world; (as, am), m. n. a section, chapter, or portion of a book (especially of the Ṛg-veda Prātiśākhya); (as, ī), m. f. a tree; a stalk; a book (?); (in law) the filing of suits, (gender doubtful.)
     paṭalaprānta paṭala-prānta, as, m. the edge of a thatch.

paṭalaka paṭalaka (gender doubtful), a heap, &c. See paṭala above.

paṭi paṭi, is, f. (for paṭī, cf. paṭa), a kind of cloth; a species of aquatic plant (= kumbhikā).

paṭikā paṭikā, f. woven cloth.

paṭaccara paṭaccara, as, m. (probably fr. paṭat + cara, paṭ being an imitative sound, perhaps of creeping stealthily), a thief, a robber [cf. pātaccara]; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people; (am), n. old or ragged clothes.

paṭat paṭat, ind. the sound paṭat.

paṭatkakantha paṭatka-kantha, am, n., N. of a town, (Pāṇ. VI. 2, 125.)

paṭapaṭā paṭa-paṭā, ind. an imitative sound.

paṭabhākṣa paṭabhākṣa, as, m. an instrument for looking (at any object), an optical instrument.

paṭaha paṭaha, as, am, m. n. (but commonly m.; probably fr. paṭa + ha, rt. pan), a kettle-drum, drum, war-drum, tabor; (as), m. beginning, undertaking; hurting, injuring, killing.
     paṭahaghoṣaka paṭaha-ghoṣaka, as, m. a crier who beats a drum before making a proclamation.
     paṭahatā paṭaha-tā, f. the noise or function of a drum.
     paṭahadhvani paṭaha-dhvani, is, m. the sound of a drum; (is, is, i), sounding like a drum.
     paṭahabhramaṇa paṭaha-bhramaṇa, am, n. going about with a drum to call people together.

paṭāka paṭāka, as, m. a bird [cf. paiṭāka]; (ā), f. a flag, banner (= patākā).

paṭālukā paṭālukā, f. a leech; [cf. jalukā.]

paṭi paṭi. See col. 2.

paṭiṣṭha paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas. See paṭu below.

paṭisa paṭisa, as, m. (incorrect for paṭ-ṭiśa?), a sort of weapon.

paṭīra paṭīra, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. paṭ), a ball for playing with; the god of love; sandalwood; (am), n. Catechu (= khadira); the belly; anything that can be carried off or taken away (= haraṇīya); a sieve; height; a radish; a field; a cloud; bamboo manna; rheumatism; catarrh.

paṭu paṭu, us, us or vī, u (said to be fr. rt. paṭ), sharp, pointed (as a ray of light); clear, shrill, ringing, sharp-sounding, clear-sounding, crackling, rustling (said of sound); pungent, acid, hot; sharp, clever, smart, dexterous, skilful, crafty, sly, cunning; sensible, intellectual; busy, active, violent, strong, intense; harsh, hard, rough, fierce; hale, healthy; cruel, unmerciful, unfeeling; contumelious (as speech &c.); eloquent, loquacious, talkative [cf. vāk-paṭu]; blown, expanded; apt, disposed; (us), m. the tree Trichosanthes Dioeca; the leaf of the Trichosanthes Dioeca; the plant Momordica Charantia; a kind of perfume (= coraka); N. of a man; (avas), m. pl., N. of a people; (us, u), m. n. a mushroom; (u), n. salt.
     paṭukalpa paṭu-kalpa, as, ā, am, tolerably clever, pretty skilful.
     paṭujātīya paṭu-jātīya, as, ā, am, of a clever sort, pretty clever or skilful.
     paṭutara paṭu-tara, as, ā, am, more sharp, sharper, keener, clearer; more clever, &c.
     paṭutā paṭu-tā, f. cleverness; eloquence; [cf. vāk-p-.]
     paṭutṛṇaka paṭu-tṛṇaka, am, n. a species of pungent grass.
     paṭutva paṭu-tva, am, n. sharpness, keenness (as of sight), cleverness, skilfulness, eloquence.
     paṭudeśīya paṭu-deśīya or paṭu-deśya, as, ā, am, tolerably sharp, almost clever, cleverish.
     paṭupattrikā paṭu-pattrikā, f. a species of shrub (= kṣudra-cañcu).
     paṭuparṇikā paṭu-parṇikā, f. a species of plant (= kṣīriṇī).
     paṭuparṇī paṭu-parṇī, f. Bryonia Grandis, a species of cucurbitaceous plant.
     paṭumat paṭu-mat, ān, m., N. of a prince.
     paṭumitra paṭu-mitra, as, m., N. of a prince.
     paṭurūpa paṭu-rūpa, as, ā, am, very clever.

paṭiman paṭiman, ā, m. sharpness, &c. (Pāṇ. V. 1, 122, VI. 4, 155.)

paṭiṣṭha paṭiṣṭha, as, ā, am, very sharp or clever, sharpest, &c.

paṭīyas paṭīyas, ān, asī, as, sharper, more clever.

paṭuka paṭuka, as, m. Trichosanthes Dioeca.

paṭuśa paṭuśa, as, m., N. of a Rākṣasa.

paṭusa paṭusa, as, m., N. of a prince.

paṭola paṭola, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. paṭ), a species of cucumber, commonly Palwal, Trichosanthes Dioeca, = paṭu; (am), n. the fruit of the above; a sort of cloth, a kind of chintz [cf. paṭa]; (ī), f. a small cucumber, either the same as above or another species, Luffa Acutangula (= kośātakī).

paṭolaka paṭolaka, as, m. a muscle or oyster (= śukti) compared to the shape of the Trichosanthes; (ikā), f. = paṭolī, a species of cucumber.

paṭaura paṭaura, as, m., Ved. (according to the Pada-pāṭha = paṭa + ūra), a particular member of the body (?).

paṭṭa paṭṭa, as, m. (probably for pattra), a slab [cf. śilā-p-], tablet (for painting), plate (of metal for inscription or engraving royal edicts, grants, &c.); a patent, document, royal grant or order (written on copper, stone, &c. = nṛpa-śāsana); a stone for grinding with, a muller (?); = paṭa, cloth, coloured cloth, fine cloth, woven silk (= kauṣeya); a strip (e. g. nirmoka-paṭṭās, strips of cast off skin); a bandage, ligature, swath, cloth bound round a sore, &c.; a frontlet, fillet or cloth worn round the head, turban, (of which five kinds are enumerated, viz. those of the king, queen, prince, general,) and the prasāda-paṭṭa or turban of honour worn as a token of royal favour); a coloured silk turban; a diadem; an upper or outer garment; a plant commonly called Pāt (Corchorus Olitorius) from the fibres of which or jute a coarse sackcloth and cordage are prepared (?); a place where four roads meet (= catuṣ-patha); a shield (?); a chair, stool (?); N. of various men; (ī), f. an ornament of the forehead; a martingale, horse's girth (= tala-sāraka); N. of a certain species of the Lodhra or Lodh plant (= kramuka, rodhra, lodhra, paṭṭikā-lodhra); red Lodh, Symplocos Racemosa; (am), n. a city, town, village, (probably the Pattah of the South; cf. paṭ-ṭana, pattana; cf. also aṃśu-p-.)
     paṭṭaja paṭṭa-ja, am, n. a sort of cloth, probably a kind of canvas or sackcloth.
     paṭṭadevī paṭṭa-devī, f. a queen (decorated with the tiara), the principal wife of a king.
     paṭṭabandha paṭṭa-bandha, as, m. or paṭṭa-bandhana, am, n. binding or crowning the head with a fillet or tiara.
     paṭṭamahiṣī paṭṭa-mahiṣī, f. the principal wife of a king; [cf. paṭṭa-devī.]
     paṭṭaraṅga paṭṭa-raṅga, am, n. a plant used in dying, Caesalpina Sappan.
     paṭṭarañjana paṭṭa-rañjana or paṭṭa-rañjanaka, am, n. Caesalpina Sappan.
     paṭṭarājñī paṭṭa-rājñī, f. the principal queen.
     paṭṭavastra paṭṭa-vastra, as, ā, am, or paṭṭa-vāsas, ās, ās, as, attired in coloured cloth or wove silk.
     paṭṭaśāka paṭṭa-śāka, as, am, m. n. a species of pot-herb, commonly also Nālita or Lalita, Corchorus Capsularis.
     paṭṭasūtrakāra paṭṭa-sūtra-kāra, as, m. a silk-weaver, (designation of a class of Hindūs who are feeders of silk-worms and silktwisters.)
     paṭṭābhiṣeka paṭṭābhiṣeka (-ṭa-abh-), as, m. the consecration of the tiara.
     paṭṭārhā paṭṭārhā (-ṭa-ar-), f. 'worthy of the turban', the principal queen.
     paṭṭopādhyāya paṭṭo-pādhyāya (-ṭa-up-), as, m. the writer of royal grants or patents and other similar documents.

paṭṭaka paṭṭaka, as, m. a plate of metal (usually copper) for inscription or engraving royal edicts; a cloth, bandage; a document (said to be also am, n.); (ikā), f. a tablet, plate; a document; a bandage, frontlet, ribbon, a piece of cloth; a piece of wove silk, cloth used for a turban; a species of tree (= paṭṭikākhya, paṭṭī); N. of a woman.
     paṭṭikākhya paṭṭikākhya (-kā-ākh-), as, m. a species of tree (= paṭṭī).
     paṭṭikālodhra paṭṭikā-lodhra, as, m. a species of Lodhra (= paṭṭī, kramuka).
     paṭṭikāvāyaka paṭṭikā-vāyaka, as, m. a silk-weaver, ribbonweaver.

paṭṭikāra paṭṭi-kāra, as, ī, m. f. a silk-weaver (?).

paṭṭin paṭṭin, ī, m. red Lodh.

paṭṭila paṭṭila, as, m. a species of plant (= pūtika-raja), Caesalpina Bonducella.

paṭṭilodhra paṭṭi-lodhra or paṭṭi-lodhraka, as, m. a species of tree, the bark of which is used as an astringent; the red species of Lodh, Symplocos Racemosa.

paṭṭolikā paṭṭolikā, f. a title deed, a Paṭṭa, a lease, &c.; a written legal opinion.

paṭṭana paṭṭana, am and ī, n. f. a city; [cf. pattana; cf. also deva-pallī-p-, dharma-p-.]

paṭṭalā paṭṭalā, f. a district, a community.

paṭṭava paṭṭava (probably for paṭṭa-ja), a kind of cloth.

paṭṭāra paṭṭāra, N. of a district.

paṭṭi paṭṭi, ayas, m. pl., N. of a people; (also spelt patti.)

paṭṭikā paṭṭikā. See under paṭṭaka above.

paṭṭiśa paṭṭiśa, as, m. a sort of weapon, a kind of axe; a spear with a sharp edge.

paṭṭiśin paṭṭiśin, ī, inī, i, armed with a Paṭṭiśa.

paṭṭisa paṭṭisa, as, m. a kind of weapon with three points.

paṭṭīśa paṭṭīśa, as, m. (probably for paṭṭiśa), a kind of weapon used by Śiva; (in Hari-vaṃśa 10658, Śiva is called Triśūla-paṭṭīśa-dhara.)

paṭṭeraka paṭṭeraka, the plant Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis.

paṭh paṭh, cl. 1. P. (Ved. and ep. also A.) paṭhati, -te, papāṭha, paṭhiṣyati, apā-ṭhīt or apaṭhīt, paṭhitum, to read or repeat aloud, recite in a clear voice, rehearse, speak distinctly, declaim; to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke (with acc.), to read or recite to one's self, to peruse, study; to teach; to mention (in a book), cite, quote; to express, describe, denote, declare; to learn from (with abl.): Caus. pāṭhayati, -yitum, Aor. apīpaṭhat, apīpaṭhata, to cause to read; to teach to read or to pronounce; to teach, instruct: Intens. pāpaṭhyate, pāpaṭhīti, to recite often or repeatedly, to read diligently, study assiduously.

paṭhaka paṭhaka, as, m. a reader, reciter.

paṭhat paṭhat, an, antī, at, reciting, reading.

paṭhana paṭhana, am, n. the act of reciting or reading, mentioning.

paṭhanīya paṭhanīya, as, ā, am, fit to be read or studied, legible, readable.

paṭhamañjarī paṭha-mañjarī or paṭha-samañjarī, f., N. of a Rāgiṇī, one of the wives of Śrī-rāga.

paṭhi paṭhi, is, f. reading, reciting, perusal.

paṭhita paṭhita, as, ā, am, recited, repeated; read, perused, studied.
     paṭhitāṅga paṭhitāṅga (-ta-aṅ-), N. of a kind of girdle.

paṭhitavya paṭhitavya, as, ā, am, to be read, what may or ought to be read.

paṭhiti paṭhiti, is, f., N. of a particular figure of speech.

paṭhitṛ paṭhitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, reciting, reading, a reader.

paṭhyamāna paṭhyamāna, as, ā, am, being recited or read.

paṭharvan paṭharvan, ā, m., Ved., N. of a man, (Ṛg-veda I. 112, 17.)

paḍ paḍ = pad, foot, in the inst. pl. paḍbhis; and in paḍ-gṛbhi, is, m., N. of a demon or of a man.
     paḍbīśa paḍ-bīśa or paḍ-vīśa or paḍ-viṃśa, am, n., Ved. a fetter (especially for the foot of a horse); the place of fettering.

paṇ 1. paṇ (connected with rt. pan, q. v.), cl. 1. A. and 10. P. A. paṇate, paṇāyati, -te, peṇe or paṇāyāñ-cakre, apaṇīt, apaṇiṣṭa or apaṇāyiṣṭa, to honour, praise.

paṇasya paṇasya, Nom. P. paṇasyati, -yitum, to honour; [cf. panasya.]

paṇāyita paṇāyita or paṇita, as, ā, am, praised.

paṇitavya paṇitavya, as, ā, am, to be praised.

paṇya paṇya, as, ā, am, to be honoured or praised.

paṇ 2. paṇ (probably for original parṇ fr. rt. par or pṝ), cl. 1. A. (ep. also P.) paṇate, -ti, peṇe, paṇiṣyate, apaṇiṣṭa, paṇi-tum, to deal in, barter, purchase, buy; to negotiate, bargain, transact business (Ved.); to bet or stake at play (with gen. of the thing staked, e. g. śatasya paṇate, he stakes a hundred); to play for (with gen.); to stake anything or any person (acc.) on a game; to risk or hazard (a battle &c.); to win anything (inst.) from any one (acc.) at play; [cf. baṇij: Gr. [greek] Lith. pantas: Old Germ. feil; phant.]

paṇa paṇa, as, m. play, gaming, playing with dice, playing for a stake; a game played for a stake, a bet, a wager, (paṇaṃ kṛ, to make a bet); the thing staked or deposited; a sum played for; a compact, contract, agreement; stipulation, treaty; wages, hire; reward; expense of an expedition; a sum (reckoned in coins or shells); a weight of copper (Manu VII. 126); a particular coin (= twenty Māṣas = four Kākinīs); a particular measure; a handful of anything; a commodity for sale; price; wealth, property; business; a publican or distiller; a house, dwelling (?).
     paṇakāla paṇa-kāla, as, m. gaming-time, time for playing.
     paṇagranthi paṇa-granthi, is, m. a fair, market.
     paṇatā paṇa-tā, f. or paṇa-tva, am, n. the state or condition of a pledge or stake; price, value.
     paṇabandha paṇa-bandha, as, m. making a treaty, making peace, pacification.
     paṇastrī paṇa-strī, f. or paṇāṅganā (-ṇa-aṅ-), f. a venal woman, a prostitute, harlot.
     paṇārpaṇa paṇārpaṇa (-ṇa-ar-), am, n. making an agreement, engagement, contract.
     paṇārha paṇārha (-ṇa-ar-), as, ā, am, fit to be laid as a wager.
     paṇāsthi pa-ṇāsthi (-ṇa-as-), i, n. Cypraea Moneta, the small shell used as a die and as a coin, a cowrie.

paṇana paṇana, am, n. the act of bartering, purchasing; traffic; sale, selling; betting.

paṇanīya paṇanīya, as, ā, am, to be laid as a wager, negotiable.

paṇasa paṇasa, as, m. a commodity, an article of sale or commerce (= panasa, q. v.).

paṇāyā paṇāyā, f. (probably an incorrect form), business, affair, transaction, buying and selling, &c.; profits and receipts of trade; a market-place.

paṇi paṇi, is, m. (lit. 'a negotiator or tradesman, one who barters and traffics'), a miser, a niggard; one who is sparing of sacrificial oblations; an impious man who gives nothing to the gods, a Śūdra sacrificing priest; N. of a class of envious demons watching over treasures, (they are defeated by the gods and the Aṅgirasas; sometimes the word paṇi is only an epithet of the Asuras who are supposed to steal cows and hide them in mountain-caverns.)

paṇika paṇika, as, ā, am, at the end of an adj. comp. (e. g. pañcāśat-paṇika, [a fine] consisting of fifty Paṇas).

paṇita paṇita, as, ā, am, transacted as business; betted; (am), n. a bet, wager, stake.

paṇitavya paṇitavya, as, ā, am, to be bought, vendible, fit or intended for sale; to be transacted, negotiable.

paṇitṛ paṇitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who transacts business or traffics or sells; (), m. a trader, dealer.

paṇya paṇya, as, ā, am, to be sold, saleable, vendible; to be transacted as business; (am), n. an article of trade, a ware, commodity; trade, traffic, business; (ā), f. heart-pea, Cardiospermum Halicacabum; [cf. piṇyā.]
     paṇyatā paṇya-tā, f. saleableness, the being an article of trade.
     paṇyandha paṇyan-dha or paṇyan-dhā, a species of grass, Panicum Verticillatum.
     paṇyapati paṇya-pati, is, m. a possessor of many wares, a great merchant, large trader.
     paṇyapatitva paṇyapati-tva, am, n. the state or condition of a great merchant.
     paṇyaphalatva paṇya-phala-tva, am, n. prosperity or profit in trade.
     paṇyabhūmi paṇya-bhūmi, is, f. a place where goods are stored, a warehouse.
     paṇyamūlya paṇya-mūlya, am, n. the price of a commodity.
     paṇyayoṣit paṇya-yoṣit, t, f. a venal woman, prostitute, wanton woman, courtezan, harlot, whore.
     paṇyavikrayaśālā paṇya-vikraya-śālā, f. a place for buying and selling, a market-place, bazar.
     paṇyavikrayin paṇya-vikrayin, ī, m. a seller of goods, a trader, merchant.
     paṇyavilāsinī paṇya-vilā-sinī, f. a venal woman, a harlot; a kind of fragrant substance, the claw of an animal or something similar.
     paṇyavīthikā paṇya-vīthikā, f. or paṇya-vīthī, f. a place of sale, market; a stall, shop.
     paṇyaśālā paṇya-śālā, f. a market, bazar, shop, a warehouse.
     paṇyastrī paṇya-strī, f. or paṇyāṅganā (-ya-aṅ-), f. a venal woman, harlot, courtezan, prostitute.
     paṇyājira paṇyājira (-ya-aj-), am, n. a market.
     paṇyājīva paṇyājīva (-ya-āj-), as, m. a trader, tradesman; (am), n. a market, fair (?).
     paṇyājīvaka paṇ-yājīvaka (-ya-āj-), am, n. a market; (also, according to some, paṇya-jīvaka.)
     paṇyāndhā paṇyān-dhā, f. = paṇyan-dhā, q. v.
     paṇyārha paṇyārha (-ya-ar-), as, ā, am, fit for sale, saleable, vendible.

paṇaphara paṇaphara, am, n. (fr. [greek]), the house following upon a Kendra, q. v. (in astrol.).

paṇava paṇava, as, m. (probably for pra-ṇava), a sort of musical instrument, a small drum or tabor or a kind of cymbal, one used to accompany singing; also (ā), f. a kind of metre consisting of four lines of ten or five syllables each.

paṇavin paṇavin, ī, inī, i, possessing a drum; (ī), m. an epithet of Śiva.

paṇḍ paṇḍ, cl. 1. A. paṇḍate, to go, move; cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, &c., to collect, heap together, pile up; cl. 1. P. paṇḍati; cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, to destroy, annihilate.

paṇḍa paṇḍa, as, or paṇḍu, us, m. (said to be fr. rt. 2. paṇ), a eunuch, impotent man [cf. paṇḍra, ṣaṇḍa]; (ā), f. wisdom, intelligence, understanding; science, learning.
     paṇḍāpūrva paṇḍāpūrva (-ḍa-ap-), am, n. nonoccurrence of the results of fate or destiny (?).

paṇḍaka paṇḍaka or paṇḍaga, as, m. (probably fr. paṇ-ḍraka), a eunuch; N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Sāvarṇa.

paṇḍita paṇḍita, as, ā, am [cf. paṇḍā], learned, wise; shrewd, skilled, clever, educated; (as), m. a scholar, learned or wise man, learned Brāhman, teacher, philosopher, Pandit; an adept, proficient; N. of a man; incense.
     paṇḍitajātīya paṇḍita-jātīya, as, ā, am, somewhat clever, rather learned.
     paṇḍitatā paṇḍita-tā, f. or paṇḍita-tva, am, n. learning, knowledge, wisdom, skilfulness, cleverness.
     paṇḍitabuddhi paṇḍita-buddhi, is, is, i, philosophically minded.
     paṇḍitamaṇḍala paṇḍita-maṇḍala, am, n. an assembly or circle of learned men.
     paṇḍitamānika paṇḍita-mānika, as, ā, am, or paṇḍita-mānin, ī, inī, i, or paṇḍitam-manya, as, ā, am, fancying one's self learned or clever; an ignorant and conceited person, a pedant who thinks himself a Pandit.
     paṇḍitammanyamāna paṇḍi-tam-manyamāna, as, ā, am, Ved. fancying one's self learned.
     paṇḍitarāja paṇḍita-rāja, as, m. 'the prince of the learned', an epithet of a great scholar.
     paṇḍitavādin paṇḍita-vādin, ī, inī, i, pretending to be wise.
     paṇḍitasabhā paṇḍita-sabhā, f. an assembly of Pandits or literati.

paṇḍitaka paṇḍitaka, as, ā, am, wise, learned; (as), m. a learned man; N. of one of the sons of Dhṛta-rāṣṭra.

paṇḍitāya paṇḍitāya, Nom. A. paṇḍitāyate, &c., to become learned or wise.

paṇḍitāyamāna paṇḍitāyamāna, as, ā, am, becoming wise or learned.

paṇḍitiman paṇḍitiman, ā, m. wisdom, learning, scholarship.

paṇḍra paṇḍra or paṇḍraka, as, m. a eunuch.

pat 1. pat, cl. 4. A. patyate, &c., Ved. to share in, partake of (with loc.); to be master of; to rule, control, possess, be in possession of (with acc. or inst.); to be fit for, serve for (with dat.); [cf. Lat. potior.]

pat 2. pat, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) patati, -te, papāta (1st pl. petima, Ved. pap-tima; 3rd pl. petus, Ved. paptus; part. petivas, Ved. paptivas; fem. petuṣī), patitā, patiṣyati, apaptat, patitum, to fly, soar or move rapidly through the air; to go, move, move downwards, alight, sink down, throw one's self down, to throw or cast one's self at (rarely with acc. for loc., e. g. papāta caranau tasyāḥ, he threw himself at her feet); to sink or set (as the sun); to fall, fall down, fall off, fall away; come down, descend (with loc. or acc., e. g. papāta narendrāṇām madhye, he descended in the midst of the princes; pata bhūmim avāk-śirāḥ, fall headlong to the earth, Rāmāyaṇa I. 60, 17); to go down into hell (e. g. narake patanty ete juhvataḥ, such sacrificers go down into hell, Manu XI. 37); to fall (in a moral sense), lose one's caste, forfeit rank or position (e. g. para-dharmeṇa jīvan sadyaḥ patati jāti-taḥ, he who lives by the duties of another class immediately loses caste, Manu X. 97); to fall on, be directed to, light upon (e. g. prasāda-saumyāni satāṃ suhṛj-jane patanti cakṣūṃṣi, the eyes of the good soft with kindness are directed on a friendly person, Śakuntalā, verse 161); to fall upon, fall or devolve to one's lot or share; to fall in or into, be in, (see patita); to fall out, happen, occur, come to pass: Caus. P. patayati, &c., Ved. to fly or hasten away; A. patayate, &c., Ved. to put to flight, throw down; P. A. pātayati, -te, &c., to let fly, fling, hurl; to cause to fall, to fell, cause to sink down or alight, let fall, drop, throw or strike down (e. g. daṇḍaṃ daṇḍyeṣu pātayet, let him cause punishment to fall on those who deserve it, i. e. let him inflict punishment on the guilty; vāyuḥ pātayan mahā-drumān, a wind which throws down lofty trees); to overthrow, ruin; to pour out, shed; to dash out, knock out, strike out; to hew down, lay low (e. g. pātayiṣyāmi rākṣa-sam, I will lay the Rākṣasa low); to throw in, put in or into, cause to enter; to cause to fall (morally), cause to lose caste, cause to sin; (with pāvakam) to set on fire; (with cakṣus, dṛṣṭim, &c.) to cast or direct the eyes, look or glance upon; (with śāpa, a-yaśas, &c.) to lay a curse or reproach upon; (with sthānāt) to cause any one to lose his rank or position, cause to fall, bring into misfortune; (with argha-tas) to depreciate, lower the value of anything; (with or without ātmānam) to throw one's self; (in arithmetic) to subtract; to set in motion, set on foot (? see Rāja-taraṅgiṇī V. 173): Desid. pipatiṣati, pitsati, to wish or expect to fall, be about to fall (e. g. kūlam pipatiṣati, the bank is about to fall in): Intens. panīpatyate, panīpatīti, see Pāṇ. VII. 4, 84; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. pet-o, im-pet-u-s, pen-na, acci-pit-er: Old Germ. fedara, fedah or fetah, 'wing;' find-an = Goth. finth-an: Slav. put-i-ca, 'a bird;' pe-ro, 'a feather:' Hib. faoth, faodh, 'a fall:' Cambro-Brit. pyd-u, 'to fall.']

pat 3. pat, t, t, t, flying, falling; [cf. akṣi-p-.]

pata pata, as, m. flying, flight; going, falling, alighting.
     pataga pata-ga, as, m. a winged or flying animal, a bird; N. of one of the five fires in the Svadhākāra.
     pataṅga pataṅ-ga, as, ā, am, flying; (as), m. a bird; (according to Naigh. I. 14) a horse; a flying insect, a grasshopper, a butterfly or moth (especially one attracted by a light), a bee; the sun; N. of one of the seven suns; a ball for playing with; (according to Sāy.) a spark; (according to Mahīdhara) a Piśāca; a species of rice; quicksilver; 'the Flier', a N. of Kṛṣṇa; N. of a son of Prajā-pati; N. of a mountain; N. of a village, also called Pataṅga-grāma; (ās), m. pl., N. of a caste in Plaksha-dvīpa; (ī), f., N. of one of the wives of Tārkṣa, and mother of the Patagas or flying animals; (am), n. quicksilver; a species of sandal-wood.
     pataṅgama pataṅ-gama, as, m. a small grasshopper; a butterfly; a bird.
     pataṅgara pataṅgara, as, ā, am, Ved. bird-like, like a bird.
     pataṅgavat pataṅga-vat, ind. like a bird.
     pataṅgikā pataṅgikā, f. a small bird; a kind of small bee.
     pataṅgin pataṅgin, ī, inī, m. f. a bird.

pataka pataka, as, ā, am, who or what falls or descends, &c.; (as), m. an astronomical table.

patat patat, an, antī, at, flying, alighting, descending, coming down, falling, &c.; (an), m. a bird.
     patadgraha pa-tad-graha, as, m. 'receiving what falls', a spittoon; the reserve of an army.
     patadgrāha patad-grāha, as, m. a spittoon, spitting-pot.
     patadbhīru patad-bhīru, us, m. 'terrible to birds', a hawk, falcon.

patatra patatra, am, n. a wing, pinion; a feather; a vehicle; [cf. pattra.]

patatri patatri, is, m. (fr. patatrin), a bird; (Ved.) N. of a particular fire; N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus.
     patatriketana patatri-ketana, as, m. 'characterized by a bird', Viṣṇu.
     patatrirāja patatri-rāja, as, m. the king of the birds, Viṣṇu's bird Garuḍa.

patatrin patatrin, ī, iṇī, i, winged, feathered, flying; (Ved.) an epithet of a particular form of fire, of the vehicle of the Aśvins, &c.; (ī), m. a bird; a horse; the horse in the Aśva-medha sacrifice (Rāmāyaṇa I. 13); an arrow; (iṇī), n. du., Ved. day and night; [cf. pātatriṇa.]

patana patana, as, ā, am, who or what flies, falls, goes down, descends; falling, alighting, &c.; (as), m., N. of a Rākṣasa; (am), n. the act of flying down, falling, alighting, descending, falling down, throwing one's self down or into; setting (as the sun), going down (to hell), slackening, hanging down, becoming flaccid (said of the breasts); falling from dignity, virtue, &c.; neglect of the duties of caste, apostasy; ruin; death; (with garbhasya) miscarriage; (in arithmetic) subtraction; the latitude of a planet.
     patanadharmin patana-dharmin, ī, iṇī, i, having the quality of or subject to the law of falling.

patanīya patanīya, as, ā, am (fr. patana), leading to a fall, causing the loss of caste; (am), n. a degrading crime, a crime which causes loss of caste.

patantaka patantaka, as, ā, am, epithet of a kind of Aśva-medha performed in a hurried manner.

patama patama, as, m. a bird; a grasshopper; the moon; [cf. patasa.]

patayālu patayālu, us, ū, u, flying, falling, liable to fall.

patayiṣṇu patayiṣṇu, us, us, u, or patayiṣṇuka, as, ā, am, Ved. flying.

patara patara, as, ā, am, or pataru, us, us, u, Ved. flying, fugitive.

patasa patasa, as, m. a bird; a grasshopper; the moon.

patāka patāka, as, m. ('flying'), a flag or banner, (perhaps incorrect for patākā); a particular position of the hand or of the fingers of the hand; (ā), f. a flag, pennant, pennon, banner; a flag-staff; an emblem carried as an ensign or banner, a symbol, sign, mark; a particular high number; an episode or episodical incident in a drama; good fortune, auspiciousness.
     patākadhvajamālin patāka-dhvaja-mālin, ī, inī, i, garlanded with flags and banners.
     patākāṃśuka patākāṃśuka (-kā-aṃ-), am, n. a flag.
     patākāsthānaka patākā-sthānaka, am, n. (in dramatic language) intimation of an episodical incident.

patākika patākika, as, ā, am, having a flag or banner, carrying a banner.

patākin patākin, ī, inī, i, having a flag or banner, bearing a flag, adorned with flags; (ī), m. an ensign, a standard-bearer, colour-bearer; a figure used in divination, a scheme for casting a nativity; a flag; N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus; (inī), f. an army; N. of a particular divinity.

patāpata patāpata, as, ā, am, going to fall, inclined to fall; going much or frequently.

patita patita, as, ā, am, fallen, alighted; dropped, prostrate, sprung from; fallen (in a moral sense), wicked, abandoned, one who has committed a heinous sin; fallen in battle, defeated, overthrown; degraded, outcast; gone; fallen into, occurring in, being in (e. g. avaṃśa-patita, being in a low family; madhya-patita, being between); (am), n. flying.
     patitasāvitrīka patita-sāvitrīka, as, m. a man of the first three classes whose investiture with the thread or initiation into sacred knowledge (upa-nayana) has not been duly performed or not performed at all, (this can happen to a Brāhman after his sixteenth, to a Kshatriya after his twenty-second, and to a Vaiśya after his twentyfourth year.)
     patitasthita patita-sthita, as, ā, am, lying on the ground.
     patitekṣita patitekṣita (-ta-īkṣ-), as, ā, am, looked at by an outcast.
     patitotpanna patitotpanna (-ta-ut-), as, ā, am, sprung from an outcast.

patitavya patitavya, am, n. going down to hell.

patitvā patitvā, ind. having flown; having fallen or fallen down or alighted.

patiṣṭha patiṣṭha, as, ā, am, Ved. flying most or best.

patīyas patīyas, ind. (originally the neut. of a comparative of pat), quickly, speedily.

patera patera, as, ā, am, flying, falling; going, moving; (as), m. a bird; a hole, pit; a particular measure (= āḍhaka).

pattra pattra (sometimes spelt patra), am, n. (according to some also as, m.), the wing of a bird, pinion, feather, the feather of an arrow; a vehicle in general [cf. patatra], a chariot, car, cart, horse, camel, &c. (perhaps in these senses connected with 2. pad); the leaf of a tree (regarded as its plumage), the leaf of a flower, the leaf of a particular fragrant plant or of a species of plant with fragrant leaves (= gandha-pattra); the leaf of the Cassia (= teja-pattra); a leaf prepared for writing on, a leaf written on, paper (e. g. tat pattram āropayati, he commits that to paper); a letter, any written document, (in the latter sense also pattrī, f.); the leaf of a book; gold-leaf, &c., any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf [cf. paṭṭa]; the blade of a sword, knife, &c. [cf. asi-p-]; staining the person as a decoration, lines and figures painted on the face by means of musk and other fragrant substances; a knife, dagger; [cf. acchinna-p-, uktha-p-, &c.: cf. also Gr. [greek] Old Germ. fedara, fedah, 'a wing;' Angl. Sax. feher; Mod. Germ. feder; Eng. feather.]
     pattrakāhalā pat-tra-kāhalā, f. the noise made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves.
     pattrakṛcchra pattra-kṛcchra, as, m. a sort of penance, drinking an infusion of the leaves of various plants and Kuśa grass for a given time; [cf. parṇa-kṛcchra.]
     pattragupta pattra-gupta, as, m. a kind of bird [cf. pakṣa-gupta]; a species of plant (= tri-kaṇṭa).
     pattraghanā pattra-ghanā, f. a species of plant with full leaves, Acacia Rugata (= sātalā).
     pattracchedaka pattra-cchedaka, as, m. a leaf-cutter, a particular trade.
     pattracchedya pattra-cchedya, am, n. (perhaps) plucked feathers.
     pattrajhaṅkāra pattra-jhaṅkāra, as, m. the current of a river (or the rustling of leaves?); other authorities read pura-saṃskāra and pattra-saṃ-skāra.
     pattrataṇḍulā pattra-taṇḍulā, f. a woman; a species of barley; (ī), f. a species of plant (= taṇḍulī and yava-tiktā).
     pattrataru pattra-taru, us, m. a species of tree (= duṣ-khadira).
     pattradāraka pattra-dāraka, as, m. 'leafdivider', a saw.
     pattranāḍikā pattra-nāḍikā, f. the fibre or vein of a leaf.
     pattraparaśu pattra-paraśu or pattra-parśu, us, m. a fine file or saw used by silversmiths, &c.
     pattrapāṭha pattra-pāṭha, as, m. the perusal of a writing.
     pattrapāla pattra-pāla, as, m. a large knife, a long dagger; (ī), f. the feathered part of an arrow.
     pattrapāśyā pattra-pāśyā, f. an ornament on the forehead, a piece of gold-leaf or a painted mark on the forehead.
     pattrapiśācikā pat-tra-piśācikā, f. a sort of cap or cover for the head made of leaves (used as a protection against rain).
     pattrapuṣpa pattra-puṣpa, as, m. a species of plant, a red sort of Tulasī or basil, Ocymum Pilosum; (ā), f. holy basil, Ocymum Sanctum; holy basil with small leaves.
     pattrapuṣpaka pattra-puṣpaka, as, m. a species of birch; [cf. bhūrja-pattra.]
     pattraprakāśa pattra-prakāśa, as, m. a title given to certain astronomical tables.
     pattrabandha pat-tra-bandha, as, m. adorning with leaves, flowers, &c., decorating with nosegays or garlands.
     pattrabāla pattra-bāla, as, m. an oar, especially a large one used as a rudder.
     pattrabhaṅga pattra-bhaṅga, as, m. or pattra-bhaṅgi, is, f. or pattra-bhaṅgī, f. drawing lines or figures on the face and person with fragrant pigments of sandal, musk, &c., as an ornament.
     pattramañjarī pattra-mañ-jarī, f. = pattra-bhaṅga.
     pattramāla pattra-māla, as, m. the plant Calamus Rotang (= vetasa).
     pattramūlaka pattra-mūlaka, as, ā, am, resembling leaves and roots.
     pattrayauvana pattra-yauvana, am, n. a young leaf, sprout.
     pattrarañjana pattra-rañjana, am, n. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding.
     pattraratha pattra-ratha, as, m. 'using wings as a vehicle', a bird.
     pattrarathaśreṣṭha pattraratha-śreṣṭha or pattrarathendra (-tha-in-), as, m. 'chief of birds', a N. of Garuḍa or the bird of Viṣṇu.
     pattrarathendraketu pat-trarathendra-ketu, us, m. 'characterized by the chief of birds', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     pattrarekhā pattra-rekhā, f. = pattra-lekhā, q. v.
     pattralatā pattra-latā, f. = pattra-bhaṅga, q. v.; a long knife or poniard.
     pattralavaṇa pattra-lavaṇa, am, n. 'leaf-salt', a kind of drug made of certain leaves mixed with salt.
     pattralekhā pattra-lekhā, f. drawing lines or figures on the face or person by means of fragrant pigments consisting of sandal, saffron, musk, &c.; N. of a woman.
     pattravallarī pattra-vallarī, f. = pattra-bhaṅga, q. v.
     pattravalli pattra-valli, is and ī, f. = pattra-bhaṅga, q. v.; (ī), f., N. of two plants (= rudra-jaṭā and palāśī).
     pattravāja pattra-vāja, as, ā, am, feathered, furnished with feathers (as an arrow).
     pattravāha pattra-vāha, as, m. 'feather-bearing', an arrow; a bird ('wing-bearing'); a letter-carrier, postman.
     pattraviśeṣaka pattra-viśeṣaka = pattra-bhaṅga, q. v.
     pattravṛścika pattra-vṛścika, as, m. a species of venomous reptile.
     pattraveṣṭa pattra-veṣṭa, as, m. an ornament for the ear, a kind of ear-ring (= tāṭaṅka).
     pattraśavara pat-tra-śavara, as, m. a Śavara who decorates himself with feathers, a barbarian or mountaineer who wears peacock feathers as a decoration.
     pattraśāka pattra-śāka, as, m. a species of vegetable consisting chiefly of leaves; (am), n. leaves and vegetables.
     pattraśirā pattra-śirā, f. the vein or fibre of a leaf.
     pattraśṛṅgī pattra-śṛṅgī, f. or pattra-śreṇī, f. the plant Anthericum Tuberosum.
     pattraśreṣṭha pattra-śreṣṭha, as, m. the tree Aegle Marmelos (= vilva).
     pattrasaṃskāra pattra-saṃskāra, as, m. the current of a river; [cf. pattra-jhaṅkāra.]
     pattrasundara pat-tra-sundara, a species of plant (= tikta-śāka).
     pattrasūci pattra-sūci, is, f. 'leaf-needle', a thorn.
     pattrahima pat-tra-hima, am, n. cold, wintry or snowy weather.
     pattrākhya pattrākhya (-ra-ākh-), am, n. Cassia leaf; the leaf of the Flacourtia Cataphracta.
     pattrāṅga pattrāṅga (-ra-aṅ-), am, n. (sometimes written pattraṅga), red sanders, Pterocarpus Santolinus; red or sappan wood; a species of birch (= bhūrja); another plant (= padmaka).
     pattrāṅguli pattrāṅguli (-ra-aṅ-), is, f. drawing lines or figures with the finger on the forehead, throat, neck &c. with coloured sandal, saffron, or any other substance.
     pattrāñjana pattrāñjana (-ra-añ-), am, n. ink; blacking.
     pattrāḍhya pattrāḍhya (-ra-āḍh-), am, n. the root of long pepper; a species of grass.
     pattrāmlā pattrāmlā (-ra-am-), f. a species of sorrel (= cukrikā).
     pattrālī pattrālī (-ra-ālī), f. = pattra-bhaṅga, pattrāvalī, q. v.
     pattrālu pattrālu (-ra-ālu), us, m. a species of bulbous plant, = kāsālu; a species of sugar-cane (= ikṣu-darbha).
     pattrāvali pattrāvali (-ra-āv-), is, f. red chalk, a row of leaves; decorating the person with lines of paint, &c.; (ī), f. a row or number of leaves; drawing lines or figures on the face or person with coloured and fragrant pigments, as with saffron, sandal, &c.; a mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey.
     pattrāhāra pattrāhāra (-ra-āh-), as, m. feeding on leaves.
     pattreśvaratīrtha pattreśvara-tīrtha (-ra-īś-), am, n., N. of a sacred bathingplace.
     pattropaskara pattropaskara (-ra-up-), as, m. the plant Cassia Sophora (= kāsa-marda).
     pattrorṇa pattrorṇa (-ra-ūr-), as, m. the tree Calosanthes Indica; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people; (am), n. wove silk, cloth, or a garment made of it; (perhaps also) cotton.
     pattrollāsa pattrollāsa (-ra-ul-), as, m. the bud or eye of a plant.

pattraka pattraka, as, m. the plant Achyranthes Triandra the leaves of which are eaten as a vegetable; (ikā), f. a leaf for writing upon, a leaf on which anything has been written; a letter, document, &c.; (am), n. a leaf; the leaf of the Laurus Cassia; painting lines or figures on the body by way of decoration; (at the end of a comp.) leaf, wing; [cf. ajina-pattrikā, ali-p-.]
     pattrikākhya pattrikākhya (-kā-ākh-), as, m. a species of camphor.
     pattrikāpraveśa pattrikā-praveśa, as, m. a festival on the seventh day of the month Aśvina.

pattraṇā pattraṇā, f. feathering an arrow, putting feathers on an arrow, &c.

pattraya pattraya, Nom. P. pattrayati, &c., to feather.

pattrin pattrin, ī, iṇī, i, winged, feathered, having pages or leaves; (ī), m. an arrow; a bird, falcon; a mountain; possessing a carriage or driving in one; a chariot; a tree; N. of various plants, the winepalm (= gaṅgā-pattrī, = śveta-kiṇihī); (iṇī), f. a sprout, shoot.
     pattrivāha pattri-vāha, as, m. a bird; [cf. pattra-vāha.]

patman patman, a, n., Ved. flight.

patya patya, (at the end of a comp.) falling.

patvan patvan, ā, arī, a,  Ved. flying; (a), n. flying, flight; [cf. āśu-p-, raghu-p-.]

patsala patsala, as, m. a way, road.

pata pata, as, ā, am, cherished, well fed, protected, (said to = puṣṭa.)

patañcala patañcala, as, m., N. of a man.

patañcikā patañcikā, f. a bow-string.

patañjala patañjala, as, m., N. of a man; (ās), m. pl., N. of his descendants.

patañjali patañjali, is, m. (said to be derived fr. pata, falling, and añjali, the joined hands; Patañjali, according to a legend, having fallen from heaven in the shape of a small snake into the hands of the saint Pāṇini as he was joining his hands in reverence); N. of a saint or Muni teacher of the Yoga philosophy, (thence called Pātañjala); N. of the celebrated author of the Mahā-bhāṣya or great commentary on Pāṇini; a N. of the poet Vara-ruci.

pati pati, is, m. (said to be fr. rt. 3. , to protect, but connected with rt. 1. pat and probably for original pātan), a master, owner, possessor, proprietor, lord, ruler, governor, sovereign; one who presides over, (often applied to tutelary deities or regents, e. g. oṣadhīnām patiḥ, the Moon as guardian or lord of medicinal plants; saritām patiḥ, the Ocean as lord of the rivers; vaca-sām patiḥ, Bṛhas-pati as lord of speech; sometimes at the end of a comp., cf. oṣadhi-p-, bṛhas-p-, vācas-p-, vanas-p-); a husband; a root; going, motion, flight ? (in these senses probably connected with rt. 2. pat); (is), f. a female possessor, mistress (e. g. grāmasya patiḥ, the mistress of a village); a wife (at the end of a nonadj. comp., e. g. vṛddha-pati = vṛddha-patnī, the wife of an old man, Pāṇ. IV. 1, 34); [cf. aṃśu-p-, dam-patī, dvāra-p-, nṛ-p-, pṛthivī-p-, prajā-p-: cf. also Gr. [greek] for [greek] [greek] Lat. com-po(t)-s, im-po(t)-s, pot-is, possum for potis-sum, pot-es-tā(t)-s: Lith. pat-s, 'husband;' vesz-pat-s, 'lord, ruler:' Slav. gos-podju, 'lord:' Russ. gos-podin, 'lord:' Goth. fath-s, 'lord;' bruth-fath-s, 'bridegroom.']
     patiṃvara patiṃ-vara, ā, f. a woman who chooses her husband for herself, a young woman who has the privilege of choosing her husband [cf. svayaṃ-vara]; the plant Nigella Indica.
     patikāma pati-kāma, as, ā, am, Ved. wishing for a husband.
     patigaṇitaṭīkā pati-gaṇita-ṭīkā, f., N. of a commentary on the Līlāvatī.
     patighātinī pati-ghātinī, f., Ved. a woman who murders her husband.
     patighna pati-ghna, as, ī, am, killing a husband or surviving him; (ī), f. a woman who murders her husband, a husband-killer; a line on the hand indicating that a woman will be faithless or treacherous to her husband.
     patighnīlakṣaṇa patighnī-lakṣaṇa, am, n. the mark of a husband-killer.
     patitva pati-tva or Ved. pati-tvana, am, n. mastership, lordship; the conjugal or marital state, wedlock, matrimony, marriage.
     patidarśanalālasa pati-darśana-lālasa, as, ā, am, longing to see one's husband.
     patidevatā pati-devatā or pati-devā, f. regarding a husband as a divinity, honouring a husband above all others.
     patidviṣ pati-dviṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, Ved. hating a husband.
     patidharma pati-dharma, as, m. duty towards a husband.
     patidharmavatī patidharma-vatī, f. fulfilling duties towards a husband, fulfilling the duties of a wife, faithfully devoted to a husband.
     patiprāṇā pati-prāṇā, f. a faithful wife ('whose husband is her life').
     patiyāna pati-yāna, as, ā, am, leading to a husband.
     patirājyavinākṛta pati-rājya-vinākṛta, as, ā, am, excluded from a husband's kingdom.
     patirip pati-rip, p, p, p, Ved. hostile to or hating a husband.
     patilaṅghana pati-laṅghana, am, n. injuring a husband; disregarding a former husband by marrying another.
     patilālasa pati-lālasa, as, ā, am, longing for a husband.
     patiloka pati-loka, as, m. 'husband's world', the sphere of a husband in a future life.
     pativatī pati-vatī, f., Ved. a woman who possesses a husband, a married woman.
     pativatnī pati-vatnī, f. a woman who possesses a husband, a married woman, a wife whose husband is living.
     patividya pati-vidya, am, n., Ved. finding or procuring a husband.
     pativedana pati-vedana, as, ā, am, Ved. finding or procuring a husband; (as), m. an epithet of Aryaman; (au), m. du. a particular part of the body ('attracting a husband?'); (am), n. procuring a husband (by means of magical arts).
     pativrata pati-vrata, am, n. loyalty or fidelity to a husband; (ā), f. a devoted and virtuous wife (faithful to her husband).
     pativratātva pati-vratā-tva, am, n. loyalty or fidelity to a husband.
     patiśokākula pati-śokākula (-ka-āk-), as, ā, am, agitated or confounded with grief for a husband.
     patisevā pati-sevā, f. devotion to a husband.

patīya patīya, Nom. P. patīyati, &c., to wish for a husband; (perhaps also) to become strong.

patīyantī patīyantī, f. a woman wishing or fit for a husband.

patnī patnī, f. (sometimes for the sake of the metre and in a few comps. shortened to patni), a female possessor, a mistress (Ved.); a wife (even applied in one or two instances to the female of an animal, as in Ṛg-veda I. 140, 6, to a cow, but according to Sāy. patnī here = pālayitrī); (in astrology) N. of the seventh house. Adjective comps. ending in pati may remain unchanged in the fem. or may substitute patnī by Vārt. to Pāṇ. IV. 1, 34 (e. g. vṛddha-patnī or vṛddha-pati, a woman who has an old husband); but the form patnī only is allowed in such comps. as sa-patnī, a woman who has the same husband with another; eka-patnī, a woman who is faithful to one husband; [cf. jīva-p-; Gr. [greek]]
     patnītva patnī-tva, am, n. wifehood, the condition of a wife, matrimony; (pat-nītve grah, to take as a wife.)
     patnīvat patnī-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. having a wife or accompanied by wives.
     patnīśālā patnī-śālā, f. a hut, tent, or room erected near the place of sacrifice for the wives and domestic use of the sacrificer.
     patnīsaṃyāja patnī-saṃyāja, ās, m. pl., Ved. the four Ājya oblations offered to Soma, Tvaṣṭṛ, the wives of the gods, and Agni-gṛhapati.
     patnīsaṃyājana patnī-saṃyājana, am, n. performing the Patnīsaṃyāja.
     patnīsannahana patnī-sannahana, am, n. girding a wife; the girdle of a wife.
     patnyāṭa patny-āṭa, as, m. a gynaeceum, the private or women's apartments.

patnīka patnīka, a substitute for patnī at the end of a comp.; [cf. a-p-, bahu-p-, sa-p-.]

patkāṣin pat-kāṣin. See 3. pad, col. 3.

pattaṅga pattaṅga, as, am, m. n. (probably a corruption of pattrāṅga), red sandal or sanders; (am), n. Caesalpina Sappan.

pattana pattana, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pat), a town, city; [cf. Lat. op-pidum.]
     pattanabaṇij pattana-baṇij, k, m. a town-tradesman, one who carries on his business in a town.
     pattanādhipati pattanādhipati (-na-adh-), is, m. 'governor of a city', N. of a prince.

pattaraṅga patta-raṅga = paṭṭa-raṅga, q. v.

pattalā pattalā, f. a circuit, district.

pattas pat-tas, ind. See 3. pad, col. 3.

patti patti. See under rt. 2. pad, col. 2.

pattūra pattūra, as, m. a kind of vegetable, Achyranthes Triandra; (am), n. red sandal or sanders.

pattra pattra, &c. See p. 527, col. 3.

pattraṅga pattraṅga. See pattrāṅga, p. 528.

pattrala pattrala, am, n. thin or skim milk.

patni patni, is, f., for patnī. See p. 528, col. 3.

patman patman, patsala. See p. 528, col. 2.

patsaṅgin pat-saṅgin, pat-sukha, &c. See under 3. pad, col. 3.

path path (connected with rt. panth, q. v.), cl. 1. P. pathati, papātha, apa-thīt, pathitum, to go, move; cl. 10. P. pāthayati, &c., to throw, cast, send.

patha patha, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pat; generally only at the end of a comp.), a path, way, road, course, reach; [cf. a-patha, aja-p-, adarśana-p-, &c.; cf. also Zend pathan, 'way;' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pon(t)-s, ponti-fex; Slav. pati, 'way;' Old Germ. pad, fad, phat; Angl. Sax. padh, päd; Hib. fath, 'a district, field.']
     pathakalpanā patha-kalpanā, f. juggling tricks, conjuring.
     pathadarśaka patha-darśaka, as, m. 'way-shower', a guide, conductor.
     pathātithi pathātithi (-tha-at-), is, m. a traveller, wayfarer.
     patheṣṭhā pathe-ṣṭhā, ās, ās, am, Ved. standing in the way or on the road.

pathaka pathaka, as, ā, am, knowing the way, a guide.

pathat pathat, an, antī, at, going, travelling; (an), m. a road.

pathika pathika, as, ā or ī, am, knowing the way, going on a road; (as), m. a traveller, wayfarer; a guide, one who knows the way.
     pathikasantati pathika-santati or pathika-saṃhati, is, f. or pathika-sārtha, as, m. a collection or company of travellers, a caravan.
     pathikāśraya pathikāśraya (-ka-āś-), as, m. an asylum for travellers, an inn.

pathikā pathikā, f. a kind of vine with red grapes.

pathin pathin, panthās, m. (nom. voc. sing. panthās fr. a base panthas, the other strong cases fr. panthan, acc. pl. and other weak cases fr. path, middle cases fr. pathin, see Gram. 162; Ved. acc. sing. is pan-thām for panthānam, nom. pl. panthās or pan-thāsas or pathayas for panthānas), a path, way, road, course; a path in morals or religion, sect, doctrine; a division of hell (Manu IV. 90); panthā-naḥ santu te śivāḥ, may thy ways be happy! a happy journey to thee! pathi ny-as, see under ny-as).
     pathanvat pathan-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. containing the word pathin.
     pathikāra pathi-kāra, as, m. 'roadmaker', N. of a man (?).
     pathikṛt pathi-kṛt, t, t, t, Ved. making a road, constructing a path, preparing a way or ways; guiding, a guide; (t), m. an epithet of Agni.
     pathideya pathi-deya, am, n. a toll levied on public roads.
     pathidruma pathi-druma, as, m. the tree Acacia Catechu.
     pathiprajña pathi-prajña, as, ā, am, acquainted with roads.
     pathimat pathi-mat, ān, atī, at, containing the word pathin.
     pathimadhye pathi-madhye, ind. in the middle of the road.
     pathirakṣi pathi-rakṣi, is, is, i, Ved. or pathi-rakṣas, ās, ās, as, Ved. protecting ways or roads.
     pathivāhaka pathi-vāhaka, as, m. a fowler, bird-catcher; a porter, burden-bearer; (as, ā, am), cruel, hard.
     pathiṣad pathi-ṣad, t, t, t, Ved. sitting in the way; an epithet of Rudra; of the dogs of Yama.
     pathiṣṭhā pathi-ṣṭhā, ās, ās, am, Ved. standing in the way or on the road.
     pathistha pathi-stha, as, ā, am, being on the way, going.

pathila pathila, as, m. a traveller, wayfarer.

pathya pathya, as, ā, am (lit. belonging to a road, suitable for the way or course of anything), proper, fit, suitable, salutary, wholesome, agreeing with, (often said in a medical sense of diet, regimen, &c.); according to rule, containing elements or leading forms; (as), m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina; N. of a teacher of the Atharva-veda; (ā), f. a path, way, road, (pathyā revatī, f., Ved. 'the rich path', personified as a deity of happiness and welfare); the tree Terminalia Chebula or Citrina; other plants (= mṛgervāru, cirbhiṭā, bandhyā, karkoṭakī); N. of several metres, a sort of Bṛhatī; a kind of Paṅkti; a kind of Āryā; a kind of Vaktra; (am), n. a species of salt; [cf. a-pathya.]
     pathyaśāka pathya-śāka, as, m. a species of vegetable.
     pathyāpathya pathyāpathya (-ya-ap-), am, n. 'wholesome and unwholesome', the class of things that are considered beneficial or hurtful in disease.
     pathyāśin pathyāśin (-ya-āś-), ī, inī, i, eating or an eater of wholesome diet.

pad 1. pad, cl. 1. P. padati, &c., various reading for rt. bad, to stand fast or fixed.

pad 2. pad, cl. 4. A. (ep. also P.) pad-yate, pede, patsyate, apādi, pattum, to fall (Ved.); to fall down or drop with fatigue (Ved.); to perish (Ved.); to fall out (Ved.); to go, to go to (with acc.); to attain, obtain, participate in, gain; to turn one's self towards, observe: Caus. P. A. pādayati, -te, to cause to fall (Ved.); to cause to go, &c.; padayate, to go: Desid. pitsate: Intens. panīpadyate, panīpadīti; [cf. Zend pad, 'to go;' padh-a, 'a foot:' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. Ped-u-m, ped-ica, com-pe(d)-s, ped-ūle, pe(d)-s, ped-e(t)-s, ped-es-ter, tri-pod-are, tri-pud-iu-m: Old Iceland. fet-ill, 'fetter:' Goth. fot-u-s, 'foot:' Old Germ. fezz-il, 'fetter;' fuoz, 'foot:' Mod. Germ. fuss: Eng. foot: Lith. pad-a-s, 'a sole;' ped-a, 'a foot-mark:' Hib. faoidh-im,  'I go;' faidh, 'departure.']

patti patti, is, m. (fr. rt. 2. pad or fr. 3. pad, col. 3), a footman, foot-soldier, infantry; a pedestrian; a hero; (ayas), m. pl., N. of a people [cf. paṭṭi]; (is), f. the smallest division of an army (= (1/3) of a senā-mukha) or a company consisting of one chariot, one elephant, three horsemen and five foot-soldiers, (according to others = senā-mukha = fifty-five footsoldiers); going, moving, walking.
     pattikarman patti-karman, a, n. the business or operations of infantry.
     pattikāya patti-kāya, as, m. infantry.
     pattigaṇaka patti-gaṇaka, as, m. an officer whose business is to number or muster the infantry.
     pattipaṅkti patti-paṅkti, is, f. a line of infantry.
     pattisaṃhati patti-saṃhati, is, f. a body of infantry, an assemblage of foot-soldiers; infantry.

pattika pattika, as, ā, am, going on foot, pedestrian.

pattin pattin, ī, m. a foot-soldier, footman.

pad 3. pad or pād, pāt, m. a foot; a step; a fourth part, quarter; [cf. pāda.]
     pacchabda pac-chabda, as, m. (pad + śabda), the noise of feet or of footsteps.
     pacchas pac-chas, ind. (pad + affix śas), Pāda by Pāda, stanza by stanza, foot by foot.
     pacchauca pac-chauca, am, n. (pad + śauca), cleansing or purifying the feet.
     pajja paj-ja, as, m. (pad + ja), 'born from the feet (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra.
     patkāṣin pat-kāṣin, ī, iṇī, i, rubbing the feet, scratching the feet; going on foot, pedestrian; (ī), m. a footman, foot-soldier.
     pattas pat-tas, ind., Ved. from the feet; on foot.
     patsaṅgin pat-saṅgin, ī, inī, i, Ved. sticking or adhering to the feet.
     patsukha pat-sukha, as, ā, am, pleasant to the feet.
     patsutaḥśī patsutaḥ-śī, īs, īs, i, Ved. lying at the feet.
     patsutas patsu-tas, ind. (fr. loc. pl. of 3. pad + tas), Ved. at the feet.
     padanuṣaṅga pad-anuṣaṅga, as, m., Ved. anything added or appended to a Pada or quarter of a verse; [cf. padānuṣaṅga.]
     padibaddha padi-baddha, as, ā, am (fr. loc. sing. of rt. 3. pad + baddha), tied or bound by the feet.
     padga pad-ga, as, ā, am, going on foot, pedestrian; (as), m. a foot-soldier.
     padghoṣa pad-ghoṣa, as, m., Ved. the sound of footsteps.
     paddhati pad-dhati, is, ī, f. (pad + hati), a way, path, road; a line, row, range; N. of a class of writings, (described as guide-books or commentaries or a kind of manual detailing the mode of performing certaing rites and ceremonies and collecting the texts relating to them); a family name, a surname, title, or perhaps more accurately the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. which are used as proper names (as gupta at the end of Vaiśya names, and dāsa at the end of Śūdra names).
     paddhaticintāmaṇi paddhati-cintāmaṇi, is, m. or paddhati-bhūṣaṇa, am, n., N. of a work on astronomy.
     paddhima pad-dhima, am, n. (pad + hima), coldness of the feet.
     padratha pad-ratha, as, m. a footman, foot-soldier.
     padvat pad-vat, ān, atī, at, having feet; running; (at), n. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion.
     pannaddhā pan-naddhā or pan-naddhrī, f. a shoe, boot.
     panniṣka pan-niṣka, as, m. one quarter of a Nishka.
     pannejanī pan-nejanī, nyas, f. pl. (with āpas) a bath for the feet.
     panmiśra pan-miśra = pāda-miśra, Pāṇ. VI. 3, 56.

pada pada, am, n. a step, pace, stride (e. g. padāt padaṃ calitum, to move on a step from any position; pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion; madhyamaṃ vaiṣṇavam padam, Viṣṇu's middle stride, i. e. the air); a footstep, footprint, footmark, trace, track, vestige, mark (e. g. viṣṇos trīṇi padāni, the three footprints of Viṣṇu, said to mean the space between the eyebrows, but probably the N. of a constellation; viṣṇoḥ padam, 'Viṣṇu's footprint', N. of a place; kararuha-pada, the mark of finger-nails, cf. na-kha-p-, daśana-p-; padam anuvidheyam ma-hatām, the footsteps of the great are to be followed); a sign, token, characteristic; a particular measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or (1/2) or (1/3) or (2/7) of a Pra-krama); a footing, stand-point, standingplace, position, station, site (e. g. bhrāmayitvā padāt padam, having caused to wander from place to place; padam ā-tan, to spread or extend one's position); an abode, home; a place, post, office, rank, degree, dignity (e. g. ślāghya-padam prāpya, having obtained an honourable position); a business, affair, matter, (padaṃ kṛ, to have dealings with any one, with loc. or acc. of the person or with prati); an object, thing; occasion, cause, subject (e. g. sandeha-padeṣu vastuṣu, in matters which are subjects of doubt; aṣṭādaśa vya-vahāra-padāni, eighteen titles of law or occasions of litigation); pretext (= apa-deśa); a part, portion, division [cf. tri-pada]; a plot of ground; a square on a chess-board; a foot, (according to Hemacandra in this sense also as, m.; padena, on foot; padaṃ kṛ, to set foot in or on; kariṣyasi padam punar āśrame, thou shalt again set foot in the hermitage; mūrdhni padaṃ kṛ, to set the foot upon the head of any one, i. e. to conquer or overcome; hṛdaye or citte padaṃ kṛ, to take possession of any one's heart or mind; padaṃ kṛ may also mean 'to put confidence in'); a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza, (vasiṣṭhasya padaṃ, N. of a Sāman); a word; (according to Pāṇini) a complete word, i. e. an inflected word or a prātipadika, q. v., with the case-terminations added, (also in Pāṇini's system) the base of a noun before all case-terminations beginning with consonants except those of the strong cases, and before all the Taddhita affixes beginning with consonants except y; a mode of writing the Vedas in which the several words are detached from one another [cf. pada-pāṭha]; (in arithmetic) any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required; the last of a series, a period in an arithmetical progression; a square root; a quadrant; protection; (as), m. a ray of light. At the end of comps. the fem. form is padā; [cf. a-p-, anu-p-, duṣ-p-, niṣ-p-.]
     padakāra pada-kāra, as, m. the author of the Pada-pāṭha; one who divides or separates compound words.
     padakāla pada-kāla, as, m. = pada-pāṭha.
     padakṛt pada-kṛt, t, m. = pada-kāra.
     padakṛtya pada-kṛtya, N. of a commentary on the Tarka-saṅgraha by Candraja-siṃha.
     padakrama pada-krama, as, m. a series of steps, pace, walking [cf. citra-pada-kramam]; a series of quarters of verses; a particular method of reading or writing the Vedas, see krama; (ās), m. pl. the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas.
     padakramaka padakramaka, am, n. the Pada-pāṭha and Krama-pāṭha.
     padaga pada-ga, as, ā, am, going on foot or with the feet; (as), m. a footman, a foot-soldier, &c.
     padagata pada-gata, as, ā, am, gone on foot, described or recorded in a line or stanza.
     padagati pada-gati, is, f. going on foot, manner of going, gait.
     padagotra pada-gotra, am, n. a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words.
     padacaturūrdhva pada-catur-ūrdhva, am, n. a kind of metre in which every Pada is four syllables longer than the preceding.
     padacandrikā pada-can-drikā, f. 'elucidation of words' [cf. candrikā]; N. of a commentary by Rāja-mukuṭa on the Amarakosha.
     padacihna pada-cihna, am, n. a footmark, footprint, footstep.
     padaccheda pada-ccheda, as, m. separation of words (in speaking), resolving a sentence into its elementary parts; parsing.
     padacyuta pada-cyuta, as, ā, am, fallen from a position or office, dismissed from a place or official station.
     padajāta pada-jāta, am, n. a class of words.
     padajña pada-jña, as, ā, am, Ved. knowing places, knowing the footmarks (of the cows), knowing degress.
     padajyotis pada-jyotis, n., N. of a work.
     padatā pada-tā, f. the original form of a word.
     padatva pada-tva, am, n. the state of a word.
     padadārḍhya pada-dārḍhya, am, n. fixedness or security of text.
     padadevatā pada-devatā, f. a deity supposed to preside over a particular class of words.
     padanidhana pada-nidhana, as, ā, am, Ved. having the Nidhana at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a Sāman).
     padanī pada-nī, īs, īs, i, Ved. one who guides the steps of another, a guide.
     padanyāsa pada-nyāsa, as, m. putting down the feet, stepping, step, footfall, tread; pace, footmark; position of the feet in a particular attitude; conduct, procedure (?); writing down verses or quarters of verses; the plant Asteracantha Longifolia Nees (= go-kṣura).
     padapaṅkti pada-paṅkti, is, f. a series or row of footsteps or footmarks; a kind of metre consisting of five Padas of five syllables each; an Iṣṭakā or sacred brick called after this metre; a series of words.
     padapaddhati pada-pad-dhati, is, f. a series of footsteps or footmarks.
     padapāṭha pada-pāṭha, as, m. a particular method of reading and writing the text of the Vedas, by which eachword is written and pronounced in its original form, separately and independently, i. e. without regard to its connection with the following or preceding word and without regard to the rules of Sandhi.
     padapāta pada-pāta, as, m. foot-fall, tread, step, pace.
     padapūraṇa pada-pūraṇa, as, ā, am, filling out a verse, serving to complete a verse.
     padabandha pada-bandha, as, m. a footstep, step.
     padabhañjana pada-bhañjana, am, n. separating the words of a line or sentence, analysing words, explanation of obscure or obsolete words, etymology.
     padabhañjikā pada-bhañjikā, f. a commentary which separates the words from each other and analyses the compounds into their parts; a register, a journal, a calendar or almanac.
     padabhraṃśa pada-bhraṃśa, as, m. dismissal from an office.
     padamañjarī pada-mañjarī, f., N. of a commentary by Haradatta-miśra on the Kāśikā vṛtti; N. of Loka-nātha's commentary on the Amara-kosha.
     padamālā pada-mālā, f. 'word-wreath', a form of magical words, a magical formula, an incantation.
     padayopana pada-yopana, as, ī, am, Ved. stopping or obstructing the steps; (am), n. a fetter for the feet.
     padavākyaratnākara pada-vākya-ratnākara (-na-āk-), as, m., N. of a grammatical work by Gokula-nātha.
     padavāya pada-vāya, as, m., Ved. a leader, &c.; [cf. padavī.]
     padavikṣepa pada-vikṣepa, as, m. step, pace, walking; a horse's paces.
     padavigraha pada-vigraha or pada-viccheda, as,  m. separation of words, dividing words.
     padavid pada-vid, t, t, t, Ved. knowing places; familiar with anything.
     padaviṣṭambha pada-viṣṭambha, as, m. tread, step, stamp with the foot.
     padavī pada-vī, īs, m., Ved. a leader, guide, one who precedes another; (pada-vī or according to some also pada-vi, is), f. a road, path, way, track (e. g. mokṣa-padavī, the way to final beatitude; payasaḥ pa-davī, a water-course, canal; artha-padavīṃ gam, to go the way of profit, to consult one's interest; smaraṇa-padavīṃ gata, gone to the way of memory, i. e. living only in the memory, dead; hāsya-padavīṃ gam, to go the way of laughter, i. e. to become a subject of ridicule); station, situation, degree, rank, post, office; place, site.
     padavīya pada-vīya, am, n., Ved. seeking for the track or traces of anything.
     padavṛtti pada-vṛtti, is, f. the hiatus between two words in a sentence.
     padavṛddhi pada-vṛddhi, is, f. increase of rank or station.
     padavyākhyāna pada-vyākhyāna, am, n. the interpretation of words.
     padaśas pada-śas, ind. step by step, gradually, by degrees.
     padaśreṇi pada-śreṇi, is, f. a series of steps.
     padaṣṭhīva pada-ṣṭhīva, am, n. the feet and knees.
     padasaṃhitā pada-saṃhitā, f. = pada-pāṭha, q. v.
     padasaṅghāṭa pada-saṅghāṭa or pada-saṅghāta, as, m. connecting those words together which in the Saṃhitā are separated by a kind of refrain; a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifies words.
     padasadhātu pa-da-sadhātu, u, n. a manner of singing.
     padasandhi pada-sandhi, is, m. the euphonic combination of words.
     padasamūha pada-samūha, as, m. a series of words or parts of verses; = pada-pāṭha, q. v.
     padastobha pada-stobha, N. of a work.
     padastha pada-stha, as, ā, am, standing on one's feet, going on foot; being in an official position, having rank, fixed in a station or office.
     padasthāna pada-sthāna, am, n. footprint, footmark.
     padasthita pada-sthita, as, ā, am, standing on one's feet, going on foot.
     padāṅka padāṅka (-da-aṅ-), as,  m. footmark, footprint.
     padāṅkadūta padāṅka-dūta, 'the messenger of the footmark (Kṛṣṇa)', N. of a poem.
     padāṅgī padāṅgī (-da-aṅ-), f. a species of plant (= haṃśa-padī).
     padāṅguṣṭha padāṅguṣṭha (-da-aṅ-), as, m. the great toe; [cf. pādāṅguṣṭha.]
     padāji padāji (-da-āji), is, m. a footman, foot-soldier.
     padādi padādi (-da-ādi), is, m. the beginning of the line of a stanza; the beginning or first letter of a word.
     padādyavid padādyavid, t, m. (either padādi-avid, one who does not know the beginning of verses, or padādya-vid, one who knows only the first parts of a verse or of a word), a bad student.
     padādhyayana padādhya-yana (-da-adh-), am, n. the study of the Vedas according to the Pada-pāṭha.
     padānuga padānuga (-da-an-), as, ā, am, following at one's heels, following closely after (with gen.); suitable, agreeable to; (as), m. a companion, follower.
     padānurāga padānurāga (-da-an-), as, m. a servant; an army.
     padānuśāsana padānu-śāsana (-da-an-), am, n. the science of words, grammar.
     padānuṣaṅga padānuṣaṅga (-da-an-), as, m. anything added or appended to a Pada; [cf. pad-anuṣaṅga.]
     padānusvāra padānusvāra (-da-an-), am, n., Ved., N. of a Sāman (?).
     padānta padānta (-da-an-), as, m. the end of a line in a stanza; the end of a word; (as, ā, am), having the word Pada at the end, ending in the word Pada.
     padāntara padāntara (-da-an-), am, n. an interval of one step (e. g. padāntare sthitvā, stopping after taking one step; a-padān-tara, not having an interval of one step, closely connected; a-padāntaram, ind. without any interval, immediately upon, closely, without a pause).
     padāntaśuddhāśuddhīya pa-dānta-śuddhāśuddhīya (-dha-aś-), am, n., N. of a Sāman.
     padāntīya padāntīya or padāntya, as, ā, am, being at the end of a word, final.
     padābhilāṣin padābhilāṣin (-da-abh-), ī, iṇī, i, wishing for an office.
     padāmbhoja pa-dāmbhoja (-da-am-), am, n. 'lotus-foot', the foot of a mistress or divinity; (there are many similar compounds, as padāravinda, q. v.)
     padāyatā padāyatā (-da-āy-), f. a shoe; [cf. pan-naddhā.]
     padāravinda padā-ravinda (-da-ar-), am, n. 'lotus-foot', the foot of a mistress, of a divinity, &c.
     padārtha padārtha (-da-ar-), as, m. the meaning of a word, the thing corresponding to a word, a thing, object; a head or topic (of which sixteen are enumerated by the Naiyāyikas, viz. proof, that which is to be known and proven, doubt, motive, example, dogmatic truth, the member of a regular argument or syllogism, reasoning by reductio ad absurdum, ascertainment, disquisition, controversy, cavil, fallacious reason, perversion, futility, and occasion for rebuke); category or predicament in logic (of which seven are enumerated by the Vaiśeṣikas, viz. dravya, substance; guṇa, quality; karman, action; sāmānya, genus; viśeṣa, difference; samavāya, co-inherence; a-bhāva, non-existence); the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied, (see Pāṇ. I. 4, 96.)
     padārthakaumudī padārtha-kaumudī, f., N. of a commentary on the Amara-kosha.
     padārthadīpikā padārtha-dīpikā, f., N. of an introduction to the study of logic by Koṇḍa-bhaṭṭa.
     padārthadharmasaṅgraha padārtha-dharma-saṅ-graha, as, m., N. of a work.
     padārthaprakāśa padārtha-prakāśa, as, m. = padārtha-mālā, q. v.
     padārthabodha padārtha-bodha, as, m., N. of a work on the Nyāya philosophy.
     padārthamālā padārtha-mālā, f., N. of an elementary treatise on the Nyāya philosophy.
     padārthamālādīpikā padārthamālā-dī-pikā, f., N. of a Nyāya work.
     padārthaviveka padārtha-viveka, as, m., N. of a work on the categories of the Vaiśeṣikas.
     padāvalī padāvalī (-da-āv-), f. a series of lines in stanzas, a series of words; N. of a grammar.
     padāvṛtti padāvṛtti (-da-āv-), is, f. the repetition of a word.
     padāsana padāsana (-da-ās-), am, n. a footstool.
     padāhata padāhata (-da-āh-), as, ā, am, kicked.
     padodāharaṇa pa-dodāharaṇa (-da-ud-), am, n. an example taken from the Pada-pāṭha.
     padopahata padopahata (-da-up-), see Pāṇ. VI. 3, 52.

padaka padaka, am, n. a step; a position; an office; (as), m. a Nishka or weight of gold; an ornament of the neck; (as, ā, am), familiar with the Padapāṭha.

padana padana, as, ā, am, who or what goes or moves.

padanīya padanīya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be investigated.

padāta padāta, as, m. (properly pada + āta), a footman, pedestrian.

padāti padāti, is, is, i (properly pada + āti), going or being on foot; (is), m. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, peon; N. of a son of Janam-ejaya.
     padātijana padāti-jana, as, m. a footman, pedestrian.
     padātijanasaṅkula padātijana-saṅkula, as, ā, am, mingled with footmen or pedestrians.
     padātimātra padāti-mātra, as, m. only a foot-soldier.
     padātyadhyakṣa padāty-adhyakṣa, as, m. the commander-in-chief of the infantry.

padātika padātika, as, m. a footman, foot-soldier, peon.

padātin padātin, ī, inī, i, having foot-soldiers; going on foot, being on foot; (ī), m. a foot-soldier.

padātīya padātīya, as, m. a foot-soldier, footman, pedestrian.

padāra padāra, as, m. the dust of the feet; a boat (= pādālinda).

padāsa padāsa, am, n. (said to be fr. pada + 1. āsa), with vasiṣṭhasya, N. of a Sāman.

padi padi, is, m. (according to the Nirukta = gantu), Ved. an animal which uses its feet for locomotion; a bird; a particular kind of animal (?).

padika padika, as, ā, am, going on foot, pedestrian; one Pada long; containing only one division; (as), m. a footman, foot-soldier; (am), n. the point of the foot.

padeka padeka, as, m. a hawk, falcon.

padekṛtya pade-kṛtya (or pade kṛtvā), ind. having placed in a position, (Pāṇ. I. 4, 76.)

padvan padvan, ā, m. a road, path, way.

panna panna, as, ā, am, fallen, gone down or downwards, sunk, descended; gone; (as), m. downward motion, falling, descent, fall; creeping on the ground.
     pannaga panna-ga, as, m. 'creeping along the ground', a snake, serpent, serpent-demon or Nāga; a species of plant (= padma-kāṣṭha); (ā), f. a female serpent, a female serpent-demon; (ī), f. a species of shrub (= sarpiṇī).
     pannagakeśara pannaga-keśara, as, m. Mesua Roxburghii.
     pannaganāśana pannaga-nāśana, as, m. 'serpent-destroyer', an epithet of Garuḍa, the bird and vehicle of Viṣṇu.
     pannagamaya pannaga-maya, as, ī, am, formed or consisting of serpents.
     pannagāri pannagāri (-ga-ari), is, m. 'enemy of serpents', an epithet of Garuḍa; N. of a teacher; (also read panna-gāni.)
     pannagāśana pannagāśana (-ga-aś-), as, m. 'serpentdevourer', an epithet of Garuḍa.
     pannāgāra pannāgāra (-na-ag- or āg-), as, m., N. of a man; (ās), m. pl., N. of his descendants.

padavī pada-vī. See p. 530, col. 2.

paddhati pad-dhati. See 3. pad, p. 529, col. 3.

padma padma, as, am, m. n. (perhaps for an original pad-mat, rich in stalks, but said to be fr. rt. 2. pad), a lotus, lotus-flower, especially the Nelumbium Speciosum (not the plant itself, but the flower which closes towards the evening; often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba); a lotus-like ornament; the form or figure of a lotus; a N. given by the Tāntrikas to the six divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras, (see cakra); a particular mark or mole on the human body; a spot; red or coloured marks on the face and trunk of an elephant; N. of a particular part of a column or pillar; an army arrayed in the form of a lotus; a particular posture of the body in religious meditation; one of the personified treasures of Kuvera as worshipped by the Tāntrikas; a particular high number, 1000 billions; N. of a constellation; (with Buddhists) N. of a particular hell (characterized by coldness); a species of fragrant plant (= padma-kāṣṭha); the root of the Nelumbium Speciosum; a species of bdellium; a particular fragrant substance; lead; (as), m. a kind of temple; a kind of coitus; one of the eight treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī; a species of plant; an elephant; a species of serpent; a Nāga; N. of one of the attendants of Skanda; (with Jainas) N. of the ninth Cakra-vartin in Bhārata; an epithet of Rāma (the son of Daśa-ratha by his wife Kauśalyā); N. of a prince of Kaśmīra (founder of Padma-pura and of a temple, see padma-svāmin); of a man; of a Brāhman; of a mythical elephant [cf. mahā-padma]; of a monkey; of a mountain; (ā), f. 'the lotus-hued one', an epithet of Śrī, the goddess of fortune and wife of Viṣṇu [cf. padma-śrī]; N. of two plants, Clerodendrum Siphonanthus and Hibiscus Mutabilis; cloves; the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria; N. of the mother of Muni-suvrata, the twentieth Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī; N. of a female serpentdemon (= the goddess Manasā, wife of the sage Jarat-kāru; cf. padma-priyā); N. of a daughter of king Bṛhad-ratha and wife of Kalki; (as, ā, am), lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus.
     padmakara padma-kara, as, m. a lotus-like hand, a hand like a lotus; (as, ā, am), having a lotus in the hand, holding a lotus; (ā), f. an epithet of Śrī; (as), m., N. of the sun.
     padmakarṇika padma-karṇika (perhaps incorrect for padma-karṇikā), the capsule or pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form.
     padmakalikā padma-kalikā, f. an unblown lotus.
     padmakāṣṭha padma-kāṣṭha, am, n. a fragrant wood used in medicine and described as cooling and tonic (= kedāra-ja, padma-vṛkṣa, &c.).
     padmakīṭa pad-ma-kīṭa, as, m. a species of venomous insect.
     padmakūṭa padma-kūṭa, am, n. 'lotus-peak', N. of the palace of Su-bhīmā.
     padmaketana padma-ketana, as, m. 'characterized by a lotus', N. of a son of Garuḍa.
     padmaketu padma-ketu, us, m., N. of a Ketu.
     padmakeśara padma-keśara, as, am, m. n. the filament of a lotus.
     padmakośa padma-kośa or padma-koṣa, as, m. the calyx of a lotus; a particular position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus.
     padmakṣetra padma-kṣetra, am, n., N. of one of four districts in Orissa held especially sacred.
     padmakhaṇḍa padma-khaṇḍa, am, n. a quantity of lotuses, a spot abounding with them.
     padmagandha padma-gandha, as, ā, am, or padma-gandhi, is, is, i, lotus-scented, smelling like a lotus, fragrant as a lotus.
     padmagarbha padma-garbha, as, ā, am, 'lotus-born', sprung from a lotus; (as), m. an epithet of Brahmā; of Viṣṇu; of Śiva; the sun; N. of a man; of a Bodhi-sattva; of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan.
     padmagṛhā padma-gṛhā, f. 'lotus-housed', 'living in a lotus', an epithet of Lakṣmī.
     padmacāriṇī padma-cāriṇī, f. a small tree, Hibiscus Mutabilis.
     padmaja padma-ja, as, m. 'lotus-born', an epithet of Brahmā.
     padmatantu padma-tantu, us, m. the fibrous stalk of a lotus or the fibre of a lotus-stalk.
     padmadarśana padma-darśana, as, ā, am, looking like a lotus; (as), m. the resin of the Pinus Longifolia; N. of a man.
     padmanandin padma-nandin, ī, m., N. of an author.
     padmanābha padma-nābha, having a lotus springing from his navel; (as), m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (so called because the lotus containing Brahmā, the future creator, sprang from his navel); N. of the eleventh month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrṣa); N. of a Nāga; of one of the 100 sons of Dhṛta-rāṣṭra; of the first Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī; of various other men; of a magical formula pronounced over weapons.
     padmanābhadatta padmanābha-datta, as, m., N. of a grammarian and lexicographer, father of Vijñāneśvara.
     padmanābhabīja padmanābha-bīja, am, n. the algebra of Padma-nābha.
     padmanābhabhaṭṭa padmanābha-bhaṭṭa, as, m., N. of the father of the commentator Vijñāneśvara.
     padmanābhi padma-nābhi, is, m. an epithet of Viṣṇu, (see padma-nābha.)
     padmanāla padma-nāla, am, n. a lotus-stalk.
     padmanibhekṣaṇa padma-nibhekṣaṇa (-bha-īkṣ-), as, ā, am, having lotus-like eyes, whose eyes are like a lotus.
     padmanimīlana padma-nimīlana, am, n. the closing of a lotus.
     padmanetra padma-netra, as, m. 'lotus-eyed', N. of a future Buddha.
     padmapattra padma-pattra, am, n. a lotus-leaf, the petal of a lotus; Costus Speciosus.
     padmapattranibhekṣaṇa padmapattra-nibhekṣaṇa (-bha-īkṣ-), as, ā, am, having eyes like lotus-leaves.
     padmapada padma-pada or padma-pāda, as, m., N. of an author, the pupil of Śaṅkara.
     padmaparṇa padma-parṇa, am, n. Costus Speciosus.
     padmapāṇi padma-pāṇi, is, m. 'lotus-handed', 'holding a lotus in his hand', an epithet of Brahmā; of Viṣṇu; the sun; N. of a particular Buddha; epithet of the Bodhi-sattva Avalokiteśvara.
     padmapādācārya padma-pādācārya (-da-āc-), as, m., N. of a preceptor.
     padmapura padma-pura, am, n., N. of a city founded by Padma.
     padmapurāṇa padma-purāṇa, am, n. 'Lotus-purāṇa', N. of a Purāṇa describing the period during which the world was a lotus.
     padmapuṣpa padma-puṣpa, as, m. the plant Pterospermum Acerifolium; a species of small bird (= pikāṅga).
     padmaprabha padma-prabha, as, m., N. of a future Buddha; of a divine being; (with Jainas) of the sixth Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī.
     padmapriyā padma-priyā, f. an epithet of the goddess Manasā, wife of Jarat-kāru.
     padmabandha padma-bandha, as, m. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower, (the several syllables being distributed on the eight petals of the flower and a syllable to be repeated before each group of syllables being written on the part representing the pericarp.)
     padmabandhu padma-bandhu, us, m. 'friend of the lotus', an epithet of the Sun; a bee.
     padmabīja padma-bīja, am, n. a lotus-seed, the seed of a lotus.
     padmabījābha padmabījābha (-ja-ābh-), am, n. 'resembling the lotus-seed', the seed of Euryala Ferox.
     padmabhava padma-bhava, as, ā, am, 'lotus-born', 'produced from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā.
     padmabhāsa padma-bhāsa, as, m. 'brilliant with a lotus', or 'bright as a lotus', an epithet of Viṣṇu; [cf. padma-hāsa.]
     padmabhū padma-bhū, ūs, m. 'lotusborn', an epithet of Brahmā.
     padmamaya padma-maya, as, ī, am, made or consisting of lotus-flowers.
     padmamālin padma-mālin, ī, inī, i, 'lotus-garlanded', wearing a garland of lotuses; (ī), m., N. of a Rakshas; (inī), f. an epithet of Śrī.
     padmamihira padma-mihira, as, m., N. of the writer of a history of Kaśmīra.
     padmamukhī padma-mukhī, f. a species of prickly nightshade, Alhagi Maurorum.
     padmayoni padma-yoni, is, or padma-yonin,  ī, m. 'lotus-born', 'sprung from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā; N. of a man.
     padmaratha padma-ratha, as, m., N. of two princes.
     padmarāga padma-rāga, as, ā, am, lotus-hued, of the colour of a lotus; (as), m. a ruby; (ī), f., N. of one of the tongues of Fire.
     padmarāgamaya padmarāga-maya, as, ī, am, made or consisting of rubies.
     padmarāja padma-rāja, as, m., N. of two persons.
     padmarūpa padma-rūpa, ā, f. 'lotus-hued', an epithet of Śrī.
     padmarekhā padma-rekhā, f. a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth.
     padmalāñchana padma-lāñchana, as, m. 'marked or symbolized by a lotus', a king; an epithet of Brahmā; an epithet of Kuvera; the sun; (ā), f. an epithet of the goddess Śrī; an epithet of Sarasvatī; an epithet of Tārā.
     padmalekhā padma-lekhā, f., N. of a woman.
     padmalocana padma-locana, as, ā, am, lotus-eyed.
     padmavat padma-vat, ān, atī, at, full of lotuses, abounding in lotusflowers; (atī), f., N. of a wife of A-śoka.
     padmavarṇa padma-varṇa, as, ā, am, lotus-hued, lotus-coloured; (as), m., N. of a son of Yadu.
     padmavarṇaka padmavarṇaka, am, n. Costus Speciosus.
     padmavāsā padma-vāsā, f. 'dwelling in a lotus', an epithet of Śrī (as having dwelt at the creation within the petals of a lotus).
     padmavāhinī padma-vā-hinī, f., N. of a work.
     padmaviṣaya padma-viṣaya, as, m., N. of a country.
     padmavṛkṣa padma-vṛkṣa, am, n. = padma-kāṣṭha, q. v.
     padmavṛṣabhavikrāmin padma-vṛṣabha-vikrā-min, ī, m., N. of a future Buddha.
     padmavyūha padma-vyūha, as, m., N. of a Sam-ādhi.
     padmaśas padma-śas, ind. by thousands of billions.
     padmaśrī padma-śrī, īs, m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva; (īs), f., N. of two princesses.
     padmaśrīgarbha padmaśrī-garbha, as, m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva.
     padmaṣaṇḍa padma-ṣaṇḍa, am, n. a quantity or multitude of lotuses; [cf. padma-khaṇḍa.]
     padmasaṅkāśa padma-saṅkāśa, as, ā, am, lotus-like, resembling a lotus.
     padmasamāsana padma-samāsana, as, m. 'having a seat like a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā.
     padmasambhava padma-sambhava, as, m. 'sprung from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā; N. of a Buddhist scholar.
     padmasaras padma-saras, as, n. 'lotuslake', N. of various lakes.
     padmasūtra padma-sūtra, am, n. a garland of lotuses.
     padmasena padma-sena, as, m., N. of a man.
     padmasaugandhika padma-saugandhika, as, ī, am, fragrant as a lotus.
     padmasnuṣā padma-snuṣā, f. 'daughter-in-law of a lotus', an epithet of Gaṅgā; of Śrī; of Durgā.
     padmasvastika padma-svastika, as, am, m. n. a mystical mark consisting of lotus-flowers; (according to the scholiast) a four-cornered sort of painting.
     padmasvāmin padma-svāmin, ī, m., N. of a sacred edifice built by Padma.
     padmahāsa pad-ma-hāsa, as, m. 'smiling like a lotus or with a lotus', an epithet of Viṣṇu; [cf. padma-bhāsa.]
     padmākara padmākara (-ma-āk-), as, m. a lotus-pool; a large deep tank or pond abounding in lotuses.
     padmākarabhaṭṭa padmākara-bhaṭṭa, as, m., N. of a scholar.
     padmākāra padmākāra (-ma-āk-), as, ā, am, lotusshaped, shaped like a lotus.
     padmākṣa padmākṣa (-ma-akṣa), as, ī, am, lotus-eyed, having eyes like a lotus; (as), m. an epithet of Viṣṇu; N. of a man; (am), n. the seed of the lotus.
     padmāṭa padmāṭa (-ma-āṭa), as, m. Cassia Tora.
     padmāntara padmāntara (-ma-an-), as, m. a lotus-leaf, the petal of a lotus.
     padmālaya pad-mālaya (-ma-āl-), as, m. 'dwelling in a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā; (ā), f. an epithet of Śrī.
     padmāsana padmāsana (-ma-ās-), am, n. a lotus-seat, a seat or throne in the shape of a lotus, especially one on which idols are placed; a particular posture in religious meditation, sitting with the thighs crossed with one hand resting on the left thigh, the other held up with the thumb upon the heart, and the eyes directed to the tip of the nose; a kind of coitus; (as, ā, am), 'sitting in a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā; of Śiva; of the goddess Manasā; sitting in the position called Padmāsana; (as), m. the sun.
     padmāhvā pad-māhvā (-ma-āh-), f. = padma-cāriṇī, q. v.
     padmeśaya pad-me-śaya, as, ā, am, reclining or sleeping on a lotus; (as), m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     padmottama padmot-tama (-ma-ut-), as, m., N. of a future Buddha.
     padmottara padmottara (-ma-ut-), as, m. the plant Carthamus Tinctorius; N. of a man; of a Buddha.
     padmottarātmaja padmottarātma-ja (-ra-āt-), as, m. 'son of Padmottara', (with Jainas) epithet of the ninth Cakra-vartin in Bhārata.
     padmodbhava padmodbhava (-ma-ud-), as, ā, am, 'sprung from a lotus', an epithet of Brahmā, of the goddess Manasā; (as), m., N. of a man; origin of the lotus (?).
     padmodbhavaprādurbhāva padmodbhava-prādurbhāva (-ma-ud-), as, m. 'the manifestation of Brahmā on the lotus', N. of the ninth chapter of the first part of the Kūrma-purāṇa.

padmaka padmaka, as, m. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower; N. of several men; (as, am), m. n. red or coloured spots on the skin of an elephant; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; (am), n. a particular posture in sitting; a species of tree and its wood which is used for various purposes (= padma-kāṣṭha = kuṣṭha, Costus Speciosus or Arabicus).
     padmakāmalakaplakṣakadamboḍumbarāvṛta padmakāmalaka-plakṣa-kadamboḍumbarā-vṛta (-ka-ām-, -ba-uḍ-, -ra-āv-), as, ā, am, filled with lotuses, Emblic Myrobalans, fig-trees, Nauclea Kadambas and Uḍumbaras (a kind of fig-tree).

padmakin padmakin, ī, m. the Indian birch tree (= bhūrja), the bark of which is used for writing upon, &c.

padmāvata padmāvata, as, m., N. of a kingdom founded by Padma-varṇa.

padmāvatī padmāvatī, f. Hibiscus Mutabilis; a kind of Prākṛt metre; an epithet of Lakṣmī; N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda; an epithet of the goddess Manasā; N. of a divine being executing the orders of the twenty-third Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī; N. of a wife of king Śṛgāla; of a wife of Yudhi-ṣṭhira, king of Kaśmīra; of the wife of Jaya-deva; of a poetess; of a wife of king Vīrabāhu; of king Naya-pāla; of a city; of a river; of the seventeenth Lambaka of the Kathā-saritsāgara.
     padmāvatīpriya padmāvatī-priya, as, m. 'husband of Padmāvatī', an epithet of Jarat-kāru.

padmin padmin, ī, inī, i, possessing lotuses; spotted or having coloured marks (as an elephant); (ī), m. an elephant; (inī), f. a lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum, (the whole plant, whereas padma is properly only the flower; the same difference exists between abja and abjinī, nalina and nalinī, &c.); a multitude of lotuses or lake abounding in them; a lotuspool, a pool or pond (especially one deep enough for the growth of the lotus); the fibrous stalk of a lotus; a female elephant; a particular magical art; a woman of the first and most excellent of the four classes into which the sex is distinguished; N. of a woman.
     padminīkaṇṭaka pad-minī-kaṇṭaka, as, m., N. of a kind of leprosy.
     padminīkānta padminī-kānta, as, m. 'beloved of the lotuses', an epithet of the Sun, (so called because the Nelumbium Speciosum closes towards the evening.)
     padminīkhaṇḍa pad-minī-khaṇḍa, am, n. a multitude of lotuses, a place abounding in lotuses or district in which they grow.
     padminīvallabha padminī-vallabha, as, m. 'friend of the lotuses', an epithet of the Sun.
     padminīśa padminīśa (-nī-īśa), as, m. 'lord of the lotuses', the Sun.

padya padya, as, ā, am (fr. 3. pad or pada), relating to or belonging to the foot; paining or hurting or coming in contact with the feet; bearing traces of the feet, marked with footprints, measuring a Pada in length, (at the end of a comp. with a preceding numeral, e. g. daśa-padya, ten Padas long); consisting of Padas, formed of parts of verses; consisting of one Pada; belonging to a word; final; (as), m. a Śūdra (as sprung from the feet of Brahmā); a part of a word, a verbal element; (ā), f. a way, path, road; (ās), f. pl., Ved. footsteps, paces; (am), n. a verse, metre, poetry.
     padyamaya padya-maya, as, ī, am, consisting of verses.
     padyaveṇī padya-veṇī, f., N. of a collection of poems by Veṇīdatta.
     padyasaṅgraha padya-saṅgraha, as, m. a collection of verses, N. of a collection of twenty verses ascribed to Kavi-bhaṭṭa.

padra padra, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. 2. pad), a village; the entrance into a village; the earth; a particular district.

padva padva, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. 2. pad), the abode or world of human beings; a road; a car; (nisarga-padva, as, ī, am, naturally inclined to, feeling attracted towards.)

padvan padvan. See p. 530, col. 3.

pan pan, cl. 1. P. A. panāyati, -te, (Ved. panayati, -te), pene, panitā or panā-yitā, panitum or panāyitum (mostly Ved.), to be worthy of admiration; to admire; to regard with surprise or wonder; to praise; to acknowledge, recognise; (A.) to rejoice at, be glad of, congratulate one's self upon (with gen.).

panayāyya panayāyya, as, ā, am, Ved. worthy of admiration, admirable; astonishing, surprising.

panasya panasya, Nom. A. panasyate, &c., Ved. to show one's self worthy of admiration, be admirable.

panasyu panasyu, us, us, u, Ved. showing one's self worthy of admiration, boasting; an epithet of the Maruts, of Indra, &c.

panāyita panāyita, as, ā, am, praised.

panāyya panāyya, as, ā, am, Ved. worthy of admiration, admirable, surprising.

panita panita, as, ā, am, admired, praised.

panitṛ panitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, acknowledging with praise, praising.

panipnat panipnat, at, atī, at (pres. part. of the Intens.), Ved. showing one's self worthy of admiration or praise.

paniṣṭama paniṣṭama, as, ā, am (perhaps for paniṣṭha-tama, cf. nediṣṭha-tama), Ved. highly praised; (but Sāy. takes it for 1st pers. pl. = stumaḥ.)

paniṣṭi paniṣṭi, is, f., Ved. (perhaps) admiration, praise.

paniṣṭha paniṣṭha, as, ā, am, Ved. very wonderful, exceedingly glorious or praiseworthy.

panīyas panīyas, ān, asī, as, Ved. more wonderful or praiseworthy, very wonderful.

panu panu, us, or panū, ūs, Ved. admiration, praise.

panya panya, as, ā, am, Ved. praiseworthy; astonishing.

panyas panyas, ān, asī, as, Ved. = panīyas, more wonderful, very wonderful.

panasa panasa, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. pan), the bread-fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia; a thorn; a species of serpent; N. of a monkey; (ā or ī), f. a malady, pustular and phlegmonoid inflammation of the skin or external organs; a female monkey; a female demon; (am), n. the bread-fruit, fruit of the Jaka tree.
     panasatālikā panasa-tālikā or (according to some) panasa-nālikā, f. the breadfruit tree.

panasikā panasikā, f. a kind of disease, pustules on the ears and neck.

paniṣpada paniṣpada, as, ā, am (fr. Intens. of spand), Ved. quivering, palpitating.

panth panth, cl. 1. and 10. P. panthati, panthayati, &c., to go, move.

panthaka panthaka, as, ā, am, produced in or on the way; (as), m., N. of a Brāhman.

pandara pandara, as, m., N. of a mountain.

panna panna. See p. 531, col. 1.

pannaddhā pan-naddhā. See p. 529, col. 3.

papi papi, is, is, i (fr. rt. 1. ), drinking, who or what drinks; (is), m. the moon.

papīti papīti, is, f. (fr. Intens. of rt. 1. ), mutual or reciprocal drinking, drinking alike or together.

papī papī, īs, m. (fr. rt. 3. , to cherish), the sun; the moon.

papu papu, us, m. a fosterer, protector; (us), f. a nurse, foster-mother.

papuri papuri, is, is, i (fr. rt. pṝ), Ved. liberal, giving, granting; abundant.

papṛkṣeṇya papṛkṣeṇya, as, ā, am (fr. rt. prach), Ved. to be wished or longed for, desirable.

papri 1. papri, is, is, i (fr. rt. 1. pṛ), leading over, delivering, saving.

papri 2. papri, is, is, i (fr. rt. 2. pṛ), Ved. giving, granting.

paphaka paphaka, as, m., N. of a man.
     paphakanaraka paphaka-naraka, ās, m. pl. the descendants of Paphaka and Naraka.

pabbeka pabbeka, as, m., N. of the father of Kedāra who composed the Vṛtta-ratnākara.

pamarā pamarā, f. a kind of fragrant substance.

pampasya pampasya (probably fr. an unused pampas, grief), Nom. P. pampasyati, to feel pain.

pampā pampā, f. (said to be fr. rt. 3. ), N. of a river in the south of India; (according to a Scholiast) N. of a lake.

pamb pamb, cl. 1. P. pambati, &c., to go, move; [cf. rt. kamp, bamb, mamb, namb, khamb, gamb, ghamb, camb, tamb.]

pay pay, cl. 1. A. payate, &c., to go, move.

payas payas, as, n. (fr. rt. 1. or rt. pinv; but said to be fr. rt. 1. , to drink), juice, fluid, vital spirit, power, strength (Ved.); water, rain; milk; semen virile; N. of a Sāman; N. of a Virāj; night (Ved.).
     payaḥkandā payaḥ-kandā, f. Batatas Paniculata (= kṣīra-vidārī).
     payaḥpayoṣṇī payaḥ-payoṣṇī, f. = pa-yoṣṇī, q. v.
     payaḥpāna payaḥ-pāna, am, n. drinking milk, a draught of milk.
     payaḥpūra payaḥ-pūra, as, m. a pool, lake.
     payaḥphenī payaḥ-phenī, f. a species of small shrub (= dugdha-phenī).
     payaścaya payaś-caya, as, m. a reservoir, piece of water, lake.
     payaspa payas-pa, as, m. 'milk-drinker', a cat; night.
     payaspā payas-pā, ās, ās, am, Ved. milk-drinking, drinking milk.
     payasvat payas-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. full of sap or juice, succulent, juicy, liquid; full of strength or of milk, milky, containing water or milk or semen; (vatyas), f. pl. rivers (Ved.).
     payasvala payas-vala, as, ā, am, rich in milk, yielding milk abundantly; (as), m. a goat.
     payasvin payas-vin, ī, inī, i, abounding in sap or milk, juicy, succulent, milky; (inī), f. a milch cow; a she-goat; a river; N. of a river; the night; N. of various plants containing milky juice (= kākolī, kṣīra-kākolī, dugdha-phenī, kṣīra-vidārī); N. of a deity.
     payogaḍa payo-gaḍa, as, m. 'water-drop (?)', hail; (as or am), m. n. an island.
     payograha payo-graha, as, m., Ved. an oblation of milk.
     payoghana payo-ghana, as, m. 'water-lump', hail.
     payojanman payo-janman, ā, m. 'birthplace of water', a cloud.
     payoda payo-da, as, ā, am, yielding milk; (as), m. 'water-giver', a cloud; N. of a son of Yadu; (ā), f., N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda.
     payodasuhṛd payoda-suhṛd, t, m. 'friend of the clouds', the peacock.
     payoduh payo-duh, dhuk, k, k, Ved. milking; giving semen (?).
     payodhara payo-dhara, as, m. 'water-holder', a cloud; 'containing milk', a woman's breast; an udder; the root of Scirpus Kysoor; a species of sugar-cane (= koṣa-kāra); the cocoa-nut; a species of Cyperus; (in prosody) an amphibrach.
     payodhas payo-dhas, ās, m. a rain-cloud; a piece of water, pond, lake; the ocean.
     payodhā payo-dhā, ās, ās, am, Ved. sucking milk (as a calf).
     payodhārā payo-dhārā, f. a stream of water; N. of a river.
     payodhārāgṛha payodhārā-gṛha, am, n. = dhārā-gṛha, a bath-room with flowing water, shower-bath.
     payodhi pa-yo-dhi, is, m. 'receptacle of waters', the ocean.
     payodhika payodhika, am, n. 'sea-foam', cuttle-fish bone.
     payonidhana payo-nidhana, am, n., N. of a Sāman.
     payonidhi payo-nidhi, is, m. 'receptacle of waters', the ocean.
     payomukha payo-mukha, as, ā, am, having milk on the surface, milk-faced.
     payomuc payo-muc, k, k, k, yielding or giving milk; (k), m. 'water-discharging', a cloud.
     payo'mṛtatīrtha payo-'mṛta-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     payorāśi payo-rāśi, is, f. a piece of water, the ocean.
     payolatā payo-latā, f. the plant Batatas Paniculata.
     payovāha pa-yo-vāha, as, m. 'water-bearer', a cloud.
     payovṛdh payo-vṛdh, t, t, t, Ved. full of sap, superbounding with water, overflowing.
     payovrata payo-vrata, am, n. the act of subsisting on mere milk in consequence of a vow, (regarded as an expiation for receiving an unsuitable present, if continued for a month with prayer and residence in a cow-house); offering milk to Viṣṇu and subsisting upon it for twelve days; also for one or for three days as a religious act; (as, ā, am), one who subsists upon mere milk in consequence of a vow.
     payoṣṇijātā payoṣṇi-jātā, f. an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
     payoṣṇī payoṣṇī, f. (fr. payas and uṣṇa), 'warm as milk', N. of a river that rises in the Vindhya mountain.

payasa payasa, as, ā, am, Ved. full of juice or sap; (am), n. water; milk.

payasya 1. payasya, Nom. P. A. payasyati, -te, &c., to flow, be fluid.

payasya 2. payasya, as, ā, am, made of milk (curds, butter, cheese, &c.), milky; watery; (as), m. a cat; N. of one of the sons of Aṅgiras; (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk); a shrub, Asclepias Rosea; N. of various plants (= dugdhikā, kākolī, kṣīri-kākolī, svarṇa-kṣīrī, arka-puṣpikā, and kutumbinī-kṣupa); any plant yielding a milky sap, as the Euphorbia, the Asclepias, &c.

payāya payāya, Nom. A. payāyate, &c., to be fluid.

payora payora, as, m. = khadira, Acacia Catechu.

para para, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. pṛ, or perhaps fr. apa + ra; declined optionally as a pronominal in abl. loc. sing. m. n. and nom. voc. pl. m., when it denotes relative position, e. g. abl. paras-māt and parāt, loc. parasmin and pare, nom. pl. m. pare and parās, Ved. parāsas, see Gram. 238. a), distant, remote, removed; opposite, ulterior, beyond, further, on the other side of (with abl. or rarely with gen., e. g. sarayvāḥ pare tīre, on the opposite or further bank of the Sarayū); past, antecedent, earlier, previous, former (Ved.); long past, ancient; subsequent, succeeding, following, future, next, after (with abl.); added; (at the end of a comp.) having as a following letter or sound (e. g. ta-para, having t as a following letter, followed by t); exceeding, left, remaining; very high or excellent, distinguished, pre-eminent, highest, greatest, longest, most excellent, best, supreme, principal, chief, most complete, utmost (= Lat. summus, e. g. param brahman, the Supreme Spirit); highest, latest (e. g. paraḥ kālaḥ, the highest or latest times; param āyuḥ, the highest or last stage of human life; used at the end of comps. to denote having anything as the highest object, completely devoted to or occupied with or engaged or engrossed in or intent upon, e. g. cintā-para, occupied with reflection; dhyāna-para, engaged in meditation, whose highest object is meditation; sukha-para, extremely glad or happy; śoka-para, filled with grief, whose principal occupation is grief); strange, a stranger, other, another, different, varying, foreign, alien, inimical, hostile, estranged, adverse; exceeding, having a remainder or surplus (e. g. paraṃ śatam, more than a hundred); left over, left as a remainder; concerned or anxious for (with loc.); (as), m. an enemy, foe, adversary; (sc. graha) a subsidiary Soma-graha (Ved.); N. of a king of Kośala with the patronymic Āṭṇāra (Ved.); N. of a prince; (sc. prāsāda or vāsa) N. of the palace of Mitra-vindā; (as, am), m. n. the Supreme, Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe, the Absolute; (ā), f., N. of a plant (= bandhyā-karkoṭakī); N. of a river; (am), n. the highest or culminating point, acme, highest degree; final beatitude; the secondary or more remote meaning of a word; (in logic) one species of common property, that which comprehends many objects, genus; existence (regarded as the common property of all things); (am), ind. beyond, over (with abl., e. g. paraṃ vijñānāt, beyond human knowledge); after (with abl., e. g. astamayāt pa-ram, after sunset; mattaḥ param, after me; ataḥ param, after this, after that, farther from hence, farther from here, farther on, hereupon, hereafter, next; nāsmāt param, no more of this, enough; tataḥ param, after that, thereupon); thereupon, thereafter (without an abl.); but, however; otherwise; rather; in a high degree, excessively, exceedingly, beyond measure, completely; most willingly; at the most, at the utmost; only; yadi param, if at all, perhaps, at any rate; (eṇa), ind. farther, beyond (with acc., e. g. pareṇāsmān pa-raihi, pass by us); on the other side, thereupon; afterwards; after (with abl. or gen.); (pare), ind. afterwards, in future, farther; thereupon; [cf. pāra, parā; Zend para, 'before;' Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. peren-die, per-egre, per-per-a-m; Goth. fairra, 'far;' Angl. Sax. far; Slav. pol-u, 'the opposite border.']
     parakarman para-kar-man, a, n. another's work, service for others.
     parakarmanirata parakarma-nirata, as, m. engaged in service for another, a servant.
     parakalatra para-kalatra, am, n. another's wife.
     parakalatrābhigamana parakalatrābhigamana (-ra-abh-), am,  n. approaching the wife of another, intriguing with another man's wife, adultery.
     parakārya pa-ra-kārya, am, n. another's business, the affair of another.
     parakṛti para-kṛti, is, f. the action or history of another.
     parakrama para-krama, as, m. Krama of the subsequent or second letter of a conjunction of consonants, (see krama.)
     parakrāthin para-krāthin, ī, m., N. of a hero in the Mahā-bhārata who fought on the side of the Kurus.
     parakrānti para-krānti, is, f. the greatest declination, inclination of the ecliptic.
     parakṣudrās para-kṣudrās, f. pl. (probably) those verses of the Veda which are the shortest or excessively short.
     parakṣetra para-kṣetra, am, n. another's field; another man's wife; another's body.
     paragata para-gata, as, ā, am, being with another, present with another, relating to another.
     paragāmin para-gāmin, ī, inī, i, belonging or relating to another, beneficial to another.
     paraguṇa para-guṇa, as, ā, am, advantageous or beneficial to another or to an enemy.
     paragṛhavāsa para-gṛha-vāsa, as, m. dwelling in the house of another.
     paragranthi para-granthi, is, m. 'the extreme point of a limb', an articulation, a joint.
     paraglāni para-glāni, is, f. reduction or subjugation of an enemy.
     paracakra para-cakra, am, n. the army of an enemy; a hostile prince.
     paracittajñāna para-citta-jñāna, am, n. knowing the thoughts of another.
     paracchanda para-cchanda, as, m. the will of another; dependance; (as, ā, am), depending upon or subject to the will of another, dependant, subjected, subservient.
     paracchandavat pa-racchanda-vat, ān, atī, at, dependant on the will of another, subjected, subservient.
     paracchidra para-cchidra, am, n. a fault or flaw or defect in another.
     paraja para-ja, as, ā, am, 'born of another', strange, a stranger, (see para-jāta.)
     parajana para-jana, as, m. another person, a stranger, (opposed to sva-jana.)
     parajanman para-janman, a, n. a future birth.
     parajanmika parajanmika, as, ā, am, relating to a future birth or life.
     parajāta para-jāta, as, ā, am, born of another, nourished or maintained by a stranger, dependant on others for sustenance, adopted, fostered by strangers; dependant, servile, subjected; (as), m. a servant.
     parajita para-jita, as, ā, am, conquered or subdued by another; nourished by a stranger, (for para-jāta, q. v.)
     parañja pa-rañ-ja, as, m. an oil-press; froth, foam; the blade of a sword or knife, (in these three senses also read parāñja, q. v.); a sword or scymitar; (ā), f. the sound of instruments at a festival; (am), n. Indra's sword.
     parañjana parañ-jana, as, m. an epithet of Varuṇa, 'regent of the waters.'
     parañjaya parañ-jaya, as, ā, am, foeconquering; (as), m. an epithet of Varuṇa.
     parataḥpoṣa para-taḥ-poṣa, as, ā, am, receiving food from another, nourished by another.
     parataṅgaṇa para-taṅgaṇa, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.
     paratantra para-tantra, am, n. a rule, ritual or formula for another rite; (as, ā, am), dependant upon another, dependant, subject to another, subservient, obedient.
     paratama para-tama, as, ā, am, highest, greatest, most excellent; farthest, &c.
     paratara pa-ra-tara, as, ā, am, greater, higher, more; farther, &c.
     paratas para-tas, ind. through or from another, (often taking the place of the abl. of para, e. g. parato 'pi paraścāsi, and thou art greater than the greatest or higher than the highest; svakāt parato vā gṛhāt, from his own house or that of another); farther, afterwards, behind, (often used in native grammars after locatives with the omission of the substantive verb, e. g. śasādau parataḥ [sati], when the termination beginning with śas follows); after, over, beyond (with abl.); otherwise, differently.
     paratā para-tā, f. comprehensiveness, absoluteness; highest degree.
     paratāpana para-tāpana, as, m. 'paining enemies', N. of a Marut.
     paratīrthika para-tīrthika, as, m., N. of a Brāhman.
     paratra para-tra, ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state, in another world, in the other or next world; hereafter, in futurity; farther on, in the sequel (of a book).
     paratrabhīru paratra-bhīru, us, m. 'one who stands in awe of futurity', a pious or religious man.
     paratva para-tva, am, n. the being distant or remote; the state of being consequent, consequence, the following (as of another letter in grammar), posteriority; separateness, difference, distinction; hostility; the being more excellent; (in logic) the nature of common or generic property; priority of place or time, proximity.
     paradāra para-dāra, ās, m. pl. another's wife.
     paradāragamana para-dāra-gamana or paradārābhigamana (-ra-abh-), am, n. approaching the wife of another, adultery, adulterous intercourse or intrigue.
     paradārābhimarṣa paradārābhi-marṣa (-ra-abh-), as, m. contact with the wife of another, intriguing with another's wife.
     paradārin para-dārin, ī, m. committing adultery with another man's wife, an adulterer.
     paradāropasevana paradāropasevana, am, n. or paradāropasevā (-ra-up-), f. intriguing with another's wife.
     paraduḥkha para-duḥkha, am, n. the pain or sorrow of another.
     paradevatā para-devatā, f. the supreme or highest deity.
     paradeśa para-deśa, as, m. a foreign country, the country of an enemy, (opposed to sva-deśa.)
     paradeśasevin paradeśa-sevin, ī, inī, i, frequenting foreign countries, living abroad, travelling, a traveller.
     paradeśin paradeśin, ī, inī, i, foreign, exotic; (ī), m. a foreigner; one residing abroad.
     paradoṣakīrtana para-doṣa-kīrtana, am, n. the proclaiming of others' faults, scandal, calumny, censoriousness.
     paradravya para-dravya, am, n. another's property, the goods of another.
     paradravyāpahāraka paradravyāpahāraka (-ya-ap-), as, m. one who carries off the property of another, a thief, robber.
     paradrohakarmadhī para-droha-karma-dhī, īs, īs, i, injuring another in deed or thought.
     paradrohin para-drohin, ī, iṇī, i, tyrannizing over another or over others; tyrannical.
     paradveṣin para-dveṣin, ī, iṇī, i, hating others, hostile to another, inimical, adverse.
     paradhana para-dhana, am, n. another's wealth.
     paradhanāsvādanasukha paradhanāsvādana-sukha (-na-ās-), am, n. feeding luxuriously at another's expense.
     paradharma para-dharma, as, m. another's duty or business, the duties of another caste.
     paradhyāna para-dhyāna, am, n. intent meditation, absorption or abstraction in contemplation.
     paranindā para-nindā, f. reviling others.
     paranipāta para-nipāta, as, m. (in gram.) the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; [cf. pūrva-nipāta.]
     paranirmitavaśavartin para-nirmita-vaśa-vartin, ī, m. 'obedient to the will of those who are transformed by others', an epithet of a class of Buddhist deities.
     parantapa paran-tapa, as, ā, am, paining enemies, vexing or annoying others, subduing a foe, (said of heroes); (as), m. a conqueror; N. of one of the sons of Manu Tāmasa; of a prince of Magadha.
     parapakṣa para-pakṣa, as, m. the side or party of an enemy or adversary, &c.; (as), m., N. of a son of Anu.
     parapatnī para-patnī, f. the wife of another or of a stranger.
     parapada para-pada, am, n. high station, eminence; final emancipation.
     paraparigraha para-parigraha, as, m. 'another's retinue', the family or dependants of another.
     parapāka para-pāka, as, m. anything cooked by another, another's food, the meal of a stranger.
     parapākanivṛtta parapāka-nivṛtta, as, m. one who cooks his own food without observing the expiatory sacrifice for the five Sūnās or places of destruction of animal life.
     parapākarata parapāka-rata, as, m. 'constant at another's meals', one who lives upon others but observes the due ceremonies before cooking.
     parapākaruci parapāka-ruci, is, m. a constant guest at others' tables.
     parapiṇḍa para-piṇḍa, am, n. another's cake, food given by another.
     parapiṇḍāda parapiṇḍāda (-ḍa-āda), as, ā, am, 'taking another's food', feeding at another's cost or upon another's food; (as), m. a servant.
     parapurañjaya para-purañ-jaya, as, ā, am, 'conquering an enemy's city or cities', an epithet of heroes.
     parapuruṣa para-puruṣa, as, m. 'the Supreme Spirit', an epithet of Viṣṇu; another man, a stranger, the husband of another woman.
     parapuṣṭa para-puṣṭa, as, ā, am, fostered or nourished by a stranger; (as), m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo; (ā), f. a female cuckoo; a harlot, a whore; a parasitical plant; N. of a daughter of a king of Kauśāmbi.
     parapuṣṭamahotsava parapuṣṭa-mahotsava, as, m. 'great feast or joy of the cuckoo', the mango tree.
     parapūrvā para-pūrvā, f. a woman who has had a former husband.
     parapūrvāpati parapūrvā-pati, is, m. the husband of a woman who has had a previous husband.
     parapauravatantava para-pauravatantava, as, m., N. of a son of Viśvāmitra.
     paraprayojana para-prayojana, as, ā, am, for the use of others.
     parapreṣyatva para-preṣya-tva, am, n. service of another, servitude, slavery.
     parabrahman para-brahman, a, n. the Supreme Spirit or Brahma; N. of an Upaniṣad.
     parabhāga para-bhāga, as, m. superior merit; good fortune, prosperity; excellence, supremacy; the last part, residue, remainder.
     parabhāgatā parabhāga-tā, f. superior excellence, supremacy.
     parabhāgya para-bhāgya, am, n. another's wealth or prosperity.
     parabhāgyopajīvin parabhāgyopajīvin (-ya-up-), ī, inī, i, living upon another's fortune.
     parabhāṣā para-bhāṣā, f. a foreign language.
     parabhukta para-bhukta, as, ā, am, possessed or enjoyed by another.
     parabhūta para-bhūta, as, ā, am, following or subsequent, (said of words.)
     parabhūmi para-bhūmi, is, f. a foreign or hostile country.
     parabhūmiṣṭha parabhūmi-ṣṭha, as, ā, am, living or being in a foreign or hostile country.
     parabhūṣaṇa para-bhūṣaṇa, am, n. another's ornament; (as), m. scil. sandhi, peace purchased by ceding the entire produce of a country; (also a wrong reading for pari-bhūṣaṇa.)
     parabhṛt para-bhṛt, t, t, t, nourishing another; (t), m. a crow, (said to nourish the Indian cuckoo.)
     parabhṛta para-bhṛta, as, ā, am, cherished or nourished by a stranger, fostered, adopted; (as), m. the Indian cuckoo, (supposed to leave its eggs in the nest of the crow to be hatched.)
     parabhṛtya para-bhṛtya, as, ā, am, to be nourished or supported by another.
     parabhedaka para-bhedaka, as, ā, am, 'foe-breaker', destroying or subduing a foe.
     paramaṇi para-maṇi, is, m., N. of a prince.
     paramata para-mata, am, n. another's opinion, different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy, heresy.
     paramatakālānala paramata-kālānala (-la-an-), as, m., N. of a pupil of Śaṅkara.
     paramadbhuta param-adbhuta, as, ā, am, very wonderful.
     paramanyu para-manyu, us, m., N. of a son of Kaksheya; (also read para-manthu.)
     paramarmajña para-marma-jña, as, ā, am, knowing the secret plans or intentions of another, knowing another's character or disposition, able to dive into the recesses of another's heart.
     paramātra para-mātra, (with Buddhists) a particular high number; (also read para-mantra.)
     paramṛtyu para-mṛtyu, us, m. a crow, (probably a corrupt word; cf. para-bhṛt.)
     parampada param-pada, am, n. final or eternal felicity; a high station; the abode of Viṣṇu.
     parampara param-para, as, ā, am, one following the other, proceeding from one to another (as from father to son &c.); successive, repeated; (am), ind. one after the other, successively, in continuous succession; (as), m. a great greatgrandson, a great-grandson or one of his descendants; a species of deer; (ā), f. an uninterrupted series, a row, regular series, succession, continuous arrangement, order, method; race, progeny, lineage; mediate or indirect condition; injury, killing, hurting.
     paramparatas parampara-tas, ind. successively, in continuous succession, mutually.
     paramparāka param-parāka, am, n. immolating an animal at a sacrifice.
     paramparāprāpta pa-ramparā-prāpta, as, ā, am, received by tradition.
     paramparīṇa param-parīṇa, as, ā, am, hereditary, obtained by inheritance or descent; traditional.
     pararamaṇa para-ra-maṇa, as, m. 'a strange lover', a married woman's gallant, a paramour.
     pararūpa para-rūpa, am, n. the following sound, the sound which comes last or in the second place.
     paraloka para-loka, as, m. the next world, the other world, paradise.
     paralokagama paraloka-gama, as, m. or paraloka-yāna, am, n. going to the other world, death, dying.
     paralokabādha paraloka-bādha, ā, f. loss of paradise.
     paralokārthin para-lokārthin (-ka-ar-), ī, inī, i, seeking a future state, a candidate for immortality. --1. para-vat, ān, atī, at, dependant upon another, being under the command of another, ready or willing to obey or serve (with inst. or loc., e. g. bhrātrā or bhrātari paravān, one who obeys his brother); subject to another; deprived of strength; devoted to.
     paravat 2. para-vat, ind. like a stranger.
     paravattā paravat-tā, f. submissiveness, obedience.
     paravaśa pa-ra-vaśa, as, ā, am, subject to another, depending on the will of another, dependant, subservient, subject; deceived.
     paravaśya para-vaśya, as, ā, am, subject to the will of another, dependant, subservient, subject.
     paravaśyatā paravaśya-tā, f. dependance on another.
     paravācya pa-ra-vācya, as, ā, am, blamable by others; (am), n. fault, defect.
     paravācyatā paravācya-tā, f. condition of being an object of censure to another.
     paravāṇi para-vāṇi, is, m. a judge, ruler; a year; N. of the peacock on which the god Kārttikeya rides.
     paravāda para-vāda, as, m. 'other's talk', the statement or speech of others, popular rumour or report, slander; an adverse reason, objection, refutation, controversy.
     paravādin para-vādin, ī, m. one who makes an adverse statement or raises an objection, a controversialist.
     paravīrahan para-vīra-han, ā, ghnī, a, killing hostile heroes, the slayer of the warriors or champions of the enemy, an epithet of brave warriors.
     paraveśman para-veśman, a, n. the dwelling of the Supreme.
     paravyūhavināśana para-vyūha-vināśana, as, m. the destroyer of an enemy's ranks.
     paravrata para-vrata, as, m. an epithet of Dhṛta-rāṣṭra.
     paraśāsana para-śāsana, am, n. the order of another.
     paraśuci para-śuci, is, m., N. of a son of Manu Auttama.
     paraśvas para-śvas, ind. the day after to-morrow; (incorrectly for paraḥ-śvas; see paras.)
     parasaṅgata para-saṅgata, as, ā, am, associated with another or with others; fighting or engaged with another.
     parasañcāraka para-sañcāraka, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.
     parasañjñaka para-sañjñaka, as, m. 'called supreme', the soul.
     parasambandha para-sambandha, as, m. relation or connection with another.
     parasambandhin para-sambandhin, ī, inī, i, related to another; belonging to another.
     parasavarṇa para-savarṇa or para-sasthāna, as, ā, am, homogeneous with a following letter.
     parasāt para-sāt, ind. into the hands of another.
     parasātkṛtā parasāt-kṛtā, f. a woman just given away in marriage.
     parasevā para-sevā, f. service of another.
     parastrī para-strī, f. the wife of another, an unmarried woman depending upon another (as upon her father &c.).
     parasthāna para-sthāna, am, n. another or a strange place.
     paraspara paras-para (sing. only, but without nom. sing.), one another, each other, (often at the beginning of a comp., e. g. paraspara-sthitau, m. du. standing opposite to one another); mutual, mutually interchanged or interchangeable; (in Mahā-bh. Śānti-p. 2420. the nom. pl. parasparās, like one another, occurs); (am, eṇa, āt, asya), ind. one another, each other, with one another, from each other, against one another, to one after another, one after the other, mutually, reciprocally; (tas), ind. one another, one after another, mutually, reciprocally.
     parasparajña paraspara-jña, as, m. knowing one another, a friend, an intimate.
     parasparasukhaiṣin paraspara-sukhaiṣin (-kha-eṣ-), ī, iṇī, i, seeking one another's happiness.
     parasparahata paraspara-hata, as, ā, am, killed by one another.
     parasparānumati parasparānumati (-ra-an-), is, f. mutual concurrence or assent.
     parasparām parasparām, ind. one another, one after another, mutually.
     parasparopakāra paras-paropakāra (-ra-up-), as, m. mutual assistance or benefit, offensive and defensive alliance.
     parasparopakārin paras-paropakārin, ī, m. 'mutually assisting', an ally; an associate, a helper.
     parasmaipada parasmai-pada, am, n. 'word to another' or 'word for another', the form of a word which relates to another, (a term applied to the terminations of the active verb); the active or transitive verb; [cf. ātmane-pada.]
     parasmaipadin paras-maipadin, ī, inī, i, taking the active terminations.
     parasmaibhāṣā parasmai-bhāṣā, f. = parasmai-pada, q. v.
     parasva para-sva, am, n. another's property.
     parasvatva parasva-tva, am, n. another's right.
     parasvatvāpādana parasvatvāpādana (-va-āp-), am, n. conferring a right upon another as by gift &c.
     parasvaharaṇa parasva-haraṇa, am, n. seizing another's property.
     parasvādāyin parasvādāyin (-va-ād-), ī, inī, i, taking or seizing another's property, extortionary, an extortioner.
     parasvopajīvika parasvopajīvika (-va-up-), as, ā, am, or parasvopajīvin, ī, inī, i, living upon the property of others, dependant.
     parahaṃsa para-haṃsa, as, m. = parama-haṃsa, q. v.
     parahan para-han, ā, ghnī, a, killing enemies; (ā), m., N. of a prince.
     parahita para-hita, as, ā, am, friendly to others, benevolent; good or profitable for another; (am), n. the welfare of another.
     parahitarakṣita parahita-rakṣita, as, m., N. of a commentator on the Pañca-krama.
     parāgama parāgama (-ra-āg-), as, m. the arrival or attack of an enemy.
     parāṅga parāṅga (-ra-aṅ-), am, n. the hinder or back part of the body.
     parāṅgada parāṅ-gada, as, m. (fr. para-aṅga-da, giving form to another, Śiva forming with Durgā a deity, half male and half female, or according to others restoring the body of an enemy, i. e. Kāma-deva, to shape, after having reduced it to ashes in a rage), a N. of Śiva.
     parācita parācita (-ra-āc-), as, ā, am, cherished or fostered by another or by a stranger; (as), m. a slave, servant.
     parātpara parāt-para, as, ā, am, superior to the best.
     parātman parātman (-ra-āt-), ā, m. the Supreme Spirit; (ā, ā, a), one who has directed his mind towards the Supreme; (perhaps) one who considers himself the Supreme.
     parātmabhūta parātma-bhūta, as, ā, am, fixed on the supreme good.
     parādhikāra parādhikāra (-ra-adh-), as, m. another's office or post.
     parādhikāracarcā parā-dhikāra-carcā, f. interference with another's concerns, officiousness.
     parādhīna parādhīna (-ra-ādh-), as, ā, am, depending on another, dependant, subject, subservient.
     parādhīnatā parādhīna-tā, f. or parādhīna-tva, am, n. dependance upon another, subjection.
     parānta pa-rānta (-ra-an-), as, m. the most extreme or remote end, final death; (ās), m. pl. 'living at the greatest distance', N. of a people.
     parānna parānna (-ra-an-), am, n. the food of another, food supplied by or belonging to another; (as, ā, am), eating the food of another, living at another's expense, sponging; a servant.
     parānnaparipuṣṭa parānna-paripuṣṭa, as, ā, am, nourished by the food of another.
     parānnaparipuṣṭatā parānnapari-puṣṭa-tā, f. living on the food of another.
     parānnabhojin pa-rānna-bhojin, ī, inī, i, eating the food of another, living at another's cost.
     parāpara parāpara (-ra-ap-), as, ā, am, the more distant and near, far and near, remote and proximate, prior and posterior, before and behind, earlier and later (as cause and effect), higher and lower, best and worst; (as), m. a Guru of an intermediate class, a term applied in the Tantras to the goddess Durgā; (am), n. (in logic) community of property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, species (as being between genus and individual); a species of plant (= parūṣaka).
     parāparaguru parāpara-guru, us, m. a particular Guru; [cf. the preceding.]
     parāparatā parāpara-tā, f. or parāpara-tva, am, n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state; priority and posteriority; the state of the better and the worse; the state of comprising and not comprising; the condition of being both a genus and a species.
     parāparaitṛ parāparaitṛ (-ra-et-), tā, trī, tṛ, Ved. going after another, going in a line (to the next world). --1. parāmṛta (-ra-am-), am, n. rain; (for 2. see s.v. at p. 537, col. 2.)
     parāyatta parāyatta (-ra-āy-), as, ā, am, dependant upon another, subject to another, subservient.
     parāyus parāyus (-ra-āy-), us, us, us, one who has reached the highest age or 100 years; (us), m. an epithet of Brahmā.
     parārtha parārtha (-ra-ar-), as, m. the highest advantage or interest; the chief meaning or importance; the highest object (euphemistic expression for sexual intercourse); the profit or interest of another; (am or e), ind. for the sake of another, for the good of another; (as, ā, am), having another object or meaning; designed for another, done for another.
     parārthaniṣṭha parārtha-niṣṭha, as, ā, am, fixed on the supreme good.
     parārthavādin parārtha-vādin, ī, inī, i, talking of the affairs of others, officious, intermeddling.
     parārdha parārdha (-ra-ar-), as, m. the more remote or opposite or other side or half, the ulterior part, the other part; (as, am), m. n. the highest number, the number 100,000,000,000,000,000 or a hundred thousand billions; (according to others) a lac of lac of krores or a number equal to half the term of Brahmā's life or as many mortal days as are equal to fifty of his years; (as, ā, am), the most excellent, (in this sense incorrectly for parārdhya.)
     parārdhya parārdhya, as, ā, am, being on the more remote or opposite or other side, being on the farther side or half, being on the following side or half; most remote, the most distant in number, of the highest possible number or value, highest in rank or quality, most highly esteemed, most costly, most excellent, most beautiful, finest, best; more excellent than (with abl.); (am), n. a maximum; an immense or infinite number; (at the end of a comp.) amounting to an infinite number, amounting at the most to.
     parārbuda parārbuda (-ra-ar-), as, m. a species of fire-fly.
     parāvajñā parāvajñā (-ra-av-), f. insulting another, indignity offered to another.
     parāvara parāvara (-ra-av-), as, ā, am, far and near, distant and near, remote and proximate, earlier and later, prior and subsequent, higher and lower, highest and lowest; handed down from earlier to later times, traditional, each successive or every succeeding (one); all-inclusive, all-including; (ās), m. pl. ancestors and descendants; (am), n. the remote and near, the far and near, the earlier and later, cause and effect, motive and consequence; the whole extent of an idea; totality; the universe.
     parāvaratva parāvara-tva, am, n. state of being higher and lower or superior and inferior.
     parāvaradṛś parāvara-dṛś, k, k, k, knowing both the past and the future.
     parāvasathaśāyin parāvasatha-śāyin (-ra-av-), ī, inī, i, sleeping in another's house.
     parāviddha parāviddha (-ra-āv-), as, m. 'pierced or wounded by another', 'frightened by another' (?), an epithet of Viṣṇu; of Kuvera; (perhaps rather parā-viddha fr. parā-vyadh.)
     parāśraya parāśraya (-ra-āś-), as, m. dependance upon another; the retreat of enemies; (as, ā, am), dependant or relying upon another; (ā), f. a parasitical plant.
     parāśrita parāśrita (-ra-āś-), as, ā, am, dependant, subject.
     parāsaṅga parā-saṅga (-ra-ās-), as, m. dependance on another or on something else, dependance.
     parāskandin parāskandin (-ra-ās-), ī, m. 'assailing another', a thief, robber.
     parāha parāha (-ra-aha), as, m. the next day.
     parāhata pa-rāhata (-ra-āh-), as, ā, am, struck by another, assailed, attacked.
     parāhṇa parāhṇa (-ra-ah-), as, m. the afternoon, the latter part of the day; (the word is also spelt parāhna.)
     paretara paretara (-ra-it-), as, ā, am, other than hostile, faithful, friendly.
     paredyavi pare-dyavi or pare-dyus, ind. on the next day, to-morrow.
     pareprāṇa pare-prāṇa, as, ā, am, of higher value than life, more precious than life.
     pareśa pareśa (-ra-īśa), as, m. 'the supreme or highest lord', an epithet of Brahmā; of Viṣṇu.
     pareṣṭi pareṣṭi (-ra-iṣ-), is, m. 'having the highest worship (?)', an epithet of Brahmā.
     paraidhita paraidhita (-ra-edh-), as, ā, am, nourished by a stranger, maintained by others; (as), m. a servant; the Koil or Indian cuckoo.
     paroḍhā paroḍhā (-ra-ūḍhā), f. the wife of another.
     parotkarṣa parotkarṣa (-ra-ut-), as, m. another's superiority.
     parodita parodita (-ra-ud-), as, ā, am, uttered by an enemy, &c.; (am), n. clamour, menace.
     paropakāra paropakāra (-ra-up-), as, m. the assisting others, doing good to another, beneficence, benevolence, charity.
     paropakārin paropakārin (-ra-up-), ī, iṇī, i, assisting others, supporting others, beneficent, charitable, kind to others.
     paropakāraikarasa paropakāraikarasa (-ra-ek-), as, ā, am, wholly devoted to the service of another; (ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband.
     paropakṛta paropa-kṛta (-ra-up-), as, ā, am, helped or befriended by another; brought by another.
     paropajāpa paropajāpa (-ra-up-), as, m. the dissension of enemies, causing dissension among enemies.
     paropadeśa paropadeśa (-ra-up-), as, m. giving advice to others, counselling others, admonishing or instructing another, the instruction of others.
     paroparuddha paroparuddha (-ra-up-), as, ā, am, besieged by an enemy, blockaded, invested.

paraka paraka, as, ā, am, = para, at the end of an adj. comp. (e. g. iti-śabda-paraka, followed by the word iti).

parakīya parakīya, as, ā, am, belonging to another or to a stranger, another, strange, hostile; (ā), f. the mistress or wife of another, i. e. one of the three objects of love, according to the Śriṅgāra or amatory doctrine.

parama parama, as, ā, am (superlative of para), most distant, last; highest, first, most excellent or distinguished, best, greatest, chief, primary, principal, superior; exceeding; extreme; worst; more excellent (with abl. śivāt paramaḥ,  more excellent than Śiva); adequate, sufficient; (am), n. the utmost or highest; the chief part, the most prominent part; (at the end of an adj. comp.) amounting at the highest to, consisting chiefly or principally of, occupied only with; (am), ind. (a particle of assent, affirmation, or agreement) yes, very well, well; (in a comp. before an adj. or part.) excessively, extremely, very, much, in the highest degree, to a great degree, excellently; [cf. Lith. pirma, 'the first;' probably Lat. prīmu-s, but cf. pra; Goth. fruma, 'first.']
     paramakrānti parama-krānti, is, f. = para-krānti.
     paramakrāntijyā paramakrānti-jyā, f. the sine of the greatest declination.
     paramakrodhin parama-krodhin, ī, inī, i, extremely angry; (ī), m., N. of one of the Viśve-devas.
     paramagati parama-gati, is, f. any chief object or refuge (as a god, a protector); final beatitude.
     paramagava parama-gava, as, m. an excellent bull or cow.
     paramagahana parama-gahana, as, ā, am, very mysterious or profound.
     paramacetas parama-cetas, as, n. the entire heart, all the heart.
     paramajā parama-jā, f., Ved. (according to the Scholiast) = pra-kṛti, (probably for parāvataḥ?).
     paramajyā parama-jyā, ās, ās, am, Ved. 'holding supreme power', an epithet of Indra.
     paramatas parama-tas, ind. in the highest degree, excessively; still worse.
     paramatā pa-rama-tā, f. the highest position or rank; highest end or aim.
     paramadāruṇa parama-dāruṇa, as, ā, am, very dreadful.
     paramaduḥkhita parama-duḥkhita, as, ā, am, deeply afflicted.
     paramadurmedhas parama-durmedhas, ās, ās, as, exceedingly stupid.
     paramadru parama-dru, us, m. Amyris Agallocha.
     paramananda parama-nanda, as, m., N. of a teacher; (perhaps a wrong reading for paramānanda.)
     paramapada parama-pada, am, n. the highest rank, high station, excellence; final beatitude.
     paramaparama parama-pa-rama, as, ā, am, highest or most excellent of all.
     paramapuruṣa parama-puruṣa, as, m. the Supreme Spirit.
     paramapuruṣaprārthanāmañjarī paramapuruṣa-prārthanā-mañjarī, f., N. of a collection of prayers addressed to Viṣṇu and other deities.
     paramabrahmacāriṇī parama-brahma-cāriṇī, f. an epithet of Durgā.
     paramabrahman parama-brahman, a, n. the Supreme Spirit.
     paramabhāsvara parama-bhāsvara, as, ā, am, excessively radiant.
     paramamanyumat parama-manyu-mat, ān, atī, at, deeply distressed.
     paramamahat parama-mahat, ān, atī, at, infinitely great.
     paramarasa parama-rasa, as, m. 'most excellent beverage', buttermilk mixed with water.
     paramarāja parama-rāja, as, m. a supreme monarch.
     paramarṣi paramarṣi (-ma-ṛ-), is, m. 'greatest sage', a Ṛṣi or divine sage of a peculiar order or division.
     paramavismita parama-vismita, as, ā, am, greatly surprized or amazed.
     paramaśobhana parama-śobhana, as, ā, am, exceedingly brilliant or beautiful.
     paramasaṃhṛṣṭa parama-saṃhṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, exceedingly rejoiced.
     paramasvadharman parama-svadharman, ā, ā, a, most exact in the observance of the duties of one's own (caste or tribe).
     paramahaṃsa parama-haṃsa, as, m. an ascetic of the highest order, a religious man who has subdued all his senses by abstract meditation.
     paramahaṃsapriyā paramahaṃsa-priyā, f., N. of a work ascribed to Vopa-deva.
     paramahaṃsopaniṣad paramahaṃsopaniṣad, t, f., N. of an Upaniṣad.
     paramākhya paramākhya (-ma-ākh-), as, ā, am, called supreme, considered as the highest.
     paramāṅganā paramāṅganā (-ma-aṅ-), f. an excellent woman, a beautiful woman.
     paramāṇu paramāṇu (-ma-aṇ-), us, m. an infinitesimal particle, an atom, the invisible base of all aggregate bodies, (of which thirty are said to form a mote in a sun-beam); the sun's passage past an atom of matter, an infinitesimal division of time; (u), n. the eighth part of a Mātrā.
     paramāṇutā paramāṇu-tā, f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom.
     paramāṇvaṅgaka paramāṇv-aṅgaka, as, m. 'subtle-bodied', an epithet of Viṣṇu (as being smaller than the smallest as well as greater than the greatest).
     paramātmaka paramātmaka (-ma-āt-), as, ikā, am, of the highest nature, the highest, greatest (= summus).
     paramātman paramātman (-ma-āt-), ā, m. the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe.
     paramādvaita paramādvaita (-ma-ad-), as, m. 'the highest without a duplicate', 'peerless', an epithet of Viṣṇu; (am), n. pure unitarianism.
     paramānanda paramā-nanda (-ma-ān-), as, m. supreme felicity, the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe; N. of the reputed author of the Caitanya-candrodaya, (also called Kari-karṇa-pūra or Purī-dāsa.)
     paramānna paramānna  (-ma-an-), am, n. 'best food', rice boiled in milk with sugar (offered to gods or to the Manes).
     paramāpakrama pa-ramāpakrama (-ma-ap-), as, m. = para-krānti.
     paramāpad paramāpad (-ma-āp-), t, f. the greatest misfortune.
     paramāpama paramāpama (-ma-ap-), as, m. 'greatest declination', the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic; the sine of the sun's greatest declination.
     paramāyuṣa paramāyuṣa (-ma-āy-), as, m. the plant Terminalia Tomentosa.
     paramāyus paramāyus (-ma-āy-), us, us, us, reaching or attaining to a very advanced age (Ved.); the longest period of life either in men or animals.
     paramārtha paramārtha (-ma-ar-), as, m. the highest or most sublime truth, the whole truth, real truth, reality, truth; spiritual knowledge; any excellent or important aim or object; the best sense; the best kind of wealth; (āt or ena), ind. in reality.
     paramārthatas paramārtha-tas, ind. in reality, in the true sense of the word.
     paramārthatā paramārtha-tā, f. the highest truth, reality.
     paramārthadharmavijaya paramārtha-dharma-vijaya, as, m., N. of a Buddhist work.
     paramārthanirvṛtisatyanirdeśa paramārtha-nir-vṛti-satya-nirdeśa, as, m., N. of a Buddhist work.
     paramārthaprapā paramārtha-prapā, f., N. of a commentary by Sūrya-paṇḍita on the Bhagavad-gītā.
     paramārthamatsya pa-ramārtha-matsya, as, m. a real fish, really a fish.
     paramārthavid paramārtha-vid, t, f. one who knows the highest truth, a philosopher.
     paramārthavinda paramārtha-vinda, as, ā, am, acquiring knowledge of truth, obtaining the best kind of wealth, &c.
     paramārthasatya paramārtha-satya, am, n. the real truth, the entire or whole truth.
     paramārthasāra paramārtha-sāra, as, m., N. of a book.
     paramārthasupta pa-ramārtha-supta, as, ā, am, really asleep.
     paramārhata para-mārhata (-ma-ār-), as, m. 'the most excellent follower of Jina', an epithet of Kumāra-pāla.
     paramāvaṭika pa-ramāvaṭika (-ma-āv-), ās, m. pl., N. of a school.
     paramāvadhi paramāvadhi (-ma-av-), is, m. utmost term or limit.
     paramāha paramāha (-ma-aha), as, m. an excellent day.
     paramekṣu paramekṣu (-ma-ikṣu), us, m., N. of a son of Anu.
     parameśa parameśa (-ma-īśa), as, m. 'supreme lord', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     parameśvara parameśvara (-ma-īś-), as, m. 'supreme lord', (said of rich or illustrious men and of princes and of gods); an epithet of Viṣṇu; of Indra; of a Jina; (most frequently) of Śiva; the Supreme Being; (ī), f. an epithet of Durgā; (am), n., scil. liṅga, N. of a Liṅga sacred to Śiva.
     parameśvaratantra parameśvara-tantra, am, n., N. of a work.
     parameṣu parameṣu (-ma-iṣu?), us, m., N. of a son of Anu.
     parameṣṭha parame-ṣṭha, as, ā, am, standing at the top, supreme, superior; (as), m. an epithet of Brahmā; a deity.
     parameṣṭhi parame-ṣṭhi, is, m. (connected with parame-ṣṭhin), 'standing at the head', a superior, a chief god of the Jainas.
     parameṣṭhitā parameṣṭhi-tā, f. supremacy, superiority.
     parameṣṭhin parame-ṣṭhin, ī, inī, i, standing at the head or top, highest, chief, principal; (ī), m. an epithet of Agni or of any supreme deity; a N. of Prajā-pati; of a son of Prajā-pati; of Brahmā; of Śiva; of Viṣṇu; of Garuḍa; of Manu Cakshus; (with Jainas) an Arhat or superior deity; a Guru or spiritual teacher; N. of a son of Aja-mīḍha; of a son of Indra-dyumna (or of Deva-dyumna); a kind of Virāj; a kind of Śālagrāma stone; (inau), m. du. an epithet of Viṣṇu and Śrī; (inī), f. a species of culinary plant (= brāhmī; cf. pārameṣṭhya.)
     parameṣṭhina parameṣṭhina, as, ā, am, Ved. = parame-ṣṭhin.
     paramaiśvarya paramaiś-varya (-ma-aiś-), am, n. supremacy.

paramaka paramaka, as, ikā, am, the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme.

paramika paramika, as, ā, am, = parama, col. 1.

paras paras, ind., Ved. beyond, further, (opposed to arvāk), on the other or opposite side, further on, far away, away, at a distance; in future, hereafter, afterwards, after; (with acc.) on the other side, beyond, over against, more than; (with inst.) beyond, away from, higher or more than; (with inst.) without; (with abl.) beyond, on the other side of; without, exclusive of, with the exception of, except.
     parauru para-uru, us, vī, u, Ved. broad on the outside, broad above or at the top.
     paraṛkśatagātha para-ṛk-śata-gātha, as, ā, am, Ved. containing in addition 100 verses of the Veda as well as Gāthās.
     paraḥkṛṣṇa paraḥ-kṛṣṇa, as, ā, am, more than black or dark, extremely dark.
     paraḥpuṃsā paraḥ-puṃsā, f., Ved. a woman who is not satisfied with her husband.
     paraḥpuruṣa paraḥ-puruṣa, as, ā, am, higher than a man.
     paraḥśata paraḥ-śata, as, ā, am, more than 100; containing more than 100 verses, &c.
     paraḥśvas paraḥ-śvas, ind. the day after tomorrow.
     paraḥṣaṣṭa paraḥ-ṣaṣṭa, as, ā, am, Ved. more than 60.
     paraḥsahasra paraḥ-sahasra, as, ā, am, more than 1000.
     paraḥsāman paraḥ-sāman, ā, ā, a, Ved. 'having superfluous or surplus Sāmans', N. of certain sacrificial days.
     paraścatvāriṃśa paraś-catvāriṃśa, as, ā, am, Ved. more than 40.
     parastaram paras-taram or paras-tarām, ind., Ved. further away, further.
     parastāt paras-tāt, ind. (with gen.) on the other side, beyond, further on, towards, (opposed to avas-tāt, arvāk); higher than; from afar off, from above, from before or behind (Ved.); aside, apart; under (Ved.); hereafter, afterwards, later, (opposed to pūrvam.)
     paraspa paras-pa, as, ā, am, Ved. protecting; (am), n. protection.
     paraspatva pa-raspa-tva, am, n. protection.
     paraspā paras-pā, ās, m. a protector, protecting.
     paro'ṃhu paro'ṃhu (-as-aṃ-), us, vī, u, Ved. narrow on the outside or at the top.
     paro'kṣa pa-ro'kṣa, see s.v.

parāri parāri, ind. the year before last.

parāritna parāritna, as, ā or ī (?), am, belonging to the year before last.

paraṇa paraṇa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. pṛ), Ved. crossing [cf. aritra-paraṇa]; (am), n. reading, (a wrong form for pāraṇa); N. of a town.

paratarkuka paratarkuka or paratarkaka, as, m., Ved. a beggar; [cf. tarkuka.]

paramāra paramāra, as, m., N. of a son of the Ṛṣi Śaunaka (ancestor of Bhoja-deva).

pararu pararu, us, m. a species of pot-herb, Eclipta Prostrata; (another reading has pavaru.)

paraśa paraśa, am, n. a species of gem.

paraśu para-śu, us, m. (fr. rt. śo and para, but said to be fr. rt. śṝ and para, hurting another), a hatchet, the axe of a wood-cutter, a battle-axe; a thunderbolt; N. of a prince; [cf. parśu; Gr. [greek] [greek]]
     paraśudhara paraśu-dhara, as, m. a soldier armed with an axe; N. of Gaṇeśa; of Paraśu-rāma.
     paraśupāṇi paraśu-pāṇi, is, is, i, 'axe in hand', armed with an axe.
     paraśumat paraśu-mat, ān, atī, at, Ved. having an axe.
     paraśurāma paraśu-rāma, as, m. 'Rāma with the axe', an epithet of Rāma, son of the saint Jamad-agni, (the first of the three Rāmas and the sixth Avatāra or descent of the deity Viṣṇu who appeared in the world for the purpose of repressing the tyranny and punishing the violence of the Kshatriya or military caste; he seems to typify the tribe of Brāhmans and their contests with the Kshatriyas); N. of a modern prince by whose orders the Paraśurāma-prakāśa was composed.
     paraśurāmapratāpa paraśurāma-pratāpa, as, m., N. of a book mentioned in the Śūdra-dharma-tattva.
     paraśurāmaprādurbhāva pa-raśurāma-prādurbhāva, as, m. 'the manifestation of Paraśu-rāma', N. of the forty-fifth chapter of the Narasiṃha-Purāṇa.
     paraśurāmāvatāra paraśurāmāvatāra (-ma-av-), as, m. 'the descent of Paraśu-rāma', i. e. the incarnation of Viṣṇu in the form of Paraśu-rāma, N. of a chapter of the Khaṇḍa-praśasti (a poem ascribed to Hanu-mat).
     paraśurāmāvatārakathana paraśurāmāvatāra-ka-thana, am, n. 'story of the descent of Paraśurāma', N. of the fiftieth chapter of the Uttarakhaṇḍa or fifth part of the Padma-Purāṇa.
     paraśuvana pa-raśu-vana, am, n. 'forest of axes', N. of a hell (containing a forest the leaves of which are axes).

paraśavya paraśavya, as, ā, am, fit or proper for a hatchet or axe; [cf. pāraśavya.]

paraśvadha paraśvadha, as, m. an axe, a hatchet; [cf. pāraśvadha, pāraśvadhika.]
     paraśvadhāyudha paraśvadhāyu-dha (-dha-āy-), as, ā, am, armed with an axe.

paraśvadhin paraśvadhin, ī, inī, i, provided or furnished with an axe.

paraśvadha paraśvadha or parasvadha. See above.

parasvat parasvat, ān, m., Ved. a species of animal, (perhaps) the wild ass; [cf. pārasvata.]

parā parā (connected with para, paras, and pra, probably an old inst. sing. of para, and used as an indeclinable and inseparable prefix to verbs and nouns in the sense of) away, off; back, backward; inverted order; aside; to, towards; over, on. According to native lexicographers the senses in which parā may be used are expressed by the following Sanskṛt words: ābhimukhya, prātilomya, gati, vi-krama, dharṣaṇa, hiṃsā (vadha), vi-mokṣa, bhṛśam, pratyā-vṛtti, bhaṅga, an-ādara, and nyag-bhāva; [cf. pareṇa, para-tas, pare: Zend para: Gr. [greek] Lat. per, pereo = parā-i, perdo = parā-dā: Osc. perum, 'without:' Goth. fra-, fair: Angl. Sax. for: Old Germ. far-, fer: Mod. Germ. ver-: Lith. par-, 'back, again;' per, 'through:' Hib. frea, far-, 'back, again.']

parātaram parā-taram, ind., Ved. further away.

parāka parāka. See under parāñc, col. 3.

parākāśa parā-kāśa, as, m., Ved. distant view, remote expectation.

parākṛ parā-kṛ, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to set aside, reject, disregard.

parākaraṇa parā-karaṇa, am, n. the act of setting aside, rejection, disregarding, disdaining.

parākurvat parā-kurvat, an, atī, at, setting aside, throwing off, rejecting, disdaining.

parākṛta parā-kṛta, as, ā, am, set aside, rejected, thrown off, disdained.

parākṛṣ parā-kṛṣ, cl. 1. P. -karṣati, -karṣṭum, -kraṣṭum, to draw or drag away; to draw down; to censure, revile.

parākṝ parā-kṝ, cl. 6. P. -kirati, -karitum, -karītum, to throw away, lose.

parākīrya parā-kīrya, ind. having thrown away; having forfeited.

parākram parā-kram, cl. 1. P. A. -kramati (ep. for -krāmati), -kramate, -kramitum, -krāntum, to march forward, advance; to march against, attack; to turn back; to display courage or spirit, display strength or heroism; show zeal, excel, distinguish one's self.

parākrama parā-krama, as, m. marching or going forth, advancing against, attacking, attack; heroism, prowess, valour, courage, power, strength, forcible means; exertion; attempt, endeavour, effort, enterprise; a N. of Viṣṇu; N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus; of a Vidyā-dhara prince, (associated with Ā-krama, Vi-krama, and Saṅ-krama.)
     parākramakeśarin parākra-ma-keśarin, ī, m., N. of a prince, son of Vikramakeśarin.
     parākramajña parākrama-jña, as, ā, am, knowing the strength (of an enemy).
     parākramavat parākrama-vat, ān, atī, at, valorous, spirited, heroic, courageous, possessed of power or strength.

parākramin parā-kramin, ī, iṇī, i, spirited, showing or displaying courage or strength, exerting power.

parākrānta parā-krānta, as, ā, am, turned back (e. g. pa-lāyane, in flight); advanced; valorous, strong, powerful, vigorous, bold, valiant, active, energetic.

parākrāntṛ parā-krāntṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, displaying valour, showing courage or strength, exerting power, heroic, a hero.

parākṣip parā-kṣip, cl. 6. P. A. -kṣipati, -te, -kṣeptum, to tear away from, to wrest away, to throw over, upset.

parākṣipta parā-kṣipta, as, ā, am, upset, thrown upside down; wrested away.
     parākṣiptamanas parākṣipta-manas, ās, ās, as, having the mind carried away or enraptured.

parākhyā parā-khyā, cl. 2. P. -khyāti, -khyā-tum, Ved. to see afar off.

parāga parāga, as, m. the pollen or farina of a flower; dust in general; fragrant powder used after bathing; sandal; an eclipse of the sun or moon; fame, celebrity; independance, following one's own inclinations; N. of a mountain.
     parāgavat parāga-vat, ān, atī, at, or parāgin, ī, iṇī, i, laden with pollen.

parāgam parā-gam, cl. 1. P. -gacchati, -gan-tum, Ved. to go away, pass away, depart; to die.

parāgata parā-gata, as, ā, am, departed, dead; spread, expanded; covered with, filled with, full of.

parāgā parā-gā, cl. 2. 3. P. -gāti, -jigāti, gātum, Ved. to go away, pass by or on one side, to escape.

parāṅgava parāṅgava, as, m. the ocean.

parāṅmukha parāṅ-mukha. See under parāñc.

parācar parā-car, cl. 1. P. -carati, -cari-tum, Ved. to go away, depart, retreat, retire.

parāji parā-ji, cl. 1. P. A. -jayati, -te, -jetum, to conquer, win, vanquish, overthrow; to defeat in a lawsuit; to lose anything (acc.), be deprived of; to be conquered; to succumb, submit; to be overcome by (with abl., see Pāṇ. I. 4, 26).

parājaya parā-jaya, as, m. conquest, victory, mastering, conquering, overpowering; defeat, being overcome by (with abl.); loss, losing (at play or in a lawsuit); deprivation; turning away from, desertion.

parājayamāna parā-jayamāna, as, ā, am, overcoming, surpassing, defeating; being deprived of, losing.

parājit parā-jit, t, m., N. of a son of Rukma-kavaca.

parājita parā-jita, as, ā, am, conquered, defeated, overcome; overthrown, overpowered, defeated (at play), cast (in a lawsuit), condemned by law.

parājiṣṇu parā-jiṣṇu, us, us, u, victorious; being conquered, defeated.

parāñc parāñc or parāc, āṅ, ācī, āk (fr. rt. 1. añc with parā, opposed to arvāñc or arvāc and praty-añc), directed towards (Ved.); turned away, averted; turning the back upon, having any one behind, standing behind; departing or retiring from (e. g. parāñcaḥ pitaraḥ, the departed Manes); not returning, irrevocable, (in these senses generally Ved.); situated beyond or on the other side (e. g. amuṣmāt parāñco lokāḥ, the worlds situated beyond that); distant; directed outwards or towards the outer world (e. g. parāñci khāni, the senses directed outwards); (āk or Ved. āṅ), ind. away, away from, in vain, to no purpose; outwards, towards the outer world.
     parāktva parāk-tva, am, n., Ved. not turning back; non-recurrence.
     parākpuṣpī parāk-puṣpī, f. Achyranthes Aspera (= apāmārga; cf. pratya-puṣpī).
     parāgdṛś parāg-dṛś, k, k, k, having the eye turned towards the outer world.
     parāṅmanas parāṅ-manas, ās, ās, as, having the mind or thoughts directed backwards.
     parāṅmukha parāṅ-mukha, as, ī, am, having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon; averted, turned away; turning away from, averse from (with loc.); disinclined towards, not caring about, regardless of (with loc. gen. or acc. with prati); avoiding, shunning; (as), m. a spell or magical formula pronounced over weapons.
     parāṅmukhatā parāṅmukha-tā, f. or parāṅmukha-tva, am, n. turning away or averting the face; disinclination, repugnance, dislike, aversion, disgust.
     parāṅmukhaya parāṅmukhaya, Nom. P. parāṅmukhayati, to turn round, turn back or away.
     parāṅmukhīkṛ parāṅmukhī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, to cause any one to turn back or avert the face, cause to retreat, put to flight.
     parāṅmukhībhū parāṅmukhī-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bhavitum, to turn away the face, turn the back upon, take to flight, retreat.

parāka parāka, distance from, (generally in loc. parāke, at a distance, or abl. parākāt, from a distance or at a distance); (as), m., N. of a Tri-rātra; N. of a sort of penance or religious vow of an expiatory kind, (said to consist in fasting for twelve days and nights and keeping the mind attentive and organs subdued); a sacrificial sword or scimitar; a kind of disease; a species of animal; (as, ā, am), small.
     parākāttāt parākāt-tāt, ind. from a distance.

parācīna parācīna, as, ā, am, turned away, turned in an opposite direction, averted, averse from, disinclined to, not minding, not caring about; being on the opposite side, situated on the other side, being beyond; (am), ind. away from, beyond, after; more than.

parācais parācais, ind., Ved. away, aside, at the side of.

parāñcana parāñcana, am, n. turning away from, bending aside.

parāñcin parāñcin, ī, inī, i, Ved. not returning, not recurring.

parāñja parāñja, as, m. an oil-mill; froth or foam; the blade of a sword or knife; [cf. parañ-ja.]

parāṇa parāṇa, am, n., in vāyoḥ parāṇam, N. of a Sāman.

parāṇī parā-ṇī (parā-nī), cl. 1. P. A. -ṇa-yati, -te, -ṇetum, to lead back.

parāṇutti parā-ṇutti, is, f. (fr. rt. nud with parā), Ved. driving away, expulsion, expelling, removing.

parātaṃsa parā-taṃsa, as, m. (fr. rt. taṃs with parā), the being thrust or pushed aside.

parātaram parā-taram. See parā, p. 536.

parātras parā-tras, Caus. -trāsayati, -yi-tum, Ved. to scare away, drive away.

parādana parādana, as, m. a horse of the Persian breed.

parādā parā-dā, cl. 3. P. -dadāti, -dātum, Ved. to give up, give over, deliver, surrender, hand over; to give away, throw away, squander; to give away or exchange for (with dat.); to exclude from, (Bhāgavata-Purāṇa IV. 6, 5.)

parātta parātta, as, ā, am, given over, &c. (See Schol. on Pāṇ. VII. 4, 47.)

parādadi parādadi, is, is, i, Ved. giving up, giving over, delivering over.

parādāna parā-dāna, am, n., Ved. giving up, surrendering, giving away.

parādiś parā-diś, cl. 3. P. -dideṣṭi, -deṣṭum, Ved. to order off or command (anything), to be removed.

parādṛś parā-dṛś, cl. 1. P. -paśyati, -draṣṭum, Ved. to perceive, observe, behold.

parādru parā-dru, cl. 1. P. -dravati, -drotum, to run away from, flee away, escape.

parādhi parādhi, is, m. hunting, the chase.

parādhmā parā-dhmā, cl. 1. P. -dhamati, -dhmātum, Ved. to blow away.

parānasā parānasā, f. the practice of medicine, administering remedies, medical treatment.

parāpa parāpa, as, ā, am, m. f. n. (fr. parā + ap), a place &c. whence water has retired; (am), n., see Schol. on Pāṇ. VI. 3, 97.

parāpat parā-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati, -pati-tum, to fly away, escape; to depart; to fall out; to fail: Caus. -pātayati, to chase or drive away.

parāpatat parā-patat, an, antī, at, flying away; coming back quickly.

parāpātuka parā-pātuka, as, ā, am, Ved. miscarrying, abortive.

parāpur parā-pur, ūr, f., Ved. (according to the Commentator) a great body.

parāpū parā-pū, cl. 9. P. A. -punāti, -pu-nīte, -pavitum, Ved. to purify, cleanse away, lustrate.

parāprāsādamantra parāprāsāda-mantra, as, m. = prāsāda-parāmantra, N. of a kind of mystical prayer.

parābaba parābaba, am, n., N. of a Sāman.

parābhikṣa parā-bhikṣa, as, ā, am (probably a wrong reading for para-bhikṣa), living upon alms received from others.

parābhid parā-bhid, cl. 7. P. A. -bhinatti, -bhintte, -bhettum, to pierce, wound.

parābhū parā-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bhavi-tum (Ved. inf. parā-bhuve), to pass away, vanish, disappear; to perish, be lost, succumb, yield; to overcome, conquer; to harm, hurt, injure (with acc.): Caus. -bhāvayati, -yitum, to overthrow, conquer, subdue, destroy; (A.) to vanish, perish, sustain a loss.

parābhava parā-bhava, as, m. passing away, vanishing, disappearance, coming to an end, dissolution, separation; defeat, discomfiture, overthrow, mortification, humiliation, vexation, injury, contempt, disrespect, disregard; destruction; N. of the fortieth (or fourteenth) year in Jupiter's cycle of sixty years.
     parābhavapada parābhava-pada, am, n. an object of contempt.

parābhāva parā-bhāva, as, m. defeat, overthrow, discomfiture.

parābhāvuka parā-bhāvuka, as, ā, am, approaching decline or destruction, about to pass away.

parābhūta parā-bhūta, as, ā, am, defeated, discomfited, overcome; degraded, humbled, treated with contempt.

parābhūti parā-bhūti, is, f. defeat, overthrow, humiliation; injury.

parābhṛ parā-bhṛ, cl. 3. P. A., Ved. -bibharti, -bibhṛte, &c., occurring only in the past pass. part. parā-bhṛta, as, ā, am, taken off, put aside, hidden, concealed.

parāmṛta 2. parā-mṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. one who has overcome death or is no longer subject todeath. (For 1. parāmṛta see p. 534, col. 3.)

parāmṛś parā-mṛś (sometimes incorrectly spelt parā-mṛṣ), cl. 6. P. -mṛśati, -marṣṭum, -mraṣṭum, to stroke, rub, touch, take hold of, grasp, clutch, seize, take; to handle roughly, violate (a woman), ravish, seduce; to have reference, point to: Pass. -mṛśyate, to be touched; to be referred to, to be meant.

parāmarśa parā-marśa, as, m. (sometimes incorrectly spelt parā-marṣa), seizing, dragging, pulling (e. g. ke-śa-p-, dragging by the hair); bending or drawing a bow; injuring, any act of violence, violation, assault, attack; affection (by disease &c.); remembering, recollection; reflection, consideration, thought; discrimination, judgment; (in logic) inference, conclusion; drawing conclusions from analogy or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major.

parāmarśana parā-marśana, am, n. recollection, remembering; reflection, consideration.

parāmarśin parā-marśin, ī, inī, i, calling or bringing to mind, reminding, referring to.

parāmṛṣṭa parā-mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, touched, handled, seized, grasped, roughly treated, violated; afflicted by (disease &c.); weighed, considered, judged; connected with, referred to; endured.

parāyaṇa parāyaṇa, am, n. (fr. rt. 5. i with parā, or in some senses fr. para + ayana), going away, departure (Ved.); way of departure, exit (Ved.); final end or aim, last resort or refuge; principal object, chief aim or purport; essence, sum, summary; parāyaṇaṃ kṛ, to do one's utmost, to do all one can; (often at the end of a comp. with fem. ā, in the sense of) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted to, zealously engaged in, wholly occupied with, intent on, affected by, wholly possessed by; (according to some authorities parā-yaṇam, n., has also the sense of a religious order or division); (as), m., N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya; (as, ā, am), principal, being the chief or final end or aim, attached to, adhering to (with acc.); connected with; dependant on, subject to; leading to, conducive to.
     parāyaṇavat parāyaṇa-vat, ān, atī, at, occupying the principal or highest point, most elevated.

parāyatta parāyatta. See p. 534, col. 3.

parāru parāru, us, m. a species of gourd, Momordica Charantia; [cf. kāravella.]

parāruka parāruka, as, m. a stone or rock; (another reading has pavāruka.)

parārtha parārtha, parārdha, parārdhya. See p. 534, col. 3.

parāvac parā-vac, cl. 2. P. -vakti, -vaktum, Ved. to contradict.

parāvāka parā-vāka, as, m., Ved. contradiction.

parokta parokta (-rā-uk-), as, ā, am, Ved. contradicted.

parocya parocya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be contradicted.

parāvat parā-vat, t, f., Ved. distance; (opposed to arvā-vat.)

parāvata parāvata, am, n. a species of plant (= parūṣaka).

parāvara parāvara. See p. 535, col. 1.

parāvarta parā-varta. See 1. parā-vṛt.

parāvasu parā-vasu, us, us, u, Ved. keeping off wealth; (us), m., N. of the fortieth year in Jupiter's cycle of sixty years [cf. parā-bhava]; N. of a Gandharva (associated with Viśvā-vasu); also of a son of Raibhya (associated with Arvā-vasu).

parāvaha parā-vaha, as, m. (fr. rt. vah with parā), N. of one of the seven winds, (the other six being called ā-vaha, ud-vaha, pari-vaha, pra-vaha, vi-vaha, and saṃ-vaha.)

parāvāka parā-vāka. See parā-vac above.

parāvṛj 1. parā-vṛj, cl. 7. 1. P. -vṛṇakti, -varjati, -varjitum, to lose; to depart, depart from life.

parāvṛj 2. parā-vṛj, k, m., Ved. banished (from society), humbled, miserable, an outcast (?); (according to the Scholiast) N. of a person.

parāvṛt 1. parā-vṛt, cl. 1. A. (P. in Fut., Cond., and Aor.) -vartate, -vartitum, to turn back, return, to turn round.

parāvarta parā-varta, as, m. turning back, turning round; retreat; reversal of a sentence; exchange, barter; restoration.

parāvartana parā-vartana, am, n. turning back, turning round.

parāvartin parā-vartin, ī, inī, i, turning back, turning round, taking to flight (in battle).

parāvartya parā-vartya, as, ā, am, to be turned back, to be exchanged; to be reversed (as a sentence); to be given back or restored.
     parāvartyavyavahāra parāvartya-vyava-hāra, as, m. appeal (in law).

parāvṛt 2. parā-vṛt, t, m., N. of a son of Rukma-kavaca.

parāvṛtta parā-vṛtta, as, ā, am, turned back, returned, fled, retreated; turned round, revolved; exchanged; reversed (as a judgment); given back, restored.

parāvṛtti parā-vṛtti, is, f. turning back, turning round, revolving; returning, retreating, return; exchange, barter; reversion of a sentence or judgment; restoration of property; recoiling; not taking effect.

parāvedī parāvedī, f. = bṛhatī, q. v.

parāvyādha parā-vyādha, as, m. (fr. rt. vyadh with parā), a stone's throw, the range of any missile.

parāśara parā-śara. See parā-śṝ below.

parāśas parā-śas, as, f. (fr. rt. śaṃs with parā), Ved. (perhaps) calumny, defamation.

parāśṝ parā-śṝ, cl. 9. P. -śṛṇāti, -śaritum, -śarītum, to kill, destroy; to repel.

parāśara parā-śara, as, m., Ved. a destroyer; N. of a Nāga; N. of a son of Vasiṣṭha or of a son of Śakti and grandson of Vasiṣṭha; (according to the epic poems) the father of Vyāsa, (he was author of certain hymns in the Ṛg-veda [I. 65--73 and part of IX. 97] and is also described as a law-giver.)
     parāśaradarśana parāśara-darśana, am, n., N. of the 134th chapter of the Krīḍā-khaṇḍa of the Gaṇeśa-Purāṇa.
     parāśarapurāṇa parāśara-purāṇa, am, n., N. of a work.
     parāśarabhaṭṭa parāśara-bhaṭṭa, as, m., N. of a poet, author of the Guṇa-ratna-kośa-stotra.
     parāśarabhāṣya parāśara-bhāṣya, am, n., N. of a work mentioned in the Śūdradharma-tattva.
     parāśarasmṛti parāśara-smṛti, is, f., N. of a law-book.
     parāśarasmṛtivyākhyā parāśarasmṛti-vyākhyā, f., N. of a commentary on the preceding law-book by Mādhava.
     parāśareśvara parāśareśvara (-ra-īś-), as, m., N. of a Liṅga.
     parāśareśvaratīrtha parāśareśvara-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place mentioned in the Śiva-Purāṇa.

parāśarin parāśarin, ī, m. a beggar, a wandering mendicant; [cf. pārāśarin.]

parāśvas parā-śvas, cl. 2. P. -śvasiti, -śva-situm, to put trust in, confide in (with loc.).

parāśvasya parā-śvasya, ind. having put trust or confidence in (with loc.).

parās parās (parā-as), cl. 4. P. parās-yati, parāsitum, to throw away, cast aside (Ved.); expose (a new-born child, Ved.); to expel; to abandon, leave; to throw back, reject, repudiate.

parāsa parāsa, as, m. the range or distance of anything thrown; (am), n. tin.

parāsana parāsana, am, n. killing, slaughter, massacre.

parāsin parāsin, ī, inī, i, throwing, measuring the distance of anything thrown.

parāsisiṣu parāsisiṣu, us, us, u, desirous to throw or cast or send; wishing to overcome.

parāsta parāsta, as, ā, am, thrown; expelled; defeated.

parāsya parāsya, as, ā, am, to be thrown or cast away.

parāsu parāsu (parā-asu), us, us, u, one whose vital spirit is departing or departed, dying, at the point of death, expiring, lifeless, dead.
     parāsukaraṇa pa-rāsu-karaṇa, as, ā, am, causing death, killing.
     parāsutā parāsu-tā, f. or parāsu-tva, am, n. death, extinction; apathy, want of spirit, spiritlessness.

parāskandin parāskandin, ī, inī, i (fr. parā + āskandin), a robber, thief.

parāstotra parā-stotra, N. of a work.

parāhan parā-han, cl. 2. P. -hanti, -hantum, to overthrow, strike down, throw away, cast away, drive away, drive on, impel.

parāhata parā-hata, as, ā, am, struck down or back; driven back, repelled, repulsed; struck, assailed; driven on; (am), n. a stroke.

pari pari (an indeclinable particle and prefix to verbs and their derivative nouns; often parī in composition; allied to para, parā, pra), round, around, about, round about; further, in addition to; against, opposite to, in the way; much, excessively.

     (As a separable preposition, especially in the Veda), around, about (with acc., e. g. madhyan-dinam pari, about midday); against, opposite to, towards, to (with acc., e. g. vṛkṣam pari, in the direction of a tree; tvā pari, against thee); to the share of (with acc., e. g. yan mām pari syāt, what may fall to my lot); beyond, more than (with acc., e. g. dai-vīm pari vāk, a voice more than divine); after, successively, severally (with acc. distributively, e. g. vṛkṣaṃ vṛkṣam pari siñcati, he waters tree after tree); from, away from, out of (with abl. after verbs of motion, e. g. samudrād uta vā divaḥ pari, out of sea or sky); outside of, except, with exception of (with abl., e. g. pari trigartebhyaḥ, round about or outside Tri-garta); after the lapse or expiration of (with abl., e. g. pari saṃvatsarāt, after the lapse of a full year); in consequence of, on account of, for the sake of (with abl., e. g. rakṣasaḥ pari, on account of the Rakshas); according to, in accordance with (with abl., e. g. dharmaṇaḥ pari, according to the ordinance); above, over (Ved. according to the Scholiast = adhi, upari).

     (As an adverbial prefix to nouns not immediately connected with verbs), very, excessively (e. g. pary-aśru, very tearful; pari-durbala, excessively weak).

     At the beginning of an adverbial comp. pari implies outside, without, except, exclusive of (e. g. pari-trigartam, outside Trigarta, Pāṇ. II. 1. 12, VI. 2, 33; and according to Pāṇ. II. 1, 10, it may be used in this sense at the end of an adverbial comp., but only after akṣa, śalākā, and a numeral). At the beginning of an adjective comp., according to Pāṇ. (II. 2, 18, Vārt. 7), pari may be used in the sense of pari-glāna, exhausted, (but pary-adhyayana is said to mean 'one to whom study is repugnant.') Native lexicographers explain the senses of pari by the following Sanskṛt words: ā-liṅgana, doṣākhyāna (doṣa-kīrtana), nir-asana (ni-vasana), pūjā, bhūṣaṇa, vyādhi, vy-āpti, upa-rama, śoka, śeṣa, ati-śaya, tyāga, ni-yama; [cf. Zend pairi; Gr. [greek] Lat. per-in adj., e. g. per-idoneus: probably Old Germ. furi; Old Iceland. fyri; Mod. Germ. für; Hib. faoi, 'about, round.']

parikathā pari-kathā, f. a work of fiction, tale, story, the history or adventures of any fabulous person.

parikampa pari-kampa, as, m. trembling violently, great fear or terror.

parikampin pari-kampin, ī, inī, i, trembling violently.

parikara pari-kara, pari-karman. See under pari-kṛ below.

parikartana pari-kartana. See 1. pari-kṛt.

parikarṣa pari-karṣa. See 1. pari-kṛṣ.

parikal 1. pari-kal (see rt. 2. kal), cl. 10. P. -kālayati, &c., to drive about, chase, persecute.

parikal 2. pari-kal (see rt. 3. kal), cl. 10. P. -kalayati, &c., to see, observe; to consider as, regard as.

parikalkana pari-kalkana, am,  n. deceit, cheating; [cf. kalkana.]

parikāṅkṣita pari-kāṅkṣita, as, m. a devotee, a religious ascetic.

parikāyana parikāyana (?), ās, m. pl., N. of a school.

parikīrṇa pari-kīrṇa. See pari-kṝ, col. 3.

parikīrtana pari-kīrtana. See pari-kṝt.

parikup pari-kup, cl. 4. P. A. -kupyati, -te, &c., to become greatly moved or excited, to suffer violent emotion, to be in a rage, be very angry: Caus. -kopayati, -yitum, to excite violently; to make very angry.

parikopa pari-kopa, as, m. great or violent anger.

parikūṭa pari-kūṭa, am, n. a barrier, a trench before the gate of a town forming a sort of covered way; (as), m., N. of a Nāga-rāja.

parikṛ pari-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -ku-rute, -kartum, to surround; [cf. pari-ṣ-kṛ.]

parikara pari-kara, as, ī, am, who or what helps or assists, a helper; (as), m. attendants, dependants, retinue, train, followers (in these senses also ās, m. pl.); a multitude, crowd; preparation (parikaram bandh or kṛ, to make preparations); beginning, commencement, effort; a girdle for confining a loose garment, a girth, zone, sash, a cloth worn round the loins; (in dramatic language) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in the plot of a drama, the germ of the Vīja; (in rhetoric) a particular figure, the employment of allusive epithets; discrimination, judgment.

parikartṛ pari-kartṛ, tā, m. a priest who performs the marriage ceremony for a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married.

parikarman pari-karman, ā, m. a servant, an assistant, a slave; (a), n. the act of surrounding or attending on (any one), worship, adoration; personal decoration, dressing, painting, or perfuming the body; perfuming the person after bathing; cleansing, purifying; a means of purification; preparation; arithmetical computation or operation.
     parikarmāṣṭaka parikarmāṣṭaka (-ma-aṣ-), am, n. the eight fundamental rules of arithmetic, viz. addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, finding the square, extracting the square root, finding the cube and extracting the cube root.

parikarmaya pari-karmaya, Nom. P. parikarmayati, &c., to anoint, decorate, adorn.

parikarmin pari-karmin, ī, iṇī, i, adorning, decorating, &c.; (ī, iṇī), m. f. an assistant, a servant, slave.

parikṛta pari-kṛta, as, ā, am, surrounded, (Mahā-bh. Anuśāsana-p. 5044.)

parikriyā pari-kriyā, f. surrounding, inclosing, inclosing with a fence or ditch, intrenching; attending to (a sacred fire &c.), attention; (in dramatic language) allusion to future action, = pari-kara.

parikṛt 1. pari-kṛt, cl. 6. P. -kṛntati, -kartitum, to cut round, clip, cut off; to exclude from.

parikartana pari-kartana, as, ā, am, cutting up, cutting to pieces; (am), n. cutting, cutting off or round, a circular incision; cutting out, shelling; a shooting pain.

parikartikā pari-kartikā, f. sharp shooting pain, especially in the rectum.

parikṛt 2. pari-kṛt, cl. 7. P. -kṛṇatti, -kartitum, to wind round.

parikṛśa pari-kṛśa, as, ā, am, very thin, emaciate, wasted.

parikṛṣ 1. pari-kṛṣ, cl. 1. P. -karṣati, -karṣṭum, -kraṣṭum, to draw or drag about, to carry about with one; to lead (an army); to ponder, reflect constantly upon; cl. 6. P. A. -kṛṣati, -te, (Ved.) to draw or make furrows, to plough: Caus. -karṣayati, -yitum, to drag to and fro, torment, harass, vex, trouble.

parikarṣa pari-karṣa, as, m. or pari-karṣaṇa, am, n. dragging about.

parikarṣita pari-karṣita, as, ā, am, dragged about; harassed, tortured (e. g. kāma-p-, tortured with love).

parikarṣin pari-karṣin, ī, iṇī, i, dragging away, carrying off, carrying about (to every place).

parikṛṣṭa pari-kṛṣṭa, as, m., N. of a teacher.

parikṝ pari-kṝ, cl. 6. P. -kirati, -karitum, -karītum, to scatter or strew about, scatter round, besprinkle; to surround; to deliver over.

parikīrṇa pari-kīrṇa, as, ā, am, spread, diffused, scattered around or about; surrounded, crowded about.

parikṝt pari-kṝt, cl. 10. P. -kīrtayati, -yitum, to proclaim on all sides, announce, relate, communicate; to celebrate, praise, glorify; to propound; to declare, pronounce; to account; to call, name: Pass. -kīrtyate, to be called.

parikīrtana pari-kīrtana, am, n. proclaiming aloud, proclaiming, stating, saying, telling, talking of; boasting; naming.

parikīrtita pari-kīrtita, as, ā, am, proclaimed, promulgated, announced; vaunted, boasted of; said, declared, called.

parikḷp pari-kḷp, cl. 1. A. -kalpate, -kal-pitum, -kalptum (the simple verb appears only to occur in the part.): Caus. -kalpayati, -yitum, to fix, settle, decide, determine; to destine for; to perform, execute, effect, accomplish, make, form, invent; to contrive, arrange; to distribute; to invite.

parikalpana pari-kalpana, am, n. deciding, fixing, settling, agreeing upon; making, inventing, forming, contriving, performing; furnishing, providing, dividing, distributing; (ā), f. making, forming, assuming a form or shape; contrivance; reckoning.

parikalpita pari-kalpita, as, ā, am, settled, decided, agreed upon; made, invented; contrived, arranged; distributed, divided; provided with, furnished with.

parikalpya pari-kalpya, as, ā, am, to be settled, to be calculated.

parikḷpta pari-kḷpta, as, ā, am, existing or occurring here and there, distributed.

parikrand pari-krand, Caus. P. -krandayati, -yitum, Ved. to cry or make a noise round about.

parikram pari-kram, cl. 1. P. -krāmati, -kra-mitum, -krāntum, to step or walk round or about, circumambulate, go round, roam about for pleasure, roam over, walk through, visit (with acc.); to outstrip, overtake: Intens. -caṅkramīti, to move or walk about continually, turn round perpetually.

parikrama pari-krama, as, m. walking round or about, walking for pleasure, circumambulating, going about, going over, passing over, roaming, walking, going; pervading, penetrating; succession; series, order.
     parikramasaha parikrama-saha, as, m. 'one who bears running about', a goat.

parikramaṇa pari-kramaṇa, am, n., Ved. walking about, going or roaming about.

parikramat pari-kramat, an, antī, at, moving or wandering about.

parikramya pari-kramya, ind. having walked round or about.

parikrānta pari-krānta, as, ā, am, walked round, stepped upon; (am), n. the place or spot on which any one has walked about or stepped, foot-steps, foot-prints, traces.

parikrānti pari-krānti, is, f. moving round, revolution, circumrotation.

parikrāmat pari-krāmat, an, antī, at, going or moving round or about.

parikrāmam pari-krāmam, ind., Ved. going about, [cf. a-pa-rikrāmam.]

parikriyā pari-kriyā, f. See pari-kṛ, p. 538.

parikrī 1. pari-krī, cl. 9. P. -krīṇāti, -kre-tum, to purchase, buy, give in exchange, acquire, gain (with inst. or dat. of the price, e. g. śatena or śatāya pari-krī, to buy for a hundred); to hire, engage for hire or for stipulated wages; A. -krīṇīte, -kretum, to recompense, reward.

parikraya pari-kraya, as, m. hire, wages; redemption, purchasing or purchasing back, buying off; a particular kind of treaty, a peace purchased with money.

parikrayaṇa pari-krayaṇa, am, n. engaging for hire, hiring.

parikrī 2. pari-krī, Ved., N. of the second Sādyaskra.

parikrīṇāna pari-krīṇāna, as, ā, am, purchasing, buying.

parikrīta pari-krīta, as, ā, am, purchased, bought; hired.

parikrīḍ pari-krīḍ, cl. 1. P. A. -krīḍati, -te, -krīḍitum, to play about.

parikrudh pari-krudh, cl. 4. P. -krudhyati, -kroddhum, to fly into a rage or passion, to become enraged.

parikruś pari-kruś, cl. 1. P. -krośati, -kroṣṭum, to go about crying, to wail, lament.

pariklam pari-klam, cl. 4. P. -klāmyati, -klamitum, to be tired out or exhausted.

pariklānta pari-klānta, as, ā, am, very tired, tired out, exhausted.

pariklid pari-klid, cl. 4. P. -klidyati, -kle-ditum, -klettum, to be very wet or damp.

pariklinna pari-klinna, as, ā, am, very wet, excessively moist or humid.

parikleda pari-kleda, as, m. humidity, wetness, dampness.

parikledin pari-kledin, ī, inī, i, wetting, moistening; wet.

parikliś pari-kliś, cl. 9. P. -kliśnāti, -kle-śitum, -kleṣṭum, to pain, torment, harass, vex; cl. 4. P. A. -kliśyati, -te, to suffer, feel pain; to be vexed or troubled or harassed.

parikliśa pari-kliśa, as, m. (?), vexation, trouble.

parikliṣṭa pari-kliṣṭa, as, ā, am, much vexed or annoyed, sorely troubled, pained, harassed, exhausted, fatigued; (am), n. pain, suffering, vexation; (am), ind. with a feeling of uneasiness or reluctance, unwillingly.

parikleśa pari-kleśa, as, m. hardship, fatigue.

parikleṣṭṛ pari-kleṣṭṛ, ṭā, ṭrī, ṭṛ, causing pain or trouble, a tormentor, torturer.

parikvaṇana pari-kvaṇana, as, ā, am (fr. rt. kvaṇ with pari), loud-sounding, loud.

parikṣan pari-kṣan or pari-kṣaṇ, cl. 8. P. A. -kṣaṇoti, -kṣaṇute, -kṣaṇitum, to wound, hurt, injure.

parikṣata pari-kṣata, as, ā, am, wounded, hurt, injured, abraded, cut, scratched; killed.

parikṣati pari-kṣati, is, f. wounding, injury, lesion.

parikṣaya pari-kṣaya. See pari-kṣi below.

parikṣar pari-kṣar, cl. 1. P. -kṣarati, -kṣaritum, to stream or flow round, flow or stream towards.

parikṣal pari-kṣal, cl. 10. P. -kṣālayati, -yitum, to wash out, rinse, wash off.

parikṣālana pari-kṣālana, am, n. water for washing.

parikṣava pari-kṣava, as, m. (fr. rt. kṣu with pari), Ved. (ill-omened) sneezing.

parikṣā pari-kṣā, f. (fr. rt. kṣai with pari?), clay, mud, dirt.

parikṣāṇa pari-kṣāṇa, am, n., Ved. that which is charred or burnt to a cinder.

parikṣāma pari-kṣāma, as, ā, am (said to be fr. rt. kṣai with pari), excessively emaciated or wasted away, dried up, fallen away.

parikṣi pari-kṣi (see rt. 4. kṣi), cl. 5. 9. P. -kṣiṇoti, -kṣiṇāti, -kṣetum, to destroy, put an end to: Pass. -kṣīyate, to waste away, decay, become exhausted; to be brought low; to become poor.

parikṣaya pari-kṣaya, as, m. disappearing, ceasing, failure, ruin; dissolution, decay, waste, destruction.

parikṣīṇa pari-kṣīṇa, as, ā, am, vanished, disappeared; quite decayed, wasted, emaciated, worn away; exhausted; brought low; entirely ruined; diminished, decreased; lost, destroyed; (in law) insolvent.

parikṣit pari-kṣit or parī-kṣit (see rt. 2. kṣi), Ved. spreading round or about, extending; ('living about or among mankind'), an epithet of Agni; (au), du. an epithet of heaven and earth; (t), m., N. of an ancient king, a son of Abhi-manyu and father of Janam-ejaya; of a son of Kuru and father of another Janam-ejaya; of a son of A-vikshit and brother of Janam-ejaya; of a king of A-yodhyā.

parikṣip pari-kṣip, cl. 6. P. A. -kṣipati, -te, -kṣeptum, to throw over or beyond; to put or lay or wind round; to throw about, surround, encircle, embrace; to overlay; to fetter; to throw or put into.

parikṣipta pari-kṣipta, as, ā, am, thrown about, scattered, diffused; surrounded, encircled, intrenched; overspread, overlaid; struck; left, abandoned.

parikṣepa pari-kṣepa, as, m. throwing about, moving to and fro; scattering, spreading, diffusion; surrounding, encircling, circumfluence; an encircling belt or boundary, that by which anything is surrounded; being surrounded; abandoning, leaving.

parikṣepaka pari-kṣepaka, as, ā, am, who or what scatters or disperses or surrounds.

parikṣepin pari-kṣepin, ī, iṇī, i, who or what throws about, scatters, or distributes, &c.

parikṣīva pari-kṣīva, as, ā, am, drunk, quite intoxicated.

parikhaṇḍaya pari-khaṇḍaya, Nom. P. -khaṇ-ḍayati, -yitum, to make small, humiliate, conquer.

parikhan pari-khan, cl. 1. P. A. -khanati, -te, -khanitum, to dig round, dig up.

parikhā pari-khā, f. a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort; N. of a village in the North country.
     parikhāsthita parikhā-sthita, as, ā, am, secure, impregnable.

parikhāta pari-khāta, as, ā, am, dug round; (as), m. a furrow, rut.

parikhid pari-khid, cl. 4. P. -khidyati, -khettum, to be depressed, to feel uneasy or disturbed, to be afflicted: Caus. -khedayati, -yitum, to trouble, afflict, injure, destroy.

parikhinna pari-khinna, as, ā, am, depressed, afflicted, exhausted.

parikheda pari-kheda, as, m. lassitude, fatigue, sleepiness, exhaustion, being worn out.

parikhyā pari-khyā, cl. 2. P. (in the nonconjugational tenses also A.) -khyāti, -khyātum, to look round or about, look at, perceive (Ved.); to observe, regard, consider; to overlook, disregard (Ved.).

parikhyāta pari-khyāta, as, ā, am, regarded as; called, named; celebrated, famous.

parikhyāti pari-khyāti, is, f. reputation, fame, celebrity.

parigaṇa pari-gaṇa, as or am, m. or n. (?), a house.

parigaṇaya pari-gaṇaya, Nom. P. -gaṇayati, -yitum, to count over, reckon up completely, enumerate one by one; to calculate, reckon, consider, reflect.

parigaṇana pari-gaṇana, am, n. or pari-gaṇanā, f. complete or accurate enumeration, accurate calculation or statement.

parigaṇanīya pari-gaṇanīya, as, ā, am, to be enumerated completely, to be stated accurately.

parigaṇita pari-gaṇita, as, ā, am, enumerated, calculated, reckoned; a-parigaṇita, as, ā, am, not counted, innumerable; a-parigaṇita-tva, am, n. the state of not being enumerated, innumerableness.

parigaṇya pari-gaṇya, as, ā, am, calculable, to be calculated or enumerated, to be stated with accuracy.

parigam pari-gam, cl. 1. P. -gacchati, -gan-tum, to go round, walk or step round; to wander over; to encircle, surround, embrace, inclose; to spread on all sides, extend everywhere, extend towards; to go away, depart, die; to come to or attain any state or condition (e. g. śāntim pari-gam, to become appeased): Caus. -gamayati, -yi-tum, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time).

pariga pari-ga, as, ā, am, going round, surrounding.

parigata pari-gata, as, ā, am, gone round, encircled, surrounded, encompassed; diffused, spread; overwhelmed, distressed, overcome; filled, possessed of, affected by, afflicted with; known, understood; obtained, gained; performed; forgotten; obstructed.

parigama pari-gama, as, m. or pari-gamana, am, n. going round, surrounding; spreading, extending; knowing, ascertaining; obtaining.

parigamita pari-gamita, as, ā, am, brought, conducted, driven.

parigarj pari-garj, cl. 1. P. -garjati, -gar-jitum, to roar, cry.

parigarvita pari-garvita, as, ā, am, very proud.

parigarh pari-garh, cl. 1. P. A., cl. 10. P. -garhati, -te, -garhayati, -garhitum, -garhayitum, to blame greatly, censure, despise, abuse.

parigarhaṇa pari-garhaṇa, am, n. excessive blame, censure.

parigal pari-gal, cl. 1. P. -galati, -galitum, to fall down or drop on all sides; to sink down.

parigalita pari-galita, as, ā, am, tumbled down; sunk; flowing, fluid; melted.

parigā pari-gā, cl. 2. 3. P. -gāti, -jigāti, gātum, to go round, go round in a circle; to spread everywhere or in all directions, permeate, pervade, overspread; to come near, approach, reach, come upon; to go out of the way; to disregard; to investigate, ascertain, obtain knowledge of.

pariguṇaya pari-guṇaya, Nom. P. -guṇa-yati, -yitum, to repeat, reiterate.

parigup pari-gup, cl. 1. P. -gopāyati, -gop-tum, to protect: Desid. A. -jugupsate, to beware of, be on one's guard against (with abl.).

parigai pari-gai, cl. 1. P. -gāyati, -gātum, to go about or walk round singing, to sing or celebrate everywhere, proclaim to all the world.

parigīti pari-gīti, is, f. a kind of metre.

parigrah pari-grah (Ved. pari-grabh), cl. 9. P. A. -gṛhṇāti, -ṇīte (Ved. -gṛbhṇāti, -ṇīte), -grahītum, to take hold of, lay hold of on both sides; embrace, surround, encircle, enfold, envelop; fence round, hedge round; to wrap round, put round; to put on (as a dress or ornament), to dress; to seize, clutch, hold, grasp, catch, take or carry along with one; to support; to take possession of, master, overpower, overturn; to take (in war); to accept, receive; to conceive, comprehend; to take (food); to take upon one's self, undertake, undergo; to receive (hospitably or kindly); to take (a wife), marry; to take (by the hand), assist; to have regard to, conform to, follow, adopt; to surpass, excel; (in Ved. gram.) to enclose (iti) between a word twice repeated, (see under pari-graha.)

parigṛhīta pari-gṛhīta, as, ā, am, taken hold of on both sides, grasped, clutched; embraced, surrounded; taken, accepted; admitted, consented to, assented to; followed, obeyed; opposed, checked.

parigṛhīti pari-gṛhīti, is, f., Ved. grasping, comprehension; summing up.

parigṛhītṛ pari-gṛhītṛ, incorrect form for pari-grahītṛ.

parigṛhya 1. pari-gṛhya, as, ā, am, to be taken or accepted, to be regarded, &c.; (ā), f. a woman.

parigṛhya 2. pari-gṛhya, ind. having taken or seized; in company with, together with, along with, along; considering, regarding.
     parigṛhyavat parigṛhya-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. containing the word pari-gṛhya.

parigraha pari-graha, as, m. laying hold of, seizing, grasping; surrounding, encircling; embracing, spanning; enclosing, fencing round (the Vedi or sacrificial altar by means of three lines or furrows); wrapping round, putting on (a dress &c.); assuming (a form or shape); comprehension; taking together, summing up, sum, totality; taking, accepting, receiving, acceptance [cf. a-parigraha]; anything received, a present; assenting to, assent; taking possession of, attaining, obtaining; possession, property (e. g. ar-tha-p-, possession of wealth; prāṇa-p-, possession of vital spirit or life; parigraham pari-tyajya, having given up all one's property); choosing, selecting; claiming, claim; admitting or receiving any one (into one's house), entertaining; an entertainer; taking the hand, assisting, assistance; taking a wife (lit. taking her by the hand), marrying, marriage; a wife; a husband; honouring, favouring; reverence, homage; grace, favour, patronage, (tvat-parigrahāt, by thy favour); apprehending, understanding, comprehension, conception; undertaking, performing; subjugtion, making subservient; dominion; chastising, punishing, punishment; connection, concern, relation; adherents, dependants, attendants, train, retinue, family, suite, the seraglio of a prince, household; a house, an abode; taking away, removing; an eclipse of the sun; root, origin; a curse, imprecation, oath; the rear or reserve of an army, (various reading for prati-graha); (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after iti; the form which precedes the word iti.
     parigrahatva pari-graha-tva, am, n. state of a wife, condition of being a wife, marriage.
     parigrahadvitīya parigraha-dvitīya, as, ā, am, accompanied by one's wife or family.
     parigrahamaya pa-rigraha-maya, as, ī, am, consisting of a family.
     parigrahavat parigraha-vat, ān, atī, at, possessed of wealth, having property.

parigrahaka pari-grahaka, as, ā, am, grasping, taking hold of; undertaking.

parigrahaṇa pari-grahaṇa, am, n. wrapping round, putting on.

parigrahin pari-grahin, ī, iṇī, i, possessing, attached to worldly possessions or property.

parigrahītṛ pari-grahītṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, taking hold of; one who assists, an assister, assisting; one who receives (another into his house), an adoptive father; (), m. a husband.

parigrāha pari-grāha, as, m. the fencing round (of the Vedi or sacrificial altar with three lines or furrows; if of the northern altar, called uttara-parigrāha; if of the eastern, pūrva-parigrāha).

parigrāhya pari-grāhya, as, ā, am, to be treated kindly or hospitably, to be addressed with kind words.

pariglai pari-glai, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) -glāyati (-te), -glātum, to be wearied out, be exhausted; to feel repugnance to or aversion from (with dat.).

pariglāna pari-glāna, as, ā, am, wearied out, languid, exhausted; averse from.

parigha pari-gha, as, m. (fr. rt. han with pari), an iron beam or bar used for locking or shutting a gate [cf. argala]; a bar, obstacle, hindrance (figuratively); an iron bludgeon or stick studded with iron, an iron club; a child which assumes a peculiar cross-position in birth; a line of clouds crossing the sun at sun-rise or sun-set; the gate of a palace, of a town, of a house; (in astron.) N. of the nineteenth Yoga; killing, striking, destroying, a blow; a pitcher, water-jar; a glass pitcher; N. of one of Skanda's attendants; N. of a Cāṇḍāla; of a certain virtuous man; (au), m. du. two birds flying one on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen).
     parighaprāṃśubāhu parigha-prāṃśu-bāhu, us, m. one whose arm is as long as an iron beam.
     parighabāhu parigha-bāhu, us, m. one whose brawny arm resembles a knotty club.
     parighopama parighopama (-gha-up-), as, ā, am, resembling an iron club.

parighāta pari-ghāta, as, m. killing, striking; removing out of the way, getting rid of; a club, an iron bludgeon.

parighātana pari-ghātana, am, n. striking, hurting, killing; a club or bludgeon armed with iron.

parighātin pari-ghātin, ī, inī, i, destroying, annihilating; setting at nought; transgressing (e. g. in nṛpājñā-parighātin, transgressing the commands of a king).

parighaṭ pari-ghaṭ, Caus. P. -ghāṭayati, -yi-tum, to strike, sound; to cause to vibrate (as the strings of a musical instrument).

parighaṭṭ pari-ghaṭṭ, cl. 10. P. -ghaṭṭayati, -yitum, to stir round or about; to press or touch on all sides; to rub; to stir up; to open.

parighaṭṭana pari-ghaṭṭana, am, n. stirring round, stirring up.

parighaṭṭita pari-ghaṭṭita, as, ā, am, stirred about, touched or rubbed repeatedly.

parigharghara pari-gharghara (?), a low murmuring sound.

parigharmya pari-gharmya, as, m. a vessel for preparing the hot sacrificial beverage.

parighāta pari-ghāta. See under pari-gha.

parighūrṇ pari-ghūrṇ, cl. 1. P. A. -ghūrṇati, -te, -ghūrṇitum, to whirl about, shake to and fro, flutter, tremble.

parighṛṣ pari-ghṛṣ, cl. 1. P. -gharṣati, -gharṣitum, to rub or pound to pieces.

parighṛṣṭika pari-ghṛṣṭika, as, ā, am, (perhaps) one who eats only what is pounded (?).

parighoṣa pari-ghoṣa, as, m. (fr. rt. ghuṣ with pari), sound, noise; thunder; improper speech.

parighrā pari-ghrā, cl. 1. A. -jighrate, -ghrā-tum, to kiss passionately, cover with kisses.

parijighramāṇa pari-jighramāṇa, as, ā, am (Mahā-bh. Strī-p. 616), kissing passionately.

paricakra pari-cakra, as, m., N. of a section of the Dvā-viṃśaty-avadānaka; (ā), f., N. of a town.

paricakṣ pari-cakṣ, cl. 2. A. -caṣṭe (see rt. cakṣ), to overlook, pass over, despise; to reject; to declare (guilty), report, proclaim; to speak of, mention, relate; to admit, own, acknowledge; to call, name; to address (with acc.); to answer.

paricakṣā pari-cakṣā, f., Ved. rejection, disapproval, disapprobation.

paricakṣya pari-cakṣya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be despised or disapproved.

paricaturdaśa pari-caturdaśa, as, m. or pari-caturdaśan, a, m. f. n. pl. fully fourteen.

paricapala pari-capala, as, ā, am, always moving about, very volatile.

paricar pari-car, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) -carati (-te), -caritum (ep. -cartum), to move or walk about, roam about, go round (with acc.); to attend upon, attend to, wait upon, serve, honour (with acc.): Caus. P. -cārayati, -yitum, to surround; A. -cārayate, to beset; to be served or waited upon.

paricara pari-cara, as, ā, am, roaming about; moving, flowing; movable (as certain verses which may be put at the beginning, middle, or end of a hymn); an attendant, companion, servant, assistant; a guard, patrol, city watchman, body-guard; a commander-inchief (?); attendance, homage, service.

paricaraṇa pari-caraṇa, as, m. an assistant, a servant; (am), n. going about; serving, attending upon, attention to.

paricaraṇīya pari-caraṇīya, as, ā, am, to be served or attended on; belonging to attendance, &c.

paricaritavya pari-caritavya, as, ā, am, to be attended on or served or worshipped.

paricaritṛ pari-caritṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who serves or attends upon, an attendant, servant.

paricarya pari-carya, as, ā, am, to be attended upon or served or honoured; (ā), f. waiting upon, attendance, service, dependance; devotion, veneration, adoration, worship.
     paricaryāvat paricaryā-vat, ān, atī, at, attended upon, waited upon, honoured, respected.

paricāra pari-cāra, as, m. attendance, service, homage; a place for walking; an attendant, assistant, a servant.

paricāraka pari-cāraka, as, ikā, am, attending; (as), m. an assistant, a servant, attendant, guard; (ikā), f. a female attendant, waiting-maid.

paricāraṇa pari-cāraṇa, am, n. attending upon, attendance, serving.

paricārika pari-cārika, as, m. an attendant, assistant, a servant; (ās), m. pl. fried grain; (ikā), f. a female attendant or servant, a waiting-maid.

paricārin pari-cārin, ī, iṇī, i, going about in all directions, moving about, movable; attending on, serving, paying homage to; (ī), m. an attendant, a servant.

paricārya pari-cārya, as, ā, am, to be served or obeyed, to be worshipped.

paricartana pari-cartana. See pari-cṛt, p. 541, col. 1.

paricarmaṇya paricarmaṇya, am, n. (fr. pari-carman), a strip of leather.

parical pari-cal, cl. 1. P. -calati, -calitum, to move, stir: Caus. -cālayati, -yitum, to cause to move round, turn round.

parici 1. pari-ci, cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -nute, -cetum, to pile up, heap up, accumulate; to collect; to augment, increase; to gather in, acquire, obtain; to fill with: Pass. -cīyate, to be increased or augmented, to grow.

paricaya 1. pari-caya, as, m. (for 2. see under 2. pari-ci, p. 541, col. 1), heaping up, accumulation.
     paricayavat 1. pari-caya-vat, ān, atī, at, accumulated, collected; complete, finished.

paricayanīya 1. pari-cayanīya, as, ā, am, to be collected or accumulated.

paricāyya pari-cāyya, as, m., scil. agni, a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle; raising the rent or revenue of land (?).

paricit pari-cit, t, t, t, Ved. piling up or arranging all around.

paricita 1. pari-cita, as, ā, am, heaped, accumulated, filled with.

paricetavya 1. pari-cetavya, as, ā, am, to be collected together or accumulated.

pariceya 1. pari-ceya, as, ā, am, to be collected all round or from every side.

parici 2. pari-ci, cl. 3. P. -ciketi, -cetum, Ved. to examine, investigate, search; to familiarize one's self with, accustom one's self to, exercise one's self in, practise; to become acquainted with: Caus. A. -cāyayate, -yitum, to search, seek for.

paricaya 2. pari-caya, as, m. (for. 1. see under 1. pari-ci, p. 540, col. 3), acquaintance, familiarity, familiar intercourse, conversancy, intimacy; knowledge; recognition; meeting with a friend; trial, practice, repetition, frequent repetition.
     paricayavat paricaya-vat, ān, atī, at, intimately acquainted, accurately known.

paricayanīya 2. pari-cayanīya, as, ā, am, to be known.

paricita 2. pari-cita, as, ā, am, known, acquainted or familiar with.
     paricitabhū paricita-bhū, ūs, ūs, u, having (its) place well known.

pariciti pari-citi, is, f. acquaintance, familiarity.

paricetavya 2. pari-cetavya, as, ā, am, to be known, fit or proper to be known.

pariceya 2. pari-ceya, as, ā, am, to be known; to be investigated or searched.

paricint pari-cint, cl. 10. P. -cintayati, -yitum, to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider well; to call to mind, recollect, remember; to think out, invent, devise.

paricintaka pari-cintaka, as, ā, am, reflecting about, meditating on (with gen.).

paricihnaya pari-cihnaya, Nom. P. -cihna-yati, -yitum, to mark, sign, subscribe.

paricihnita pari-cihnita, as, ā, am, marked, subscribed.

paricud pari-cud, Caus. P. -codayati, -yi-tum, to set in motion, wield, brandish; to drive, impel, urge, incite; to promote, further; to exhort.

paricodita pari-codita, as, ā, am, wielded, brandished; impelled, incited.

paricumb pari-cumb, cl. 1. P. -cumbati, -cumbitum, to kiss heartily or passionately, cover with kisses.

paricumbana pari-cumbana, am, n. the act of kissing heartily or passionately.

paricṛt pari-cṛt, cl. 6. P. -cṛtati, -car-titum, to wind round; to tie or fasten together.

paricartana pari-cartana, am, n., Ved. the part of a horse's harness from the girth to the breast and the tail.

paricchad 1. pari-cchad (pari-chad), cl. 10. P. -cchādayati, -yitum, to envelop, wrap round, cover, cover up, clothe; to conceal, disguise; to surround with.

paricchad 2. pari-cchad, t, f. retinue, train, attendants; paraphernalia; (at the end of a comp.) surrounded by, provided with (see senā-p-).

paricchada pari-cchada, as, m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, clothes; surroundings, domestic utensils or implements, goods and chattels, personal property, furniture; court, retinue, train, attendants, family, dependants; necessaries for travelling; paraphernalia, baggage; (at the end of a comp.) furnished or provided with (e. g. anna-pāna-paricchada, provided with food and drink); adorned with.

paricchanda pari-cchanda, as, m. retinue, train, suite, attendants.

paricchanna pari-cchanna, as, ā, am, invested, enveloped, covered, covered over, clothed, clad; overlaid; concealed, disguised; surrounded with (a retinue &c.).

paricchid pari-cchid (pari-chid), cl. 7. P. A. -cchinatti, -cchintte, -cchettum, to cut on both sides, clip round, cut through, cut off, cut to pieces; to wound, mutilate; to separate, divide, part; to limit on all sides, define or fix accurately, define, discriminate, decide, determine; to form a just estimate of, weigh duly, assure one's self; to avert, obviate.

paricchitti pari-cchitti, is, f. accurate definition, limiting, limit, measure; partition, separation.

paricchidya pari-cchidya, ind. having cut off; having fixed or defined; having decided.

paricchinna pari-cchinna, as, ā, am, cut off, divided, detached; reaped; confined, limited, small; obviated, remedied.

pariccheda pari-ccheda, as, m. cutting, severing, parting, division, separation, discrimination (of false from true), accurate distinction or definition; distinguishing between the good and the bad, the right and the wrong, the expedient and inexpedient; discernment, discretion; exact discrimination, determination, decision; judgment, limit, boundary, moderation; the division of a book, a section or chapter; a segment; obviating, remedying.
     paricchedakara pariccheda-kara, as, m., N. of a Sam-ādhi.

paricchedaka pari-cchedaka, as, ā, am, separating, defining, determining; (am), n. limitation, limit, measure.

paricchedana pari-cchedana, am, n. dividing, division; discriminating; the division of a book; joyful laughter (?).

paricchedya pari-cchedya, as, ā, am, to be accurately defined or limited, definable; to be estimated; to be weighed, to be measured.

paricyu pari-cyu, cl. 1. A. -cyavate, -cyo-tum, to fly off from (as arrows from a bow); to depart or deviate from, to swerve from or transgress (with abl.); to be displaced or ejected from (with abl.); to be removed from, deprived of, lose, forfeit; to be released or freed from, to escape; to descend or come down; to stream round.

paricyuta pari-cyuta, as, ā, am, fallen from, swerved from; deprived of, lost; ruined; streaming with, surrounded by streams (as of blood).

paricyuti pari-cyuti, is, f. falling down.

parijana pari-jana, as, m. a surrounding company of people, attendants, servants, followers, family; suite, train, court, retinue (especially of females); a single servant.

parijanman pari-janman, ā, m. the moon; fire; [cf. pari-jman.]

parijap pari-jap, cl. 1. P. -japati, -japitum, to whisper to, to whisper or mutter (prayers) in a low voice, talk about.

parijapita pari-japita, as, ā, am, muttered, whispered, prayed over in a low voice.

parijalp pari-jalp, cl. 1. P. -jalpati, -jal-pitum, to chatter; prate about, talk about, speak of (with acc.).

parijalpita pari-jalpita, am, n. the covert reproaches of a mistress neglected or ill used by her lover.

parijā pari-jā, f. (fr. rt. jan with pari), Ved. place of origin, source.

parijāḍya pari-jāḍya, as, ā, am, (perhaps) completely rigid or motionless.

parijātaka pari-jātaka, am, n., N. of a work on domestic rites.

pariji pari-ji, cl. 1. P. A. -jayati, -te, -jetum, to conquer, overpower.

parijayya pari-jayya, as, ā, am, to be conquered, to be mastered.

parijṝ pari-jṝ, cl. 4. P. A. -jīryati, -te, -jaritum, -jarītum, to become worn out or old, to wear out; to become withered, to fade; to be digested.

parijīrṇa pari-jīrṇa, as, ā, am, worn out, old; withered.

parijñā 1. pari-jñā, cl. 9. P. A. -jānāti, -jā-nīte, -jñātum, to notice, observe, perceive, recognise; to learn, become acquainted with, ascertain, make sure of, know thoroughly, know exactly or accurately, comprehend.

parijñapti pari-jñapti, is, f. conversation, discourse; recognition.

parijñā 2. pari-jñā, f. knowledge, accurate ascertainment.

parijñāta pari-jñāta, as, ā, am, thoroughly known, ascertained, learnt.

parijñātṛ pari-jñātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who knows or perceives, an observer, knower; wise, intelligent.

parijñāna pari-jñāna, am, n. perception, thorough knowledge, learning, complete acquaintance, ascertainment, experience, discrimination.

parijñāya pari-jñāya, ind. having fully known or ascertained, having become aware of.

parijñeya pari-jñeya, as, ā, am, to be recognised or ascertained; comprehensible; (a-parijñeya, incomprehensible.)

parijman pari-jman, ā, ā, a (probably fr. rt. gam with pari), Ved. running or walking or driving round (said of the sun, of the chariot of the Aśvins, and of the Aśvins themselves, but according to the commentator applied to the wind); (ā), m. the moon; fire; (an), ind. (Ved. loc. used as adv.), on all sides, round about, everywhere.

parijri pari-jri, is, is, i, Ved. running round, hastening about, spreading everywhere.

parijvan pari-jvan, ā, m. the moon; a sacrificer; a servant; fire; [? cf. pari-jman.]

pariḍī pari-ḍī, cl. 1. A. -ḍayate, -ḍīyate, -ḍayitum, to fly round.

pariḍīna pari-ḍīna or pari-ḍīnaka, am, n. the flight of a bird in circles, flying round.

pariṇam pari-ṇam, cl. 1. P. A. -ṇamati, -te, -ṇantum, to stoop (as an elephant about to strike), bend down, bend aside; to change into, be transformed into (with inst.); to become ripe or mature, ripen; to be digested; to become old, grow old; to set (as the sun); to elapse (as time): Caus. -ṇama-yati or -ṇāmayati, to make ripe, ripen, mature; to bring to an end, pass (as the night); to bend one's self down, stoop, bend to one side: Pass. of Caus. -ṇāmyate, to become ripe, ripen.

pariṇata pari-ṇata, as, ā, am, bent down, bowed down, curved, deflected; stooping; changed or transformed into (with inst.); ripened, ripe, mature; digested; full grown, advanced in age, perfected; set (as the sun); elapsed; (as), m. an elephant stooping to strike with his tusks or that gives a side blow with the tusks; (am), n. capital, wealth accumulated for the sake of profit (?).
     pariṇataśarad pariṇata-śarad, t, f. the latter part of the autumn.

pariṇati pari-ṇati, is, f. bending down, bowing; change, alteration, transformation, transmutation; the becoming ripe, ripening, ripeness, maturity; consequence, result, issue, effect; end, close, the last stage or conclusion of anything; fulfilment.

pariṇamana pari-ṇamana, am, n. change, transformation, changing into (with inst.).

pariṇamayitṛ pari-ṇamayitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, causing to bend or bow, bending; causing to ripen, bringing to maturity.

pariṇāma pari-ṇāma, as, m. change, alteration, transformation; alteration of food, digestion; result, consequence, issue, effect, event; end, close, termination, last stage or state, conclusion [cf. duṣ-p-]; advance in age, growing old; lapse (of time); a particular figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared; (e), ind. finally, lastly, in the end, afterwards; at the close of life.
     pariṇāmadarśin pariṇāma-darśin, ī, inī, i, looking forward to the issue or consequences (of any act or event), prepared for a change, provident; prudent.
     pariṇāmadṛṣṭi pariṇāma-dṛṣṭi, is, f. foresight, providence.
     pariṇāmanirodha pariṇāma-nirodha, as, m. obstruction (of felicity caused) by human vicissitude, as birth, growth, death, &c.
     pariṇāmapathya pariṇāma-pathya, as, ā, am, suited to a future state or condition.
     pariṇāmaśūla pari-ṇāma-śūla, as, m. pain resulting from the changes of the food in indigestion, violent and painful indigestion, flatulence with pain, colic.

pariṇāmaka pari-ṇāmaka, as, ikā, am, effecting a change, causing vicissitudes (as time).

pariṇāmika pariṇāmika, as, ā, am, resulting from change, produced by alteration.

pariṇāmin pari-ṇāmin, ī, inī, i, changing, altering, subject to transformation, changeable.
     pariṇāmitva pariṇāmi-tva, am, n. liability to change, mutability.

pariṇinaṃsu pari-ṇinaṃsu, us, us, u, about to stoop, about to make a side thrust (with the tusks, as an elephant).

pariṇah pari-ṇah, cl. 4. P. A. -ṇahyati, -te, -ṇaddhum, to bind round, tie round, gird, wrap round; to encircle, span, embrace, surround.

pariṇaddha pari-ṇaddha, as, ā, am, bound round, wrapped round; of great span or compass, broad, large.

pariṇahana pari-ṇahana, am, n. binding round, girding on, wrapping round.

pariṇāha pari-ṇāha, as, m. compass, circumference, extent, width, breadth, circumference of a circle, periphery; (sometimes spelt parī-ṇāha, q. v.)
     pariṇāhavat pariṇāha-vat, ān, atī, at, having a wide compass or circumference, round, large, big.

pariṇāhin pari-ṇāhin, ī, inī, i, having a wide compass or circumference, big, large; (at the end of a comp.) having the circumference of (e. g. mattebha-kum-bha-p-, q. v.).

parīṇah parī-ṇah, t, f., Ved. encompassing, pervading, spreading over; a trunk or chest on a carriage; N. of a place on the Saras-vatī.

parīṇāha parī-ṇāha, as, m. = pari-ṇāha above; a piece of common land encircling a village or city; an epithet of Śiva.

pariṇiṃsaka pari-ṇiṃsaka, as, ā, am (fr. rt. niṃs with pari), tasting, eating; kissing; an eater (= bhakṣayitṛ).

pariṇiṃsā pariṇiṃsā, f. tasting, eating; kissing.

pariṇidhā pari-ṇi-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -da-dhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, Ved. to place or lay round.

pariṇinaṃsu pari-ṇinaṃsu. See above.

pariṇimā pari-ṇi-mā (rt. 2. or 4. mā?), cl. 3. A. -mimīte, -mātum, see Scholiast on Pāṇ. VIII. 4, 17.

pariṇime pari-ṇi-me, cl. 1. A. -mayate, mātum, see Scholiast on Pāṇ. VIII. 4, 17.

pariṇirmā pari-ṇir-mā (rt. 4. ), cl. 2. P., 3. 4. A. -māti, -mimīte, -māyate, -mātum, to mark off, to limit; to settle, determine.

pariṇiṣṭhā pari-ṇiṣṭhā, f. perfect skill or conversancy.

pariṇihan pari-ṇi-han, cl. 2. P. -hanti, -hantum, to strike.

pariṇighnat pari-ṇighnat, an, atī, at, striking.

pariṇī pari-ṇī, cl. 1. P. A. -ṇayati, -te (anom. perf. in epic poetry, parīṇayām-āsa), -ṇetum, to lead about, to lead or conduct round, bear or carry round; (especially) to lead a bride and bridegroom or a bride round the sacrificial fire (with two acc.); to marry, (said of a bridegroom); to lead forward; to trace out, discover, investigate: Caus. -ṇāyayati, -yitum, to pass or spend (time).

pariṇaya pari-ṇaya, as, m. leading round, (especially) leading the bride round the sacred fire, marriage, (nava-pariṇayā, a newly married woman.)

pariṇayana pari-ṇayana, am, n. the act of leading round, (especially) leading round the sacred fire; marrying, marriage.

pariṇāya pari-ṇāya, as, m. leading round; moving a piece at chess, draughts, &c.; a move (at chess).

pariṇāyaka pari-ṇāyaka, as, m. a leader, guide, (a-pari-ṇāyaka, being without a guide); a husband.

pariṇīta pari-ṇīta, as, ā, am, led round; married; (in Mahā-bh. Vana-p. 13739, probably) completed, finished, executed.

pariṇetṛ pari-ṇetṛ, tā, m. 'one who leads round', a husband.

pariṇeya pari-ṇeya, as, ā, am, to be led round; (ā), f. to be led round the fire (as a bride), to be married.

paritakana pari-takana, am, n. (fr. rt. tak with pari), running round or about.

paritakmya pari-takmya, as, ā, am, Ved. causing anxiety or uneasiness, insecure, unsafe, perilous, dangerous; (ā), f. error; night, darkness.

paritaḍ pari-taḍ, cl. 10. P. -ṭādayati, -yi-tum, to touch, strike against, strike.

paritan pari-tan (see rt. 3. tan), cl. 5. P. A. -tanoti, -tanute, -tanitum, Ved. to stretch round, clasp round, embrace, surround.

paritatnu pari-tatnu, us, us, u, Ved. stretching round, embracing, clasping round, surrounding.

parītat parī-tat, t, t, t, spread all around, extended in every direction.

paritap pari-tap, cl. 1. P. -tapati, -taptum, to burn or scorch all round, burn excessively, set on fire, kindle; to feel or suffer pain; to mortify the body, undergo penance, practise austerities: Pass. -tapyate (rarely -tapyati), to feel or suffer pain; to undergo penance, mortify the flesh: Caus. -tāpa-yati, -yitum, to scorch; to cause great pain, torment, torture.

paritapta pari-tapta, as, ā, am, surrounded with heat, heated, scorched, burnt; tormented.

paritapti pari-tapti, is, f. great pain or sorrow, anguish, torture.

paritāpa pari-tāpa, as, m. glow, heat, scorching heat; pain, anguish, grief, sorrow, affliction; fear, trembling; N. of a particular hell.

paritāpin pari-tāpin, ī, inī, i, burning hot, very hot; causing much pain or sorrow, causing anguish, torturing, tormenting.

paritam pari-tam, cl. 4. P. -tāmyati, -ta-mitum, to gasp for breath, to be oppressed.

paritark pari-tark, cl. 10. P. (ep. also A.) -tarkayati, -te, -yitum, to think about, reflect about, ponder upon; to reflect, consider; to examine (judicially).

paritarkaṇa pari-tarkaṇa, am, n. consideration, reflection; pondering upon (with gen.).

paritarkita pari-tarkita, as, ā, am, thought about; examined; (a-paritarkita, not examined, unexpected.)

paritarj pari-tarj, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) -tarjati, -te, &c., to threaten, menace.

paritas pari-tas, ind. (fr. pari), around, round about, all around, on all sides, on every side, to all sides, everywhere, in every direction, from all parts; round (as a prep. with acc. or gen.).

paritāpa pari-tāpa. See pari-tap above.

paritāraṇīya pari-tāraṇīya, as, ā, am (fr. rt. tṝ with pari), to be delivered or liberated, to be saved or redeemed.

paritikta pari-tikta, as, ā, am, extremely bitter; (as, am), m. or n. (?), Melia Azedarach.

paritud pari-tud, cl. 6. P. A. -tudati, -te, -tottum, to trample down, stamp upon, pound.

parituṣ pari-tuṣ, cl. 4. P. (ep. also A.) -tuṣyati, -te, -toṣṭum, to be quite satisfied with (with gen. or loc.); to feel complete satisfaction, be much pleased, be very glad: Caus. -toṣayati, -yi-tum, to satisfy completely, to please much or gratify; to appease; to flatter.

parituṣṭa pari-tuṣṭa, as, ā, am, completely satisfied, much pleased, delighted, very glad.
     parituṣṭātman parituṣṭāt-man (-ṭa-āt-), ā, ā, a, contented in mind.

parituṣṭi pari-tuṣṭi, is, f. complete satisfaction, contentment, delight.

paritoṣa pari-toṣa (rarely parī-toṣa), as, m. complete satisfaction, gratification, contentment, pleasure, delight, glee; delight in (with loc. or gen., e. g. guṇini paritoṣaḥ, delight in a virtuous person).
     paritoṣavat pari-toṣa-vat, ān, atī, at, satisfied, contented, glad.

paritoṣaṇa pari-toṣaṇa, as, ā, am, satisfying, gratifying, who or what satisfies or makes content; (am), n. satisfying, satisfaction, gratification.

paritoṣayitṛ pari-toṣayitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who satisfies completely, who or what gratifies, pleasing or making very glad.

paritoṣin pari-toṣin, ī, iṇī, i, completely satisfied, contented.

paritṛd pari-tṛd, cl. 7. P. A. -tṛṇatti, tṛntte, -tarditum, Ved. to pierce through, pierce (with a spear), thrust through.

paritṛp pari-tṛp, cl. 4. P. (ep. also A.) -tṛpyati, -te, -tarpitum, -tarptum, -traptum, to be completely satisfied or contented: Caus. -tarpa-yati, -yitum, to satiate or satisfy completely, sate; to relish; to refresh.

paritarpaṇa pari-tarpaṇa, as, ā, am, satisfying, sating, contenting; (am), n. the act of satisfying, gratification.

paritarpita pari-tarpita, as, ā, am, satisfied completely, sated; refreshed.

parityaj pari-tyaj, cl. 1. P. -tyajati, -tyak-tum, to abandon, forsake, desert, leave, discard, dismiss, repudiate, disown, reject; to quit (a place); to give up, give away, surrender, abdicate, renounce, resign; (with deham) to forsake the body, die; (with prāṇān) to resign the breath, give up the ghost; (with nāvam) to disembark; to shake off (as sleep); to leave over, leave a remainder; to leave a space or interval; to let go; to leave out; to put aside, neglect, disregard: Pass. -tyajyate, to be deprived of, bereft of (with inst.); to lose: Caus. -tyājayati, -yitum, to deprive a person (acc.) of anything (acc.); to rob, take away anything from any one (with two acc.).

parityakta pari-tyakta, as, ā, am, left, quitted, deserted, abandoned; bereft of, deprived of, robbed of (with inst.); left, wanting; let go; let fly or discharged (as an arrow).

parityaktṛ pari-tyaktṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who abandons or deserts, leaving, abandoning, a forsaker.

parityaj pari-tyaj, k, k, k, forsaking, deserting, abandoning; giving up, resigning; a forsaker.

parityajana pari-tyajana, am, n. the act of abandoning, giving away, distributing.

parityajya 1. pari-tyajya, as, ā, am, to be abandoned or forsaken or deserted; to be given up or resigned.

parityajya 2. pari-tyajya, ind. having abandoned, &c.; leaving a space, at a distance from (with acc.); with the exception of, excepting.

parityāga pari-tyāga, as, m. abandoning, abandonment, leaving, quitting, desertion, repudiation, divorce, rejection; discarding, resigning, renouncing, renunciation, abdication, letting go, giving up, giving away, liberality; sacrificing, sacrifice; neglecting, neglect, omission; loss, privation; separation from.
     parityāgasena pari-tyāga-sena, as, m., N. of a prince.

parityāgin parityāgin, ī, inī, i, abandoning, quitting, forsaking, resigning, renouncing.

parityājana pari-tyājana, am, n. causing to abandon or give up.

parityājya pari-tyājya, as, ā, am, to be abandoned or forsaken, to be left or deserted; to be given up or resigned, to be renounced; to be omitted.

paritrasta pari-trasta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 2. tras with pari), terrified, frightened, afraid, much alarmed.

paritrāsa pari-trāsa, as, m. terror, fright, fear.

paritrai pari-trai (by some written pari-trā), cl. 1. A. -trāyate, -trātum, to rescue, save, protect, defend; paritrāyatām or paritrāyadhvam, help! to the rescue!

paritrāṇa pari-trāṇa, am, n. protecting, protection, preserving, rescuing, rescue, deliverance, preservation, defence, means of defence or protection; self-defence; abstaining from; the hair of the body (?).

paritrāta pari-trāta, as, ā, am, protected; rescued, saved, preserved.

paritrātavya pari-trātavya, as, ā, am, to be rescued or preserved, to be protected or defended.

paritrātṛ pari-trātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, a protector, defender, rescuer.

paritvar pari-tvar, cl. 1. A. -tvarate, -tva-ritum, to hasten towards.

paridaṃśita pari-daṃśita, as, ā, am, completely armed, covered with mail, armed cap-a-pie.

paridara pari-dara. See col. 2.

paridaṣṭa pari-daṣṭa, as, ā, am, bitten to pieces, bitten.
     paridaṣṭadacchada paridaṣṭa-dacchada, as, ā, am, biting the lips.

paridah pari-dah, cl. 1. P. -dahati, -dag-dhum, to burn round, scorch round, burn entirely, consume by fire; to dry up: Pass. -dahyate, to be burnt or wholly consumed, to burn.

paridagdha pari-dagdha, as, ā, am, burnt, scorched.

paridahana pari-dahana, am, n. burning, scorching.

paridāha pari-dāha, as, m. burning, combustion; mental anguish, pain, sorrow.

paridāhin pari-dāhin, ī, inī, i, burning, scorching, hot.

paridā 1. pari-dā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadāti, -datte, -dātum, to give, give away entirely, surrender, deliver up; to intrust, deposit with (with gen., dat., or loc. of the person); to present; to lend: Caus. -dāpayati, -yitum, to cause to be delivered or given up.

paridā 2. pari-dā, f., Ved. giving one's self up to the favour or protection of another; surrender; devotion.

paridāna pari-dāna, am, n. devotion; barter, exchange; restitution of a deposit.

paridāya pari-dāya, ind. having given up or surrendered.

paridāyin pari-dāyin, ī, m. a father (or another relation) who marries his daughter or ward to a man whose elder brother is not yet married.

parītta 1. parī-tta, as, ā, am (for pari-datta), given, given up; entirely given away, delivered up. (For 2. parī-tta see pari-do, col. 2.)

paridā 3. pari-dā. See pari-do, col. 2.

paridiv pari-div or pari-dev (see rts. 1. div and dev), cl. 1. 10. P. -devati, -devayati (rarely A. -te), -yitum, to wail, lament, cry; to bewail, bemoan, weep for (with acc.).

parideva pari-deva, as, m. lamentation, wailing, crying.

paridevaka pari-devaka, as, ikā, am, lamenting, who or what laments or complains.

paridevana pari-devana, am, ā, n. f. lamentation, bewailing, complaint.

paridevita pari-devita, as, ā, am, lamented, bewailed; plaintive, lamenting, miserable; (am), n. lamentation, wailing, complaint.

paridevin pari-devin, ī, inī, i, lamenting, bewailing.

paridyūna pari-dyūna, as, ā, am, sorrowful, sad, miserable.

paridiś pari-diś, cl. 3. 6. P. -dideṣṭi, -diśati, -deṣṭum, to announce, make known; to signify (the existence of anything).

paridiṣṭa pari-diṣṭa, as, ā, am, made known, known.

paridih pari-dih, cl. 2. P. A. -degdhi, -digdhe, -degdhum, Ved. to coat or cover over, smear over.

paridīna pari-dīna, as, ā, am, excessively dejected or downcast, much afflicted.
     paridīnasattva paridīna-sattva, as, ā, am, distressed in mind.

paridurbala pari-durbala, as, ā, am, extremely weak or decrepit.

paridṛś pari-dṛś, cl. 1. P. -paśyati, -draṣ-ṭum, to look at, see, view, look upon, behold, regard, perceive; to regard mentally, consider, investigate, search, find out; to know; to frequent: Pass. -dṛśyate, to be observed or perceived; to appear, become visible: Caus. -darśayati, -yitum, to show; to set forth, expound, explain.

paridraṣṭṛ pari-draṣṭṛ, ṭā, ṭrī, ṭṛ, a spectator, looker on; perceiver.

paridṝ pari-dṝ, cl. 9. P. A. -dṛṇāti, -ṇīte, &c., Ved. to rend or destroy on all sides: Pass. -dīryate, to peel or drop off on all sides, to become dropsical (the skin swelling and appearing ready to drop off).

paridara pari-dara, as, m. a disease of the gums in which the skin peels off and bleeds.

paridīrṇa pari-dīrṇa, as, ā, am, rent on all sides.

paridev pari-dev. See pari-div, col. 1.

parido pari-do or 3. pari-dā, cl. 2. P. -dāti, dātum, to cut or clip round.

parītta 2. parī-tta, as, ā, am, clipped or cut round, incomplete, limited, confined, &c.; see p. 552, col. 1. (For 1. parī-tta see under 1. pari-dā, col. 1.)

paridyūna pari-dyūna. See pari-div, col. 1.

paridru pari-dru, cl. 1. P. -dravati, -drotum, Ved. to run round.

paridvīpa pari-dvīpa, as, m., N. of one of the sons of Garuḍa.

paridveṣas pari-dveṣas, ās, ās, as, Ved. hating, completely hostile.

paridharṣaṇa pari-dharṣaṇa, am, n. (fr. rt. dhṛṣ with pari), assault, attack, injury, abuse, ill-treatment, rough usage.

paridhā pari-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, to lay or put round, place or set round; to put round one's self, wrap round, put on, put on (a garment), dress (without a following acc.); to clothe; to surround, envelop, encompass; to cast (the eyes) round, turn the glance upon; (Ved.) to conclude or close (the recitation of a hymn): Caus. -dhāpayati, -yitum, to cause to put or wrap round, cause to put on, clothe with (with inst.); clothe any one in (with two acc.): Desid. -dhitsate, &c., to be about to put on, to wish to clothe one's self.

paridhāna pari-dhāna or parī-dhāna, am, n. putting round, laying round (Ved.); wrapping round; putting on (a garment), dressing, clothing; that which is put on, a garment, (especially) an under garment, clothes, vesture, (gagaṇa-paridhāna, stark naked; cf. dig-ambara); closing or concluding (the recitation of a hymn).
     paridhānavalkala paridhāna-valkala, am, n. bark for clothing.

paridhānīya paridhānīya, as, ā, am, Ved. forming the close or conclusion; (ā), f., scil. ṛc, a concluding or final verse; (am), n. an under garment.

paridhāpana pari-dhāpana, am, n. causing to put on (a garment).

paridhāpanīya pari-dhāpanīya, as, ā, am, relating to investiture or the causing any one to put on (a garment &c.).

paridhāya pari-dhāya, as, m. train, retinue, attendants; the hinder parts, posteriors; a receptacle for water, reservoir.

paridhāyaka pari-dhāyaka, as, m. a hedge, fence, enclosure.

paridhi pari-dhi, is, m. that by which anything is surrounded or enclosed (said of the ocean as surrounding the earth), a fence, hedge, wall; a misty halo or circle round the sun or moon; a circle or disk of light, a glory; the horizon; circumference, compass; the circumference of a circle; the periphery of a wheel; a circle surrounding the globe, a great circle; epicycle; a frame of wood laid round a sacrificial fire to keep it together, (commonly in three pieces, called madhyama, dakṣiṇa, uttara); a covering; the branch of the tree to which the victim at a sacrifice is tied (?); N. of a man.
     paridhistha pa-ridhi-stha, as, ā, am, situated on the horizon; (as), m. a number of sentinels posted in a circle; a guard, body-guard; an aide-de-camp, an officer attendant on a king or general.
     paridhīpatikhecara paridhī-pati-khecara, as, m. an epithet of Śiva. (perhaps 'the bird presiding over the horizon', paridhī for pa-ridhi?).

paridheya pari-dheya, as, ā, am, to be put round, wearable; (am), n. an under garment (?).

parihita pari-hita, as, ā, am, stationed round; placed round, invested, put on, clothed, covered.

paridhāraṇa pari-dhāraṇa. See under pari-dhṛ below.

paridhāv pari-dhāv, cl. 1. P. (rarely A.) -dhāvati, -te, -dhāvitum, to flow or stream round, to run round or about; go about; (mṛgayām pari-dhāv, to go or move about hunting, to hunt); to drive about; to stream through, run through; to run or move round anything (with acc.); to run towards or after, to pursue: Caus. -dhāvayati, -yitum, to surround, encompass, encircle.

paridhāvin pari-dhāvin, ī, inī, i, running round; (ī), m., N. of the 46th (or 20th) of the 60 years' cycle of Jupiter.

paridhīra pari-dhīra, as, ā, am, very deep (as a tone or sound).

paridhūpita pari-dhūpita, as, ā, am, richly perfumed or scented.

paridhūsara pari-dhūsara, as, ā, am, quite grey.

paridhṛ pari-dhṛ, cl. 10. P. -dhārayati, -yitum, to carry about; to support, bear, suffer, endure.

paridhāraṇa pari-dhāraṇa, am, n. carrying about, supporting, suffering, enduring.

paridhārya pari-dhārya, as, ā, am, to be preserved or maintained.

paridhvaṃs pari-dhvaṃs, cl. 1. A. -dhvaṃsate, -dhvaṃsitum, to fall to pieces, fall away, decay; to be destroyed.

paridhvaṃsa pari-dhvaṃsa, as, m. distress, disaster, ruin, trouble, toil; failing, failure; injury, destruction; leaving one's caste, loss of caste, mixture of castes.

paridhvaṃsin pari-dhvaṃsin, ī, inī, i, falling away, falling off; destroying, ruining.

paridhvasta pari-dhvasta, as, ā, am, destroyed, ruined; covered.

parinindā pari-nindā, f. strong censure, severe blame.

parinimna pari-nimna, as, ā, am, much depressed, deeply hollowed.

parinirji pari-nir-ji, cl. 1. P. A. -jayati, -te, -jetum, to conquer, overpower thoroughly.

parinirvapaṇa pari-nirvapaṇa, am, n. (fr. rt. vap with pari-nis), distributing, dispensing, giving.

parinirvivapsā pari-nirvivapsā, f. (fr. the Desid.), desire of giving, a disposition to distribute, liberality.

parinirvivapsu pari-nirvivapsu, us, us, u, intending to give much, desirous of giving.

parinirvāṇa pari-nirvāṇa, as, ā, am, quite extinguished, quite brought to an end; (am), n. the final extinction of the individual; N. of a place where Buddha disappeared.

parinirvṛti pari-nirvṛti, is, f. final liberation; complete emancipation of the soul from the body and exemption from future transmigration.

pariniścaya pari-niścaya, as, m. fixed opinion or resolution.

pariniṣad pari-ni-ṣad, cl. 1. 6. P. (Ved. also A.) -ṣīdati, -ṣattum, to sit round.

pariniṣṭhā pari-niṣṭhā (fr. rt. sthā with pari and ni or nis, see ni-ṣṭha), extreme limit, highest point; complete accomplishment; complete knowledge or acquaintance, familiarity with anything.

pariniṣṭhita pari-niṣṭhita, as, ā, am, completely skilled in or acquainted with.

parinaiṣṭhika pari-naiṣṭhika, as, ī, am, the highest, utmost, most perfect.

parinyas pari-ny-as, cl. 4. P. -asyati, -asi-tum, to stretch out, extend.

parinyasta pari-nyasta, as, ā, am, stretched out, extended.

parinyāsa pari-nyāsa, as, m. completing the sense of a passage; (in dramatic language) alluding to the development of the so-called seed or origin of the dramatic plot, [cf. vīja.]

paripakva pari-pakva, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 2. pac with pari), completely cooked or dressed; finally baked; completely burnt (as a brick); digested; quite ripe, mature; highly cultivated or educated, very knowing or shrewd; near death or decay, approaching the end, about to pass away, decaying.
     paripakvatā paripakva-tā, f. the state of being completely cooked; digestion; full maturity, perfection; shrewdness.

paripāka pari-pāka, as, m. being completely cooked or dressed; digestion; ripening, maturity, perfection; the fruit or consequence of an action, consequence; cleverness, shrewdness, experience.

paripākin pari-pākin, ī, inī, i, ripening, bringing to maturity; cooking; digesting; (inī), f. the plant Ipomoea Turpethum.

paripācana pari-pācana, as, ā, am, or pari-pācayitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, cooking, bringing to maturity.

paripaṭh pari-paṭh, cl. 1. P. -paṭhati, -pa-ṭhitum, to enumerate completely, detail, describe, mention, name, represent.

paripāṭha pari-pāṭha, as, m. complete enumeration, detail; (ena), ind. in detail, completely.

paripāṭhaka pari-pāṭhaka, as, ā, am, enumerating in detail, describing the contents.

paripaṇa pari-paṇa, am, n. (fr. rt. 2. paṇ with pari), capital, principal, stock.

paripaṇita pari-paṇita, as, ā, am, pledged, plighted, agreed, promised.

paripat pari-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati, -patitum, to fly round or about, to run round or about, run in all directions; to leap down, fall, throw one's self upon, attack: Caus. -pātayati, -yitum, to cause to fall down, shoot down, shoot off, throw into.

paripatana pari-patana, am, n. flying round or about.

paripati pari-pati, is, m., Ved. the lord of all around; (Sāy.) a protector; (according to Mahīdhara) flying about.

paripad pari-pad, t, f., Ved. a snare, trap; walking about; a creature, living being; (Sāy.) a bird (as flying about).

paripadin paripadin, ī, m. an enemy; (probably only a wrong reading for pari-parin.)

paripanthaka pari-panthaka, as, m. one who obstructs the way, an antagonist, opponent, adversary, enemy.

paripantham pari-pantham, ind. by the way, in the way.

paripanthaya pari-panthaya, Nom. P. -panthayati, -yitum, to obstruct the way, oppose, resist (with acc.).

paripanthika pari-panthika, as, m. an adversary, enemy.

paripanthin pari-panthin, ī, m. an antagonist, opponent, enemy; a robber, highwayman, bandit.
     paripanthitva pari-panthi-tva, am, n. obstructing the way.

paripara pari-para (probably fr. pari repeated), a tortuous course, roundabout way; [cf. a-paripara.]

pariparin pari-parin, ī, m. (probably fr. pari-pari), Ved. an antagonist, opponent, adversary.

paripavana pari-pavana. See pari-pū, col. 3.

paripaśavya pari-paśavya, as, ā, am (fr. pari-paśu), Ved. relating to the victim at a sacrifice.

paripā 1. pari-pā, cl. 1. P. -pibati, -pātum, to drink before and after any one (Ved.); to drink up, sip up.

paripāna pari-pāna, am, n., Ved. a drink, beverage.

paripīta pari-pīta, as, ā, am, drunk up, sipped up, drunk together with (anything).

paripā 2. pari-pā, cl. 2. P. -pāti, -pātum, to protect or defend on every side, to guard, maintain: Caus. -pālayati, &c., to protect, guard, govern; to keep, maintain; to wait, expect.

paripāṇa pari-pāṇa, as, am, m. n., Ved. protection, defence, covert.

paripālaka pari-pālaka, as, ikā, am (fr. the Caus.), guarding, protecting, defending, maintaining, supporting, sustaining; taking care of one's property.

paripālana pari-pālana, am, n. protecting, cherishing, defending, maintaining, sustaining, keeping; protection, nurture.

paripālayitṛ pari-pālayitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, a protector, defender.

paripālita pari-pālita, as, ā, am, protected, cherished.

paripālya pari-pālya, as, ā, am, to be protected or defended, to be maintained or observed; to be governed.

paripipālayiṣā pari-pipālayiṣā, f. (fr. the Desid. of Caus.), desire of protecting or maintaining or sustaining.

paripāka pari-pāka, pari-pākin, pari-pā-cana. See pari-pakva, col. 1.

paripāṭala pari-pāṭala, as, ā, am, of a pale red colour, pale red.

paripāṭī pari-pāṭī, f. succession, order, method, arrangement; arithmetic.

paripāṭha pari-pāṭha. See pari-paṭh, col. 1.

paripāṇḍu pari-pāṇḍu, us, us, u, very light or pale.

paripāda pari-pāda. See Gaṇa to Pāṇ. VI. 2, 184.

paripārśva pari-pārśva, as, ā, am, being at or by one's side, at the side, near; [cf. pāripār-śvika.]
     paripārśvacara paripārśva-cara, as, ī, am, going at or by one's side.
     paripārśvatas paripārśva-tas, ind. at or by the side, at both sides of (with gen.).
     paripārśvavartin paripārśva-vartin, ī, inī, i, being at the side, standing at or close to one's side.

paripiñjara pari-piñjara, as, ā, am, of a brownish red colour.

paripiṣ pari-piṣ, cl. 7. P. -pinaṣṭi, -peṣṭum, to crush, trample; to beat, strike.

paripiṣṭa pari-piṣṭa, as, ā, am, crushed, trampled down.

paripiṣṭaka pari-piṣṭaka, am, n. lead.

paripīḍ pari-pīḍ, cl. 10. P. -pīḍayati, -yi-tum, to press all round, press together, compress, squeeze; to hug, embrace; to torment greatly, torture, harass, vex; (in augury) to cover, cover up.

paripīḍana pari-pīḍana, am, n. squeezing or pressing out, expressing; injuring, prejudicing.

paripīḍā pari-pīḍā, f. pressing; vexing, torturing, tormenting.

paripīḍita pari-pīḍita, as, ā, am, pressed; embraced; tormented.

paripīta pari-pīta. See 1. pari-pā, col. 1.

paripucchaya pari-pucchaya, Nom. A. pari-pucchayate, &c., to wag the tail.

paripuṭ pari-puṭ, Pass. -puṭyate, &c., to peel off, lose the bark or skin.

paripuṭana pari-puṭana, am, n. removing the peel or bark, peeling, desquamation, peeling off; losing the bark or skin.
     paripuṭanavat paripuṭana-vat, ān, atī, at, peeling off, dropping off.

paripoṭa pari-poṭa, as, m. or pari-poṭaka, as, m. peeling off, a particular disease of the ear.
     paripoṭavat paripoṭa-vat, ān, atī, at, peeling off, losing the skin.

paripoṭana pari-poṭana, am, n. peeling off, desquamation, losing the bark or skin.

paripuṣ pari-puṣ, cl. 10. P. -poṣayati, -yitum, to cause to be cherished, to nourish, sustain, foster.

paripuṣṭa pari-puṣṭa, as, ā, am, nourished, cherished; amply provided with, abounding in.
     paripuṣṭatā paripuṣṭa-tā, f. the being nourished or supported, receiving nourishment.

paripoṣaka pari-poṣaka, as, ā, am, nourishing, confirming, encouraging, furthering.

paripoṣaṇa pari-poṣaṇa, am, n. the act of nourishing, furthering, promoting.

paripoṣaṇīya pari-poṣaṇīya, as, ā, am, to be nourished, to be promoted.

paripuṣkarā pari-puṣkarā, f. the plant Cucumis Maderaspattanus.

paripū pari-pū, cl. 9. P. A. -punāti, -nīte, -pavitum, to purify completely, strain; to lustrate; to become completely purified.

paripavana pari-pavana, am, n. cleaning, winnowing corn; a winnowing-basket.

paripūta pari-pūta, as, ā, am, pure, purified; completely winnowed, threshed, freed from chaff.

paripūj pari-pūj, cl. 10. P. -pūjayati, -yi-tum, to honour greatly, adore, worship.

paripūjana pari-pūjana, am, n. or pari-pūjā, f. honouring highly, worshipping, adoring.

paripūjita pari-pūjita, as, ā, am, much honoured, served, worshipped, adored.

paripūrṇa pari-pūrṇa. See pari-pṝ below.

paripṝ pari-pṝ, Pass. -pūryate, &c., to fill (intransitively), become completely full: Caus. -pūra-yati, -yitum, to fill completely (transitively), make full, fill out, completely cover, wholly occupy.

paripūraka pari-pūraka, as, ikā, am, filling, fuifilling; causing fulness or prosperity.

paripūraṇa pari-pūraṇa, am, n. the act of filling; perfecting, rendering complete.

paripūrṇa pari-pūrṇa, as, ā, am, quite full, entire, complete, completely filled; fully satisfied, self-satisfied, content.
     paripūrṇacandravimalaprabha paripūrṇa-candra-vimala-prabha, as, m. 'having the spotless splendor of the full moon', N. of a Sam-ādhi.
     paripūrṇatā paripūrṇa-tā, f. or pari-pūrṇa-tva, am, n. completion, completeness, entireness, fulness; satiety or satisfaction.
     paripūrṇasahasracandravatī paripūrṇa-sahasra-candra-vatī, f. 'possessing a thousand full moons', an epithet of Indra's wife.
     paripūrṇāmṛtaraśmi paripūrṇā-mṛta-raśmi (-ṇa-am-), is, m. 'having rays filled with nectar', the moon.
     paripūrṇārtha paripūrṇārtha (-ṇa-ar-), as, ā, am, full of meaning; (am), ind. with deep emotion, affectionately.
     paripūrṇendu paripūrṇendu (-ṇa-in-), us, m. the full moon.

paripūrti pari-pūrti, is, f. fulness, completion.

paripelava pari-pelava, as, ā, am, very fine or small, very delicate; (am), n. a fragrant grass, Cyperus Rotundus.

paripela pari-pela, am, n. = pari-pelava, a fragrant grass, Cyperus Rotundus.

paripoṭa pari-poṭa. See pari-puṭ, col. 2.

paripragrah pari-pra-grah, cl. 9. P. A. -gṛh-ṇāti, -ṇīte, -grahītum, Ved. to take round, to hand or pass round.

pariprach pari-prach, cl. 6. P. -pṛcchati, -praṣṭum, to interrogate or ask any one about anything (with two acc. or with acc. of the thing and abl. of the person); to enquire about.

paripṛcchā pari-pṛcchā, f. asking about, question, inquiry, asking for.

paripṛcchya pari-pṛcchya, ind. having inquired about (with two acc.).

paripraśna pari-praśna, as, m. question, interrogation, inquiry.

paripramuc pari-pra-muc, cl. 6. A. -muñcate, -moktum, Ved. to free one's self from.

pariprāpti pari-prāpti, is, f. (fr. rt. āp with pari and pra), acquisition, obtaining.

pariprepsu pari-prepsu, us, us, u (fr. the Desid.), wishing to reach, desirous of obtaining; wishing to defend; desiring, desirous, seeking.

pariprārdha pari-prārdha, am, n., Ved. proximity, nearness.

pariprī pari-prī, īs, īs, i (fr. rt. prī with pari), Ved. very dear or valued; (Sāy.) gratifying on all sides or in every way (= paritaḥ prīṇa-yitṛ).

paripruṣ pari-pruṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, Ved. sprinkling, splashing.

paripre pari-pre (fr. pari-pra-i), cl. 2. P. -praiti, -praitum, Ved. to go round, flow round.

paripreṣ pari-preṣ (pari-pra-iṣ, see rt. 1. iṣ), Caus. -praiṣayati, -yitum, to send forth, dispatch, send away.

paripreṣaṇa pari-preṣaṇa, am, n. sending forth or away; banishing, abandoning.

paripreṣita pari-preṣita, as, ā, am, sent forth, sent away, dispatched; banished, abandoned.

paripreṣya pari-preṣya, as, m. a servant.

pariplu pari-plu, cl. 1. A. -plavate, -plotum, to swim about, float about, bathe; to flood, inundate; to overwhelm; to hover about, fly or soar through; to jump or spring about; to revolve, move in a circle; to move about, move restlessly; to go astray; to hasten forward: Caus. -plāvayati, -yitum, to flood, inundate, bathe, water.

pariplava pari-plava, as, ā, am, swimming about; swaying or moving to and fro, running about, vibrating, oscillating, undulating, waving, shaking, trembling, movable, unsteady, restless; (as), m. inundation; bathing, wetting, immersing; a ship, boat; oppression, tyranny; N. of a prince, son of Sukhī-bala (Sukhī-vala, Sukhī-nala); (ā), f. a sort of spoon used at sacrifices.

pariplavamāna pari-plavamāna, as, ā, am, swimming about, floating, moving to and fro.

pariplāvya 1. pari-plāvya, as, ā, am, swimming about, floating around, running (as water).

pariplāvya 2. pari-plāvya, ind. having flooded or inundated, having bathed.

paripluta pari-pluta, as, ā, am, flooded, inundated; overwhelmed; wetted, bathed, immersed; (ā), f. spirituous liquor; (am), n. a spring or jump, skipping about.

paribandh pari-bandh, cl. 9. A. -badhnīte, -banddhum, to bind together, connect, bind on, bind round one's self, put on (as a girdle); to encircle; to stop, interrupt: Caus. -bandhayati, -yitum, to tie round.

paribaddha pari-baddha, as, ā, am, bound round, obstructed.

paribādh 1. pari-bādh, cl. 1. A. -bādhate, bādhitum, to ward off, keep off, to exclude, hinder, obstruct, drive away, (Ved. according to Sāy. = parito han); to protect from or defend against (with abl., Ved.); to vex, disturb, annoy, molest, harass, importune, pain: Desid. A. -bibādhiṣate, Ved. to strive to keep or ward off or keep at a distance.

paribādh 2. pari-bādh, t, f., Ved. hindrance, obstruction, check; an obstructor, hinderer.

paribādhā pari-bādhā, f. trouble, vexation, worry, annoyance; fatigue, toil, hardship.

paribṛṃh pari-bṛṃh or pari-bṛh (also written pari-vṛṃh or pari-vṛh, q. v.), cl. 6. P. A. -bṛṃ-hati or -bṛhati, -bṛṃhate or -bṛhate, -barhitum, Ved. to embrace, encircle, surround, encompass; to make strong or compact, fortify, strengthen; to increase: Caus. -bṛṃhayati, -yitum, to make strong, strengthen.

paribarha pari-barha or pari-varha, as, m. 'that which surrounds or encompasses', 'surroundings', retinue, train, attendants, dependants; royal insignia; furniture, attire, trim; the necessaries of life; wealth, property, substance.
     paribarhavat paribarha-vat or parivarha-vat, ān, atī, at, having a suitable retinue, possessing a proper train of attendants, provided with suitable furniture, properly furnished.

paribarhaṇa pari-barhaṇa or pari-varhaṇa, am, n. retinue, train; attire, trim; growth, aggrandizement; worship, adoration.

paribṛṃhaṇa pari-bṛṃhaṇa or pari-vṛṃhaṇa, as, ī, am, augmenting, increasing, enlarging; (am), n. prosperity, welfare; an additional work, appendix, supplement.

paribṛṃhita pari-bṛṃhita or pari-bṛhita or pari-vṛṃhita or pari-vṛhita, as, ā, am, increased, augmented, grown, thriven; strengthened by, connected with, accompanied by, furnished with.

paribṛḍha pari-bṛḍha or pari-vṛḍha, as, ā, am, firm, fixed, dense, thick, solid, compact, ample, large; the lord of all around, a superior, proprietor, owner.
     parivṛḍhatama parivṛḍha-tama, am, n., Ved., scil. brahma, the Supreme Spirit.

paribrū pari-brū, cl. 2. P. -bravīti, &c., Ved. to utter a spell or charm, lay under a spell, charm, enchant.

paribhakṣ pari-bhakṣ, cl. 10. P. -bhakṣa-yati, -yitum, Ved. to drink off, drink up; to eat up (what belongs to another), devour, consume.

paribhakṣaṇa pari-bhakṣaṇa, am, n. eating up, consuming.

paribhakṣita pari-bhakṣita, as, ā, am, drunk up, deprived of food (Ved.); devoured, consumed, gnawed; worn away.

paribhagna pari-bhagna, as, ā, am (fr. rt. bhañj with pari), broken, interrupted, disturbed, stopped.
     paribhagnakrama paribhagna-krama, as, ā, am, stopped in one's course, checked in one's progress.

paribhaṅga pari-bhaṅga, as, m. breaking to pieces, shattering.

paribhaj pari-bhaj, cl. 1. P. -bhajati, -bhak-tum, to divide.

paribhajya pari-bhajya, ind. having divided.

paribhaya pari-bhaya, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. bhī with pari), Ved. apprehension, fear.

paribharts pari-bharts, cl. 10. P. A. -bhart-sayati, -te, -yitum, to threaten, menace, treat harshly, rate, scold, chide, reprimand.

paribhartsat pari-bhartsat, an, antī, at, threatening, chiding; mocking, deriding.

paribhartsana pari-bhartsana, am, n. threatening, menacing.

paribhartsita pari-bhartsita, as, ā, am, threatened, chided.

paribhartsyamāna pari-bhartsyamāna, as, ā, am, being threatened.

paribhāṣ pari-bhāṣ, cl. 1. A. -bhāṣate, -bhāṣitum, to speak to, address, admonish; to declare, teach, explain, interpret, define; to persuade, exhort, encourage.

paribhāṣaṇa pari-bhāṣaṇa, as, ā, am, speaking much, declaring, explaining; (am), n. speaking, talking, addressing, conversing with, chatting, gossiping; speech, discourse; admonition, expression of censure or contempt, reproof, abuse; rule, precept; agreement (?).

paribhāṣaṇīya pari-bhāṣaṇīya, as, ā, am, to be addressed or spoken to; reprehensible, liable to censure; deserving reproof.

paribhāṣā pari-bhāṣā, f. speech; blame, censure, abuse; an explanation, definition; (in gram.) an explanatory Sūtra or rule mixed with the other rules of Pāṇini and teaching the method of applying them, (these Sūtras are a key to the system and are thought by some to have been interpolated in later times, but by others are ascribed to Pāṇini himself; there are other Paribhāṣas by unknown authors); any general definition applicable throughout; a table or list of abbreviations or signs used in any work; (in medicine) prognosis.
     paribhāṣāprakaraṇa paribhāṣā-prakaraṇa, am, n., N. of the second chapter of the Prauḍha-manoramā, q. v.
     paribhāṣenduśekhara paribhāṣendu-śekhara (-ṣā-in-), as, m., N. of a grammatical work by Nāgeśa-bhaṭṭa (= nā-gojī-bhaṭṭa).

paribhāṣita pari-bhāṣita, as, ā, am, explained, said; formed or used technically.

paribhāṣin pari-bhāṣin, ī, iṇī, i, speaking, explaining.

paribhās pari-bhās, cl. 1. A. -bhāsate, -bhā-situm, to appear (Ved.): Caus. -bhāsayati, -yitum, to embellish, adorn.

paribhid pari-bhid, cl. 7. P. A. -bhinatti, -bhintte, -bhettum, to split asunder, cleave open, tear or dash to pieces, break through; to change, disfigure, deform.

paribhinna pari-bhinna, as, ā, am, split or cleft open, cracked, cut into small pieces; changed, disfigured, deformed.

paribhuj 1. pari-bhuj (see rt. 1. bhuj), cl. 6. P. -bhujati, -bhoktum, Ved. to span, encompass, embrace.

paribhugna pari-bhugna, as, ā, am, bowed, bent.

paribhuj 2. pari-bhuj (see rt. 3. bhuj), cl. 7. P. A. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, -bhoktum, to eat up, eat, devour; to feed upon; to use, enjoy; to neglect to feed: Caus. -bhojayati, -yitum, Ved. to possess, enjoy, govern.

paribhukta pari-bhukta, as, ā, am, eaten; enjoyed, possessed.

paribhoktṛ pari-bhoktṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, eating, enjoying, possessing, an eater, enjoyer; one who lives at another's cost or uses another's property without his leave.

paribhoga pari-bhoga, as, m. enjoyment, especially sexual intercourse, possession, a means of enjoyment; living at another's cost, using another's property without his leave, illegal use of another's goods.

paribhū 1. pari-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bha-vitum (Ved. inf. -bhve), to be round or about anything, encompass, surround, embrace, enclose, contain (Ved.); to circle round, go or fly round (Ved.); to accompany (Ved.); to take care of (Ved.); to guide, govern (Ved.); to be superior, surpass, overcome, subdue, conquer; to pass round, pay no attention to, treat with contempt or disrespect, despise; to disgrace; to injure; to grieve; to disappear (= parā-bhū, q. v.): Caus. -bhāvayati, -yitum, to cause to be surrounded or pervaded; to cause to be saturated or penetrated; to contain, include, comprehend; to conceive, think, reflect, meditate, know, recognise as; to make known.

paribhava pari-bhava, as, m. or pari-bhavana, am, n. contumely, insult, injury, humiliation, degradation, disrespect, contempt, disgrace; defeat, discomfiture.
     paribhavapada paribhava-pada, am, n. an object or occasion of contempt, a disgraceful situation, disgrace.
     paribhavavidhi pari-bhava-vidhi, is, m. contumelious or insulting action, humiliation.
     paribhavāspada paribhavāspada (-va-ās-), am, n. a position or situation of disgrace, object of contempt.

paribhavanīya pari-bhavanīya, as, ā, am, to be injured or insulted, liable to be humiliated or despised or disgraced.

paribhavin pari-bhavin, ī, inī, i, injuring, humiliating, treating with contumely or disrespect, ridiculing; suffering disrespect.

paribhāva pari-bhāva, as, m. = pari-bhava, q. v.

paribhāvana pari-bhāvana, am, n. cohesion, union; (ā), f. thought.

paribhāvita pari-bhāvita, as, ā, am, contained, included; penetrated; pervaded; conceived.
     paribhāvitatva paribhāvita-tva, am, n. the state of being included, inclusion.

paribhāvin pari-bhāvin, ī, inī, i, treating with contempt, slighting, despising; putting to shame, mocking, insulting, outvying, surpassing.

paribhāvuka pari-bhāvuka, as, ī, am, contemning, shaming, humbling.

paribhāvya pari-bhāvya, ind. having caused to be surrounded; having reflected upon.

paribhū 2. pari-bhū, ūs, ūs, u, Ved. surrounding, embracing, comprehending, pervading; overpowering; surpassing; guiding, governing.

paribhūta pari-bhūta, as, ā, am, treated with contempt or disrespect, disregarded, despised; overpowered, conquered.
     paribhūtagatitraya paribhūta-gati-traya, as, ā, am, surpassing three times the age of man.

paribhūti pari-bhūti, is, is, i, Ved. overcoming, overpowering; (is), f. superiority, superior power (Ved.); contempt, insult, contumely, humiliation, disrespect, injury.

paribhūya pari-bhūya, ind. having treated with contempt, having disgraced or despised; shaming, outvying; experiencing disgrace.

paribhūṣ pari-bhūṣ, cl. 1. 10. P. -bhūṣati, -bhūṣayati, &c., to wait upon, serve, attend; to honour, revere; to take care of; to follow, observe; to furnish, equip, fit out, prepare; to decorate; to be beautiful, to shine.

paribhūṣaṇa pari-bhūṣaṇa, as, m., scil. sandhi, peace obtained by the cession of the whole revenue of a land.

paribhūṣita pari-bhūṣita, as, ā, am, decorated, adorned.

paribhṛ pari-bhṛ, cl. 3. P. -bibharti, -bhar-tum, Ved. to pass beyond (Sāy. = ati-kram); to extend beyond, extend.

paribhedaka pari-bhedaka, as, ā, am, breaking through.

paribhraṃś pari-bhraṃś, cl. 4. P. A. -bhraśyati, -te, -bhraṃśitum; cl. 1. A. -bhraṃśate, -bhraṃ-śitum, to fall off, drop off; to fall, be cast down (metaphorically); to run away, escape; to vanish, disappear; to lose, be deprived of (with abl.); to neglect, omit.

paribhraṃśa pari-bhraṃśa, as, m. falling from; escape, escaping.

paribhraṃśana pari-bhraṃśana, am, n. falling from; losing, loss.

paribhraṣṭa pari-bhraṣṭa, as, ā, am, fallen off, dropped off; fallen, cast down, degraded; escaped; vanished; deprived of, void or devoid of (with abl. or sometimes inst.); lost; neglecting, omitting.
     paribhraṣṭasukha pari-bhraṣṭa-sukha, as, ā, am, fallen from happiness.

paribhrajj pari-bhrajj, cl. 6. P. -bhṛjjati, -bhraṣṭum, -bharṣṭum, to fry, roast: Caus. -bhar-jayati, -yitum, to fry, roast, parch.

paribhṛṣṭa pari-bhṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, fried, roasted, parched.

paribhram pari-bhram, cl. 1. 4. P. (ep. also A.) -bhramati (-te), bhramyati or bhrāmyati, -bhra-mitum, to walk round about, wander round, rove or roam about, ramble about, saunter; to fly round about, hover or flutter round; to wander through, rove or roam through, ramble through; to whirl round, wheel or circle round, revolve; to encircle, describe a circle round.

paribhrama pari-bhrama, as, ā, am, flying round or about [cf. khe-p-]; (as), m. wandering, going about; error; circumlocution, rambling discourse.

paribhramaṇa pari-bhramaṇa, am, n. turning round, revolving (as of wheels); circumference.

paribhramat pari-bhramat, an, antī, at, roaming or wandering about, roving about; turning or whirling round, revolving; describing circles.

paribhramya pari-bhramya, ind. having roamed about, having gone to and fro.

paribhrāmyat pari-bhrāmyat, an, antī, at, roaming about; flying or fluttering about.

paribhrāj pari-bhrāj, cl. 1. P. A. -bhrājati, -te, -bhrājitum, to shed brilliance all around, become resplendent.

parimaṇḍala pari-maṇḍala, as, ā, am, round, circular, globular, spherical; (as), m., scil. maśaka, a venomous species of gnat; (am), n. a circle, circumference; a ball, globe, sphere, orb; orbit.
     parimaṇḍalatā pari-maṇḍala-tā, f. or parimaṇḍala-tva, am, n. roundness, rotundity, circularity.

parimaṇḍalita pari-maṇḍalita, as, ā, am, rounded, made round or circular.

parimaṇḍita pari-maṇḍita, as, ā, am, adorned or decorated all round.

pariman pari-man, cl. 8. A. -manute, -ma-nitum, Ved. to despise, contemn, slight, neglect.

parimantr pari-mantr, cl. 10. P. -mantrayati, -yitum, to charm or consecrate with sacred texts.

parimantrita pari-mantrita, as, ā, am, charmed, consecrated, enchanted.

parimanthara pari-manthara, as, ā, am, extremely slow or tardy.

parimanda pari-manda, as, ā, am, very dull or faint; very slow; very tired; very little; (am), ind. very little, a little, not much.
     parimandatā parimanda-tā, f. fatigue, tiredness, tedium, ennui.

parimanyu pari-manyu, us, us, u, Ved. wrathful, angry, jealous (Sāy. = kopa-parivṛta).

parimara pari-mara, as, ā, am, Ved. (fr. rt. mṛ with pari), decaying, becoming decrepit; brah-maṇaḥ pari-maraḥ, 'destruction round the Brahman, i. e. the magician' (or, according to Colebrooke, 'around air'), a magical rite for the destruction of adversaries.

parimarda pari-marda, pari-mardana. See p. 547, col. 1.

parimala pari-mala, as, m. (mala perhaps fr. a lost rt. mal, to rub), fragrance, perfume, (especially arising from the trituration of fragrant substances); the pounding or trituration of perfumes; a fragrant substance; a fragrant scent diffused during coitus; copulation; a meeting of learned men; soil, stain, dirt; N. of a poet; of a work; of a commentary by Amara-candra on the Kāvya-kalpa-latā-vṛtti; of a commentary by Apyāya-dīkṣita on the Vedāntakalpa-taru, (the complete title of which is Vedāntakalpa-taru-parimala.)
     parimalabhṛt parimala-bhṛt, t, t, t, laden with perfumes, impregnated with sweet odours.

parimalita pari-malita, as, ā, am, perfumed; soiled, despoiled of freshness or beauty.

parimā pari-mā (see rt. 3. ), cl. 2. P., 3. 4. A. -māti, -mimīte, -māyate, -mātum, to measure round or about; to mete out; to fulfil (a period or course); to measure, estimate, determine.

parimāṇa pari-māṇa, am, n. measuring, measure, duration, length of time; compass, weight, number, value (e. g. pratigraha-parimāṇa, the value of a gift received).
     parimāṇatas parimāṇa-tas, ind. by measure; in weight.
     parimāṇavat parimāṇa-vat, ān, atī, at, capable of being measured, measurable.

parimāṇaka parimāṇaka, am, n. compass, weight, quantity, duration.

parimāṇin pari-māṇin, ī, inī, i, having measure, measured.

parimāṇīya pari-māṇīya or pari-mātavya, as, ā, am, measurable, fit to be measured; requiring to be ascertained as to quantity.

parimita pari-mita, as, ā, am, measured, meted; circumscribed, limited, adjusted; moderate, sparing; joined; regulated.
     parimitakatha parimita-katha, as, ā, am, of measured discourse, seldom speaking, saying little.
     parimitatva parimita-tva, am, n. limitedness, moderation, limited condition.
     parimitabhuj parimita-bhuj, k, k, k, eating sparingly, abstemious.
     parimitabhojana parimita-bhojana, am, n. moderation in eating, abstemiousness.
     parimitābharaṇa parimitābharaṇa (-ta-ābh-), as, ā, am, moderately adorned.
     parimitāyus parimi-tāyus (-ta-āy-), us, us, u, short-lived.
     parimitāhāra parimi-tāhāra (-ta-āh-), as, ā, am, eating little food, eating moderately.
     parimitecchatā parimiteccha-tā (-ta-ic-), f. moderation in desire.

parimiti pari-miti, is, f. measure, quantity, limitation.

parimeya pari-meya, as, ā, am, measurable, to be measured; calculable, capable of being counted, few; finite.
     parimeyatā parimeya-tā, f. measurableness, calculableness.

parimāthin pari-māthin, ī, inī, i (rt. math or manth with pari), torturing.

parimād pari-mād, t, f. or pari-māda, as, m. (fr. rt. mad with pari), Ved., N. of sixteen Sāmans which belong to the Mahā-vrata-stotra.

parimārg pari-mārg, cl. 1. 10. P. -mārgati, mārgitum, -mārgayati, -yitum, to seek or search about, search for, search through, seek, pursue, trace, track, hunt about, investigate, grasp after, seek to gain, ask for, beg for.

parimārga 1. pari-mārga, as, m. (for 2. see under pari-mṛj), searching or seeking about; searching for.

parimārgaṇa pari-mārgaṇa, am, n. tracing, tracking, searching, seeking or looking for, seeking out.

parimārgitavya pari-mārgitavya, as, ā, am, to be sought after.

parimārgin pari-mārgin, ī, iṇī, i, tracing, tracking, seeking for, going after, pursuing, hunting.

parimi pari-mi (see rt. 1. mi), cl. 5. P. A. -minoti, -nute, &c. Ved. to set or place round, lay round.

parimit pari-mit, t, f., Ved. the beam of a roof, a connecting beam or rafter (?).

parimilana pari-milana, am, n. touch, contact, combination.

parimilita pari-milita, as, ā, am, mixed or combined with, pervaded by (with inst.); filled, penetrated.

parimih pari-mih, cl. 1. P. -mehati, -me-ḍhum, Ved. to make water against.

parimīḍha pari-mīḍha, as, ā, am, Ved. sprinkled with urine.

parimeha pari-meha, as, m., Ved. a magical rite in which urine is sprinkled about.

parimukham pari-mukham, ind. round or about the face, round, about (any person, &c.; Pāṇ. IV. 4, 29).

parimuc pari-muc, cl. 6. P. A. -muñcati, -te, -moktum, to unloose, unfasten, set free, liberate; to let go, give up, get rid of; to discharge, emit: Pass. -mucyate, to loosen or free one's self; to let go, get rid of; to neglect (?).

parimukta pari-mukta, as, ā, am, released, liberated.
     parimuktabandhana pa-rimukta-bandhana, as, ā, am, released from bonds, unbound, unfettered.

parimucya pari-mucya, ind. having released or liberated.

parimuṣ pari-muṣ, cl. 9. 6. P. -muṣṇāti, -muṣati, -moṣitum, to steal anything, rob, plunder (with acc.).

parimoṣa pari-moṣa, as, m. stealing, theft, robbing.

parimoṣaka pari-moṣaka, as, ā, am, stealing.

parimoṣin pari-moṣin, ī, iṇī, i, stealing; a thief, robber.

parimuh pari-muh, cl. 4. P. A. -muhyati, -te, -mohitum, -moḍhum, -mogdhum, to be bewildered or perplexed, to go astray, fail: Caus. A. -mo-hayate (Pāṇ. 1. 3, 89); P. (ep.) -mohayati, -yitum, to bewilder, perplex; to fascinate.

parimugdha pari-mugdha, as, ā, am, lovely yet simple, fascinating yet foolish.
     parimugdhatā parimugdha-tā, f. gracefulness or loveliness combined with simplicity.

parimūḍha pari-mūḍha, as, ā, am, disturbed, perturbed, perplexed, bewildered, troubled.
     parimūḍhatā parimūḍha-tā, f. bewilderment, perplexity, trouble, error.

parimohana pari-mohana, am, n. the act of bewildering, fascination, infatuation, beguiling.

parimohita pari-mohita, as, ā, am, bewildered, deprived of consciousness or recollection.

parimohin pari-mohin, ī, inī, i, perplexing, fascinating, bewitching; perplexed.

parimūrṇī pari-mūrṇī, f. (perhaps fr. rt. mṝ with pari), Ved. worn out, decrepit (as a cow, according to the commentator = vṛddhā).

parimṛ pari-mṛ, cl. 6. A. -mriyate (Perf. P. -mamāra), -martum, Ved. to die (in numbers) round (any one).

parimṛg pari-mṛg, cl. 10. A. -mṛgayate, -yitum, to seek, search for, hunt about for.

parimṛgyamāṇa pari-mṛgyamāṇa, as, ā, am, being sought for.

parimṛj 1. pari-mṛj, cl. 2. P. -mārṣṭi, mārjitum, -mārṣṭum, to wipe all round, wipe away, wash, wash away, rinse (the mouth), clean, cleanse, purify; to rub, polish; to wipe off, remove by rubbing, efface, remove; to touch lightly, touch, stroke: Intens. -marmṛjyate, Ved. to sweep over; (Sāy. = tejasā chad, to cover with radiance.)

parimārga 2. pari-mārga, as, m. (for 1. see under pari-mārg, col. 2), wiping off, cleaning; friction, touch.

parimārgya pari-mārgya, as, ā, am, to be cleaned or cleansed, to be rubbed.

parimārja pari-mārja, as, ā, am, wiping off, cleaning, washing; stroking, rubbing.

parimārjana pari-mārjana, am, n. wiping off, cleaning; a dish of honey and oil.

parimṛj 2. pari-mṛj, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, or pari-mṛja, as, ā, am, wiping or washing off, cleaning.

parimṛjya 1. pari-mṛjya, as, ā, am, to be wiped, to be cleansed; to be touched.

parimṛjya 2. pari-mṛjya, ind. having wiped away, having washed the mouth; having polished; having stroked.

parimṛṣṭa 1. pari-mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, wiped away, washed, cleaned, purified; rubbed, stroked.
     parimṛṣṭaparicchada parimṛṣṭa-paricchada, as, ā, am, trim, neat, spruce.

parimṛd pari-mṛd, cl. 9. P. -mṛdnāti, -mar-ditum, to tread or trample down, crush, rub, grind; to wear down, wear out; to rub off, wipe away (as tears); to rub, stroke; cl. 1. P. -mardati, -mar-ditum, to excel, surpass.

parimarda pari-marda, as, m. crushing, grinding, wearing out; using up, consuming; destroying, destruction.

parimardana pari-mardana, am, n. rubbing, grinding; trampling, destroying; embracing, pressing.

parimṛdita pari-mṛdita, as, ā, am, trodden or trampled down; crushed, rubbed, ground; embraced, clasped.

parimṛdnat pari-mṛdnat, an, atī, at, trampling down, crushing; rubbing; wiping away.

parimṛś pari-mṛś, cl. 6. P. -mṛśati, -marṣ-ṭum, -mraṣṭum, to touch, handle, stroke, caress; to grasp, seize; to examine, consider, reflect, ponder; to investigate, inquire into, question; to observe, discover: Intens. -marmarṣṭi, Ved. to encompass, clasp, embrace.

parimarśa pari-marśa, as, m. friction; contact; consideration, reflection, examination.

parimṛśya pari-mṛśya, ind. having touched or handled; having grasped; having examined or pondered; having found or observed.

parimṛśyamāna pari-mṛśyamāna, as, ā, am, being touched; being fanned (by the wind).

parimṛṣṭa 2. pari-mṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, rubbed, touched; embraced, clasped; invested; spread; pervaded.

parimṛṣ pari-mṛṣ, cl. 4. P. -mṛṣyati, -marṣitum, to be angry or incensed against (with dat.); to envy.

parimarṣa pari-marṣa, as, m. envy, dislike, anger.

parimṛṣyat pari-mṛṣyat, an, antī, at, angry, incensed, envying; (according to a Scholiast = asūyat.)

parimokṣ pari-mokṣ, cl. 10. P. -mokṣa-yati, -yitum, to set free, liberate, let go, discharge.

parimokṣa pari-mokṣa, as, m. setting free, liberating; liberation, deliverance; escape; emptying, evacuation.

parimokṣaṇa pari-mokṣaṇa, am, n. liberation, deliverance from (with gen.); untying.

parimokṣya pari-mokṣya, ind. having let go or released.

parimoṭana pari-moṭana, am, n. (fr. rt. muṭ with pari), Ved. snapping, cracking; (according to a Scholiast = catācatā-śabda.)

parimlai pari-mlai, cl. 1. P. A. -mlāyati, -te, -mlātum, to fade or wither away; to wane; to disappear; to faint.

parimlāna pari-mlāna, as, ā, am, faded, withered, fainted, fainting; languid; waned; diminished, impaired; soiled, stained; (am), n. change of countenance by fear or grief; soil, stain.

parimlāyin pari-mlāyin, ī, inī, i, fading away; stained, spotted; (ī), m., scil. liṅga-nāśa, a kind of disease of the lens or pupil of the eye.
     parimlāyitva parimlāyi-tva, am, n. fading away, sinking.

pariyajña pari-yajña, as, m., Ved. a secondary or accompanying rite, one which precedes or follows another in any ritual; (as, ā, am), Ved. constituting an accompanying or secondary rite.

pariyatta pari-yatta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. yat with pari), Ved. surrounded.

pariyam pari-yam, cl. 1. P. -yacchati, -yan-tum, to restrain: Caus. -yamayati, -yitum, to serve.

pariyā pari-yā, Caus. P. -yāpayati, -yitum, to go round, wait upon (?), circumambulate (as a mark of respect); to protect (Ved.).

pariyogya pari-yogya, ās,  m. pl., N. of a school.

parirakṣ pari-rakṣ, cl. 1. P. -rakṣati, -rakṣitum, to rescue, save, preserve; to guard well or completely, protect; to govern, restrain; to keep, conceal, keep secret.

parirakṣaka pari-rakṣaka, as, ikā, am, guarding, protecting; a guardian, protector, keeper.

parirakṣaṇa pari-rakṣaṇa, as, ī, am, guarding, protecting, a protector; (am), n. the act of guarding, defending, preserving, preservation, keeping, protecting, protection, deliverance; saving, rescuing; maintaining; care, caution.

parirakṣaṇīya pari-rakṣaṇīya, as, ā, am, to be completely protected or preserved.

parirakṣā pari-rakṣā, f. protection, preservation, keeping, guarding.

parirakṣita pari-rakṣita, as, ā, am, well guarded, well preserved, well kept.

parirakṣitavya pari-rakṣitavya, as, ā, am, to be protected or guarded, to be kept secret.

parirakṣitin pari-rakṣitin, ī, inī, i, keeping, guarding, protecting (with loc., Gaṇa to Pāṇ. V. 2, 88).

parirakṣitṛ pari-rakṣitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, a protector, guardian; keeping; protecting, &c.

parirakṣin pari-rakṣin, ī, iṇī, i, guarding, protecting, defending; a defender.

parirakṣya pari-rakṣya, as, ā, am, to be guarded or preserved, to be protected, to be kept secret.

parirakṣyamāṇa pari-rakṣyamāṇa, as, ā, am, being completely defended.

pariraṭana pari-raṭana, am, n. (fr. rt. raṭ with pari) , crying, crying aloud.

parirāṭin pari-rāṭin, ī, inī, i, crying, crying aloud, screaming.

parirathya pari-rathya, am, n., Ved. or pari-rathyā, f. a particular part of a chariot.

parirandhita pari-randhita, as, ā, am, injured, destroyed.

parirabh pari-rabh, cl. 1. A. -rabhate, -rab-dhum, to embrace, clasp: Desid. A. -ripsate, to wish or desire to embrace.

parirabdha pari-rabdha, as, ā, am, embraced, clasped, encircled.

parirabhamāṇa pari-rabhamāṇa, as, ā, am, embracing.

parirabhyamāṇa pari-rabhyamāṇa, as, ā, am, being embraced.

parirambha pari-rambha, as, m. embracing, an embrace.

parirambhaṇa pari-rambhaṇa, am, n. embracing, clasping.

parirambhin pari-rambhin, ī, iṇī, i (at the end of a comp.), clasped, girded, girt.

pariripsamāna pari-ripsamāna, as, ā, am, wishing or trying to embrace.

pariram pari-ram, cl. 1. P. -ramati, -rantum, to be delighted.

parirāj pari-rāj, cl. 1. P. A. -rājati, -te, rājitum, to shine on all sides, be very resplendent.

parirāṭin pari-rāṭin. See pari-raṭana.

parirāp pari-rāp, p, p, p (fr. rt. rap with pari), Ved. crying or talking all round, a reviler (Sāy. = pari-vadat, nindaka); (p), m. epithet of a demon.

parirāpin pari-rāpin, ī, iṇī, i, Ved. whispering to, talking over, persuading.

parirodha pari-rodha, as, m. (fr. rt. rudh with pari), obstructing, keeping back, resistance.

parila parila, as, m., N. of a man; [cf. pārila.]

parilaghu pari-laghu, us, us, u, very light, easy to digest.

parilaṅgh pari-laṅgh, cl. 10. P. -laṅghayati, -yitum, to overleap, transgress, overstep.

parilaṅghana pari-laṅghana, am, n. jumping or leaping to and fro, jumping over.

parilih pari-lih, cl. 2. P. A. -leḍhi, -līḍhe, -leḍhum, to lick all round, lick over, lick: Intens. -lelihyate, -leleḍhi, to lick all round, lick repeatedly.

parilīḍha pari-līḍha, as, ā, am, licked all round, licked over.

parilehin pari-lehin, ī, m. a particular disease of the ear.

parilup pari-lup, cl. 6. P. A. -lumpati,  te, -loptum, to interrupt, break through, disturb; to suspend, diminish; to dispel.

parilupta pari-lupta, as, ā, am, interrupted, disturbed, diminished, injured, lost.
     pariluptasañjña parilupta-sañjña, as, ā, am, one whose consciousness is suspended, unconscious, senseless.

parilupyamāna pari-lupyamāna, as, ā, am, being interrupted.

parilopa pari-lopa, as, m. injury; neglect, omission.

parilubh pari-lubh, Caus. A. -lobhayate, -yitum, to entice, allure.

parilekha pari-lekha, as, m. (fr. rt. likh with pari), outline, delineation, sketch, figure, picture.
     parilekhādhikāra parilekhādhikāra (-kha-adh-), as, m. 'section on delineation', N. of the sixth chapter of the Sūryasiddhānta.

parilekhana pari-lekhana, am, n., Ved. drawing lines round about.

parivakrā pari-vakrā, f., Ved. a circular pit; (according to a Scholiast) N. of a town.

parivañc pari-vañc, Caus. P. -vañcayati, -yitum, to deceive.

parivañcita pari-vañcita, as, ā, am, deceived.

parivatsaka pari-vatsaka, ās, m. pl. (fr. vatsa with pari), N. of the descendants of Vatsa.

parivatsara pari-vatsara, as, m. a full year, a year; the second of a cycle of five years.

parivatsarīṇa pari-vatsarīṇa or pari-vatsarīya, as, ā, am, Ved. relating to a full year; lasting a whole year.

parivad pari-vad, cl. 1. P. A. -vadati, -te, -vaditum, to speak ill of, revile, calumniate, slander, accuse.

parivadat pari-vadat, an, antī, at, speaking ill of, reviling, slandering.

parivadana pari-vadana, am, n. reviling, accusing; crying out, clamouring, screaming.

parivāda pari-vāda, as, m. abuse, reproach, reproof, censure, detraction; charge, accusation; an instrument with which the Indian lute is played.

parivādaka pari-vādaka, as, m. a complainant, accuser, plaintiff, calumniator; one who plays on the lute.

parivādin pari-vādin, ī, inī, i, speaking ill of, reviling, abusing, slandering, blaming; an accuser; calling out, crying, screaming; censured, abused; (ī), m. an accuser, plaintiff, reprover; (inī), f. a Vīṇā or lute of seven strings.

parivarta pari-varta. See p. 548, col. 3.

parivardhita 1. pari-vardhita, as, ā, am (fr. rt. vardh, to cut, with pari; for 2. see under pari-vṛdh, p. 548, col. 3), cut excavated.

parivarman pari-varman, ā, ā, a, wearing a coat of mail, clad in mail, armed.

parivarha pari-varha, pari-varhaṇa. See pari-barha, pari-barhaṇa, p. 545, col. 1.

parivas pari-vas (see rt. 4. vas), cl. 10. P. -vāsayati, -yitum, Ved. to split, cut through.

parivāsana pari-vāsana, am, n., Ved. a shred, chip.

parivasatha pari-vasatha, as, m. (fr. rt. 6. vas with pari), a village.

parivāsa pari-vāsa, as, m. abode, residence, stay, sojourn; [cf. kāla-p-.]

parivāsita pari-vāsita, as, ā, am, respectfully attentive to superiors (?).

parivah pari-vah, cl. 1. P. A. -vahati, -te, -voḍhum, to carry round, carry about.

parivaha pari-vaha, as, m., N. of one of the seven winds; one of the seven tongues of fire.

parivāha pari-vāha, as, m. the overflowing of a tank, an inundation, overflow natural or artificial; a watercourse or drain to carry off excess of water; [cf. parī-vāha.]
     parivāhavat parivāha-vat, ān, m. 'having a channel', a tank, pool.

parivāhita pari-vāhita, as, ā, am, drained.

parivāhin pari-vāhin, ī, iṇī, i, overflowing, swimming with.

parivāpa pari-vāpa, as, m. (fr. rt. vap with pari), fried grains of rice; coagulated or thick sour milk (= dadhi, Ved.); furniture; a train, retinue; sowing; a reservoir, pool, pond, piece of water; shaving, shearing.

parivāpaṇa pari-vāpaṇa, am, n. shaving, shearing.

parivāpita pari-vāpita, as, ā, am, shaven, shorn.

parivāpya pari-vāpya or parī-vāpya, as, ā, am, Ved. having or requiring or deserving fried grains of rice or thickened milk.

parivāra pari-vāra, pari-vāraṇa. See under pari-vṛ, col. 2.

parivāsas pari-vāsas, as, n., Ved. (probably) an upper garment; aṅgirasām abhivāsaḥ-parivāsasī, N. of two Sāmans.

pariviṃśat pari-viṃśat, t, f. quite twenty, full twenty, twenty at least.

parivikrayin pari-vikrayin, ī, iṇī, i (fr. rt. 1. krī with pari-vi), selling or trading in (with gen.).

parivikṣata pari-vikṣata, as, ā, am (fr. rt. kṣan with pari-vi), sorely wounded, much hurt.

parivikṣobha pari-vikṣobha, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. kṣubh with pari-vi), shaking violently, destroying.

parivicar pari-vi-car, cl. 1. P. -carati, -caritum, Ved. to stream forth in all directions.

parivid pari-vid, cl. 2. P. -vetti, -veda, -veditum, Ved. to know thoroughly, understand fully; cl. 6. P. A. -vindati, -te, -veditum, -vettum, to marry before an elder brother.

pariviṇṇa pari-viṇṇa or pari-vitta or pari-vitti, is, m. an unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married.
     parivittitā parivitti-tā, f. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder.

parivindaka pari-vindaka, as, m. a younger brother married before the elder.

parivindat pari-vindat, an, m. an unmarried elder brother.

parivividāna pari-vividāna, as, m., Ved. a married man whose elder brother is still unmarried.

parivettṛ pari-vettṛ, tā, m. or pari-vedaka, as, m. a younger brother married before the elder.

pariveda pari-veda, as, m. complete or accurate knowledge.

parivedana 1. pari-vedana, am, n. (for 2. see p. 549, col. 1), complete or accurate knowledge; discussion; anguish, pain, misery; the marrying of a younger brother before the elder; marriage; laying the fire on the sacrificial fire-place; gain, acquisition; (ā), f. shrewdness, wit; foresight, prudence.

parivedanīyā pari-vedanīyā or pari-vedinī, f. the wife of a younger brother who has married before the elder.

parivedin pari-vedin, ī, inī, i, knowing, shrewd.

parividdha pari-viddha, as, m. (perhaps fr. pari-vyadh), an epithet of Kuvera; [cf. para-viddha.]

pariviś pari-viś (often confounded with pari-viṣ below), Caus. -veśayati, -yitum, to provide; to offer, present, (probably for pari-viṣ, q. v.)

pariveśas pari-veśas, ās, m., Ved. a neighbour.

pariviśvas pari-vi-śvas, cl. 2. P. -śvasiti, -śvasitum, to confide completely, feel secure, be fearless: Caus. -śvāsayati, -yitum, to comfort, console.

pariśvasta pari-śvasta, as, ā, am, feeling secure, confident.

pariviṣ pari-viṣ, Caus. P. -veṣayati, -yitum, to surround; to present, offer, offer food; to wait on; (sometimes erroneously written pari-viś, q. v.)

pariviṣṭa pari-viṣṭa, as, ā, am, surrounded, enclosed; offered, presented.

pariviṣṭi pari-viṣṭi, is, f., Ved. service, attendance.

pariveṣa pari-veṣa, as, m. (sometimes wrongly spelt pari-veśa), preparation (of food); attendance, waiting at meals, distributing food, serving up meals; a circle, circlet, wreath, crown; the circumference of a circle; the disk of the sun or moon; a halo round the sun or moon; anything surrounding or protecting (e. g. kṛtāṅgarakṣā-p-, surrounded by a bodyguard); putting on, clothing, dressing.
     pariveṣavat pariveṣa-vat, ān, atī, at, having a halo, surrounded by a halo.

pariveṣaka pari-veṣaka, as, m. (sometimes wrongly pari-veśaka), an attendant, waiter, one who serves up meals.

pariveṣaṇa pari-veṣaṇa, am, n. attendance, waiting, serving up meals, distributing food; surrounding, enclosing; circumference; a halo round the sun or moon.

pariveṣin pari-veṣin, ī, iṇī, i, surrounded by a halo.

pariveṣṭavya pari-veṣṭavya or pari-veṣya, as, ā, am, to be served up; to be offered or presented.

pariveṣṭṛ pari-veṣṭṛ, ṭā, ṭrī, ṭṛ, a waiter; one who serves up meals.

pariviṣṇu pari-viṣṇu, ind. = sarvato viṣ-ṇuḥ.

parivihāra pari-vihāra, as, m. walking or roaming about, walking for pleasure.

parivihvala pari-vihvala, as, ā, am, extremely agitated, bewildered, beside one's self.
     parivihvalatā pa-rivihvala-tā, f. bewilderment.

parivī pari-vī, pari-vīta. See under pari-vye, p. 549, col. 1.

parivṛ pari-vṛ, cl. 5. 9. 1. P. A. -vṛṇoti, -ṇute, -vṛṇāti, -ṇīte, -varati, -te, -varitum, -va-rītum, to surround, conceal: Caus. -vārayati, -yi-tum, to surround, cover, clothe.

parivāra pari-vāra, as, m. (also spelt parī-vāra), a cover, covering; surroundings, train, suite, retinue, attendants, dependants, subjects, followers; a sheath, scabbard.
     parivāratā parivāra-tā, f. subjection, dependance.
     parivāravat pa-rivāra-vat, ān, atī, at, having a great retinue.
     parivāraśobhin parivāra-śobhin, ī, inī, i, rendered illustrious by a retinue.

parivāraṇa pari-vāraṇa, am, n. a cover, covering, envelope; a train, retinue; keeping or warding off.

parivārita pari-vārita, as, ā, am, encompassed, surrounded, encircled, enclosed, begirt.

parivārya pari-vārya, ind. having surrounded or encompassed.

parivṛta pari-vṛta, as, ā, am, encompassed, surrounded, encircled, attended, invested; concealed; overspread, pervaded; entirely gained or received; known; (am), n., Ved. a covered place or shed enclosed with walls used as a place of sacrifice.

parivṛti pari-vṛti, is, f. surrounding, standing round.

parivṛṃh pari-vṛṃh or pari-vṛh, also written pari-bṛṃh or pari-bṛh, q. v., p. 545, col. 1.

parivṛṃhaṇa pari-vṛṃhaṇa. See pari-bṛṃhaṇa, p. 545.

parivṛṃhita pari-vṛṃhita or pari-vṛhita. See pari-bṛṃ-hita, p. 545, col. 1.

parivṛḍha pari-vṛḍha, as, m. a master, owner, &c. See pari-bṛḍha, p. 545, col. 2.

parivraḍhiman pari-vraḍhiman, ā, m. mastery, superiority.

parivṛj 1. pari-vṛj, cl. 7. 1. P. -vṛṇakti, -varjati, -varjitum, to leave, forsake, abandon, shun, avoid, quit, cease, leave off: Caus. -varjayati, -yitum, to avoid, shun.

parivarga pari-varga, as, m., Ved. shunning, avoiding, removing, discomfiting; a-parivargam, ind. without omission, without intermission, completely.

parivargya pari-vargya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be avoided.

parivarjaka pari-varjaka, as, ā, am, shunning, avoiding; giving up, resigning, abstaining from.

parivarjana pari-varjana, am, n. avoiding, shunning, giving up, resigning, quitting; abstaining from; killing, slaughter.

parivarjanīya pari-varjanīya, as, ā, am, avoidable, to be avoided.

parivarjita pari-varjita, as, ā, am, abandoned, shunned; deprived or devoid of.

parivṛkta pari-vṛkta, as, ā, am, Ved. avoided, disliked, despised; (ā and ī), f. 'the disliked or despised one', epithet of a wife lightly esteemed in comparison with the favourite wife (mahiṣī, vāvātā).

parivṛj 2. pari-vṛj, k, f., Ved. avoiding, removing, (Sāy. = paritaḥ sva-sthāna-tyāga); purification, expiation.

parivṛt pari-vṛt, cl. 1. A. (also P. in Fut., Cond., and Aor.), to turn round, roll or wheel round, revolve; to be whirled; to hasten to and fro, roam or wander about; to change (e. g. kṣa-ṇena tat parivartate 'nyathā, that changes or turns out to be different in a moment); to interchange; to become, to be: Caus. -vartayati, -yitum, to exchange.

parivarta pari-varta, as, m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.); a period or lapse or expiration of time, especially of a Yuga (e. g. lokānām parivarte, at the end of the world); a year; going or turning back, flight, retreat, desertion; transmigration, repeated birth; change, exchange, barter (e. g. anna-parivarta, change of diet; samudra-parivarta, exchange of sealed goods); requital, return; a chapter, section, book, canto; an abode, spot, place; N. of one of the eight sons of Duḥ-saha (son of Mṛtyu); N. of a king of the tortoises or the tortoise incarnation.

parivartaka pari-vartaka, as, ā, am, turning round, turning back; causing to turn round or flow back; causing to revolve; bringing to a close; requiting, exchanging; leaving off a thing begun for some other object; (as), m., N. of a son of Duḥ-saha.

parivartana pari-vartana, as, ī, am, causing to turn round; (ī), f. epithet of a particular magical art; (am), n. cutting, clipping (the hair, Ved.); (according to a Scholiast) = preraṇa (Ved.); turning round, going round, turning back, returning; moving to and fro; whirling round, revolving; revolution, end of a period of time; inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction; change, exchange, barter; requital, return.

parivartanīya pari-vartanīya, as, ā, am, to be exchanged, capable of being exchanged.

parivartikā pari-vartikā, f. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis.

parivartita pari-vartita, as, ā, am, turned round, revolved; returned, retreated; taken or put on in a wrong direction; exchanged.

parivartin pari-vartin, ī, inī, i, moving round, going round, revolving; circling, going in a circle, being constantly renewed, ever recurring; changing, passing into; being or remaining or staying in a place or near a person (e. g. sugrīva-parivartin, being about, i. e. in attendance on Su-grīva); flying, retreating; exchanging, requiting, recompensing; (inī), f., scil. viṣṭuti, a hymn arranged according to the recurring form abc, abc, abc.

parivartman pari-vartman, ā, ā, a, Ved. going or extending round.

parivṛtta pari-vṛtta, as, ā, am, revolved, gone round; turned back, retreated, retired, returned; exchanged, bartered; finished, ended; (am), n. an embrace.
     parivṛttārdhamukha parivṛttārdha-mukha (-ta-ar-), as, ī, am, having the face half turned round.

parivṛtti pari-vṛtti, is, f. revolution, return; exchange, barter; end, termination; surrounding, encompassing; staying in a place, dwelling; contraction of the prepuce, phimosis; (tyā), ind. alternately; (sometimes pari-vṛtti is a wrong reading for pari-vitti, q. v.)

parivṛtya pari-vṛtya, ind. having turned round, having revolved; having retreated or retired.

parivṛdh pari-vṛdh [cf. pari-vṛṃh], cl. 1. A. (also P. in Fut., Cond., and Aor.) -vardhate, -vardhitum, to grow, grow up, increase: Caus. -vardhayati, -yitum, to increase, augment; to bring up, rear.

parivardhana pari-vardhana, am, n. increasing, augmenting, enlarging, multiplying; growing; rearing, breeding (as of cattle).

parivardhita 2. pari-vardhita, as, ā, am, increased, augmented.

parivṛddha pari-vṛddha, as, ā, am, grown, increased.
     parivṛddhatā parivṛddha-tā, f. increase, extension.

parivṛddhi pari-vṛddhi, is, f. growth, increase.

parivṛsti pari-vṛsti, is, m. a wrong reading for pari-vitti, q. v.

parivedana 2. pari-vedana, am, n. (probably a various reading for pari-devana), complaining, lamentation. (For 1. see p. 548, col. 1.)

parivedita pari-vedita, as, ā, am (probably for pari-devita), lamented; (am), n. lamentation.

pariveṣa pari-veṣa. See p. 548, col. 2.

pariveṣṭ pari-veṣṭ, cl. 1. A. -veṣṭate, -veṣṭitum, to surround, encompass, encircle; to wrap up, cover, clothe: Caus. -veṣṭayati, -yitum, to surround; to wrap up, clothe; to embrace.

pariveṣṭana pari-veṣṭana, am, n. surrounding, encompassing; circumference; a cover, covering; a ligature, bandage.

pariveṣṭita pari-veṣṭita, as, ā, am, surrounded, encompassed, enclosed; beset, beleaguered; bound round, covered, veiled, swathed.

pariveṣṭitṛ pari-veṣṭitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, Ved. one who surrounds or encompasses.

parivyakta pari-vyakta, as, ā, am, very clear or distinct; (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly.

parivyadh pari-vyadh, cl. 4. P. -vidhyati, -vyaddhum, to hit, strike, smite, wound.

parivyādha pari-vyādha, as, m. a species of reed, Calamus Fasciculatus; a species of tree, Pterospermum Acerifolium; N. of an ancient sage.

parivyaya pari-vyaya, as, m. (fr. rt. 5. i with pari-vi), expense, cost; condiment, spices.

parivye pari-vye, cl. 1. P. A. -vyayati, -te, -vyātum, to surround, invest, wrap round, veil, cover, put on, wrap one's self up.

parivī pari-vī, īs, īs, i, Ved. wound round.

parivīta pari-vīta, as, ā, am, surrounded, encompassed, invested; overspread, pervaded; (am), n. the bow of Brahmā.

parivīya pari-vīya, ind. wrapping round.

parivyayaṇa pari-vyayaṇa, am, n., Ved. winding round, covering.

parivyayaṇīya pari-vyayaṇīya, as, ā, am, Ved. relating to wrapping round or binding on (as a verse).

parivraj pari-vraj, cl. 1. P. -vrajati, -vra-jitum, to go or wander about, wander about as a mendicant, lead the life of a religious mendicant.

parivrajya pari-vrajya, as, ā, am, to be roamed about or walked for pleasure; (ā), f. strolling, wandering about from place to place; religious wandering, leading the life of a religious mendicant; ascetic devotion, religious austerity, abandonment of the world.

parivrāj pari-vrāj, ṭ, or pari-vrāja, as, m. a vagrant, wandering man, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order, a mendicant devotee.

parivrājaka pari-vrājaka, as, ikā, m. f. a wandering religious mendicant.

parivrāji pari-vrāji, is, f. a species of plant, Sphaeranthus Mollis; [cf. tapo-dhanā, bhikṣu.]

parivrājya pari-vrājya, am, n. religious mendicancy.

parivraḍhiman pari-vraḍhiman. See under pari-vṛṃh, p. 548, col. 2.

pariśaṅk pari-śaṅk, cl. 1. A. -śaṅkate, -śaṅ-kitum, to suspect of (with inst.); to distrust.

pariśaṅkanīya pari-śaṅkanīya, as, ā, am, to be doubted or distrusted; to be feared or apprehended; pariśaṅka-nīyam, (used impersonally) distrust must be felt.

pariśaṅkin pari-śaṅkin, ī, inī, i, fearing, apprehending, having apprehensions.

pariśap pari-śap, cl. 1. 4. P. A. -śapati, -te, -śapyati, -te, -śaptum, to curse, execrate.

pariśāpa pari-śāpa, as, m. cursing, reviling, anathema.

pariśam pari-śam, Caus. P. -śamayati, -yi-tum, to allay, quench; to destroy.

pariśamita pari-śamita, as, ā, am, allayed, quenched; destroyed.

pariśāśvata pari-śāśvata, as, ī, am, remaining or continuing for ever, perpetually the same.

pariśiṣ pari-śiṣ, Caus. P. -śeṣayati, -yi-tum, to leave over, leave (as a remainder); to leave (a place), quit; with na, to destroy (e. g. megha-nādasya dhanur na pary-aśeṣayat, he did not suffer to remain, i. e. he destroyed the bow of Megha-nāda).

pariśiṣṭa pari-śiṣṭa, as, ā, am, left, remaining; finished; (am), n. a supplement, appendix.
     pariśiṣṭaprakāśa pariśiṣṭa-pra-kāśa, as, m., N. of a work by Śrī-nātha-śarman.

pariśeṣa pari-śeṣa, as, ā, am, left over, remaining (Ved.); (as, am), m. n. remnant, remains, remainder, residue, rest; sequel, supplement; conclusion, completion, termination; (eṇa), ind. with the residue or conclusion; to the very end, completely, in full.
     pariśeṣaśāstra pariśeṣa-śāstra, am, n. a supplementary work, an appendix.

pariśeṣaṇa pari-śeṣaṇa, am, n. remainder, residue.

pariśīlana pari-śīlana, am, n. (fr. rt. śīl with pari), frequent touch or contact, intercourse, correspondence, constant occupation, fond pursuit of or attachment to (a subject), study.

pariśuc pari-śuc, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) -śocati (-te), -śocitum, to be deeply grieved, mourn, lament, bewail.

pariśudh pari-śudh, Caus. P. -śodhayati, -yitum, to clear, clean, purify completely; to solve, explain, clear up.

pariśuddha pari-śuddha, as, ā, am, completely cleansed, cleaned, purified; acquitted, discharged; cleared off, paid.
     pariśuddhabhāva pariśuddha-bhāva, as, m. cleansed; discharged, paid.

pariśuddhi pari-śuddhi, is, f. complete purification, becoming perfectly clean; justification, acquittal, proving innocent.

pariśodha pari-śodha, as, m. cleansing, purifying, correcting; discharging a debt or obligation, quittance.

pariśodhana pari-śodhana, am, n. purification; justification; paying, discharging a debt.

pariśuśrūṣā pari-śuśrūṣā. See under pa-ri-śru, col. 3.

pariśuṣ pari-śuṣ, cl. 4. P. (ep. also A.) -śuṣyati (-te), -śoṣṭum, to be thoroughly dried up, become quite dry; to shrivel, wither; to pine, waste away; to be afflicted: Caus. -śoṣayati, -yitum, to emaciate.

pariśuṣka pari-śuṣka, as, ā, am, perfectly dried up, thoroughly dried, completely dry or parched; withered, shriveled, shrunk (as a vein); hollow (as the cheeks); pariśuṣkam māṃsam, meat fried in ghee, washed and spiced.
     pariśuṣkatālu pariśuṣka-tālu, us, us, u, having the palate dried up.
     pariśuṣkapalāśa pariśuṣka-palāśa, as, ā, am, having withered foliage.

pariśuṣyat pari-śuṣyat, an, antī, at, drying up, evaporating.

pariśoṣa pari-śoṣa, as, m. becoming completely dried up, dryness, desiccation, evaporation.

pariśoṣaṇa pari-śoṣaṇa, as, ā, am, drying up, parching; (am), n. drying, parching, emaciating.

pariśoṣin pari-śoṣin, ī, iṇī, i, drying up, shriveling up, becoming quite emaciated.

pariśūnya pari-śūnya, as, ā, am, quite empty, quite free from, totally devoid of.

pariśṛta 1. pari-śṛta, as or am, m. or n. (?), ardent spirits; [cf. pari-srut, pari-srutā.]

pariśṝ pari-śṝ, Pass. -śīryate, to be cleft or rent asunder, to be split.

pariśrama pari-śrama, as, m. (fr. rt. śram with pari), fatigue, distress; fatiguing occupation, labour, exertion, trouble, pain.
     pariśramāpaha pariśramāpaha (-ma-ap-), as, ā, am, relieving weariness.

pariśrānta pari-śrānta, as, ā, am, thoroughly fatigued, worn out, exhausted, wearied; one who has performed acts of religious austerity.

pariśrānti pari-śrānti, is, f. fatigue, exhaustion; labour, trouble.

pariśrāma pari-śrāma, as, m. fatigue, a fatiguing occupation, exertion, toiling after.

pariśraya pari-śraya, as, m. (fr. rt. śri with pari), an enclosure, fence (Ved.); a refuge, asylum; an assembly, meeting.

pariśrayaṇa pari-śrayaṇa, am, n. encompassing, surrounding with a fence.

pariśrit pari-śrit, t, f., Ved. 'enclosure', epithet of certain small stones laid round the hearth and other parts of the altar.

pariśrita 2. pari-śrita, am, n., Ved. = pari-vṛtam, q. v.

pariśru pari-śru, cl. 5. P. -śṛṇoti, -śrotum, to hear.

pariśuśrūṣā pari-śuśrūṣā, f. complete or implicit obedience.

pariśruta pari-śruta, as, ā, am, heard; (as), m., N. of one of the attendants of Skanda.

pariśliṣṭa pari-śliṣṭa, as, ā, am (fr. rt. śliṣ with pari), embraced, clasped.

pariśleṣa pari-śleṣa, as, m. embracing, an embrace.

pariṣaṇḍa pari-ṣaṇḍa, a particular part of a house.
     pariṣaṇḍavārika pariṣaṇḍa-vārika, a servant.

pariṣad 1. pari-ṣad (pari-sad), cl. 1. 6. P. -ṣīdati, -ṣattum, Ved. to sit round.

pariṣad 2. pari-ṣad, t, t, t, Ved. surrounding, besetting; (t), f. an assembly, meeting, audience, congregation, council.
     pariṣattva pariṣat-tva, am, n. the state of constituting a legal assembly; a legal assemblage of councillors.
     pariṣadvala pariṣad-vala, as, ā, am, surrounded by a council; convoking assemblies; (as), m. a member of an assembly, assessor, associate, spectator.

pariṣada pari-ṣada, as, m. (a various reading for pāri-ṣada), one of an assembly or congregation, a councillor, assessor, a spectator at a play.

pariṣadya pari-ṣadya, as, ā, am, to be sought after laboriously (Ved.); to be worshipped (Ved.); to be avoided (Ved.); (according to Mahī-dhara) belonging to an assembly; (according to Sāy. on Ṛg-veda VII. 4, 7, = pary-āpta), sufficient, adequate, competent; (as), m. a member of an assembly, assessor, hearer, spectator, guest.

pariṣadvan pari-ṣadvan, ā, arī, a, Ved. surrounding, encompassing, besetting.

pariṣah pari-ṣah (pari-sah), cl. 1. A. -ṣahate, -ṣahitum, -ṣoḍhum, to sustain, bear up against.

pariṣic pari-ṣic (pari-sic), cl. 1. P. A. -ṣiñcati, -te, -ṣektum, to sprinkle round, scatter about, diffuse: Caus. -ṣecayati (ep. -ṣiñcayati), -yitum, to sprinkle round.

pariṣeka pari-ṣeka, as, m. sprinkling over, moistening; a bath, bathing apparatus.

pariṣecaka pari-ṣecaka, as, ā, am, pouring over, sprinkling.

pariṣecana pari-ṣecana, am, n. pouring over, sprinkling; water for watering tress.

pariṣīvaṇa pari-ṣīvaṇa, am, n. (fr. rt. siv with pari), Ved. sewing round, winding round.

pariṣū pari-ṣū (pari-sū, see rt. 2. ), cl. 6. P. -ṣuvati, -ṣavitum, Ved. to besiege, beleaguer.

pariṣūta pari-ṣūta, as, ā, am, Ved. besieged, beleaguered.

pariṣūti pari-ṣūti, is, f., Ved. oppression; (Sāy.) violence (= paritaḥ preraka upadravaḥ).

pariṣoḍaśa pari-ṣoḍaśa, as, ī, am, full sixteen, quite sixteen.

pariṣkand pari-ṣkand or pari-skand, cl. 1. P. -ṣkandati, -ṣkantum, to leap about, spring round or about.

pariṣkaṇṇa pari-ṣkaṇṇa or pari-ṣkanna, as, m. a foster or adopted child, one nourished by a stranger; the Koil or Indian cuckoo (?).

pariṣkanda pari-ṣkanda or pari-skanda, as, m. a foster child, one nourished by a stranger; a servant; (au), m. du. two servants running by the two sides of a carriage; (am), n. going round or about (?).

pariṣkandat pari-ṣkandat or pari-skandat, an, antī, at, leaping about, jumping round, going round or about; surrounding, circumambulating; wandering.

pariṣkṛ pari-ṣ-kṛ (pari-kṛ with s inserted, cf. pari-kṛ, p. 538, col. 2), cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, Ved. to prepare, fit out, equip; to adorn, decorate; to polish, perfect; to cleanse.

pariṣkara pari-ṣ-kara, as, m. ornament, decoration.

pariṣkāra pari-ṣ-kāra, as, m. surrounding (?); adorning, ornament, decoration, embellishment; finishing, polishing; cooking, dressing; cleansing, purification by essential rites, initiation; domestic utensils, furniture.
     pariṣkāracīvara pariṣkāra-cīvara, a kind of garment.

pariṣkṛta pari-ṣ-kṛta, as, ā, am, surrounded, encompassed (?); prepared, equipped; adorned, decorated, embellished; highly finished, polished; cooked, dressed; cleansed, purified by initiatory rites.
     pariṣkṛtabhūmi pa-riṣkṛta-bhūmi, is, f. an altar or ground prepared for a sacrifice or for the victim and sacrificial utensils.

pariṣkṛti pari-ṣ-kṛti, is, f. finishing, polishing; cleansing.

pariṣkriyā pari-ṣ-kriyā, f. adorning, decorating; (agni-p- is a various reading for agni-parikriyā, q. v.)

pariṣṭi pari-ṣṭi, is, f. (according to some fr. rt. 1. as with pari, but more probably fr. pari-ṣṭhā below; cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti), Ved. obstruction, impediment; distress, dilemma; (Sāy.) searching all round, (as if fr. rt. 3. iṣ with pari.)

pariṣṭu pari-ṣṭu (pari-stu), cl. 2. P. -stauti, -stotum, to praise, (Pāṇ. VIII. 3, 70.)

pariṣṭavanīya pari-ṣṭavanīya, as, ā, am, Ved. intended for the Pari-ṣṭavana.

pariṣṭuti pari-ṣṭuti, is, f. (fr. pari-stu), Ved. praise.

pariṣṭoma pari-ṣṭoma, as, m. an elephant's coloured housings; a coverlet; a cushion; [cf. pari-stoma.]

pariṣṭubh pari-ṣṭubh, p, p, p (fr. rt. stubh with pari), Ved. uttering joyful cries or exulting on every side; (Sāy.) = stutibhir yukta, endowed or glorified with praises; (p), f. exultation, acclamation.

pariṣṭobha pari-ṣṭobha, as, m., Ved. embellishing a Sāman with the so-called Stobhas.

pariṣṭhala pari-ṣṭhala, am, n. surrounding place or site.

pariṣṭhā pari-ṣṭhā, ās, ās, am, Ved. obstructing, hindering, an obstructor; (ās), f. obstruction, impediment.

pariṣyanda pari-ṣyanda or pari-syanda, as, m. (fr. rt. syand with pari), a stream, river; wetness, moisture; a sand-bank, island (Ved.).

pariṣyandin pari-ṣyandin or pari-syandin, ī, inī, i, flowing, streaming.

pariṣvañj pari-ṣvañj (pari-svañj), cl. 1. A. -ṣvajate (rarely P. -ṣvajati), -ṣvaṅktum, to embrace.

pariṣvakta pari-ṣvakta, as, ā, am, embraced.

pariṣvaṅga pari-ṣvaṅga, as, m. embracing, an embrace; contact, touch.

pariṣvajana pari-ṣvajana, am, n. embracing, an embrace.

pariṣvajāna pari-ṣvajāna, as, ā, am, embracing, (Rāmāyaṇa II. 83, 10.)

pariṣvajya 1. pari-ṣvajya, as, ā, am, to be embraced.

pariṣvajya 2. pari-ṣvajya, ind. having embraced.

pariṣvañjana pari-ṣvañjana, am, n. embracing, an embrace.

pariṣvañjalya pari-ṣvañjalya, as or am, m. or n. (?), Ved. a particular domestic utensil.

pariṣvañjīyas pari-ṣvañjīyas, ān, asī, as, Ved. clasping more firmly.

pariṣvaṣkita pari-ṣvaṣkita, am, n. (fr. rt. ṣvaṣk with pari, probably) the act of leaping about.

parisaṃlih pari-saṃ-lih, cl. 2. P. A. -leḍhi, -līḍhe, -leḍhum, to lick all round, lick over, lick.

parisaṃvatsara pari-saṃvatsara, as, m. a whole or full year; (āt), ind. after the expiration of a whole year; (as, ā, am), a whole year old; one who has waited a whole year; (in medicine) chronic.

parisaṃstu pari-saṃ-stu, cl. 2. P. A. -stauti, -stavīti, -stute, -stuvīte, -stotum, to praise.

parisaṃstūyamāna pari-saṃstūyamāna, as, ā, am, being praised.

parisaṃsthita pari-saṃ-sthita, as, ā, am (fr. rt. sthā with pari-sam), standing together on every side.

parisaṃspṛś pari-saṃ-spṛś, cl. 6. P. -spṛ-śati, -spraṣṭum, -sparṣṭum, to touch, stroke.

parisaṃhā pari-saṃ-hā, cl. 3. A. -jihīte, -hā-tum, Ved. to lay aside, abandon (Sāy. = pari-tyaj).

parisaṃhṛṣṭa pari-saṃ-hṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, very glad, greatly rejoiced.

parisakhya pari-sakhya, as, ā, am, Ved. being on friendly terms.

parisaṅkrīḍ pari-saṅ-krīḍ, cl. 1. P. -krīḍati, -krīḍitum, to play about, jest, amuse one's self.

parisaṅkrīḍat pari-saṅkrīḍat, an, antī, at, playing about, indulging in amusements.

parisaṅkṣip pari-saṅ-kṣip, cl. 6. P. A. -kṣipati, -te, -kṣeptum, to encompass, encircle.

parisaṅkhyā 1. pari-saṅ-khyā, cl. 2. P. -khyā-ti, -khyātum, to count over, count up, reckon up, calculate, add together; to enumerate.

parisaṅkhyā 2. pari-saṅkhyā, f. enumerating one by one, computation; sum; total, a number; an exhaustive enumeration, exclusive specification, limitation to that which is enumerated or expressly mentioned; recapitulation.

parisaṅkhyāta pari-saṅkhyāta, as, ā, am, counted, reckoned up; enumerated, specified exclusively.

parisaṅkhyāna pari-saṅkhyāna, am, n. enumeration; total; a number; exclusive specification; a correct judgment, proper estimate.

parisaṅghuṣ pari-saṅ-ghuṣ, cl. 1. P. -gho-ṣati, -ghoṣitum, to make to resound on all sides, to fill with cries.

parisaṅghuṣṭa pari-saṅghuṣṭa, as, ā, am, resonant on all sides.

parisañcakṣ pari-sañ-cakṣ, cl. 2. A. -caṣṭe, -caṣṭum, to enumerate; to avoid.

parisañcakṣya pari-sañcakṣya, as, ā, am, to be avoided, avoidable.

parisañcara pari-sañcara, as, m. 'a very difficult pass or defile', a critical period.

parisañci pari-sañ-ci, cl. 5. P. A. -cinoti, -cinute, -cetum, to collect, accumulate.

parisañcita pari-sañcita, as, ā, am, collected, accumulated.

parisantap pari-san-tap, cl. 1. P. -tapati, -taptum, to be tormented or afflicted; to scorch, singe.

parisantapta pari-santapta, as, ā, am, scorched, singed.

parisantapya pari-santapya, ind. having been tormented; having scorched.

parisantāna pari-santāna, as, m. (fr. rt. 3. tan with pari-sam), Ved. a string, cord.

parisabhya pari-sabhya, as, m. (fr. sabhā with pari), a member of an assembly, an assessor.

parisamanta pari-samanta, as or am, m. or n. (?), circumference, circuit.

parisamāp pari-sam-āp, Pass. -āpyate, to be fully completed, arrive at completion.

parisamāpana pari-samāpana, am, n. the act of finishing completely.

parisamāpta pari-samāpta, as, ā, am, fully completed, entirely done or finished.

parisamāpti pari-samāpti, is, f. entire completion, end, conclusion.

parisamutsuka pari-samutsuka, as, ā, am, very anxious, greatly agitated or excited.

parisamūh pari-sam-ūh, cl. 1. P. A. -ūhati, -te, -ūhitum, Ved. to heap or sweep together.

parisamūhana pari-samūhana, am, n. heaping up or sweeping together.

parisambhū pari-sam-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bhavitum, Ved. to arise, spring, be produced.

parisara pari-sara. See pari-sṛ below.

parisarpa pari-sarpa. See pari-sṛp below.

parisahasra pari-sahasra, as, ā, am, Ved. a full thousand, at least a thousand.

parisādh pari-sādh, Caus. P. -sādhayati, -yitum, to finish, complete, settle (a cause).

parisādhana pari-sādhana, am, n. accomplishing, effecting, finishing, bringing to a conclusion; arranging, settling; determining, ascertaining.

parisāntvana pari-sāntvana, am, n. the act of consoling; conciliation.

parisāman pari-sāman, a, n., Ved. a Sāman which is occasionally inserted.

parisidh pari-sidh, cl. 1. P. -sedhati, -se-dhitum, to go round, go about.

parisiddhikā pari-siddhikā, f. a kind of rice-gruel.

parisedhat pari-sedhat, an, antī, at, going round, going about.

parisīman pari-sīman, ā, m. a boundary, border, extreme term or limit.

parisīrya pari-sīrya, am, n. (fr. pari + sīra), Ved. a leather thong on a plough.

parisṛ pari-sṛ, cl. 1. P. -sarati, -sartum, to go or flow round.

parisara pari-sara, as, m. standing-place, position, site; verge, border, proximity, neighbourhood, environs, ground on the border of a river or mountain or contiguous to a town, &c.; width, breadth; death, dying; rule, precept, prescribed mode; a god.

parisaraṇa pari-saraṇa, am, n. running or moving about.
     parisaraṇaśīla parisaraṇa-śīla, as, ā, am, of a restless disposition, constantly, moving about.

parisaryā pari-saryā, f. running about, wandering or going about, perambulation, circumambulation; near approach; service.

parisāra pari-sāra, as, m. going round or about, wandering about, perambulation.

parisāraka pari-sāraka, am, n., N. of a place near the Sarasvatī.

parisārin pari-sārin, ī, iṇī, i, wandering or running about.

parisṛp pari-sṛp, cl. 1. P. -sarpati, -sarp-tum, -sraptum, to go round, go to and fro.

parisarpa pari-sarpa, as, m. going or walking about, perambulation; going about in search of anything, following, pursuing, going after; surrounding, encircling; a species of serpent; a species of worm causing leprosy; N. of a mild form of leprosy.

parisarpaṇa pari-sarpaṇa, am, n. creeping about, walking about, running to and fro, constantly changing one's place; a kind of disease (= vi-sarpa).

parisarpin pari-sarpin, ī, iṇī, i, going or moving or roaming about.

pariskand pari-skand, pari-skanda, pari-skandat, pari-skanna. See pari-ṣkand.

paristṛ pari-stṛ, cl. 5. P. A. -stṛṇoti, -ṇute, or pari-stṝ, cl. 9. P. A. -stṛṇāti, -ṇīte, -startum, -staritum, -starītum, to spread, extend; to strew round; to arrange; to envelop, cover.

paristara pari-stara, as, m. strewing round or heaping together, strewing; a cover, covering (?).

paristaraṇa pari-staraṇa, am, n. strewing round, strewing, scattering about; a cover, covering (?).

paristīrya pari-stīrya, ind. having strewed around (sacred grass).

paristṛta pari-stṛta, as, ā, am, spread over, covered.

paristoma pari-stoma, as, m. = pari-ṣṭoma.

paristhā pari-sthā, cl. 1. P. A. -tiṣṭhati, -te, -sthātum, Ved. to stand round, encompass; to obstruct (Sāy. = pari-vṛtya sthā).

paristhāna pari-sthāna, am, n. or pari-sthiti, is, f. abode, dwelling, residence; fixedness, solidity; fortitude, firmness.

parispand pari-spand, cl. 1. P. A. -spandati, -te, -spanditum, to tremble, throb, quiver, vibrate, totter.

parispanda pari-spanda, as, m. beating, throbbing, vibration; motion, movement; pressure, crush; maintenance, provision; train, retinue (in this sense also spelt pari-syanda); decoration of the hair.

parispandat pari-spandat, an, antī, at, trembling, quivering, tottering.

parispandana pari-spandana, am, n. beating, throbbing, vibration, moving about, motion.

parispandamāna pari-spandamāna, as, ā, am, throbbing, beating; moving tremulously, gently agitated, shaking, trembling.

parispardhin pari-spardhin, ī, inī, i (fr. rt. spardh with pari), vying with, rivalling, emulating.

parispṛdh pari-spṛdh, t, f., Ved. a rival.

parispṛś pari-spṛś, cl. 6. P. -spṛśati, -sparṣṭum, -spraṣṭum, to touch.

parisphuṭa pari-sphuṭa, as, ā, am, very clear or manifest, quite evident or plain or distinct; fully developed.

parisphur pari-sphur, cl. 6. P. -sphurati, -sphuritum, to throb, quiver.

parisphuraṇa pari-sphuraṇa, am, n. quivering, glancing, shooting; budding.

parisphurat pari-sphurat, an, atī or antī, at, quivering; darting, glancing, gleaming, moving quickly or suddenly; budding, expanding; bursting forth.

parisphurita pari-sphurita, as, ā, am, quivering, glancing, gleaming; opened, expanded; shot, glanced.

parismāpana pari-smāpana, am, n. (fr. Caus. of rt. smi with pari), causing wonder, surprising, outwitting.

parisyanda pari-syanda, as, m. (also pari-ṣyanda, q. v.), flow, stream, river; oozing, dropping; train, retinue; decoration of the hair (= pari-spanda).

parisyandana pari-syandana, am, n. dropping, flowing, oozing.

parisrajin pari-srajin, ī, inī, i, Ved. wearing a garland.

parisrasā pari-srasā, f. (fr. rt. sraṃs with pari), Ved. rubbish, lumber.

parisru pari-sru, cl. 1. P. -sravati, -srotum, to flow round, flow, stream, trickle; to ask (?).

parisrava pari-srava, as, m. (erroneously written pari-śrava), flowing, streaming, stream; a river, torrent; birth (of a child); gliding down.

parisravat pari-sravat, an, antī, at, flowing down.

parisrāva pari-srāva, as, m. 'flowing', N. of a morbid state ascribed to the overflowing of the moistures of the body; efflux, effluxion.
     parisrāvakalpa parisrāva-kalpa, a kind of straining or filtering vessel.

parisrāvaṇa pari-srāvaṇa, am, n. a straining or filtering vessel.

parisrāvin pari-srāvin, ī, iṇī, i, flowing; (ī), m., scil. bhagan-dara, a form of fistula of the anus; (i), n., scil. udara, an incurable form of intumescence of the belly.

parisrut pari-srut, t, t, t, Ved. streaming or flowing round or over, foaming, fermenting; (t), f. a kind of intoxicating liquor prepared from herbs; dropping, flowing.
     parisrunmat parisrun-mat, ān, atī, at, Ved. possessing Pari-srut.

parisruta pari-sruta, as, ā, am, flowed, streamed round; trickled, oozed; (ā), f. a kind of intoxicating liquor.

parisvāra pari-svāra, as, m., Ved. a particular kind of singing.

parihata pari-hata, as, ā, am, (fr. rt. han with pari), loosed, loosened.

pariharaṇa pari-haraṇa. See pari-hṛ below.

parihava pari-hava, as, m., Ved. (fr. rt. hve with pari), crying or calling upon (?); invoking (?).

parihas pari-has, cl. 1. P. -hasati, -hasitum, to laugh at, ridicule, deride.

parihasita pari-hasita, as, ā, am, laughed at, ridiculed.

parihāsa pari-hāsa, as, m. jesting, joking, mirth, merriment, a jest, joke; laughter; laughing at, deriding, ridiculing.
     parihāsakathā parihāsa-kathā, f. an amusing story.
     parihāsapura parihāsa-pura, am, n., N. of a town.
     parihāsavedin pari-hāsa-vedin, ī, m. a jester, a wag, wit.
     parihāsaśīla parihāsa-śīla, as, ā, am, of a gay or joyous disposition.
     parihāsahari parihāsa-hari, is, m., N. of a temple of Viṣṇu; [cf. parīhāsa-keśava.]

parihāsya pari-hāsya, as, ā, am, laughable, ridiculous.

parihasta pari-hasta, as, m., Ved. a ring for the hand, an amulet put round the hand to secure the birth of a child.

parihā pari-hā, Pass. -hīyate, to wane, fail, waste away, decrease; to be wanting; to want or be deficient in or be destitute of (with abl.); to be deprived of or excluded from (with abl.); to be abandoned; to be avoided or omitted; (in Mahā-bh. Sabhā-p. 1460 the form pari-hāsyati occurs, said to mean 'will fail'): Caus. -hāpayati, -yitum, to abandon.

parihāṇa pari-hāṇa, am, n., Ved. suffering loss, losing; coming short of, being deficient, diminution, decrease.

parihāṇi pari-hāṇi, is, f. decrease, loss, deficiency.

parihīṇa pari-hīṇa, as, ā, am, waned, faded, wasted; deserted by; deprived of, destitute of; wanting, deficient in (with abl.).

parihīyamāna pari-hīyamāna, as, ā, am, wasting away, diminishing, becoming emaciated.

parihāṭaka pari-hāṭaka, am, n. a ring worn round the arm or leg, an armlet, anklet.

parihāra pari-hāra. See pari-hṛ below.

parihāsa pari-hāsa. See pari-has above.

parihi pari-hi, cl. 5. P. -hinoti, -hetum, Ved. to prepare.

parihita pari-hita. See pari-dhā, p. 543.

parihṛ pari-hṛ, cl. 1. P. A. -harati, -te, -hartum, to avoid, shun, pass by; to abandon, desert, leave; to refute; to conceal; to embrace.

pariharaṇa pari-haraṇa, am, n. moving, carrying or placing round or about (Ved.); avoiding; leaving, abandoning; seizing, taking; refuting, repelling; disappearing (?).

pariharaṇīya pari-haraṇīya, as, ā, am, to be shunned or avoided, avoidable; to be taken away; to be repelled or refuted or confuted.
     pariharaṇīyatā pariharaṇīya-tā, f. avoidableness; disappearance, unattainableness; refutation (?).

pariharat pari-harat, an, antī, at, shunning, avoiding, illuding; setting aside, taking away, humbling.

pariharamāṇa pari-haramāṇa, as, ā, am, leaving, quitting; taking, seizing; confuting; concealing.

parihartavya pari-hartavya, as, ā, am, to be shunned or avoided, to be abstained from; to be taken away; to be confuted; (in Vedic grammar) to be constructed with the pari-hāra, q. v.

parihāra pari-hāra, as, m. leading round; avoiding, shunning, leaving, deserting, abandoning, giving up, resigning; taking away, removing (e. g. virodha-parihāra, removing a contradiction); repelling (a charge), confutation; seizing, keeping back; omitting, concealing; reserve, concealment; omitting to mention, leaving out; an extraordinary grant, exemption from taxes, granting privileges, immunity; bounty, largess; a circuit of common land round a village or town; (in grammar) the repetition of a word before and after iti (= pari-graha, q. v.); contempt, disrespect; any objectionable thing or person; objection; remedying or atoning for any improper action.
     parihāravat parihāra-vat, ān, atī, at, avoidable.

parihāraka pari-hāraka, as, ikā, am, repelling, refuting; (as or am), m. or n. ? (a various reading has pari-haraka), an armlet; [cf. pari-hāṭaka.]

parihārin pari-hārin, ī, iṇī, i, avoiding, shunning.

parihārya pari-hārya, as, ā, am, to be shunned or avoided; to be left undone; to be escaped from; to be taken off or away; to be severed or separated; to be constructed with the pari-hāra; (as), m. a bracelet.

parihṛta pari-hṛta, as, ā, am, avoided, shunned; abandoned, quitted; set aside, removed, rejected; taken away, repelled, refuted; taken, seized.

parihṛti pari-hṛti, is, f. shunning, avoiding, refuting.

parihṛtya pari-hṛtya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be avoided, avoidable.

parihṛṣ pari-hṛṣ, Caus. P. -harṣayati, -yitum, to delight or gladden greatly, cause to rejoice.

pariharṣaṇa pari-harṣaṇa, as, ī, am, greatly delighting.

parihrut pari-hrut, t, t, t (fr. rt. hvṛ with pari), Ved. causing to fall, destroying, injuring, ruining.

parihvṛt pari-hvṛt, t, f., Ved. falling to the ground, falling down, ruined.

parihvṛti pari-hvṛti, is, f., Ved. damage, injury, ruin.

parī parī (pari-i, see rt. 5. i), cl. 2. P. pary-eti, -etum, to go about, move in a circle, go or flow round, walk round, circumambulate, roam about; to encompass, encircle, include, grasp, span; to run against; to reach, attain to; (with or without manasā) to perceive, ponder: Intens., Ved. parīyate, to revolve round, move round, move in a circle.

parīta parīta, as, ā, am, encircling, surrounding; past, elapsed, expired; departed; surrounded, encompassed; filled; taken possession of, seized.
     parītatā parīta-tā, f. the being surrounded or filled.

parītin parītin, ī, inī, i (at the end of a comp.), = parīta, filled with, seized by.

parītya parītya, ind. having passed round or circumambulated; having encompassed.

parīyamāṇa parīyamāṇa, as, ā, am, being penetrated or pervaded by.

paryaya pary-aya, as, m. revolution (of time), passing away, lapse, expiration (e. g. kāla-paryayāt, after the lapse of a certain time); waste or loss (of time); change, mutation, alteration [cf. vāsa-p-]; inversion, irregular or inverted order, confusion; contrariety, opposition; deviation from enjoined or customary observances, neglect of duty.

paryayaṇa pary-ayaṇa, am, n. going round, walking round, circumambulating, roving about; anything wound round (an arrow or other object); a horse's saddle or housings.

paryāya pary-āya, as, m. going or turning round, revolving, winding round; revolution, passing away (of time), course, lapse, expiration; regular recurrence, repetition; succession, turn; regular order, arrangement, methodical disposition, method; a regularly recurring series or formula, especially in the Ati-rātra ceremony (Ved.); a strophe or clause of a hymn (Ved.); a convertible term, synonym; a list of synonyms; N. of a particular figure in rhetoric; way, manner, mode, method of proceeding (e. g. anena paryāyeṇa, in this manner); property, quality, generic or specific character; opportunity, occasion; formation, creation, manufacture, preparation, artificial production; comprehensiveness, aggregation; paryāyeṇa, in succession, in turn, by turns, by rotation, successively, alternately, (opposed to yuga-pat.)
     paryāyakrama paryāya-krama, as, m. order of succession, regular rotation or turn.
     paryāyacyuta paryāya-cyuta, as, ā, am, one who has lost his turn, superseded, supplanted.
     paryāyaratnamālā paryāya-ratna-mālā, f. 'pearl-string of synonyms', N. of a lexicon.
     paryāyavacana par-yāya-vacana, am, n. a convertible term, synonym.
     paryāyavācaka paryāya-vācaka, as, ā, am, expressing a corresponding notion.
     paryāyavṛtti paryāya-vṛtti, is, f. alternate course or action.
     paryāyaśabda paryāya-śabda, as, m. a convertible term, synonym.
     paryāyaśayana paryāya-śayana, am, n. alternate sleeping and watching.
     paryāyaśas paryāya-śas, ind. by phrases or sentences, &c. (Ved.); periodically; in succession, by rotation, by turns, seriatim.
     paryāyānna par-yāyānna (-ya-an-), am, n. food intended for another, food that should have been given to some one else (as that of a Śūdra to a Brāhman).
     paryāyārṇava paryā-yārṇava (-ya-ar-), as, m. 'ocean of synonyms', N. of a lexicon.
     paryāyokta paryāyokta (-ya-uk-), am, n., N. of a particular figure in rhetoric.

paryāyika paryāyika, as, ā, am, Ved. composed in strophes.

paryāyin paryāyin, ī, iṇī, i, Ved. embracing, including; going round, encompassing (in a hostile manner); periodical.

parīkṣ parīkṣ (pari-īkṣ), cl. 1. A. -īkṣate, -īkṣitum, to look round, inspect carefully, examine, investigate, scrutinize; to observe, perceive: Caus. -īkṣayati, -yitum, to cause to examine or investigate.

parīkṣaka parīkṣaka, as, ā, am, trying, testing, examining; (as), m. a prover, examiner, experimenter, investigator, judge.

parīkṣaṇa parīkṣaṇa, am, n. trying, testing, experiment, examination, putting to the test, trying, proving.

parīkṣaṇīya parīkṣaṇīya, as, ā, am, to be tried or investigated, fit to be brought to the test, to be submitted to ordeal.

parīkṣā parīkṣā, f. investigation, examination, test, trial, experiment, discrimination; trial by ordeal of various kinds; N. of a commentary on Piṅgala's Chandaḥśāstra.

parīkṣita 1. parīkṣita, as, ā, am, carefully inspected, tried, examined, tested, proved.

parīkṣitavya parīkṣitavya, as, ā, am, to be tried or tested, to be examined or proved.

parīkṣin parīkṣin, ī, iṇī, i, proving, testing, one who tries or examines, an examiner.

parīkṣya parīkṣya, as, ā, am, to be tried or tested; to be examined or proved.

parīkṣit parī-kṣit, t, m. (connected with and frequently written pari-kṣit), N. of a son of Abhi-manyu and father of Janam-ejaya; of a son of Kuru; of a son of An-aśvan and father of Bhīmasena; of a king of A-yodhyā.

parīkṣita 2. parī-kṣita, as, m. = parī-kṣit.

parījyā parījyā (for pari-ijyā, fr. rt. yaj with pari), Ved. an accompanying or secondary rite (= pari-yajña).

parīṇas parīṇas, ās, m. (probably fr. rt. pṝ), Ved. plenty, abundance, wealth; (according to Sāy.) = parito naddha; (asā), ind. = bahu, richly, abundantly.

parīṇasa parīṇasa, am, n., Ved. plenty, abundance, wealth.

parīṇah parī-ṇah. See pari-ṇah, p. 542.

parīṇāha parī-ṇāha = pari-ṇāha, q. v.

parīṇāma parī-ṇāma = pari-ṇāma, q. v.

parīṇāya parī-ṇāya = pari-ṇāya, q. v.

parīta parīta, &c. See parī, p. 551, col. 3.

parītat parī-tat. See pari-tan, p. 542.

parītāpa parī-tāpa, parī-toṣa, = pari-tāpa, pari-toṣa, q. v.

parīti parīti = puṣpāñjana, q. v.

parītta 2. parī-tta (fr. pari-do, p. 543, col. 2, or identified by some with 1. parī-tta, p. 543, col. 1), cut round, incomplete, limited, circumscribed, not too much, little.
     parīttaśubha parītta-śubha, ās, m. pl. (with Buddhists) N. of the gods of the thirteenth order.
     parīttābha parīttābha (-ta-ābha), ās, m. pl. (with Buddhists) N. of the gods of the tenth order.

parīdāha parī-dāha = pari-dāha, q. v.

parīdhāna parī-dhāna = pari-dhāna, q. v.

parīdhāvin parī-dhāvin. See pari-dhāvin.

parīdhya parīdhya, as, ā, am, (fr. rt. indh with pari), Ved. to be lighted or kindled.

parīpāka parī-pāka = pari-pāka, q. v.

parīpsat parīpsat, an, antī, at (pres. part. of Desid. of rt. āp with pari), wishing to obtain, striving to reach.

parīpsamāna parīpsamāna, as, ā, am, = parīpsat.

parīpsā parīpsā, f. the desire of obtaining; the wish to save or maintain or preserve; haste, hurry.

parīpsu parīpsu, us, us, u, desirous of obtaining, wishing to save, desirous of maintaining or preserving.

parībhāva parī-bhāva = pari-bhāva, q. v.

parīman parīman, ā or a, m. or n.? (fr. rt. pṝ), Ved. bounty, plenty, plenteousness.

parīmāṇa parī-māṇa = pari-māṇa, q. v.

parīyamāṇa parīyamāṇa. See parī, p. 551.

parīra parīra, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. pṝ), fruit.

parīraṇa parīraṇa, as, m. a tortoise; a stick or staff; = paṭṭa-śāṭaka.

parīrambha parī-rambha, as, m. an embrace, &c. See pari-rambha.

parīvarta parī-varta, as, m. exchange, barter, &c. See pari-varta.

parīvāda parī-vāda, as, m. reproof, censure, abuse, &c. See pari-vāda.

parīvāra parī-vāra, as, m. retinue, dependants, family, &c. See pari-vāra.

parīvāha parī-vāha, as, m. a drain, &c., see pari-vāha; a scabbard (?).

parīvettṛ parī-vettṛ = pari-vettṛ, q. v.

parīveśa parī-veśa = pari-veṣa, q. v.

parīśāsa parī-śāsa, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. śas with pari), Ved. anything cut out, an excision; (au), m. du. a kind of tongs used for raising a kettle from the fire.

parīśeṣa parī-śeṣa = pari-śeṣa, q. v.

parīṣ parīṣ [cf. rt. 3. iṣ], cl. 6. P. -ic-chati, -eṣitum, -eṣṭum, Ved. to seek or search about for.

parīṣṭi parīṣṭi, is, f. investigation, research, inquiry, (especially philosophical); service, attendance, reverence, respect, homage, worship; willingness, readiness, inclination.

parīṣeka parī-ṣeka = pari-ṣeka, q. v.

parīsāra parī-sāra, as, m. = pari-sāra, q. v.; near approach (?).

parīhāra parī-hāra = pari-hāra, q. v.

parīhāsa parī-hāsa = pari-hāsa, q. v.
     parīhāsakeśava pa-rīhāsa-keśava, as, m., N. of a temple of Viṣṇu.

paru paru, us, m. (said to be fr. rt. pṝ), a limb, member; a knot or joint in a reed; a mountain; the ocean; the sky, paradise.

paruśas paru-śas or paruś-śas, Ved. limb by limb, member by member.

paruṣa paruṣa, as, ā, am, (in the earlier language, f. paruṣṇī), containing knots, knotted (Ved.); spotted, variegated, party-coloured; dirty; rough, rugged, uneven, shaggy; keen, piercing (as the wind); harsh, discordant; unkind, cruel, stern, hard, severe, abusive, contumelious; coarse, gross; churlish, cruel, unkind; (as), m. a reed (Ved.); an arrow (Ved.); = parūṣa, q. v.; (ā), f. a kind of riddle; (ṣṇī), f., Ved. 'much indented' or 'winding' or 'reedy', N. of one of the rivers of the Pañjāb, in later times called Irā-vatī, and at the present day Rāvī; a cloud?; (am), n. harsh and contumelious speech, abuse; a species of Barleria with blue flowers; = parūṣa, q. v.; (āṇi), n. pl. rough or harsh or stern words.
     paruṣatva paruṣa-tva, am, n. roughness, harshness.
     paruṣavacana paruṣa-vacana, am, n. harsh language, harsh or contumelious speech, reproach, abuse.
     paruṣavāc pa-ruṣa-vāc, k, k, k, harsh-spoken; (k), f. harsh or contumelious speech.
     paruṣākṣara paruṣākṣara (-ṣa-ak-), as, ā, am, 'harsh-worded', harsh.
     paruṣāhva paruṣāhva (-ṣa-āh-), as, m., Ved. a species of reed.
     paruṣīkṛta paruṣī-kṛta, as, ā, am, spotted, soiled, stained; treated roughly.
     paruṣetara paruṣetara (-ṣa-it-), as, ā, am, other than rough, bright, light, beaming, mild.
     paruṣokti paru-ṣokti (-ṣa-uk-), is, f. abusive or harsh language.
     paruṣoktika paruṣoktika, as, m. an abuser, one uttering harsh and scurrilous language.

paruṣita paruṣita, as, ā, am, treated roughly or harshly, subjected to rude treatment.

paruṣiman paruṣiman, ā, m., Ved. a rough or shaggy appearance.

paruṣya paruṣya, as, ā, am, Ved. party-coloured, variegated, piebald.

parus parus, us, n., Ved. a knot or joint of a cane or reed; a member of the body, limb; a joint, junction; a part cut off, portion.
     paruḥsraṃsa paruḥ-sraṃsa, as, m., Ved. fracture of a joint or limb.

parūṣa parūṣa or parūṣaka, as, m. Grewia Asiatica (from the berries of which a cooling beverage is prepared; Bengāli phalasā; Hindūstānī [greek] according to others) Xylocarpus Granatum = Bengāli, paruṣa; (am), n. the fruit of this tree.

parucchepa paru-cchepa, as, m. (perhaps irregularly formed fr. parus + kṣepa), N. of a Ṛṣi, son of Divo-dāsa and author of the hymns Ṛgveda I. 127 sqq.

parut parut, ind. (fr. para + vat?, occurring only in comp.), last year; [cf. Gr. [greek] Dor. [greek] Old Germ. vert, vernent, vern, 'last year:' Goth. fairni-s, 'old;' fairnyo yer, 'the old year.']

parudvāra parudvāra or parula, as, m. a horse; [cf. Lat. paraveredus.]

paruṣa paruṣa. See under paru, col. 2.

pare pare (parā-i, see rt. 5. i), cl. 2, P. paraiti, paraitum, to go away, run away; to go to, set out for, approach; to go to the other world, depart, die.

pareta pareta, as, ā, am, departed, deceased, defunct, dead; (as), m. a kind of spectre; a ghost, spirit.
     paretabhūmi pareta-bhūmi, is, f. 'place of the departed', a cemetery.
     paretarāj pareta-rāj, ṭ, m. 'ruler of the dead', an epithet of Yama.

pareti pareti, is, f., Ved. departure.

parekṣ parekṣ (parā-īkṣ), cl. 1. A. pare-kṣate, -ṣitum, Ved. to look at (anything at one's side).

paredyavi pare-dyavi, pare-dyus, pare-prāṇa. See under para.

parepa parepa, as, ā, am, (fr. parā? + ap), (any place) whence water has retired.

pareman pareman, Ved. (perhaps) = parīman.

pareṣṭu pareṣṭu, us, or pareṣṭukā, f. a cow which has often calved.

paroṃhu paro-'ṃhu. See under paras.

parokṣa paro-'kṣa, as, ā, am, (fr. paras + 4. akṣa, opposed to praty-akṣa, q. v.), beyond the range of sight, out of sight, invisible, imperceptible, escaping observation; unknown, strange, unintelligible; absent, past; (as), m. an ascetic, religious hermit; N. of one of the sons of Anu; (ā), f. past or completed action (in grammar perhaps with vṛtti); (am), n. invisibility, absence, secrecy; (in grammar) past time or tense. The acc., inst., abl., and loc. cases of parokṣa are used adverbially, as follow: (am), ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence of, without the knowledge of (in the earlier language with inst., in the later with gen.); surreptitiously; (eṇa), ind., Ved. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously, surreptitiously; (āt), ind., Ved. secretly, without the knowledge of (with inst.); (e), ind. behind one's back, in the absence of, imperceptibly, surreptitiously; [cf. a-parokṣa.]
     parokṣakṛtā parokṣa-kṛtā, f., Ved., scil. ṛk, a hymn or verse in which a deity is spoken of in the third person, the first person being kept out of sight (e. g. 'Indra rules over heaven and earth', &c.).
     parokṣajit pa-rokṣa-jit, t, t, t, conquering invisibly, an unseen conqueror.
     parokṣatā parokṣa-tā, f. or parokṣa-tva, am, n. the being beyond the sphere of observation, obscurity, invisibility, imperceptibility; keeping one's self as the first person out of sight, speaking of one's self in the third person (Ved.).
     parokṣabhoga parokṣa-bhoga, as, m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the absence of the proprietor.
     parokṣamanmatha parokṣa-manmatha, as, ā, am, inexperienced in love, a stranger to love.
     parokṣavṛtti parokṣa-vṛtti, is, is, i, whose life is unseen, living out of sight; formed out of sight or unseen, formed in obscurity; (is), f. an unseen life.
     parokṣārtha pa-rokṣārtha (-ṣa-ar-), as, ā, am, having an unseen meaning, secret, recondite; (am), n. an absent or invisible object.

parogavyūti paro-gavyūti, ind. (fr. paras + g-), Ved. beyond or outside the pasture land; (Sāy.) = krośa-dvayād deśāt parastāt, further than a Gavyūti, q. v.

parobāhu paro-bāhu, ind. (fr. paras + b-), Ved. beyond the arm or reach.

paromātra paro-mātra, as, ī, am (fr. paras + m-), Ved. immense, huge, vast.

parorajas paro-rajas, ās, ās, as (fr. paras + r-), Ved. being beyond the dust or above the world (Ved.); untouched by passion.

parolakṣa paro-lakṣa, as, ā, am, (fr. paras + l-), over a lakh, more than 100, 000.

paro'varam paro-'varam (fr. paras + av-), ind., Ved. from top to bottom; from hand to hand; in succession, one after another.

paro'varīṇa paro-'varīṇa, as, ā, am, (fr. paras + av-), having both superior and inferior, prior and subsequent, &c.

parovarīyas paro-varīyas, ān, asī, as (fr. paras + v-), Ved. broader on the outside or at the top; better than good, most excellent of all; (as), n. the highest happiness.

paroṣṇih paroṣṇih (fr. paras + uṣ-), k, f. a kind of metre (consisting of 8 + 8 + 12 syllables).

parokta parokta, parocya. See parā-vac.

paroṣṇī paroṣṇī, f. a cockroach, (sometimes wrongly written paroṣṭī); N. of a river.

parka parka in madhu-p-, q. v.

parkaṭa parkaṭa, as, m. a heron [cf. vakoṭa]; (am), n. regret, anxiety.

parkaṭin parkaṭin, ī, m. or parkaṭī, f. the waved-leaved fig-tree, Ficus Infectoria; a fresh betel-nut.

parjanī parjanī. See col. 2.

parjanya parjanya, as, m. (perhaps fr. sphurj for original sparj; but said to be fr. rt. pṛṣ; sometimes wrongly written paryanya), a rain-cloud, thunder-cloud, cloud; the muttering of clouds or distant thunder; rain; Rain personified; the raingod, thunderer and fertilizer, i. e. Indra; N. of one of the twelve Ādityas; of a Deva-gandharva; of one of the seven Ṛṣis in several Manv-antaras; of a Prajā-pati and father of Hiraṇya-roman; (ā), f. = parjanī, col. 2.
     parjanyakrandya parjanya-krandya, as, ā, am, Ved. muttering like a rain-cloud or like Parjanya.
     parjanyajinvita parjanya-jinvita, as, ā, am, Ved. animated by Parjanya; (Sāy.) = parjanyena prīta, agreeable to Parjanya.
     parjanyanātha parjanya-nātha, as, ā, am, Ved. having Parjanya as protector or patron.
     parjanyapatnī parjanya-patnī, f., Ved. having Parjanya for a husband, wedded to Parjanya (said of the earth).
     parjanyaretas parjanya-retas, ās, ās, as, Ved. generated or growing in the showers or in the rainy season, (said of a reed or arrow; Sāy. = parjanyo reto yasyāḥ.)
     parjanyavṛddha parjanya-vṛddha, as, ā, am, Ved. nourished by Parjanya (as the Soma).
     parjanyasūkta parjanya-sūkta, am, n., N. of a hymn contained in the Mantra-saṃhitā.

parjanī parjanī, f. the plant Cucumis Aromatica or Cucumis Xanthorrhiza.

parṇ parṇ (more properly regarded as a Nom. fr. parṇa below), cl. 10. P. parṇayati, -yitum, to be green or verdant.

parṇa parṇa, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. pṝ), a pinion, feather, wing; the feather of an arrow; a leaf (regarded as the plumage of a tree); the Pān or betel leaf; (as), m. Butea Frondosa (a beautiful sacred tree with leaves from eight to sixteen inches in length, of the wood of which particular sacrificial vessels are made, in later times generally called palāśa); N. of a man; of a teacher; of a place; (ī), f. an aquatic plant, Pistia Stratiotes; the leaf of the Asa Foetida (?); [cf. acchinna-p-, aśva-p-, uttāna-p-, &c.; cf. probably Gr. [greek] [greek] perhaps Lat. penna, if not fr. rt. pat, q. v., frons; Old Germ. farn; Angl. Sax. fearn.]
     parṇakāra parṇa-kāra, as, m. = vāra-jīvī (commonly vā- rui), a vender of betel leaves.
     parṇakuṭikā parṇa-kuṭikā, f. or parṇa-kuṭī, f. a hut made of leaves.
     parṇakṛcchra parṇa-kṛcchra, as, m. 'leaf-penance', living for a time upon an infusion of leaves and Kuśa grass as a religious observance.
     parṇakhaṇḍa parṇa-khaṇḍa, as, m. a tree without apparent blossoms; a tree in general.
     parṇacīrapaṭa parṇa-cīra-paṭa, as, ā, am, clad in a garment made of strips of leaves; an epithet of Śiva.
     parṇacoraka parṇa-coraka, as, m. a kind of perfume; [cf. coraka.]
     parṇadhi parṇa-dhi, is, m., Ved. the part of an arrow to which the feathers are fastened.
     parṇadhvas parṇa-dhvas, t, t, t, causing the falling of leaves.
     parṇanara parṇa-nara, as, m. 'man of leaves', an effigy stuffed with leaves or the figure of a man made of leaves and burnt in place of a lost corpse.
     parṇanāla parṇa-nāla, as, m. a leaf-stalk, petiole.
     parṇaprātyika parṇa-prātyika, N. of a locality (perhaps incorrectly for parṇa-prāsika).
     parṇabhedinī parṇa-bhedinī, f. the Priyaṅgu tree.
     parṇabhojana parṇa-bhojana, as, ā, am, feeding upon leaves; (as), m. any animal eating leaves, a goat.
     parṇamaṇi parṇa-maṇi, is, m., Ved. a kind of magical instrument (made of the wood of the Parṇa tree ?).
     parṇamaya parṇa-maya, as, ī, am, Ved. made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa.
     parṇamācāla parṇa-mācāla, as, m. the plant Averrhoa Carambola (= karmaraṅga).
     parṇamuc parṇa-muc, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, causing leaves to fall (as the wind).
     parṇamṛga parṇa-mṛga, as, m. 'leafanimal', any wild animal lodging in the boughs of trees (as a monkey, sloth, squirrel, &c.).
     parṇaruh parṇa-ruh, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, causing the leaves to grow (as the wind).
     parṇalatā parṇa-latā, f. the betel plant.
     parṇavat parṇa-vat, ān, atī, at, abounding in leaves, leafy.
     parṇavalka parṇa-valka, as, m., N. of a man.
     parṇavallī parṇa-vallī, f. Butea Frondosa (= palāśī-latā).
     parṇavādya parṇa-vādya, am, n. 'leaf-music', sounds produced by blowing into a leaf.
     parṇavī parṇa-vī, īs, īs, i, Ved. 'wing-borne', carried by wings.
     parṇavīṭikā parṇa-vīṭikā, f. the Areca nut cut in pieces, sprinkled with spices, and rolled up in betel leaves.
     parṇaśada parṇa-śada or parṇa-śāda, as, m., Ved. the falling of leaves.
     parṇaśadya parṇa-śadya, as, ā, am, Ved. relating to the falling of leaves.
     parṇaśayyā par-ṇa-śayyā, f. a couch of leaves, leafy couch.
     parṇaśara parṇa-śara, as, m., Ved. a leaf-stalk, petiole; the stalk of a Parṇa leaf.
     parṇaśavara parṇa-śavara, ās, m., N. of a people, (Śavaras living upon leaves.)
     parṇaśālā parṇa-śālā, f. 'leaf-hut', an arbour or hut made of leaves and grass, hermitage; N. of a great settlement of Brāhmans between the Yamunā and Gaṅgā in Madhya-deśa.
     parṇaśālāgra parṇaśālāgra (-lā-ag-), as, m., N. of a mountain in Bhadrāśva.
     parṇaśuṣ parṇa-śuṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, drying or shriveling the leaves (as the wind).
     parṇasaṃstara parṇa-saṃstara, as, ā, am, having leaves for a bed, sleeping on leaves.
     parṇasantara parṇa-santara, as, ā, am, having leaves for a bed, sleeping on leaves.
     parṇāḍhaka parṇāḍhaka (-ṇa-āḍh-), as, m., N. of a man; (ās), m. pl., N. of his descendants.
     parṇāda parṇāda (-ṇa-ada), as, ā, am, feeding upon leaves; (as), m., N. of an ancient sage; of a Brāhman.
     parṇāśana parṇā-śana (-ṇa-aś-), am, n. feeding on leaves; (as), m. a cloud.
     parṇāsi parṇāsi (-ṇa-asi), is, m. a species of basil with small leaves, Ocymum Sanctum.
     parṇāhāra par-ṇāhāra (-ṇa-āh-), as, ā, am, feeding upon leaves.
     parṇoṭaja parṇoṭaja (-ṇa-uṭ-), am, n. 'leaf-hut', an anchorite's hut or cottage, a hermitage.
     parṇotsa parṇotsa (-ṇa-ut-), as, m., N. of a village.

parṇaka parṇaka, as, m., Ved. (according to Mahī-dhara) = bhilla, q. v.; N. of a man; (ās), m. pl., N. of his descendants; (ikā), f. a kind of vegetable; N. of an Apsaras.

parṇaya parṇaya, as, m., Ved., N. of an enemy (according to Sāy. an Asura) slain by Indra.
     parṇayaghna parṇaya-ghna, am, n., Ved. the slaying of Parṇaya.

parṇala parṇala, as, ā, am,  abounding in leaves, full of leaves, leafy.

parṇasi parṇasi, is, m. (said to be fr. rt. pṝ), a house upon or by the water; a summer-house (?); a lotus; a vegetable; adorning, decoration, toilet.

parṇāśa parṇāśa or parṇāsa, as, m. a species of plant, a kind of basil with small leaves, Ocymum Sanctum; (ā), f., N. of various rivers; [cf. pūrṇāśā.]

parṇika parṇika, as, ā, am, selling or dealing in Parṇī.

parṇin parṇin, ī, inī, i, winged, plumed; leafy, having leaves, leaved; (ī), m. a tree; Butea Frondosa; (inī), f. a species of plant; N. of an Apsaras.

parṇila parṇila, as, ā, am, abounding in leaves, leafy.

parṇya parṇya, as, ā, am, Ved. relating to leaves, leafy.

parṇāla parṇāla, as, m. a boat; a spade or hoe; single combat.

partṛ partṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (fr. rt. 1. pṛ), Ved. a protector; protection, means of defence, (Sāy. = pālana-sādhanam.)

pard pard, cl. 1. A. pardate, &c., to break wind, fart; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. ped-o, ped-or, podex; Old Germ. firz-u; Bohem. prd-u; Lith. perd-z-u, pers-ti, pī1rd-i-s.]

parda parda, as, m. a fart; a quantity of hair, thick hair.

pardana pardana, am, n. breaking wind, a fart.

parp parp (a doubtful rt.; by some regarded as a Sautra rt.; cf. Uṇādi-s. IV. 81), cl. 1. P. parpati, &c., to go or move.

parpa parpa, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. 1. pṛ), a wheelchair, a chair in which a cripple is moved about; young grass; a house.

parpaṭa parpaṭa, as, m. a species of medicinal plant with bitter leaves (= bheṣajāntara, tiktā kṣetra-par-paṭī, apparently the Oldenlandia Biflora); a kind of thin cake, = carpaṭī; (ī), f. a kind of fragrant earth or a red aluminous earth (apparently a sort of Bol, brought from Surāt or Su-rāṣṭra); a sort of fragrant substance or perfume (= kṛṣṇā, cakra-vartinī, jatukā, commonly called paparī); a thin crisp cake made of any pulse.
     parpaṭadruma parpaṭa-druma or parpaṭī-druma, as, m. bdellium.

parpaṭaka parpaṭaka, as, m. a species of medicinal plant with bitter leaves, (probably) Oldenlandia Biflora.

parpika parpika, as, ī, m. f. a cripple who moves about by the aid of a chair.

parparī parparī, f. a braid of hair.

parparīka parparīka, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. pṝ with reduplication), the sun; fire; a tank, reservoir, piece of water.

parpharīka parpharīka, as, m., Ved. one who tears to pieces or fills, (Sāy. = śatrūṇaṃ vidāra-yitṛ or dhanādi-dānena pūrayitṛ.)

parb parb, cl. 1. P. parbati, &c., to go or move.

parmāḍi parmāḍi, is, m., N. of a prince of Karṇāṭa, (also called Parmāṇḍi.)

paryak pary-ak. See 2. pary-añc below.

paryagu pary-agu in comp. with pārama-haṃsya, Bhāgavata-Purāṇa IV. 21, 40; according to a Scholiast = parito na gacchanti gāvo yasmāt, but variously taken, see pāramahaṃsya-pari.

paryagni pary-agni, is, m., Ved. circumambient fire; a torch carried round the sacrificial animal; the ceremony of carrying fire round the sacrificial animal; paryagni kṛ, to carry fire round any one (with acc.).

paryagnikṛta paryagni-kṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. encircled with fire.

paryagnikriyamāṇa paryagni-kriyamāṇa, as, ā, am, Ved. being encircled with fire; (e), loc. during the encircling with fire.

paryaṅka pary-aṅka. See under 1. pary-añc.

paryaṅkh pary-aṅkh, cl. 10. P. A. -aṅkhayati, -te, -yitum, Ved. to surround, clasp or encircle round.

paryaṅgya paryaṅgya, as, ā, am, (fr. pari + aṅga), Ved. being about or at the side.

paryañc 1. pary-añc or pary-ac, cl. 1. P. A. -añcati, -te, -añcitum, Ved. to turn round, revolve.

paryaṅka pary-aṅka, as, m. (fr. pari + aṅka or perhaps directly fr. 1. pary-añc above; also spelt paly-aṅka), a bed, couch, sofa; a litter, palanquin; a cloth thrown over the back, loins and knees while seated on the hams in the Oriental manner; sitting upon the hams (a particular posture especially practised by ascetics in meditation); N. of a mountain (son of Vindhya).
     paryaṅkagranthibandha paryaṅka-granthi-bandha, as, m. or
     bandhana ban-dhana, am, n. the bending of the legs in sitting on the hams.
     paryaṅkabandha paryaṅka-bandha, as, m. sitting in the Paryaṅka posture (= vīrāsana).
     paryaṅkabandhana paryaṅka-bandhana, am, n. binding a cloth round the back, loins and knees while squatting on the hams.
     paryaṅkabhogin pary-aṅka-bhogin, ī, m. 'couch-serpent', a kind of serpent.
     paryaṅkastha paryaṅka-stha, as, ā, am, sitting on a sofa.

paryañc 2. pary-añc, apparently only used in acc. sing. neut. pary-ak, ind. round about, all round, in every direction.

paryaṭ pary-aṭ, cl. 1. P. A. -aṭati, -te, -aṭi-tum, to roam or wander about, rove about.

paryaṭa pary-aṭa, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.

paryaṭana pary-aṭana, am, n. wandering about, peregrination, roaming through.

paryaṭita pary-aṭita, am, n. wandering about.

paryanubandha pary-anubandha, as, m. binding round.

paryanuyoga pary-anuyoga, as, m. asking, inquiring, question; blame, censure, reproach; contesting, disputing (?).

paryanta pary-anta, as, m. an encircling boundary, circuit, circumference; limit, edge, skirt, border, verge, extremity; end, termination, close (e. g. kāla-paryanta, the end or close of an appointed time; paryantāt paryantam, from one end to the other); (as, ā, am), bounded, surrounded by a boundary; extending in all directions; (often at the end of comps., e. g. kṣura-pary-antaṃ cakram, a discus with edges like a razor's; samudra-paryantā pṛthivī, the ocean-bounded earth or the earth extending to the ocean.)
     paryantadeśa pary-anta-deśa, as, m. a neighbouring or adjacent district.
     paryantaparyantam paryanta-paryantam, ind. to the end of, as far as.
     paryantaparvata paryanta-parvata, as, m. an adjoining hill.
     paryantabhū paryanta-bhū, ūs, f. ground contiguous to the skirts of a river or mountain.
     paryantastha paryanta-stha, as, ā, am, limitative, confining, adjoining, neighbouring.
     paryantasthita paryanta-sthita, as, ā, am, bounding, confining.

paryantikā paryantikā, f. loss of all good qualities, depravity.

paryanya paryanya, incorrectly for parjanya, q. v.

paryanviṣ pary-anv-iṣ, cl. 6. P. -icchati, -eṣṭum, -eṣitum, to seek for, search after.

paryaya pary-aya, pary-ayaṇa. See under parī, p. 551, col. 3.

paryarṣaṇa pary-arṣaṇa. See under 2. pary-ṛṣ, p. 555, col. 3.

paryavakṝ pary-ava-kṝ, cl. 6. P. -kirati, -ka-ritum, -karītum, to scatter round or about, shed over.

paryavacchid pary-ava-cchid (-chid), cl. 7. P. A. -cchinatti, -cchintte, -cchettum, Ved. to cut off on both sides or all round.

paryavadāta pary-avadāta, as, ā, am, (fr. rt. dai or 7. with pary-ava), perfectly clean or pure; [cf. 7. dā, ava-dāta.]

paryavado pary-ava-do or pary-avadā (see rt. 3. ), cl. 2. 4. P. -dāti, -dyati, -dātum, Ved. to cut off or slice all round.

paryavadhāraṇa pary-avadhāraṇa, am, n. precise determination, refining, subtilizing.

paryavarodha pary-avarodha, as, m. (fr. rt. rudh with pary-ava), obstruction, hindrance.

paryavaśeṣa pary-avaśeṣa, as, m. end, termination.

paryavaśeṣita pary-avaśeṣita, as, ā, am, regarded as the end of all (i. e. God).

paryavaṣṭambh pary-ava-ṣṭambh, cl. 5. 9. P., 1. A. -ṣṭabhnoti, -nāti, -ṣṭambhate, -ṣṭambhitum, to surround; to surround with a view to obstruct.

paryavaṣṭabdha pary-avaṣṭabdha, as, ā, am, surrounded, invested.

paryavaṣṭambhana pary-avaṣṭambhana, am, n. surrounding, investing.

paryavaso pary-ava-so, cl. 4. P. -syati, -sā-tum, to finish, complete, conclude; to endeavour.

paryavasāna pary-avasāna, am, n. end, termination, conclusion, issue.

paryavasānika paryavasānika, as, ā, am, coming to a close, drawing to an end or conclusion.

paryavasāyin pary-avasāyin, ī, inī, i, closing or ending with (often in comps.).
     paryavasāyitva paryavasāyi-tva, am, n. termination, close.

paryavasita pary-avasita, as, ā, am, finished, completed, ended, terminated, concluded; perished, lost; resolved; lokāntaram pary-avasitaḥ, gone to another world.

paryavaskanda pary-avaskanda, as, m. jumping or leaping down (from a carriage).

paryavasthā 1. pary-ava-sthā, cl. 1. P. A. -tiṣṭhati, -te, -sthātum, to be present or exist everywhere; to rely upon: Caus. -sthāpayati, -yitum, to raise, rouse.

paryavasthā 2. pary-avasthā, f. or pary-avasthāna, am, n. opposition, resistance, contradiction.

paryavasthātṛ pary-avasthātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, opposing, obstructing, opposed to or against; (), m. an antagonist, opponent, adversary, enemy.

paryavasthita pary-avasthita, as, ā, am, opposed to, siding with an enemy.

paryave pary-ave (pary-ava-i, see rt. 5. i), cl. 2. P. -avaiti, -avaitum, Ved. to turn round, turn in the right direction; to pass, elapse.

paryavekṣa pary-avekṣ (pary-ava-īkṣ), cl. 1. A. -avekṣate, -kṣitum, to regard from every side, regard (?).

paryaś 1. pary-aś, cl. 5. P. A. -aśnoti, -nute, aśitum, Ved. to arrive at, reach, attain (Sāy. = parito vy-āp).

paryaś 2. pary-aś, cl. 9. P. -aśnāti, -aśitum, to eat.

paryaśru pary-aśru, us, us, u, bathed in or suffused with tears, shedding tears, tearful.

paryas 1. pary-as, cl. 2. P. -asti, Ved. to be in the way; to surpass; to pass or spend (time); (Sāy.) = parito bhū, to be everywhere about.

paryas 2. pary-as, cl. 4. P. A. -asyati, -te, -asitum, to throw or cast round, put or place round, put on, spread round, diffuse; to surround, encircle, encompass; to enchase; to entrap, ensnare; to turn round, turn over; to turn away; to throw down, overturn, upset: Pass. -asyate, to fall down, drop, sink down: Caus. to cause to drop, to cause to roll down or shed (as tears).

paryasana pary-asana, am, n. throwing about, moving to and fro, wagging; casting, sending; putting off or away.

paryasta pary-asta, as, ā, am, thrown or cast round, placed round, put on, diffused; surrounded, encompassed, ensnared; thrown off, thrown down; thrown or tossed up; overturned, upset; dismissed, laid aside; struck, killed; bound.
     paryastavat paryasta-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. containing the notion expressed by the word pary-asta.
     paryastavilocana paryasta-vilocana, as, ā, am, or paryastākṣa (-ta-akṣa), as, ī, am, Ved. having the eyes cast or directed round.

paryasti pary-asti, is, f. sitting upon the hams (= pary-aṅka, q. v.).

paryastikā paryastikā, f. = pary-asti above.

paryasyat pary-asyat, an, antī, at, scattering; oversetting, upsetting; investing.

paryāsa pary-āsa, as, m. edging, trimming (Ved.); end. conclusion; epithet of particular concluding strophes in certain hymns (Ved.); rotation, revolution; inverted order or position.

paryāsana pary-āsana, am, n. revolution, circumvolution.

paryāsita pary-āsita, as, ā, am, upset, subverted, reversed.

paryastamayam pary-astamayam, ind., Ved. about sunset.

paryākula pary-ākula, as, ā, am, filled, full; turbid on all sides (as water), turbid; confounded, confused, disordered, beside one's self, excited, agitated, anxious, bewildered, infatuated.
     paryākulatva paryākula-tva, am, n. confusion, bewilderment.

paryākṛ pary-ā-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, Ved. to turn round.

paryākṣip pary-ā-kṣip, cl. 6. P. A. -kṣi-pati, -te, -kṣeptum, to wind round, turn.

paryāgam pary-ā-gam, cl. 1. P. -gacchati, -gantum, to go round, perform a revolution, elapse; to last or live through a space of time; to come to an end or conclusion; to surround on every side, encircle, ensnare, get into one's power.

paryāgata pary-āgata, as, ā, am, one who has finished the course or career of life.

paryāgal pary-ā-gal, cl. 1. P. -galati, -ga-litum, to let fall in drops, drop, trickle.

paryāgalat pary-āgalat, an, antī, at, dropping, falling, trickling.

paryāgā pary-ā-gā (occurring in Aor. pary-āgāt, Mahā-bh. Śānti-p. 8157), to perform a revolution, elapse.

paryācar pary-ā-car, cl. 1. P. -carati, -ca-ritum, Ved. to come near, approach, resort to.

paryācānta pary-ācānta, as, ā, am, sipped, rinsed prematurely; (scil. annam) food left by a person who has rinsed his mouth out.

paryāṇa paryāṇa, am, n. (for pari-yāṇa), a circuit (Ved.); a saddle, pack-saddle or cloth serving for one.

paryāṇah pary-ā-ṇah, cl. 4. P. A. -ṇahyati, -te, -ṇaddhum, Ved. to cover up, cover.

paryāṇahana pary-āṇahana, am, n., Ved. a covering.

paryāṇī pary-ā-ṇī, cl. 1. P. A. -ṇayati, -te, -ṇetum, to lead round; to lead or bring forward.

paryātan pary-ā-tan, cl. 5. P. A. -tanoti, -nute, -tanitum, Ved. to spread round, encompass, surround.

paryādā pary-ā-dā, cl. 3. A. -datte, -dātum, to make one's own, appropriate, learn; to take possession of; to take anything (acc.) away from (abl.); to take off, remove; to seize, grasp.

paryādru pary-ā-dru, cl. 1. P. -dravati, -dro-tum, to run to and fro, hasten round about.

paryādhā pary-ā-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, Ved. to lay round, surround with (fire).

paryāp pary-āp, cl. 5. P. -āpnoti, -āptum, to reach, obtain, gain (Ved.); to make an end of; to be content: Desid. parīpsati, &c., to wish to obtain or reach; to try to get at; to ask for, request, desire; to wish to preserve, guard; to lie in wait or ambush.

paryāpta pary-āpta, as, ā, am, obtained, gained; finished, ended, completed, complete, large, extensive, spacious; full; able, adequate, enough, sufficient; many; (am), ind. willingly, readily; ably, powerfully; satisfactorily.
     paryāptakala paryāpta-kala, as, ā, am, having full digits (as the moon).
     paryāptakāma paryāpta-kāma, as, ā, am, Ved. one whose desires are under control.
     paryāptatā paryāp-ta-tā, f. satisfaction, gratification.
     paryāptadakṣiṇa paryāpta-dak-ṣiṇa, as, ā, am, accompanied with liberal gifts.
     paryāptabhoga paryāpta-bhoga, as, ā, am, possessing or enjoying a sufficiency.
     paryāptavat paryāpta-vat, ān, atī, at, able, capable.

paryāpti pary-āpti, is, f. attaining, obtaining, acquisition; end, conclusion, close; adequacy, competency, fitness, dexterity; entireness, fulness, sufficiency, enough; satisfaction, repletion, satiety; willingness, readiness; protecting, preserving, guarding, warding off a blow, self-defence; discrimination or distinction of objects according to their natural properties.

paryāpat pary-ā-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati, -pa-titum, to hasten forth, hurry away, run away.

paryāplu pary-ā-plu, cl. 1. A. -plavate, -plo-tum, to run round, encompass, encircle: Caus. -plā-vayati, -yitum, Ved. to cause to float round.

paryāplāva pary-āplāva, as, m. revolution.

paryāpluta pary-āpluta, as, ā, am, surrounded, encircled.

paryābhū pary-ā-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bha-vitum, Ved. to turn round.

paryābhṛ pary-ā-bhṛ, cl. 1. P. -bharati, -bhar-tum, Ved. to extract.

paryābhṛta pary-ā-bhṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. extracted.

paryāmṛś pary-ā-mṛś, cl. 6. P. -mṛśati, -marṣṭum, -mraṣṭum, to subdue, conquer, overpower.

paryāya pary-āya. See under parī, p. 551.

paryārin pary-ārin, ī, iṇī, i (fr. rt. 4. with pari), Ved. (perhaps) falling away, decaying, decrepit.

paryāloc pary-ā-loc, cl. 10. P. -locayati, -yitum, to look after, attend to, consider (the interests of another), ponder.

paryālocana pary-ālocana, am, n. or pary-ālocanā, f. looking round or about; circumspection, attentive observation, mature consideration or reflection, deliberating; knowing, recognising.

paryāvila pary-āvila, as, ā, am, very turbid, much soiled.

paryāvṛt pary-ā-vṛt, cl. 1. A. -vartate, -vartitum, to turn round, return: Caus. P. -varta-yati, -yitum, to roll round, turn round: Desid. -vivṛtsati, Ved. to wish to roll round.

paryāvarta pary-āvarta, as, m. return.

paryāvartana pary-āvartana, as, m., N. of a hell; (am), n. coming back, returning.

paryāvartita pary-āvartita, as, ā, am, turned round, subverted, reversed.

paryāvivṛtsat pary-āvivṛtsat, an, antī, at, Ved. wishing to roll round.

paryāśvas pary-ā-śvas, Caus. P. -śvāsayati, -yitum, to comfort, console.

paryās pary-ās, cl. 2. A. -āste, -āsitum, to sit round any one (acc.); to remain sitting, remain inactive; to exclude one's self from (with acc.).

paryāsa pary-āsa, pary-āsana. See under 2. pary-as, p. 554, col. 3.

paryāhāra pary-āhāra, as, m. a yoke worn across the shoulders in carrying a load; conveying, taking; a load; storing hay or grain; a ewer, pitcher.

paryuka paryuka, as, m., N. of a man.

paryukṣ pary-ukṣ, cl. 6. P. -ukṣati, -ukṣi-tum, Ved. to sprinkle round.

paryukṣaṇa pary-ukṣaṇa, am, n. sprinkling round; sprinkling; (ī), f. a vessel for sprinkling (Ved.).

paryutthāna pary-utthāna, am, n. standing up, rising.

paryutsuka pary-utsuka, as, ā, am, afficted, sad, sorrowful, regretting; eagerly desirous, longing for (with dat.).

paryudañcana pary-udañcana, am, n. debt.

paryudayam pary-udayam, ind., Ved. about sunrise.

paryudas pary-ud-as, cl. 4. P. -asyati, -asi-tum, to heap round about, to construct here and there; to prohibit, object to; to expect, exclude.

paryudasta pary-udasta, as, ā, am, heaped round; prohibited, objected to (as a ceremony); excepted, excluded.

paryudāsa pary-udāsa, as, m. or pary-udāsana, am, n. a prohibitive rule or precept, exception.

paryudbhṛta pary-udbhṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. brought out, extracted; constructed, framed.

paryudvij pary-ud-vij, cl. 7. P. -vinakti, -vijitum, to suffer pain, suffer.

paryupaveśana pary-upaveśana, am, n. sitting about.

paryupasthā pary-upa-sthā, cl. 1. P. A. -tiṣ-ṭhati, -te, -sthātum, to stand round, surround; wait on, serve, minister; to be present.

paryupasthāna pary-upasthāna, am, n. waiting upon, serving, maintaining; rising, elevation.

paryupasthita pary-upasthita, as, ā, am, drawing nigh, imminent, impending.

paryupaspṛś pary-upa-spṛś, cl. 6. P. -spṛ-śati, -spraṣṭum, -sparṣṭum, to touch or use for ablution or bathing.

paryupās pary-upās (pary-upa-ās), cl. 2. A. -āste, -āsitum, to sit round, surround, encompass, encircle; to sit on or upon; to live around; to be present at, partake of; to approach as an attendant or worshipper, show reverence, worship.

paryupāsaka pary-upāsaka, as, ā, am, worshipping, honouring, a worshipper, one who honours or respects.

paryupāsana pary-upāsana, am, n. encamping or sitting round; friendliness, amiability, courtesy; honour, service, worship; joining in or concurrence with any act of reverence.

paryupāsitṛ pary-upāsitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, moving round or about; showing respect or honour; a worshipper.

paryupāsīna pary-upāsīna, as, ā, am, seated or sitting upon.

paryupta pary-upta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. vap with pari), sown; set (as a gem in a ring).

paryupti pary-upti, is, f. scattering seed, sowing.

paryuṣaṇa pary-uṣaṇa, am, n. (fr. rt. 6. vas with pari or incorrectly for pary-eṣaṇa), service, worship, adoration.

paryuṣita pary-uṣita, as, ā, am, having passed the night; stale, not fresh; insipid; stupid, vain.
     paryuṣitabhojin paryuṣita-bhojin, ī, m. the eater of stale food (said to become a maggot or worm in the next birth).

paryūh pary-ūh [cf. rt. 1. ūh], cl. 1. P. A. -ūhati, -te, -ūhitum, Ved. to heap or pile round; to surround or fortify with mounds or embankments.

paryūhaṇa pary-ūhaṇa, am, n., Ved. sweeping or heaping together.

paryṛṣ 1. pary-ṛṣ, cl. 1. P. -arṣati, -ar-ṣitum, Ved. to flow round, flow into.

paryṛṣ 2. pary-ṛṣ, cl. 6. P. -ṛṣati, -arṣi-tum, Ved. to embrace, clasp round, support.

paryarṣaṇa pary-arṣaṇa, am, n., Ved. clasping round, supporting, making firm.

parye pary-e (pari-ā-i), cl. 2. P. -eti, -etum, Ved. to roam about; to come back, return.

paryetṛ pary-etṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (fr. parī), Ved. overpowering, mastering; (Sāy.) = nāśaka, a despoiler; = pari-gamayitṛ, a promoter.

paryeṣ pary-eṣ,  cl. 1. P. -eṣati, -eṣitum, to seek about for.

paryeṣaṇa pary-eṣaṇa, am, n. search, inquiry, investigation; (ā), f. search, inquiry, research, investigation of duty by reasoning; serving, waiting upon, service.

paryeṣat pary-eṣat, an, antī, at, seeking about for.

paryeṣṭavya pary-eṣṭavya, as, ā, am, to be sought after, to be sought.

paryeṣṭi pary-eṣṭi, is, f. searching for, inquiry.

parv parv, cl. 1. P. parvati, parvitum, to fill; [cf. rts. pṝ, pūrv, marv.]

parva parva, as, ā, am, (at the end of a comp.) = parvan, p. 556, col. 1.

parvaka parvaka, am, n. the knee-joint.

parvaṇa parvaṇa, as, m., N. of a demon; (ī), m. the period of a change of the moon; a festival; (also parvaṇikā and parvaṇīkā), a particular disease of the so-called juncture (sandhi) of the eye; (at the end of a comp.) = parvan, a knot.

parvata parvata, as, m. (probably connected with parvan, p. 556, col. 1, as 'having crags or elevations'), a mountain, mountain-range, height, hill, elevation, rock, (in Ṛg-veda 1. 37, 7, V. 56, 4, parvata is joined as an adj. with giri; and according to Sāy. = jagat-pūra-kodaka-vat, laden with water filling the world, or bahuvidha-parva-yukta, shelving, rugged); an artificial mountain or heap (of grain, salt, saffron, sugar, silver or gold presented to the Brāhmans); N. of the presiding genius of the mountains (personified in the Veda with Āptya, Rudra, and Ṛbhu as ruler of the clouds, and associated with Indra, Savitṛ, the Maruts, and other deities; in later times enumerated among the eight Vasus); a fragment of rock, bowlder, stone, (adrayaḥ parvatāḥ, the stones with which the Soma plant is pressed); a cloud (Ved.; in some passages of the Ṛg-veda where parvata is interpreted by adri, the sense 'cloud' seems equally applicable, especially when the battles of Indra or the deeds of the Maruts are described); a N. of the number 7 (from the 7 principal mountains); a tree; a kind of vegetable; a kind of fish (commonly called Pāvdā, the Silurus Pabda); N. of a divine Ṛṣi mentioned in several passages of the Mahā-bh. (regarded as a companion of Nārada and messenger of the gods, cf. Nala II. 14; he is the author of Ṛg-veda VIII. 12, IX. 104, 105, where he has the patronymics Kāṇva and Kāśyapa); N. of a son of Paurṇamāsa (a son of Marīci and Sam-bhūti); of a minister of king Purū-ravas; of a grammarian (?); of an ape; (ī), f. (Ved.) a rock, stone; [cf. Serv. brdo, 'a mountain;' perhaps Goth. fairguni.]
     parvatakāka parvata-kāka, as, m. a raven.
     parvatacyut parvata-cyut, t, t, t, Ved. 'causing mountains (clouds) to totter or fall', an epithet of the Maruts.
     parvataja parvata-ja, as, ā, am, mountain-born; (ā), f. a river.
     parvatatṛṇa parvata-tṛṇa, am, n. 'mountain-grass', a species of grass (= tṛṇāḍhya).
     parvatapati parvata-pati, is, m. 'mountain-prince', lord of the mountains.
     parvatamocā parvata-mocā, f. a species of plant (= giri-kadalī).
     parvatarāj par-vata-rāj, ṭ, m. 'mountain-king', a lofty mountain, 'the highest mountain-range', the Himālaya.
     parvatarāja par-vata-rāja, as, m. 'mountain-king', the Himālaya.
     parvatarājakanyā parvatarāja-kanyā, f. 'daughter of the mountain-king', N. of Pārvatī or Durgā (daughter of Hima-vat, sovereign of the snowy mountains).
     parvatarājaputrī par-vatarāja-putrī, f. 'daughter of the mountain-king', an epithet of Durgā.
     parvatavāsin parvata-vāsin, ī, inī, i, living in the mountains; (ī), m. a mountaineer; (inī), f. nard, spikenard; a designation of Durgā; of the Gāyatrī.
     parvataśreṣṭha parvata-śreṣṭha, as, m. the best of mountains.
     parvatastha parvata-stha, as, ā, am, situated on a mountain or hill.
     parvatākāra parvatākāra (-ta-āk-), as, ā, am, mountain-shaped, formed like a mountain.
     parvatātmajā parvatātmajā (-ta-āt-), f. 'daughter of the mountain', an epithet of Durgā.
     parvatādhārā parvatādhārā (-ta-ādh-), f. 'receptacle of mountains', the earth.
     parvatāri parvatāri (-ta-ari), is, m. 'enemy of the mountains', epithet of Indra (who clipped their wings).
     parvatāvṛdh parvatā-vṛdh, t, t, t, Ved. delighting in mountains; (Sāy.) 'delighting in the stones used to press the Soma plant' or 'produced in the mountains', an epithet of Soma.
     parvatāśaya parvatāśaya (-ta-ās-), as, m. 'resting on the mountains', a cloud.
     parvatāśraya parvatāśraya (-ta-āś-), as, ā, am, living on the mountains, a mountaineer; (as), m. a fabulous animal, the Śarabha.
     parvatāśrayin parvatāśrayin (-ta-āś-), ī, m. a dweller on the mountains, mountaineer.
     parvatīkṛ parvatī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to make into a mountain.
     parvateśvara par-vateśvara (-ta-īś-), as, m. a lord of the mountains.
     parvateṣṭhā parvate-ṣṭhā, ās, ās, am, Ved. 'dwelling in the heights', an epithet of Indra.

parvataka parvataka in eka-p-, q. v.

parvatīya parvatīya, as, ā, am, relating or belonging to a mountain, mountainous, hilly; a mountaineer.

parvatya parvatya, as, ā, am, Ved. belonging to a mountain or rock; produced in mountains.

parvan parvan, a, n. (said to be fr. rt. pṝ, but connected with parvata above), a knot or joint, especially of a cane or other plant; a joint of the body, knuckle, limb, member; a break, pause, division, section; book, chapter; (in Vedic grammar) a member of a compound; a division of time, period, fixed time (especially the Cāturmāsya festival), the days of the four changes of the moon, i. e. the full and change of the moon and the eighth and fourteenth of each half month; the days of conjunction and opposition or eclipse of the sun or moon; a sacrifice performed on the occasion of a change of the moon; a particular period of the year (as the equinox, solstice, &c.); the moment of the sun's entering a new sign; a festival, holiday; opportunity, occasion; a moment, instant; [cf. parus.]
     parvakāra parva-kāra, as, ā, am, or parva-kārin, ī, iṇī, i, one who works on holidays; (according to others) a Brāhman who for the sake of gain performs on common days such ceremonies as should be performed only on festivals.
     parvakāla parva-kāla, as, m. a periodic change of the moon; the time at which the moon at its conjunction or opposition passes through the node.
     parvagāmin parva-gāmin, ī, m. one who has intercourse with his wife on festivals or holidays.
     parvagupta parva-gupta, as, m., N. of a man.
     parvadhi par-va-dhi, is, m. 'period-holder', the moon.
     parvanāḍī parva-nāḍī, f. 'moment of the Parvan', moment of opposition or conjunction.
     parvapuṣpī parva-puṣpī or parva-puṣ-pikā, f. a plant, = rāma-dūtī, Tiaridium Indicum (= nāga-dantī).
     parvapūrṇatā parva-pūrṇa-tā, f. preparations for an assembly or festival; completion of a festival; joining, uniting.
     parvabheda parva-bheda, as, m. the fracture of a joint.
     parvamūla parva-mūla, am, n. the moment at which the fourteenth day passes into the fifteenth day of a month; (ā), f. a species of plant (= śvetā).
     parvayoni parva-yoni, is, is, i, growing from joints or knots; (is), m. a cane or reed, the sugar-cane, &c.
     parvaruh parva-ruh, ṭ, m. a pomegranate tree.
     parvavarja parva-varja, as, ā, am, except the forbidden days of a month.
     parvavallī parva-vallī, f. a species of Dūrvā (= granthi-dūrvā, mūla-dūrvā).
     parvaśarkaraka parva-śarka-raka, as, m., N. of a man.
     parvaśas parva-śas, ind., Ved. limb by limb, limb from limb, piece by piece; parvaśaḥ kṛt, to cut to pieces.
     parvasandhi par-va-sandhi, is, m. a joint; the full and change of the moon, the junction of the fifteenth and first of a lunar fortnight or the precise moment of the full and change of the moon.
     parvāvadhi parvāvadhi (-va-av-), is, m. a particular period, the end of a Parvan, &c.
     parvāsphoṭa parvāsphoṭa (-va-ās-), as, m. a particular movement of the fingers (regarded as indecorous).
     parveśa parveśa (-va-īśa), as, m., Ved. the regent of an astronomical node.

parvarīṇa parvarīṇa, as, m. = parṇa-vṛnta-rasa; = garva; = māruta; = parṇa-śirā; = mṛtaka; = dyūta-kambala; = pattra-cūrṇa-rasa; = parvan.

parvata parvata, parvan. See under rt. parv.

parvita parvita, as, m. a species of fish, Silurus Pabda (= parvata).

parśāna parśāna, as, m. (probably connected with rts. parṣ and pṛṣ), Ved. a precipice, chasm; a well; (Sāy.) = pārśva-sthāna, the side; = pīḍya-māna, being oppressed; = spṛśyamāna; = vimar-śana-kṣama; (according to the Naighaṇṭuka I. 10) a cloud.

parśu 1. parśu, us, m., Ved. a rib; a curved knife, pruning-hook, sickle; N. of a man; (avas), m. pl., N. of a warrior-tribe; (us), f. (according to the Nirukta IV. 6) the supporting or side wall of a well (Ṛg-veda I. 105, 8, but according to Sāy. = pār-śvāsthi); N. of a woman.
     parśumaya parśu-maya, as, ī, am, shaped like a curved knife.

parśukā parśukā, f. a rib.

parśu 2. parśu, us, m. (fr. pṛ, substituted for rt. spṛś), = paraśu, an axe, hatchet.
     parśupāṇi parśu-pāṇi, is, m. 'axe in hand, ' an epithet of Gaṇeśa; [cf. paraśu-dhara.]
     parśurāma parśu-rāma = paraśu-rā-ma, q. v.

parśvadha parśvadha, as, m. = paraśvadha, an axe, hatchet.

parṣ parṣ [cf. rts. pṛṣ, varṣ, sparṣ], cl. 1. A. parṣate, &c., to grow wet, become moist; to delight in, accept (Sāy. = svī-kṛ).

parṣa parṣa, as, m. (probably connected with rt. pṛṣ), a bundle, sheaf.

parṣin parṣin, ī, iṇī, i, Ved. in iṣu-p-, (probably) carrying bundles (of arrows).

parṣaṇi parṣaṇi, is, is, i (fr. rt. 1. pṛ), Ved. carrying over or across, ferrying across.

parṣan parṣan, a, n. (?), Ved. leading out, delivering.

parṣiṣṭha parṣiṣṭha, as, ā, am, Ved. most mighty in delivering or rescuing.

parṣad parṣad, t, f. = pariṣad, an assembly, audience.
     parṣadbhīru parṣad-bhīru, us, us, u, Ved. shy in society.
     parṣadvala parṣad-vala, as, ā, am, = pari-ṣad-vala, surrounded by an assembly; (as), m. an assistant at an assembly, a spectator.

pal pal, cl. 1. P. palati, palitum, to go, move; cl. 10. pālayati, -yitum, see rt. 3. ; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pello, poll-en, pul-vi-s.]

pala pala, as, m. = pāla (Gaṇa Jvalādi to Pāṇ. III. 1, 140); = palāla, straw; (am), n. a particular weight (= 4 Karshas = (1/100) of a Tulā); a particular measure of fluids; a particular measure of time (= vighaṭikā); flesh, meat; [cf. Lat. palea; Angl. Sax. flesc, floesc, flec; Old Germ. fleisk; French paille; Hib. feol, feoile, 'flesh.']
     palakṣāra pala-kṣāra, as, m. 'flesh-fluid', blood.
     palagaṇḍa pala-gaṇḍa, as, m. a mason, bricklayer, plasterer.
     palaṅkara palaṅ-kara, as, m. 'flesh-maker', gall, bile.
     palaṅkaṣa palaṅ-kaṣa, as, m. 'flesh-hurter', a Rākṣasa, imp, goblin; bdellium; a species of bdellium (= kaṇa-guggulu); (ā), f., N. of various plants (= go-kṣuraka, Asteracantha Longifolia; = kṣudra-gokṣuraka; = kiṃśuka, Butea Frondosa; = muṇḍīrī, a species of climbing plant; = rāsna; = mahā-śrāvaṇī, bdellium); = lāk-ṣā, cochineal; a fly.
     palapriya pala-priya, as, m. 'fond of meat', a Rākṣasa; a raven.
     palabhā pala-bhā or pala-vibhā, f. the equinoctial shadow at midday, the midday shadow of a gnomon when the sun is in the equinoctial points (= viṣṇuvat-prabhā).
     palāgni palāgni (-la-ag-), is, m. 'flesh-fire', bile, the bilious humor.
     palāda palāda (-la-ada), as, m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākṣasa; (ā), f. a Rākṣasī.
     palādana palādana (-la-ad-), as, or 1. palāśa (-la-āś-), as, or 1. palāśin (-la-āś-), ī, m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākṣasa.

palada palada, as, m., Ved. a particular material for building, (perhaps) bundles of straw or reeds used for roofing and wainscoting; (ī), f., N. of a village.

palala palala, as, m. a Rākṣasa; ground sesamum seeds, a kind of sweetmeat made of ground sesamum and sugar; mud, mire, clay; = pala, flesh, meat; [cf. palvala; Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pal-ū(d)s, palus-tri-s; Hib. poll, 'mire, dirt.']
     palalajvara palala-jvara, as, m. gall, bile; [cf. pa-lāgni, palaṅ-kara.]
     palalapriya palala-priya, as, m. 'fond of flesh', a raven (= pala-priya).
     palalāśaya palalāśaya (-la-āś-), as, m. 'flesh-receptacle', swelled neck, goitre.

palika palika, as, ā, am, (at the end of a comp. after a numeral), weighing or containing so many Palas.

palakyā palakyā, f. a kind of vegetable (= pālaṅkya).

palakṣa palakṣa, as, ā, am, (a secondary form of balakṣa), Ved. white.

palaṅkaṭa palaṅkaṭa, as, ā, am, shy, bashful, timid.

palava palava, as, m. (said to be connected with rt. pal, probably for plava fr. rt. plu), a snare or basket of wicker-work for catching fish.

palasa palasa, as, m. = panasa, the bread fruit tree.

palasti palasti, is, is, i, Ved. (according to Sāy.) = palita, grey-haired.

palāṅga palāṅga, as, m. Delphinus Gangeticus; (perhaps an error for capalāṅga.)

palāṇḍu palāṇḍu, us, u, m. n. (said to be fr. rt. pal), an onion.
     palāṇḍubhakṣita palāṇḍu-bhakṣita, as, ā or ī, am, one who has eaten onions.

palāpa palāpa, as, m. a halter; an elephant's temples.

palāpahā palāpahā, f. a kind of collyrium (= kulatthā; perhaps only an error for pra-lāpa-hā).

palāya palāya (fr. ay = rt. 5. i with palā = parā), cl. 1. A. (ep. also P.) palāyate (-ti), -yitum, to flee, run away, make off, take to one's heels, scamper off; to escape; to cease, die away, sink into oblivion.

palāyaka palāyaka, as, ā, or ikā (?), am, fleeing, flying, taking to flight; a fugitive, runaway, deserter.

palāyat palāyat, an, antī, at, fleeing, running away.

palāyana palāyana, am, n. fleeing, running away, flight, escape; a saddle (= palyayana, paryāṇa).
     palāyanaparāyaṇa pa-lāyana-parāyaṇa, as, ā, am, occupied in flight, fugitive.
     palāyanamanas palāyana-manas, ās, ās, as, thinking of flight.
     palāyanaviṣaya palāyana-viṣaya, as, ā, am, having flight for an object, bent on flight.

palāyamāna palāyamāna, as, ā, am, fleeing, flying away, taking to flight.

palāyita palāyita, as, ā, am, flown, run away, fled, retreated; defeated.

palāyin palāyin, ī, inī, i, fleeing, flying, running away, taking to flight.

palāla palāla, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. rt. pal), straw; the stalk of the Sorghum, Indian millet; (as), m., Ved., N. of a demon (associated with Anu-palāla and considered dangerous to children); (ā), f., N. of one of the seven Mātṛs of Skanda; (ī), f. straw.
     palāladohada palāla-dohada, as, m. 'longing for straw', the mango tree (the fruit of which is sometimes ripened in straw).

palāva palāva, as, m., Ved. chaff, husks; [cf. Lat. palea.]

palāśa 2. palāśa, am, n. (for 1. see under pala, rt. pal, p. 556, col. 2), a leaf, petal, foliage; the blossom of the tree Butea Frondosa; (as), m. Butea Frondosa; Curcuma Zedoaria; a N. of ancient Behar or Magadha; (ī), f. cochineal; a species of climbing plant (= pattra-vallī, parṇa-vallī, palāśikā); (as, ā, am), green; unfeeling, unmerciful, cruel; (at the end of a comp.) see Gaṇa to Pāṇ. II. 1, 56.
     palāśapattra palāśa-pattra, am, n. the leaf of the Butea Frondosa; a single leaf; (as), m., N. of a Nāga.
     palāśaparṇī palāśa-parṇī, f. Physalis Flexuosa (= aśva-gandhā).
     palāśaśātana palāśa-śātana, as, m. an instrument for lopping foliage.
     palāśākhya palāśākhya (-śa-ākh-), as, m. = nāḍī-hiṅgu, q. v.; Asa Foetida.
     palāśāntā palāśāntā (-śa-an-) or palāśāmbhā, f. = gandha-pattra, q. v.

palāśaka palāśaka, as, m. Butea Frondosa; Curcuma Zedoaria (= śaṭī); N. of a place; (ikā), f. a species of climbing plant (= palāśī).

palāśin 2. palāśin, ī, inī, i (for 1. see under pala, rt. pal), leafy, covered with foliage, having luxuriant foliage; (ī), m. a tree; a species of plant (= kṣīra-vṛkṣa); N. of a city or a village (said to be the modern Plassey); (inī), f., N. of a river issuing from the Śukti-mat.

paliknī paliknī, f. See palita below.

paligha paligha, as, m. a water-pot, pitcher, glass water-vessel; a wall, rampart; the gate-way of a building; an iron club or one studded with iron (= parigha).

palita palita, as, paliknī, am (said to be fr. rt. phal with substitution of p for ph; a doubtful fem. form palitā is also given), grey, grey-haired, hoary, old, aged; (as), m., N. of a mouse in Mahābh. Śānti-p. 4933; (paliknī), f. a cow for the first time with calf; (am), n. grey hair; a tuft of hair (= keśa-pāśa); much or ornamented hair; mud, mire; heat, burning; benzoin; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pall-e-o, pall-idu-s, pallu-s: Old Germ. falo (fal-w-er): Angl. Sax. fealo, falu, fealwe, falewe: Slav. plavu, 'white:' Lith. pal-va-s, 'fallow;' pī1l-ka-s, 'ash-coloured.']
     palitaṅkaraṇa palitaṅ-karaṇa, as, ī, am, rendering grey.
     palitambhaviṣṇu palitam-bhaviṣṇu, us, us, u, or palitam-bhāvuka, as, ā, am, becoming grey.

palitin palitin, ī, inī, i, having grey hair, grey-haired.

paliyoga pali-yoga, as, m. = pari-yoga.

palījaka palījaka, as, m., Ved., N. of a demon.

palpūl palpūl (considered by some as a reduplicated form of rt. pal), cl. 10. P. palpūlayati, -yitum, Ved. to wash in lye or water impregnated with alkaline salt; to wash, cleanse; to tan.

palpūlana palpūlana, am, n., Ved. lye, water impregnated with alkaline salt.

palpūlita palpūlita, as, ā, am, Ved. curried, tanned; washed (in lye).

palya palya, am, n. (perhaps fr. pala), a sack for corn (probably containing a certain measure, Ved.); a particular high number.

palyaṅka paly-aṅka, as, m. = pary-aṅka, a bed, couch, bedstead; a cloth thrown round the loins while sitting (= pary-asti, paryastikā).

palyaṅg paly-aṅg (for pary-aṅg), Caus. P. -aṅgayati, -yitum, Ved. to cause to go round, stir round: Pass. -aṅgyate, to turn round, revolve.

palyay paly-ay (fr. ay = rt. 5. i with pali = pari), cl. 1. A. -ayate, &c., Ved. to go round.

palyayana paly-ayana, am, n. = paryāṇa, a saddle, packsaddle; a rein, bridle.

palyul palyul and palyūl (various readings for palpūl, q. v.), cl. 10. P. palyulayati, palyūlayati, -yitum, to wash, &c.; to cut, cut off (in this sense perhaps for pari-lū).

pall pall [cf. rt. pal], cl. 1. P. pallati, pallitum, to go, move.

palla palla, as, m. a large granary, barn.

pallava 1. pallava, as, am, m. n. a sprout, shoot, twig, sprig, spray, (literally and as a metaphorical expression for the fingers, toes, and lips; cf. kara-p-, oṣṭha-p-); a bud, blossom; a blade of grass; the extremity of a robe, the loose end of a garment or scarf; spreading, expansion; epithet of a particular position of the hands in dancing; the red dye called a-lakta; love, affection; a bracelet, armlet; unsteadiness moral or physical (?); strength, power (?); a wood (?); (as), m. a libertine, catamite; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people.
     pallavagrāhitā pallavagrāhi-tā, f. the picking up of twigs or straws, the dealing with trifles; superficial or diffusive knowledge.
     pallavagrāhin pallava-grāhin, ī, iṇī, i, putting forth young shoots, sprouting in all directions; twig-picking, straw-gathering; laying hold of trifles; diffusive; superficial; (ī), m., scil. doṣa, the fault of prolixity or diffusiveness or of mere superficial knowledge.
     pallavadru pallava-dru, us, m. the Aśoka tree.
     pallavamaya pallava-maya, as, ī, am, consisting of young shoots or twigs.
     pallavāṅkura pallavāṅkura (-va-aṅ-), as, m. a leaf-bud.
     pallavāda pallavāda (-va-ada), as, m. 'eating young shoots', a deer.
     pallavādhāra pallavādhāra (-va-ādh-), as, m. 'receptacle or support of twigs', a branch.
     pallavāpīḍita pallavāpīḍita (-va-āp-), as, ā, am, bud-laden, loaded with buds.
     pallavāstra pallavāstra (-va-as-), as, m. 'having blossoms for missiles', an epithet of the god of love.

pallava 2. pallava, Nom. P. pallavati, pallavitum, to put forth young shoots, sprout, bud.

pallavaka pallavaka, as, m. a libertine, gallant, the paramour of a harlot; a catamite; a species of fish, Cyprinus Denticulatus; (ikā), f., N. of a female attendant.

pallavaya pallavaya, Nom. P. pallavayati, -yitum, to put forth young shoots, sprout; to cause to sprout, to make diffuse or prolix (according to a Scholiast = vistāraya).

pallavika pallavika, as, m. a libertine, gallant; a catamite; a species of fish, Cyprinus Denticulatus.

pallavita pallavita, as, ā, am, sprouting, having young shoots; spread, extended; dyed red with lac, possessing the red dye; (as), m. the red dye of the lac insect.

pallavin pallavin, ī, inī, i, sprouting, having young shoots; (ī), m. a tree.

palli palli, is, or ī, f. a small village, especially a settlement of wild tribes; a hut, house; any number of houses, a station; a city (or rather an affix to words forming the name of towns; it is especially used in the Dekhan as in Trichinopoly = Triśira-pallī, &c.); a small house-lizard; a creeping plant.

pallikā pallikā, f. a village, station [cf. ābhīra-p-]; a small house-lizard.

palli palli. See under rt. pall above.

pallivāha pallivāha, as, m. a species of grass.

palvala palvala, as, m. (connected with pa-lita; said to be fr. rt. pal), a small tank, pond, pool; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. pal-u(d)-s, palus-tri-s; perhaps Angl. Sax. pol, 'a pool.']
     palvalatīra palvala-tīra, am, n. the bank or margin of a pool.
     palvalapaṅka palvala-paṅka, as, m. the mud of a pool.
     palvalāvāsa palvalāvāsa (-la-āv-), as, m. 'living in ponds', a tortoise.

palvalya palvalya, as, ā, am, Ved. marshy, boggy.

pav pav, cl. 1. A. pavate, pavitum, to go; (a various reading for plav.)

pava pava, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. ), purification, purity; winnowing corn; air, wind; a marsh; (ā), f. purification; (am), n. cow-dung.

pavat pavat, an, antī, at, purifying; pure.

pavana pavana, am, n. the act of purifying, purification; winnowing; an instrument for purifying, sieve, strainer, &c.; water; (as), m. 'the purifier', wind, air, the wind of the body; Wind personified (as regent of the Nakshatra Svāti and of the North-west region); a N. of the number five (Ved.); a householder's sacred fire; N. of a son of Manu Uttama; of the author of a Gāndharva-veda; (as, am), m. n. a potter's kiln; (ī), f. a broom; N. of a river; (as, ā, am), clean, pure.
     pavanakṣipta pavana-kṣipta, as, ā, am, tempest-tossed.
     pavanatanaya pavana-tanaya, as, m. 'son of the Wind', an epithet of Hanu-mat.
     pavanavāhana pavana-vā-hana, as, m. 'having wind as a vehicle', fire.
     pavanavijaya pa-vana-vijaya, as, m. 'victory over the wind or breath', N. of a mystic work.
     pavanavyādhi pavana-vyādhi, is, m. an epithet of Ud-dhava, the friend and counsellor of Kṛṣṇa; morbid condition of wind, rheumatism, &c.
     pavanātmaja pavanātmaja (-na-āt-), as, m. 'son of the Wind;' fire; an epithet of Hanumat the monkey-hero.
     pavanāśa pavanāśa (-na-āśa), or pavanāśana (-na-aś-), as, m. 'feeding on air', a serpent, snake.
     pavanāśanāśa pavanāśa-nāśa, as, m. 'snake-destroyer', a peacock; Garuḍa the bird and vehicle of Viṣṇu.
     pavanāśin pavanāśin (-na-āś-), ī, m. 'feeding on air', a serpent.
     pavanāhata pavanāhata (-na-āh-), as, ā, am, struck or shaken by the wind; rheumatic.
     pavanodbhrāntakārin pavanodbhrānta-kārin (-na-ud-), ī, iṇī, i, 'agitating the air', epithet of a particular mode of fighting.
     pavanodbhrāntavīci pavanodbhrānta-vīci, is, is, m. f. a wave tossed up by the winds.

pavamāna pavamāna, as, ā, am, being purified, being strained (usually said of the Soma, Ved.); (as), m. wind; N. of a particular Fire (associated with Pāvaka and Śuci, and also regarded as a son of Agni by Svāhā); epithet of the moon; epithet of particular Stotras sung by the Sāma-ga at the Jyotiṣṭoma (Ved.).
     pavamānavat pavamāna-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. having the Pavamāna-stotra.
     pavamānahavis pavamāna-havis, is, n. or pavamāneṣṭi (-na-iṣ-), is, f., Ved. offerings to Agni invoked under the title of Pavamāna or Pāvaka or Śuci.

pavayitṛ pavayitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, Ved. one who purifies or cleans, a purifier, cleanser, cleansing.

pavākā pavākā, f. a storm, whirlwind.

pavi pavi, is, m., Ved. the tire of a wheel; the metallic point of a spear or arrow; a thunderbolt; an arrow; speech; fire; [cf. ārdra-p-, kṛṣṇa-p-, kṣura-p-.]
     pavīnasa pavī-nasa, as, ā, am, Ved. 'having a nose like a spear-head', epithet of a demon.

pavita pavita, as, ā, am, purified, cleansed; (am), n. black pepper.

pavitṛ pavitṛ or Ved. pavītṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who purifies or cleanses, a purifier, cleanser.

pavitra pavitra, am, n. a means of purification, instrument for cleansing, filter, strainer, straining-cloth, colander (made of thread or hair or straw plaited or woven, for clarifying fluids, especially the Soma); Kuśa grass (especially a couple of Kuśa leaves a span long used at sacrifices to present offerings upon or to sprinkle and purify ghee, &c.); a ring of Kuśa grass worn on the fourth finger on particular occasions; a purifying prayer or Mantra; water, rain; rubbing, cleansing; the vessel in which the Argha is presented; copper; the sacred thread, Brāhmanical cord; melted butter; honey; any divinity as Agni &c.?; (as), m., N. of a Soma-yāga belonging to the Rāja-sūya; the sesame plant, Nageia Putranjiva; N. of a man (of the family of Aṅgiras and the reputed author of Ṛg-veda IX. 67, 73, 83, 107); (ās), m. pl. epithet of a class of deities in the fourteenth Manv-antara; (ā), f., N. of various plants; basil; Indian saffron, turmeric; = aśvatthī, q. v.; N. of a river (the Pabar, a little to the north-west of Hari-dwār); the twelfth day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa (a festival in honour of Viṣṇu); (as, ā, am), purifying, cleansing; pure, clean; holy, sinless; averting evil; [cf. Hib. beathra, 'water;' fothragaim, 'I bathe, cleanse;' fothragadh, 'a bath, well of purification.']
     pavitratā pavitra-tā, f. or pavitra-tva, am, n. purity, cleanness.
     pavitradhānya pavitra-dhānya, am, n. 'pure grain', barley.
     pavitrapati pavitra-pati, is, m., Ved. lord of the Pavitra.
     pavitrapāṇi pavitra-pāṇi, is, is, i, 'pure-handed', having clean hands or holding Darbha grass in the hand; (is), m., N. of an ancient sage.
     pavitrapūta pavitra-pūta, as, ā, am, Ved. clarified with a strainer or colander.
     pavitraratha pavitra-ratha, as, ā, am, Ved. having the colander as a chariot (said of the Soma).
     pavitravat pavitra-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. having an instrument for purifying (as a strainer or Darbha grass); purifying, cleansing; being in the colander; holding Darbha grass; an epithet of Agni; (atī), f., N. of a river.
     pavitrāropaṇa pavitrāropaṇa (-ra-ār-), am, n. 'putting on the Pavitra', investiture with the Brāhmanical cord; investing the image of Kṛṣṇa with the sacred thread; N. of a festival on the twelfth day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa.
     pavitrārohaṇa pavitrārohaṇa (-ra-ār-), am, n. 'putting on the Pavitra', investing with the sacred thread, N. of a festival in honour of Durgā on the eighth day of the light half of the month Śrāvaṇa or Āṣāḍha.
     pavitrīkaraṇa pavitrī-karaṇa, am, n. purification, cleansing; the instrument or means of purifying.
     pavitrīkṛ pavitrī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -ku-rute, -kartum, to purify, cleanse.
     pavitrīkṛta pavitrī-kṛta, as, ā, am, purified, cleansed, cleaned, sanctified.
     pavitrībhū pavitrī-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bhavitum, to become pure or clean.

pavitraka pavitraka, am, n. a small strainer or colander, the vessel in which an Argha or oblation is presented (?); pack-thread or a rope or net made of pack-thread; (as), m., N. of several sacred plants, Poa Cynosuroides (= kuśa); Artemisia Indica (= damanaka); Ficus Religisa; Ficus Glomerata; (at the end of a comp.) = pavitra.

pavitraya pavitraya, Nom. P. pavitrayati, -yitum, to cleanse, purify.

pavitrita pavitrita, as, ā, am, cleansed, purified, clean, pure.

pavitrin pavitrin, ī, iṇī, i, purifying, cleansing; pure, clean.

pavīra pavīra, am, n., Ved. a weapon with a metallic point, a lance, spear.
     pavīravat pavīra-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. armed with a lance or spear; having a goad; having a metallic share (said of a plough).

pavīrava pavīrava, as, m., Ved. having a metallic share (said of a plough); (Sāy.) = kuliśa or kuliśa-śabda, a thunderbolt or the noise of a thunderbolt.

pavīru pavīru, us, m., Ved. (probably) a flash of lightning, a thunderbolt; N. of a man.

pavyā pavyā, f., Ved. purification, cleansing.

pavanāla pavanāla, as, m. a species of grain, Andropogon Saccharatus (= deva-dhānya; incorrectly for yavanāla).

pavaneṣṭa pavaneṣṭa, as, m. a large species of Nimba tree; (probably incorrectly for yava-neṣṭa.)

pavanombuja pavanombuja, am, n. = parūṣa, the Parush tree; (probably an incorrect form.)

pavinda pavinda, as, m., N. of a man.

pavītṛ pavītṛ. See pavitṛ, p. 557, col. 3.

pavīnasa pavī-nasa. See under pavi, p. 557.

pavīra pavīra, am, n. See above.

paś 1. paś, for original spaś substituted for rt. 1. dṛś, q. v., 'to see', in certain tenses; [cf. rt. spaś, spaśa: Zend śpaś, 'to see, guard;' śpaś, 'a spy:' Gr. [greek] by metathesis for [greek] in [greek] [greek] Lat. spec-i-o, con-spici-o, specula, speculum, specu-s, spec-to: Old Germ. speh-o-m,  spāh-i: Mod. Germ. späh-en: Lith. spega-s, 'a spy:' Hib. faic-im, 'I see;' feach-aim, 'I look, view;' faoch-og, 'an eye.']

paś 2. paś, according to some the form paḍbhis in Ṛg-veda IV. 2, 12, may be connected with a base paś derived fr. rt. 1. paś in the sense of 'sight', 'look', 'eye.'

paśu 1. paśu, ind. see! behold!

paśya 1. paśya, Ved. or paśyaka, as, ā, am, seeing, beholding, surveying, rightly understanding; [cf. a-p-, a-sūryam-paśyā.]

paśya 2. paśya (2nd sing. imperative of rt. 1. dṛś), lo! behold! see! (an exclamation of wonder or admiration.)

paśyat paśyat, an, antī, at, seeing, beholding, looking, viewing, observing, remarking; regarding, considering; (antī), f. a courtezan, harlot; epithet of a particular sound.
     paśyatohara paśyato-hara, as, ā, am, stealing before a person's eyes or in the very sight of the possessor; (as), m. a thief, pilferer (a term of reproach proverbially applied to the goldsmith &c.).

paśyata paśyata, as, ā, am, Ved. visible, conspicuous.

paśyanā paśyanā, f., in a-p-, q. v.

paś 3. paś, cl. 10. P. pāśayati, -yitum, to bind; [cf. Zend paś, 'to bind;' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pac-i-sc-or, pax, pac-i-o(n), pang-o, pig-nus, pa-lu-s, com-pe-sc-o, dis-pe-sc-o: Goth. fah-an, 'to catch;' fulla-fah-jan, 'to fulfil;' fagr-s: Old Germ. fuog-a, ga-fuogi, gafag-jan, fah: Cambro-Brit. fasgu, 'to bind or tie in a bundle;' fasgiad, 'a ligation, a tying in a bundle.']

paśavya paśavya, as, ā, am, belonging or relating to cattle, fit or suitable for cattle (as a meadow, pasturage, &c.); relating to a herd or drove; possessed of cattle; brutish; (with kāma) sexual love, sexual intercourse; (am), n. a herd or drove of cattle; a stall for cattle.

paśu 2. paśu, us, m. (fr. rt. 3. paś, 'to bind', like Lat. bestia fr. rt. bandh; also said to be fr. rt. 1. paś; Vedic forms are du. paśvā, acc. pl. paśvas, inst. paśvā, dat. paśve, gen. paśvas), cattle (both singly and collectively), a herd, drove; any smaller animal used as a sacrificial victim, a goat; an animal in general, any domestic animal, (grāmyāḥ paśavaḥ, domestic animals, of which five kinds are enumerated, men, kine, horses, goats, and sheep, to which are sometimes added mules and asses or camels and dogs); a brute, beast, (āraṇyāḥ or vanyāḥ paśavaḥ, wild beasts, beasts of the forest; sometimes said contemptuously of a man; cf. puruṣa-p-); a mere animal in sacred things, an uninitiated person; a victim [cf. nṛ-p-]; an oblation; a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers; (with Māheśvaras and Pāśupatas) soul, the Supreme Spirit, the divine soul of the universe; Ficus Glomerata; (u), n., Ved. cattle; an animal, beast; [cf. Lat. pecu; Old Pruss. pecku; Goth. faih-u; Old Germ. fih-u; Mod. Germ. vieh, 'cattle;' perhaps Gr. [greek]]
     paśukarman paśu-karman, a, n., Ved. the act of offering the victim; sacrifice; copulation.
     paśukalpa paśu-kalpa, as, m., Ved. the ritual of animal sacrifice.
     paśukāma paśu-kāma, as, ā, am, Ved. desirous of possessing cattle.
     paśukriyā paśu-kriyā, f. the act of animal sacrifice; acting like cattle, copulation.
     paśugāyatrī paśu-gā-yatrī, f. a parody of the holy verse of the Vedas whispered into the ear of an animal about to be sacrificed (paśu-pāśāya vidmahe śiraś-chedāya dhīmahi tan naḥ paśuḥ pracodayāt).
     paśughāta paśu-ghāta, am, n. slaughter of animals for sacrifice.
     paśughna paśu-ghna, as, ī, am, slaughtering cattle.
     paśucaryā pa-śu-caryā, f. acting like cattle; copulation.
     paśucit paśu-cit, t, t, t, Ved. piled up with cattle (as a sacrificial fire).
     paśujātīya paśu-jātīya, as, ā, am, pertaining to the animal kingdom.
     paśutantra paśu-tantra, as, m. = paśu-kalpa, q. v.
     paśutā paśu-tā, f. or paśu-tva, am, n. the condition or nature of an animal, bestiality, brutality; the condition of a sacrificial animal, the being a sacrificial animal; the sacrifice of an animal.
     paśutṛp paśu-tṛp, p, p, p, Ved. gratifying one's self with cattle, i. e. stealing cattle; (Sāy.) = paśūnāṃ tarpayitṛ, feeding cattle.
     paśuda paśu-da, as, ā, am, making a grant of cattle; (ā), f., N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda.
     paśudā paśu-dā, ās, ās, am, making a grant of cattle.
     paśudevata paśu-devata, as, ā, am, Ved. invoking cattle as a deity (said of a formula or ceremony); (ā), f. the deity of the victim, i. e. the deity to whom the sacrifice is offered.
     paśudharma paśu-dharma, as, m. the characteristics of cattle, conduct of cattle, treatment of cattle; promiscuous cohabitation; the marrying of widows; (eṇa), ind. like a beast.
     paśunātha paśu-nātha, as, m. 'lord of cattle', an epithet of Śiva.
     paśupa paśu-pa, as, ā, am, guarding or keeping cattle; (as), m. a herdsman.
     paśupati paśu-pati, is, m. 'lord of the animals' (or according to others 'lord of a servant named Paśu'), an epithet of the later Rudra (Rudra-Śiva) or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with Bhava, Śarva, Ugra, Rudra, Mahā-deva, Īśāna, and others, who together with Bhīma are in later times regarded as manifestations of the one deity Rudra); = Śiva; N. of a scholiast; of a lexicographer; of Agni; (according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere paśu or animal before his lord and master Śiva, when they solicited him to destroy the Asura Tri-pura.)
     paśupatiśarman paśupati-śarman, ā, m., N. of a man.
     paśupatiśāstra paśupati-śāstra, am, n. the sacred book of the Pāśupatas revealed by Śiva.
     paśupalvala paśu-palvala, am, n. a fragrant grass, Cyperus Rotundus (which grows in pools frequented by cattle).
     paśupā paśu-pā, ās, m., Ved. a keeper of herds, herdsman; an epithet of Pūṣan; (ā), m. du. epithet of Pūṣan and Revatī.
     paśupāla paśu-pāla, as, m. a keeper of herds, herdsman; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people to the N. E. of Madhyadeśa; (am), n. the country or kingdom of the Paśupālas; (as), m., N. of a king (or perhaps a king of the Paśu-pālas).
     paśupālaka paśu-pālaka, as, m. a herdsman; (ikā), f. a herdsman's wife.
     paśupālana paśu-pālana, am, n. tending or rearing cattle.
     paśupālya paśu-pālya, am, n. breeding cattle.
     paśupāśa paśu-pāśa, as, m. the cord with which the victim is bound, binding the victim at a sacrifice; an animal sacrifice; the chains which fetter the individual soul, the world of sense.
     paśupāśaka paśu-pāśaka, as, m. a kind of coitus.
     paśupreraṇa paśu-preraṇa, am, n. the driving of cattle.
     paśubandha paśu-bandha, as, m. an animal sacrifice; N. of an Ekāha.
     paśubandhaka paśu-bandhaka, as, or am, m. or n. (?), a rope for tethering cattle.
     paśubhartṛ paśu-bhartṛ, tā, m. 'lord of cattle', an epithet of Śiva.
     paśubheda paśu-bheda, as, m. a class or species of animals.
     paśumat paśu-mat, ān, atī, at, connected with cattle or animals, relating to cattle or animals; rich in cattle, rich in herds; connected with animal sacrifices; containing the word paśu; (at), n. possession of cattle.
     paśumāra paśu-māra, as, m. the manner of slaughtering cattle; (am, eṇa), ind. according to the manner of slaughtering cattle.
     paśumāraka paśu-māraka, as, ā, am, attended with the sacrifice of animals, accompanied by immolation of animals.
     paśumohanikā paśu-mohanikā, f. 'stupefying animals', a species of plant (= kaṭvī).
     paśuyajña paśu-yajña, as, m. an animal sacrifice.
     paśuyāga paśu-yāga, as, m. the sacrifice of animals.
     paśurakṣaṇa paśu-rakṣaṇa, am, n. the tending of cattle.
     paśurakṣi paśu-rakṣi, is, is, i, Ved. keeping or tending cattle; (is), m. a herdsman.
     paśurakṣin paśu-rakṣin, ī, m. 'tending cattle', a herdsman, shepherd.
     paśurajju paśu-rajju, us, f. a cord for tethering cattle, a tether for animals.
     paśurāja paśu-rāja, as, m. 'monarch of the beasts', a lion.
     paśuroman paśu-roman, a, n. the hair of an animal.
     paśuvat paśu-vat, ind. like an animal, brutally; (Ved.) as in an animal (sacrifice).
     paśuvardhana paśu-vardhana, as, ā, am, Ved. increasing cattle, causing cattle to thrive; (am), n. the thriving of cattle.
     paśuvid paśu-vid, t, t, t, Ved. providing cattle.
     paśuśīrṣa paśu-śīrṣa, am, n. the head of an animal.
     paśuśrapaṇa paśu-śrapaṇa, am, n., Ved. cooking a sacrificial animal; (as), m., scil. agni, the fire on which the victim's flesh is cooked.
     paśuṣa paśu-ṣa, as, ā, am, or paśu-ṣā, ās, ās, am, Ved. bestowing cattle.
     paśuṣṭha paśu-ṣṭha, as, ā, am, Ved. existing or found in cattle.
     paśusakha paśu-sakha, as, m. 'friend of cattle', N. of a Śūdra.
     paśusani paśu-sani, is, is, i, Ved. bestowing cattle.
     paśusamāmnāya paśu-samāmnāya, as, m. 'enumeration of sacrificial animals', N. of a section of the Vājasaneyisaṃhitā.
     paśusamāmnāyika paśusamāmnāyika, as, ī, am, mentioned in books on animal sacrifices.
     paśusambhava paśu-sam-bhava, as, ā, am, produced by animals (as flesh, honey, butter, &c.).
     paśusādhana paśu-sādhana, as, ī, am, Ved. leading or guiding cattle.
     paśusūtra paśu-sūtra, am, n., N. of a work.
     paśuharītakī paśu-harītakī, f. the fruit of the Spondias Mangifera
     paśuhavya paśu-havya, am, n. sacrifice of animals.
     paśukṛ paśu-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -ka-roti, -kurute, -kartum, to transform into an animal; to offer as a victim.
     paśvaiṣṭi paśva-iṣṭi, is, is, i (fr. paśvas, acc. pl. of paśu and iṣṭi), Ved. wishing for herds; (is), f. desire of cattle; (Sāy.) = agner iṣṭiḥ, a fire offering, offering by fire.
     paśvayana paśv-ayana, am, n., Ved. a festival attended with animal sacrifices.
     paśvayantra paśva-yantra, as, ā, am, (fr. paśva for paśvas + yantra), Ved. being within the cattlefold; (Sāy.) provided with the means of letting out or extricating cattle.
     paśvavadāna paśv-avadāna, am, n. sacrifice or offering of animals.
     paśvācāra paśv-ācāra, as, m., N. of a particular form of the worship of Devī.
     paśvijyā paśv-ijyā, f., Ved. animal sacrifice.
     paśviṣ paśv-iṣ, ṭ, ṭ, ṭ, Ved. wishing for cattle; (Sāy.) driving cattle, a cattle-driver.
     paśviṣṭakā paśv-iṣṭakā, f., Ved. bricks in the shape of animals.
     paśvekādaśinī paśv-ekādaśinī, f. an aggregate of eleven sacrificial animals.

paśukā paśukā, f. any small animal.

paśca paśca, as, ā, am (fr. pas = apas = apa + ca fr. rt. añc; cf. ucca, nīca, tiraścīna), being behind; posterior, later; western, westerly; (a), ind., Ved. afterwards; (ā), ind., Ved. behind, at the back, abaft, after; afterwards, later; westward; (āt), ind. from behind, from the back, behind (paścāt-kṛ, to leave behind, surpass, excel), to or towards the back, backwards (e. g. paścād apasarad yānam, a carriage moving backwards); after, afterwards, subsequently, at a later time, in later times, at last; from the west, westward, to the west of; tataḥ paścāt, thereupon, after that; uttarataḥ-paścāt, from the north-west. As a prep. paścāt governs the gen. or abl., e. g. rathasya paścāt, behind the chariot; [cf. probably Lat. post, pone for pos-ne, postid-ea: Gr. [greek] Lith. paskuy, 'afterwards;' paskuttinis, paskiausas, 'last:' Old Pruss. pans-dan, 'afterwards:' Hib. feasd, feasda, 'hereafter, henceforward, forthwith.']
     paścāccara paścāc-cara, as, ī, am, coming or approaching behind.
     paścācchramaṇa paścāc-chra-maṇa, as, m. a Buddhist priest who walks behind another Buddhist priest in visiting the laity.
     paścātkarṇam paś-cāt-karṇam, ind., Ved. behind the ear.
     paścātkāla paścāt-kāla, as, m. subsequent time; (e), ind. in later times, afterwards.
     paścāttap paścāt-tap, cl. 1. P. A. -tapati, -te, -taptum, to feel pain after, regret, repent, feel remorse.
     paścāttara paścāt-tara, as, ā, am, Ved. later, posterior.
     paścāttāpa paścāt-tāpa, as, m. 'after-pain', sorrow, regret, repentance, remorse; paścāttāpaṃ kṛ, to feel regret, repent.
     paścāttāpin paścāt-tāpin, ī, inī, i, regretting, repenting.
     paścātsad paścāt-sad, t, t, t, Ved. sitting behind or towards the west.
     paścādakṣam paścād-akṣam, ind., Ved. behind the axle-tree.
     paścādapavarga paścād-apavarga, as, ā, am, Ved. closed or completed behind.
     paścādāgatya paścād-āgatya, ind. having returned.
     paścādāyāt paścād-āyāt, ān, ātī or āntī, āt, coming behind, following.
     paścādoṣa paścā-doṣa, as, m., Ved. the later part of the evening.
     paścādvartin paścād-vartin, ī, inī, i, remaining behind, following after.
     paścādvāta paścād-vāta, as, m., Ved. a wind from behind, a west wind.
     paścānutāpa paścānutāpa (-ca-an-), as, m. regret, repentance.
     paścānupūrvī paścānupūrvī (-ca-an-), f. a repeated or recurring series.
     paścānnata paś-cān-nata, as, ā, am, sunk or depressed behind.
     paścānmāruta paścān-māruta, as, m. a wind blowing from behind.
     paścārdha paścārdha (-ca-ar-), as, m. the hinder side or part; the remaining half or part; the west side.
     paścārdhya paścārdhya, as, ā, am, Ved. being on the hinder side.

paścātāt paścātāt, ind., Ved. from behind.

paścima paścima, as, ā, am, being behind, hinder, hindmost; latter, last (e. g. paścimā sandhyā, the latter, i. e. the evening twilight; paścimā kriyā, the last rite, burning the dead); west, western, westerly; (ā), f., scil. diś, the west; (am), n., N. of a Tantra; (ena), ind. behind (with acc.), after; in the west; (e), ind. in the west; [cf. uttara-p-, dakṣiṇa-p-.]
     paścimajana paścima-jana, ās, m. pl., Ved. the people in the west, the inhabitants of the western districts of India.
     paścimatantra paścima-tantra, am, n., N. of a Tantra.
     paścimatas paścima-tas, ind. from behind.
     paścimadarśana paś-cima-darśana, am, n. a last look; paścima-dar-śanaṃ draṣṭum, to see for the last time.
     paścimadeśa paś-cima-deśa, as, m., N. of a district mentioned in the Romaka-Siddhānta.
     paścimānūpaka paścimānūpaka (-ma-an-), as, m., N. of a prince.
     paścimābhimukha paścimābhimukha (-ma-abh-), as, ā or ī, am, directed towards the west.
     paścimārdha paścimārdha (-ma-ar-), as, m. the latter half, the hinder part.
     paścimottara paścimottara (-ma-ut-), as, ā, am, north-westerly, north-western; (asyām), loc. sing. f., scil. diśi, Ved. in the north-west; (e), ind. in the north-west.
     paścimottaradikpati paścimottara-dikpati, is, m. the regent of the north-west, the god of wind, wind.

paśya paśya, paśyat, paśyata. See under rt. 1. paś, p. 558.

paṣ paṣ, cl. 1. P. A. paṣati, -te, pa-ṣitum, a various reading for rt. spaś, q. v.; cl. 10. P. paṣayati, -yitum, to bind; to hinder; to touch; to go; pāṣayati, -yitum, a various reading for rt. 3. paś, p. 558, col. 2.

paṣṭhavāh paṣṭha-vāh, ṭ, m. (said to be fr. paṣṭha = pṛṣṭha + vāh), Ved. a bull four years old; (paṣṭhauhī), f. a heifer four years old, (probably) a young cow.

pas 1. pas, cl. 1. P. A. pasati, -te, pa-situm, a various reading for rt. spaś, q. v.; cl. 10. P. pāsayati, -yitum, a various reading for rt. 3. paś.

pas 2. pas, the pudenda.

pasas pasas, as, n., Ved. membrum virile; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. pen-is: Old Germ. visellin, 'penis:' Lith. pis-a, 'cunnus;' pis-ti, 'coire cum muliere.']

pastya pastya, am, n., Ved. habitation, abode, stall, stable; (ās), m. pl. a house, dwelling, residence; household, family; (Sāy.) = daivyaḥ prajāḥ, divine progeny; = manuṣya, a man; = ṛtv-ij, a priest; (ā), f. the goddess of domestic affairs; (as, ā, am), to be approached by all, venerated (Sāy. = sarvair gantavyaḥ).
     pastyasad pastya-sad, t, m., Ved. a member of a family; (Sāy.) = deva-yajana-lakṣaṇe gṛhe niṣaṇṇaḥ, seated in the chamber of divine worship.
     pastyāvat pastyā-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. haivng a fixed habitation; filled with habitations, abounding in dwellings or sacrificial halls (Sāy. = gṛha-vat, yajña-gṛhopeta); belonging to the Soma press; (ān), m. a householder, a wealthy man.

paspṛś paspṛś, Ved. in a-p-, q. v.

pahlava pahlava, ās, m., N. of a people, the Persians, (also spelt pahnava; in the Viṣṇu-Purāṇa they are said to be a degraded Kshatriya race conquered by Sagara and sentenced by him to wear beards, see Wilson's Viṣṇu-Purāṇa, p. 375.)

pahlikā pahlikā, f. Pistia Stratiotes (= vāri-praśnī).

1. , cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) pibati (in later works generally written pivati), -te (Ved. pāti), papau, pāsyati, apāt, pātum (Ved. pātave, pibadhyai), to drink, quaff (sometimes with gen. in Ved., e. g. madhvaḥ pibanti gauryaḥ, the white cows drink of the sweet Soma juice); to inhale, swallow (dust); to drink in, imbibe (metaphorically, e. g. piban yaśo mūrtam iva, drinking in as it were embodied glory); to feast on (with the eyes or ears, e. g. taṃ sā papau locanābhyām, she feasted on him with her eyes); to drink up, absorb, swallow up; to drink intoxicating liquors: Caus. pāyayati, -te, -yitum (Ved. -yitavai), to cause to drink, give to drink; to water (horses or cattle): Desid. pipāsati (Ved. pipīṣati), to wish to drink, thirst, thirst for, thirst after: Desid. of Caus. pipāyayiṣati, to wish or intend to give to drink: Intens. pepīyate, to drink greedily or with avidity, drink repeatedly; [cf. Gr. [greek] Fut. [greek] Perf. [greek] [greek] [greek] Aeol. [greek] Lat. po-tu-s, po-ti-o(n), po-tor, po-c-ulu-m, po-tare, bi-b-o, vini-bu-a for vini-bib-a, ex-bu-res, im-bu-o: Slav. pi-ti, 'to drink:' Old Pruss. pou-ton, 'to drink:' Lith. po-ta, 'tippling;' pe-na-s, 'milk;' py-va-s, 'beer:' Angl. Sax. beor: Old and Mod. Germ. bier.]

2. pā, ās, ās, am, (at the end of a comp.) drinking, quaffing; [cf. agre-pā, añjas-pā, ṛtu-pā.]

pātavya 1. pātavya, as, ā, am, to be drunk, drinkable.

pātṛ 1. pātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who drinks, a drinker.

pātra 1. pātra, am, n. a drinking-vessel, goblet, bowl, cup, plate, dish, jar, pot; a vessel in general; a utensil; any kind of sacrificial vase or vessel (comprising various forms of cups, plates, spoons, ladles, &c. so used); the channel or bed of a river; a receptacle of any kind, anything which holds or supports; (metaphorically) a receptacle, a recipient or a person in whom any quality is contained [cf. viśvāsa-p-]; a fit or competent or worthy person, a person worthy to receive gifts, worthy of, fit for (with gen. or loc. or inf., e. g. pātraṃ hy eṣām asi, for thou art worthy or these); a king's counsellor or minister; an actor, dramatis persona; a part in a play; propriety, fitness; an order, command; a leaf; (as), m. a vessel &c.; a measure of capacity = 1 Āḍhaka; (ī), f. a vessel, plate, dish; pot, barrel; a small or portable furnace; an epithet of Durgā; [cf. perhaps Lat. patera; Goth. fodr; Hib. putraice, 'a vessel, pot.']
     pātrakaṭaka pātra-kaṭaka, as or am, m. or n. (?), the ring on which a beggar's alms-dish is carried.
     pātratā pātra-tā, f. or pātra-tva, am, n. the property or capacity of a cup or vessel; the being a receptacle for anything; capacity, fitness; worthiness, merit, desert; dignity, honour; appropriate state or circumstance.
     pātrapāṇi pātra-pāṇi, is, m. 'cup-handed', N. of a demon hurtful to children.
     pātrapāla pātra-pāla, as, m. 'vessel-guiding', a large paddle used as a rudder (commonly called pātatu-yāra).
     pātrabhūta pātra-bhūta, as, ā, am, 'become a recipient', worthy of receiving anything from any one (gen.); the object of a present or of respectful treatment.
     pātrabhṛt pātra-bhṛt, t, m. 'taking care of utensils', a servant, scullion.
     pātrabheda pātra-bheda, as, m. breaking a drinking-vessel or cup.
     pātramelana pātra-melana, am, n. the bringing together of the characters of a play.
     pātravarga pātra-varga, as, m. a company of actors.
     pātrasaṃskāra pātra-saṃskāra, as, m. the current of a river; the cleaning of a vessel or dish.
     pātrasañcāra pātra-sañcāra, as, m. (perhaps) removing the dishes or arranging them after dinner (or incorrect for pātra-saṃskāra).
     pātrastha pātra-stha, as, ā, am, being in a dish.
     pātrahasta pātra-hasta, as, ā, am, 'cup-handed', holding a vessel in the hand.
     pātrīnirṇejana pātrī-nirṇejana, am, n., Ved. water for rinsing a vessel.
     pātrebahula pātre-bahula, as, ā, am, constant at meals; a parasite.
     pātresamita pātre-samita, as, ā, am, constant at meals, a parasite; a treacherous or hypocritical person.
     pātropakaraṇa pātropakaraṇa (-ra-up-), am, n. decorations of an inferior class, as bells, chowries, vases, &c.

pātraka pātraka, am, n. a vessel, bowl, bason, dish; (ikā), f. a cup, a beggar's bowl or alms-dish.

pātraṭīra pātraṭīra, as, m. an ex-minister; (according to others) an able or competent minister; a vessel of metal; mucus running from the nose; rust of iron; fire; a heron; a crow.

pātraya pātraya, Nom. P. pātrayati, -yitum, to use as a drinking-vessel.

pātrasātkṛ pātrasāt-kṛ, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to present a worthy person with anything.

pātrika pātrika, as, ī, am, measured out with any vessel or with the measure Pātra; sown with as much as will fill a Pātra; containing it, possessing it; fit, adequate, appropriate; (am, ī), n. f. a vessel, cup, dish.

pātrin pātrin, ī, iṇī, i, having a drinking-vessel or provided with a dish; having fit or worhty persons.

pātriya pātriya or pātrya, as, ā, am, worthy to partake of a meal.

pātrīkṛ pātrī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to make a fitting receptacle or recipient, to make a worthy object; to dignify, promote to honour.

pātrīṇa pātrīṇa, as, ā, am, measured or sown or cooked with a Pātra.

pātrībhū pātrī-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bhavitum, to become a fitting recipient or worthy object.

pātrīya pātrīya, am, n. a sacrificial vessel or utensil.

pātrīra pātrīra, as, m. an oblation.

pātrīva pātrīva, as, am, m. n. a kind of sacrificial vessel.

pāna 1. pāna, am, n. (for 2. see col. 2), drinking, drinking spirituous liquors; enjoying; a drink, beverage; a drinking-vessel, cup; a canal; (as), m. a distiller, one who sells spirituous liquors, a publican, inn-keeper; [cf. Lith. pena-s, 'milk.']
     pānakumbha pāna-kumbha, as, m. a drinking-vessel.
     pānagoṣṭhikā pāna-goṣṭhikā or pāna-goṣṭhī, f. a drinking-party, drinking-bout; a dram-shop, tavern, place where people drink together.
     pānaja pāna-ja, as, ā, am, caused by drinking (as a disease).
     pānadoṣa pāna-doṣa, as, m. the vice of drinking, drunkenness.
     pānapa pāna-pa, as, ā, am, a dram-drinker, drinker of spirituous liquors.
     pānapara pāna-para, as, ā, am, addicted to drinking.
     pānapātra pāna-pātra, am, n. a drinking-vessel, glass, cup, goblet.
     pānabaṇij pāna-baṇij, k, m. a vender of spirits, a distiller.
     pānabhājana pāna-bhājana, am, n. a drinking-vessel, glass, goblet.
     pānabhāṇḍa pāna-bhāṇḍa, am, n. a drinkingvessel.
     pānabhū pāna-bhū, ūs, or pāna-bhūmi, is or ī, f. a drinking-place, drinking-room, refreshment-room.
     pānamaṅgala pāna-maṅgala, am, n. a drinking-party, drinking-bout.
     pānamada pāna-mada, as, m. intoxication.
     pānarata pā-na-rata, as, ā, am, addicted to drink, drinking, drunken, a toper.
     pānavat pāna-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. abounding in drink, rich in beverages.
     pānavibhrama pāna-vibhrama, as, m. 'drink-giddiness', intoxication.
     pānaśauṇḍa pāna-śauṇḍa, as, ā, am, addicted to intoxication; (as), m. a hard drinker.
     pānāgāra pānāgāra (-na-ag- or -āg-), as, m. a drinking-house, tavern.
     pānātyaya pānātyaya (-na-at-), as, m. hard drinking, drinking; morbid state after intoxication.

pānaka pānaka, as, am, m. n. a draught, drink, beverage, potion.

pānika pānika, as, m. a vender of spirituous liquors.

pānila pānila, am, n. a drinking-vessel.

pānīya 1. pānīya, as, ā, am, (for 2. see col. 2), to be drunk, drinkable; (am), n. a beverage, drink; water.
     pānīyakākikā pānīya-kākikā, f. 'sea-crow', the cormorant.
     pānīyanakula pānīya-nakula, as, m. 'water-ichneumon', an otter.
     pānīyapṛṣṭhaja pānīya-pṛṣṭha-ja, as, m. 'born on the surface of the water', an aquatic plant, Pistia Stratiotes.
     pānīyaphala pānīya-phala, am, n. the seed of Euryala Ferox.
     pānīyamūlaka pānīya-mūlaka, am, n. the plant Vernonia Anthelminthica.
     pānīyavarṇikā pānīya-varṇikā, f. sand (= bālukā).
     pānīyaśālā pānīya-śālā or pānīya-śā-likā, f. a place where water is distributed, a shed on the road-side for providing passengers with water.
     pānīyaśīta pānīya-śīta, as, ā, am, too cold to drink.
     pānīyādhyakṣa pā-nīyādhyakṣa (-ya-adh-), as, m. a superintendent of the water.
     pānīyāmalaka pānīyāmalaka (-ya-ām-), am, n. a kind of fruit, Flacourtia Cataphracta.
     pānīyārtham pānīyār-tham (-ya-ar-), ind. for the sake of water.
     pānīyālu pānī-yālu (-ya-ālu), us, m. a species of tuberous plant (= jalālu, kṣupālu).
     pānīyāśrā pānīyāśrā (-ya-aś-), f. a species of grass (= valvajā, dṛḍha-kṣurā).

pānta pānta, as, m., Ved. = 1. pānīya, a drink, beverage; (Sāy.) = pālana-svabhāva, nutritious (as if fr. rt. 3. ).

3. , cl. 2. P. pāti, papau, pāsyati, apāsīt (Ved. forms pīpāya [Sāy. fr. pyai], pāsati), pātum, to watch, keep, preserve, protect, screen, shelter, defend against (with abl.); to rule, govern; to beware of (with abl); to observe, notice, attend to (Ved.); to oversee, take care of, tend (Ved.); to keep, observe (in this sense also A., Ved.): Caus. (or rt. pal or pāl, cl. 10; or Nom. fr. pāla) P. (ep. also A.) pālayati (-te), -yitum, to watch, keep, protect, screen, defend, be a guardian to; to cherish; to rule, govern; to maintain, keep, observe (as a promise or vow): Desid. pipāsati: Intens. pāpāyate, pāpeti, pāpāti; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] perhaps [greek] [greek] perhaps [greek] [greek] = nṛ-pa (?): Lat. pa in pa-vi, pa-bulum, pa-sc-or, pas-tor, Pa-le-s, pā-nis, pe-n-us, penātes, penes, pene-tro: Slav. pit-a-ti, 'to nourish:' Russ. pitayu, 'I feed:' Lith. po-nas, 'a lord;' pe-nas, 'fodder, food;' penu, 'I feed;' pe-mu, 'a shepherd;' pe-tu-s, 'midday:' Goth. fod-yan, 'to feed;' fod-ein-s, 'food:' Angl. Sax. fod-a: Mod. Germ. futter: Eng. food.]

4. pā, ās, ās, am, (at the end of a comp.) keeping, protecting, guarding, screening; [cf. apāna-pā, āprīta-pā, go-pā, tapuṣ-pā.]

pāt 1. pāt, ān, ātī or āntī, āt (for 2. see p. 563), guarding, defending, preserving; a guardian, protector.

pāta 1. pāta, as, ā, am, (for 2. pāta see under 2. pāt), watched, protected, preserved.

pātavya 2. pātavya, as, ā, am, (for 1. see p. 559, col. 3), to be guarded or protected.

pātṛ 2. pātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ (for 1. see p. 559, col. 3), a defender, protector, defending (with gen. or acc.); (), m. a species of Ocymum (= gandha-pattra).

pātra 2. pātra, am, n. a preservative from sin.

pāna 2. pāna, as, ā, am, (for 1. see col. 1) Ved. observing, keeping; (am), n. protection, defence; [cf. tanū-p-.]

pānīya 2. pānīya, as, ā, am, (for 1. see col. 1), to be cherished or protected, to be preserved.

pāṃśu pāṃśu, pāṃśana, &c., = pāṃsu, pāṃ-sana, &c. below.

pāṃsu pāṃsu, us, m. (in later writings mostly spelt pāṃśu; probably fr. rt. paṃs or paṃś, to destroy), crumbling soil, dust, sand; a particle of dust, grain of sand; dung, manure; a species of plant (= parpaṭa); a kind of camphor; landed property; [cf. Lat. pulvis for pulcvis; Cambro-Brit. pain, 'pollen, fine powder or dust.']
     pāṃsukāsīsa pāṃsu-kāsīsa, am, n. sulphate of iron.
     pāṃsukulī pāṃsu-kulī, f. 'multitude of dust', a high road, highway.
     pāṃsukūla pāṃsu-kūla, am, n. a dust-heap, particularly a collection of rubbish and rags out of which the Buddhist priests make up their clothing; a legal document not made out in any particular person's name.
     pāṃsukūlasīvana pāṃsukūla-sīvana, am, n. 'the sewing together of rags from a dust-heap', N. of the place where Śākya-muni assumed his priestly dress.
     pāṃsukūlika pāṃsukūlika, as, ā, am, one who wears clothes made of rags from a dust-heap.
     pāṃsukṛta pāṃsu-kṛta, as, ā, am, covered with dust, dusty.
     pāṃsukṣāra pāṃsu-kṣāra = pāṃsu-ja, q. v.
     pāṃsuguṇṭhita pāṃsu-guṇṭhita, as, ā, am, covered with dust.
     pāṃsucatvara pāṃsu-catvara, am, n. hail.
     pāṃsucandana pāṃsu-candana, as, m. an epithet of Śiva.
     pāṃsucāmara pāṃsu-cāmara, as, m. a heap of dust; a tent; a bank covered with Dūrvā grass; praise; a small cucumber.
     pāṃsuja pāṃsu-ja, am, n. 'earthborn', a kind of salt extracted from soil, rock or fossil salt.
     pāṃsujālika pāṃsu-jālika, as, m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     pāṃsudhūmra pāṃsu-dhūmra, as, ā, am, dark-red or dark with dust; [cf. dhūli-dhūmra.]
     pāṃsudhvastaśiroruha pāṃsu-dhvasta-śiroruha, as, ā, am, having the hair soiled with dust.
     pāṃsunipāta pāṃsu-nipāta, as, m. a fall of dust.
     pāṃsupaṭala pāṃ-su-paṭala, am, n. a coating or mass of dust.
     pāṃsupattra pāṃsu-pattra, am, n. a kind of vegetable, Chenopodium Album.
     pāṃsubhava pāṃsu-bhava, as or am, m. or n. (?) = pāṃsu-ja, q. v.
     pāṃsumardana pāṃsu-mardana, as, m. 'dust-destroying', an excavation for water round the root of a tree.
     pāṃsurāgiṇī pāṃsu-rāgiṇī, f. a species of plant (= mahā-madā).
     pāṃsurāṣṭra pāṃsu-rāṣṭra, am, n., N. of a country; (ās), m. pl., N. of its inhabitants.
     pāṃsuvarṣa pāṃsu-varṣa, as, m. a shower of dust, falling dust.
     pāṃsusamūhana pāṃsu-samūhana, as, ī, am, collecting or raising dust (as the wind).
     pāṃsutkara pāṃsutkara (-su-ut-), as, m., Ved. = pāṃsu-varṣa.

pāṃsaka pāṃsaka, as, ā, am, vitiating, spoiling; contemptible, vile.

pāṃsana pāṃsana, as, ā or ī, am, (at the end of a comp.) defiling, disgracing, dishonouring; vitiating, spoiling, destructive; contemptible, wicked, bad, infamous; (am), n. contempt.

pāṃsava pāṃsava, as, ā, am, formed or consisting of dust; (as), m. a patronymic (Ved.); a kind of salt (in this sense spelt pāṃśava).

pānsin pānsin, ī, inī, i, = pāṃsana (for which it is probably only a wrong reading).

pāṃsuka pāṃsuka, ās, m. pl. dust; (ā), f. a menstruous woman; a fragrant plant, Pandanus Odoratissimus.

pāṃsura pāṃsura, as, ā, am, dusty (Ved.); a gad-fly; a cripple carried or moving about in a chair.

pāṃsula pāṃsula or pāṃśula, as, ā, am, dusty, covered with dust; sullied, defiled, disgraced; defiling, disgracing (e. g. kula-pāṃsula, disgracing a family, a disgrace to the family); (as), m. a wicked or profligate man, a libertine, paramour, gallant; one of Śiva's weapons (a sort of pole armed at the upper end with transverse pieces representing the breast-bone and adjoining ribs and surmounted by a skull); an epithet of Śiva; a species of tree, Caesalpinia Bonducella; (ā), f. a menstruous woman; a licentious woman, (a-pāṃ-śulā, a chaste woman); the earth; Pandanus Odoratissimus.

pāka 1. pāka, as, ā, am (said to be fr. rt. 1. , to drink), Ved. very young; sincere, simple, genuine, inartificial, honest; ignorant; (as), m. the young of animals, a child, an infant; N. of a Daitya slain by Indra; an owl.
     pākatrā pāka-trā, ind., Ved. in a simple or honest way, in simplicity; (Sāy.) = vipakva-prajñeṣu, towards the sincere-minded.
     pākadūrvā pāka-dūrvā, f., Ved. a species of plant.
     pākadviṣ pāka-dviṣ, ṭ, m. 'the enemy of the Daitya Pāka', an epithet of Indra.
     pākayajña pāka-yajña, as, m. a simple or domestic sacrifice (an oblation offered on building a house, liberating a bull, &c.; according to Āpastamba this term comprise the Aupāsana-homa, Vaiśvadeva, Pārvaṇa, Aṣṭakā, Śrāddha, Sarpa-bali, Īśāna-bali; according to Baudhāyana, the Huta, Pra-huta, Ā-huta, Śūla-gava, Bali-haraṇa, Praty-avarohaṇa, Aṣṭakā-homa; according to Gautama, the Aṣṭakā, Pārvaṇa, Śrāddha, Śrāvaṇī, Āgrahāyaṇī, Caitrī, Aśva-yujī); N. of a man.
     pākayajñika pākayajñika, as, ī, am, relating to the Pāka-yajña; (as), m. a performer of the Pāka-yajña ceremony.
     pākayajñiya pākayajñiya, as, ā, am, relating to the Pāka-yajña.
     pākavat pāka-vat, ind., Ved. simply, honestly.
     pākaśaṃsa pāka-śaṃsa, as, ā, am, Ved. honest-minded; (Sāy.) = paripakva-va-cana, satya-bhāṣin, speaking sincerely.
     pākaśālā pāka-śālā, f. 'cook-house', a kitchen.
     pākaśāsana pāka-śāsana, as, m. 'punisher of the Daitya Pāka or instructor of the ignorant', an epithet of Indra.
     pākaśāsani pākaśāsani, is, m. (a patronymic fr. the preceding), an epithet of Jayanta; of Arjuna.
     pākasaṃsthā pāka-saṃsthā, f. = pāka-yajña, q. v.
     pākasutvan pāka-sutvan, ā, arī, a, Ved. offering Soma with a simple or sincere mind (Sāy. = vi-pakvena manasā somasyābhiṣotṛ).
     pākasthāman pāka-sthāman, ā, m., Ved., N. of a man.
     pākahantṛ pāka-han-tṛ, tā, m. 'slayer of the Daitya Pāka', an epithet of Indra.

pākya pākya, am, n., Ved. honesty, simplicity; (ā), ind. in simplicity, in ignorance.

pāka 2. pāka, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. pac), cooking, baking, roasting, boiling, dressing food; burning (bricks or earthenware); digestion, assimilation of food; ripening, becoming ripe, ripeness; maturity, perfect development (e. g. dhiyas, of the intellect), development of consequences (as of an act done in a former life or of any act); completion, perfection, fulfilment, accomplishment [cf. phala-p-]; greyness of the hair, old age; inflammation, suppuration, ripeness of a boil; an abscess, ulcer; a vessel in which anything is cooked or dressed, cooking utensil (a saucepan, boiler, &c.); the domestic fire; general fear and panic resulting in national disaster or revolution; the subversion of a country; [cf. a-p-, ikṣu-p-, kṛṣṇa-p-.]
     pākakṛṣṇa pāka-kṛṣṇa, as, m. the Caronda tree, Carissa Carondas ('bearing a black fruit when ripe', also other similar compounds, as pākakṛṣṇa-phala, kṛṣṇa-pāka).
     pākaja pāka-ja, as, ā, am, caused by cooking or roasting, produced by maturing; (am), n. 'obtained by boiling', black salt; flatulence.
     pākajatva pākaja-tva, am, n. production by warmth, capability of being affected by contact with fire.
     pākapātra pāka-pātra, am, n. a cooking utensil, a boiler, &c.
     pākapuṭī pāka-puṭī, f. a potter's kiln, pottery.
     pākaphala pāka-phala, as, m. the Caronda tree (= kṛṣṇa-pāka-phala).
     pākabhāṇḍa pāka-bhāṇḍa, am, n. a cooking utensil.
     pākamatsya pāka-matsya, as, m. a species of fish; a kind of fish-sauce; a species of venomous insect.
     pākarañjana pāka-rañjana, am, n. the leaf of the Laurus Cassia.
     pākarājeśvara pāka-rājeśvara (-ja-īś-), as, m., N. of a writer on the art of cookery.
     pākaśālā pāka-śālā, f. 'hall for cooking', a kitchen.
     pākaśuklā pāka-śuklā, f. chalk.
     pākasthāna pāka-sthāna, am, n. 'place for cooking', a kitchen; (scil. kulālasya) a potter's kiln.
     pākāgāra pākā-gāra (-ka-ag- or -āg-), as or am, m. or n. (?), 'cooking-room', a kitchen.
     pākātīsāra pākātīsāra (-ka-at-), as, m. chronic dysentery; [cf. āmātīsāra.]
     pākādhyāya pā-kādhyāya (-ka-adh-), as, m. 'chapter on cooking', N. of a chapter of the Sannipāta-kalikā treating of particular medical decoctions.
     pākāru pākāru (-ka-aru), us, m., Ved., N. of a particular disease.

pākala pākala, as, ā, am, bringing to maturity; suppurative, causing suppuration in a boil; (as), m. fever in an elephant; fire; wind; = vodhana-dravya (probably an error for rādhana-dravya); (ā), f. Bignonia Suaveolens; (ī), f. Cucumis Utilissimus; (am), n. Costus Speciosus.

pākali pākali, is, f. a species of plant (= rohiṇī).

pākin pākin, ī, inī, i, (at the end of a comp.) becoming mature, ripening; being digested.

pākima pākima, as, ā, am, cooked, dressed, ripened (naturally or artificially); obtained by boiling or evaporation (as salt).

pākuka pākuka, as, m. a cook.

pākya pākya, as, ā, am, to be cooked or matured; fit to cook, eatable; obtained by cooking or evaporation; (am), n. a kind of salt; (as), m. saltpetre.

pācaka pācaka, as, ikā, am, cooking, roasting, baking; causing digestion, digestive, peptic, tonic; maturing, bringing to maturity; (as, ikā), m. f. a cook; (as), m. fire; (am), n. the bile which assists in digestion.
     pācakastrī pācaka-strī, f. a female cook.
     pācikābhārya pācikā-bhārya, as, ā, am, having a cook for a wife, married to a cook.

pācana pācana, as, ī, am, causing to cook or boil, cooking, ripening; softening, relaxing, digestive; suppurative; (as), m. fire; acidity, sourness; a species of plant (= raktairaṇḍa); (ī), f. a species of Myrobalan, Terminalia Chebula; (am), n. the act of cooking or baking; ripening; causing a wound to close; a styptic for closing wounds; a medicinal preparation, infusion, decoction (of various drugs, chiefly carminatives or gentle stimulants given to bring the vitiated humors in fever &c. to maturity); 'extraction by boiling', eliciting extraneous substances from a wound or ulcer by means of cataplasms &c.; a cataplasm; a sort of diet-drink; dissolving; a dissolvent, digestive; penance, expiation; (ikā), f. cooking, maturing.

pācanaka pācanaka, as, m. borax; (am), n. a sort of diet-drink; causing a wound to close (by means of styptics &c.).

pācanīya pācanīya, as, ā, am, to be cooked or digested; dissolving, digestive.

pācala pācala, as, m. whatever cooks, ripens, causes digestion, &c.; a cook; fire; wind; a thing dressed or matured without the aid of fire; (am), n. cooking, maturing.

pācā pācā or pāci, is, f. cooking, maturing.

pācya pācya, as, ā, am, to be cooked; capable of being matured.

pākṣa pākṣa, as, ī, am (fr. pakṣa), belonging to a half month, fortnightly, relating to a side or party, &c.

pākṣapātika pākṣapātika, as, ī, am (fr. pakṣa-pāta), favouring a party or faction, partial, factious.

pākṣāyaṇa pākṣāyaṇa, as, ī, am, belonging to or occurring in a Paksha or fortnight, &c.

pākṣika pākṣika, as, ī, am (fr. pakṣa or pakṣin), belonging to a bird; belonging to a fortnight, fortnightly; belonging to an argument, &c.; favouring a party or faction; subject to an alternative, that which may or may not take place, possible but not necessary, contingent, allowed but not prescribed; (as), m. a fowler, bird-catcher; an alternative.

pākhaṇḍa pākhaṇḍa, as, m. a heretic, heterodox Hindū (adopting the exterior marks of the classes, but not respecting the ordinances of the Vedas; also pāṣaṇḍa, q. v.).

pāgala pāgala, as, ā, am, mad, deranged, demented.

pāṅkta pāṅkta, as, ī, am (fr. paṅkti), consisting of five parts, fivefold (Ved.); relating to or composed in the Paṅkti metre; an epithet of a kind of Soma; (am), n., scil. sāman, N. of a Sāman.
     pāṅktatā pāṅkta-tā, f. or pāṅkta-tva, am, n., Ved. fivefoldness, fivefold nature or condition.

pāṅktakākubha pāṅktakākubha, as, ā, am, (fr. paṅkti-kakubh), Ved. an epithet of a Pra-gātha consisting of the Paṅkti and Kakubh metres.

pāṅkteya pāṅkteya or pāṅktya, as, ā, am, fit to sit in the general row at meals, fit to be associated with, admissible into society, fit for respectable society.

pāṅktra pāṅktra, as, m., Ved. (according to Mahī-dhara) a kind of mouse.

pāṅgulya pāṅgulya, am, n. (fr. paṅgula), limping, halting, hobbling.

pācaka pācaka. See col. 1.

pācī pācī, f. a species of climbing plant.

pājas pājas, as, n. (said to be fr. rt. 3. ), Ved. brightness, shining, glimmer, gleam, glitter, sheen [cf. sahasra-p-]; cheerfulness, freshness, activity, strength, vigour, impetuosity; a shining surface (said of the sky); (asī), n. du. 'the two shining surfaces', heaven and earth; (Sāy.) = balavatyau, powerful (as an epithet of Dyāvā-kṣāmā); (āṃsi), n. pl. glittering hues, glowing colours; (Sāy.) = balāni.
     pājasvat pājas-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. brilliant, strong.

pājasya pājasya, am, n., Ved. the region of the belly (of an animal); the flanks, side; [cf. tri-p-.]

pāñcakapāla pāñcakapāla, as, ī, am (fr. pañca-kapāla), relating to or forming part of an oblation offered in five cups.

pāñcagatika pāñcagatika, as, ī, am (fr. pañca-gati), consisting of five forms of existence.

pāñcajanī pāñcajanī, f. a patronymic of Asiknī the daughter of the Prajā-pati Pañca-jana.

pāñcajanya pāñcajanya, as, ā, am (fr. pañca-jana, q. v.), containing or relating to the five classes or races of men, extending over the five races (Ved.); (as), m., N. of the conch of Kṛṣṇa which was taken by him from the demon Pañca-jana, see pañca-jana, p. 522; fire; a species of fish (= poṭa-gala); N. of one of the eight Upa-dvīpas in Jambu-dvīpa; (ā), f. a patronymic of Asiknī; (am), n. (?), N. of a forest.
     pāñcajanyadhara pāñcajanya-dhara, as, m. 'bearing the conch Pāñcajanya', an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

pāñcadaśa pāñcadaśa, as, ī, am (fr. pañca-daśī), relating to the fifteenth day of a month.

pāñcadaśya pāñcadaśya, as, śī, am, relating or belonging to the fifteenth day of a month, used on the fifteenth day of a half month; (am), n. the aggregate of fifteen.

pāñcanakha pāñcanakha, as, ī, am (fr. pañca-nakha), made of the skin of an animal with five claws.

pāñcanada pāñcanada, as, ī, am (fr. pañca-nada), prevailing in the land of the five rivers, observed in Pañca-nada or the Pañjāb; (as), m. a prince of the Pañjāb; (ās), m. pl. the inhabitants of the Pañjāb.

pāñcabhautika pāñcabhautika, as, ī, am (fr. pañca-bhūta), composed of or containing the five elements; (with ā-dāna) the assumption of the five elements.

pāñcamāhnika pāñcamāhnika, as, ī, am (fr. pañcama + ahan), Ved. belonging to the fifth day.

pāñcamika pāñcamika, as, ī, am, treated of in the fifth (book).

pāñcayājñika pāñcayājñika, as, ī, am (fr. pañca-yajña), relating or belonging to or included in the five great sacrifices or ceremonies; (am), n. any one of the five great sacrifices.

pāñcarātra pāñcarātra, ās, m. pl. (fr. pañca-rātra), N. of a Vaiṣṇava sect following the doctrine of their sacred book called Pañca-rātra.
     pāñcarātrarahasya pāñcarātra-rahasya, am, n., N. of a work mentioned in the Sarvadarśana-saṅgraha by Mādhavācārya.

pāñcarātryanibarhaṇa pāñcarātrya-nibarhaṇa, am, n., N. of the eighth chapter of the Śaṅkara-vijaya by Anantānanda-giri.

pāñcavarṣika pāñcavarṣika, as, ī, am (fr. pañca-varṣa), five years old.

pāñcavāja pāñcavāja, am, n. (fr. pañca-vāja), N. of a Sāman.

pāñcavidhya pāñcavidhya, am, n. (fr. pañca-vidhi), N. of a Sūtra treating of the five Vidhis of the Sāman.

pāñcaśabdika pāñcaśabdika, am, n. (fr. pañca-śabda), music of five kinds; musical instruments in general.

pāñcaśara pāñcaśara, as, ī, am (fr. pañca-śara), belonging to 'the five-arrowed' or the god of love.

pāñcārthika pāñcārthika, as, m. (fr. pañcan + artha), a follower or votary of Paśu-pati or Śiva.

pāñcāla pāñcāla, as, ī, am, relating or belonging to the Pañcālas, dwelling in or ruling over the country of the Pañcālas; (as), m. a prince of the Pañcālas; the country of the Pañcālas; (ās), m. pl. the people of the Pañcālas; an association of five guilds (viz. those of the carpenter, weaver, barber, washerman, and shoe-maker); (ī), f. a princess of the Pañcālas; a N. of Draupadī the wife of the five Pāṇḍu princes; a doll, puppet; scil. rīti, epithet of a particular poetical style; the melodious combination of five or six words.
     pāñcāladeśa pāñcāla-deśa, as, m. the country of the Pañcālas.
     pāñcālarāja pāñcāla-rāja, as, m. the king of the Pañcālas.

pāñcālaka pāñcālaka, as, ikā, am, belonging to the people of the Pañcālas; (as), m. a sovereign of the Pañcālas; (ikā), f. a princess of the Pañcālas; a doll, puppet (sometimes written pāñcalikā).

pāñcāleya pāñcāleya or pāñcālya, as, ī, am, belonging to the Pañcālas; (as), m. a prince of the Pañcālas.

pāñci pāñci, is, m. (fr. pañcan), a patronymic.
     pāñcigrāma pāñci-grāma, as, m., N. of a village.

pāñcika pāñcika, as, m., N. of the leader of the Yakshas.

pāṭ pāṭ, ind. an interjection used in calling (sambodhane).

pāṭa pāṭa, as, m. (fr. rt. paṭ), breadth, expanse, extension; (in geometry) the intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular or the figure formed by such intersection; (ā), f. regular or successive order, series, succession.

pāṭaka pāṭaka, as, m. a splitter, divider, one who cleaves or tears asunder; the half of a village, part of a village, a kind of village; a shore, bank; a flight of steps leading to the water; a kind of musical instrument; a long span (= mahā-kiṣku); expense or loss of capital or stock; throwing dice.

pāṭana pāṭana, am, n. splitting, cleaving, slitting up, tearing up, breaking, cutting to pieces, destroying.
     pāṭanakriyā pāṭana-kriyā, f. lancing an abscess or ulcer.

pāṭala pāṭala, as, ā, am (said by some to be connected with pāṭa above), pale-red, of a pink or pale-red colour; rose colour; pallid; (as, ī, am), made of the Pāṭalī or forming a part of it; (as), m. a palered hue, rose colour, redness; the trumpet-flower, Bignonia Suaveolens (a tree with sweet-scented blossoms); a species of rice ripening in the rains; N. of a man; (ā), f. Bignonia Suaveolens (both the tree and its blossom); red Lodhra; a kind of fresh-water fish; an epithet of Durgā; a form of Dākṣāyaṇī; (am, ā), n. f. the flower of the Bignonia Suaveolens; saffron.
     pāṭalagaṇḍalekha pāṭala-gaṇḍa-lekha, as, ā, am, having the complexion of the cheek reddened.
     pāṭaladruma pāṭala-druma, as, m. a species of tree, Rottleria Tinctoria (= pun-nāga).
     pāṭalapuṣpasannibha pāṭala-puṣpa-sannibha, am, n. a species of medicinal plant (= padma-kāṣṭha).
     pāṭalāvatī pāṭalā-vatī, f., N. of a river; an epithet of Durgā.
     pāṭalopala pāṭalopala (-la-up-), am, n. a ruby.

pāṭalaka pāṭalaka, as, ā, am, of a pale-red colour, pink.

pāṭali pāṭali, is, ī, m. f. the trumpet-flower, Bignonia Suaveolens; a species of rice; (ī), f., N. of a city; of a daughter of king Mahendra-varman.
     pāṭaliputra pāṭali-putra or pāṭali-putraka, am, n., N. of the capital of Magadha near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges, supposed to be the ancient Palibothra and the modern Patna.
     pāṭaliputranāmadheya pāṭaliputra-nāmadheya, am, n., scil. nagara, a city called Pāṭali-putra.

pāṭalika pāṭalika, as, ā, am, knowing the secrets of others; one who knows time and place; (as), m. a pupil; (am), n., N. of a town (= pāṭali-putra).

pāṭaliman pāṭaliman, ā, m. a pale-red or rose colour.

pāṭalyā pāṭalyā, f. a multitude of Pāṭalā flowers.

pāṭita pāṭita, as, ā, am, torn, split, broken, divided; epithet of a form of fracture of the leg.

pāṭī pāṭī, f. arithmetic; a species of shrub (= balā).
     pāṭīgaṇita pāṭī-gaṇita, am, n. arithmetic.

pāṭīra pāṭīra, as, m. a field; a pungent root, a kind of radish; the pith or manna of the bamboo; a cloud; a sieve, searce, cribble; tin; disease arising from wind, catarrh; sandal.

pāṭaccara pāṭaccara, as, m. (fr. paṭaccara), a thief, robber, shop-lifter.

pāṭala pāṭala. See p. 561, col. 3.

pāṭava pāṭava, as, m. (fr. paṭu), a son or descendant of Paṭu; a pupil of Paṭu; (as, ī, am), clever, sharp, dexterous; (am), n. sharpness, acuteness, intensity, energy; cleverness, skill, dexterity, talent, eloquence; quickness, rashness, precipitation; health.

pāṭavika pāṭavika, as, ī, am, clever, adroit, dexterous; cunning, crafty, fraudulent.

pāṭahikā pāṭahikā, f. a small shrub, Abrus Precatorius; [cf. guñja.]

pāṭā pāṭā, f., Ved. a species of plant (= pāṭhā ?).

pāṭikāvāḍi pāṭikāvāḍi, N. of a village (probably Putcabarry).

pāṭin pāṭin, ī, m. a species of fish described as having many teeth; [cf. pāṭhīna.]

pāṭūra pāṭūra, as, m., Ved. a particular part of an animal near the ribs.

pāṭya pāṭya, am, n. a kind of vegetable (= paṭṭa-śāka).

pāṭha pāṭha, as, m. (fr. rt. paṭh), recitation, recital; reading, perusal, study; reading sacred texts, studying the Vedas or scriptures; the text of a book.
     pāṭhaccheda pāṭha-ccheda, as, m. a break in recitation or in a text; a pause, caesura.
     pāṭhadoṣa pāṭha-doṣa, as, m. an error in a text, a false reading.
     pāṭhaniściti pāṭha-niściti, is, f. determining or settling the text (of a passage).
     pāṭhabhū pāṭha-bhū, ūs, f. 'reading-place', a place where the Vedas are read or studied.
     pāṭhamañjarī pāṭha-mañjarī, f. a particular small bird, Graculus Religiosa.
     pāṭhavat pāṭha-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. well-read, learned.
     pāṭhaviccheda pāṭha-viccheda, as, m. = pāṭha-ccheda.
     pāṭhaśālā pāṭha-śālā, f. 'lecture-room', 'hall of study', a college, school.
     pāṭhaśālin pā-ṭha-śālin, ī, inī, m. f. a scholar, pupil; (inī), f. = pāṭha-mañjarī.
     pāṭhāntara pāṭhāntara (-ṭha-an-), am, n. a variation of reading in a book or manuscript.

pāṭhaka pāṭhaka, as, m. a reciter, reader, one who recites or delivers; a student, pupil; a scholar, a scientific person; a teacher, preceptor, lecturer, public reader (of the Purāṇas or other sacred works), a Paṇḍit who declares what is the law or custom according to the scriptures; a spiritual teacher; the text of a book.

pāṭhana 1. pāṭhana, am, n. lecturing, teaching.

pāṭhika pāṭhika, as, ā, am, conformable to the text.

pāṭhita pāṭhita, as, ā, am, caused or taught to read or recite; instructed, taught, lectured.

pāṭhin pāṭhin, ī, inī, i, one who has read or studied (any subject), a student; knowing, conversant with; (ī), m. a Brāhman, especially one who has finished his studies; Plumbago Zeylanica (also pāṭhī-kuṭa).

pāṭhīna pāṭhīna, as, m. a public reader or lecturer (on the Purāṇas &c.); a kind of sheat-fish, Silurus Pelorius or Boalis; a species of Moringa with red blossoms (= guggalu).

pāṭhya pāṭhya, as, ā, am, to be taught, needing instruction.

pāṭhana 2. pāṭhana, pāṭhanī, various readings for pānaṭha, pānaṭhī.

pāṭhā pāṭhā, f. a climbing plant possessing various medicinal properties, Clypea Hernandifolia (commonly called ākanādi); (according to others) = pahāḍa-mūla, the root of Bignonia Suaveolens.

pāḍinī pāḍinī, f. an earthen pot; a boiler.

pāṇa 1. pāṇa, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. paṇ), a stake at play, a game; trade, traffic; a trader; praise.

pāṇa 2. pāṇa. See col. 3.

pāṇi pāṇi, is, m. (perhaps akin to parṇa; said to be fr. rt. 2. paṇ), the hand (in this sense frequently at the end of a comp. describing that which is carried in the hand, e. g. darbha-pāṇi, with Kuśa grass in the hand, carrying Kuśa grass; cf. daṇḍa-p-, śastra-p-, samit-p-); a hoof (Ved.); a place of sale, shop, market; pāṇiṃ grah, to take the hand of a girl in the marriage ceremony, to marry.
     pāṇikacchapikā pāṇi-kacchapikā, f. 'hand-tortoise', a particular position of the fingers.
     pāṇikarṇa pāṇi-karṇa, as, m. 'hand-eared', 'having hands for ears', one of the epithets of Śiva.
     pāṇikūrcan pāṇikūrcan, ā, m., N. of one of the attendants of Skanda.
     pāṇikhāta pāṇi-khāta, as, ā, am, 'dug with the hand', N. of a sacred bathingplace.
     pāṇigṛhīta pāṇi-gṛhīta, as, ā, am, taken by the hand, seized; (ī), f. married according to the ritual, a bride, wife.
     pāṇigraha pāṇi-graha, as, m. or pāṇi-gra-haṇa, am, n. taking by the hand, taking the hand, marrying, marriage (the joining of the bride and bridegroom's hands forming part of the ceremony).
     pāṇigrahakara pāṇigraha-kara, as, m. one who performs (the ceremony of) taking the hand; a lawful husband.
     pāṇigrahaṇika pāṇigrahaṇika or pāṇigrahaṇīya, as, ī, am, relating to marriage, matrimonial, nuptial; (am), n. a wedding present.
     pāṇigrahītṛ pāṇi-grahītṛ, tā, m. 'handtaker', one who has married, a bridegroom, husband.
     pāṇigrāha pāṇi-grāha, as, m. taking the hand, marriage; one who has married, a bridegroom, husband.
     pāṇigha pāṇi-gha, as, m. 'striking with the hand', a drummer, one who plays on a tabor or other handinstrument; a workman, handicraftsman.
     pāṇighāta pāṇi-ghāta, as, m. a blow with the hand; striking with the hand, boxing; one who strikes with his hand, a boxer.
     pāṇighna pāṇi-ghna, as, m., Ved. clapping the hands.
     pāṇicandra pāṇi-candra, as, m., N. of a prince.
     pāṇicāpalya pāṇi-cāpalya, am, n. fidgeting with the hands, snapping the fingers, &c.
     pāṇija pāṇi-ja, as, m. a fingernail.
     pāṇitala pāṇi-tala, am, n. the palm or flat of the hand; a particular weight (= 2 Tolakas); (e), n. du. the two palms.
     pāṇidharma pāṇi-dharma, as, m. form of marriage, manner of marrying.
     pāṇindhama pāṇin-dhama, as, ā, am, blowing through the hands; with adhvan, a journey in which a person blows into his hands, (perhaps) cold, chilly; obscure, dark (as a path, where a noise is made with the hands to frighten away snakes &c.).
     pāṇindhaya pāṇin-dhaya, as, ī, am, drinking out of the hands.
     pāṇinpallava pāṇin-pallava, as, am, m. n. 'hand-twig', the fingers.
     pāṇipātra pāṇi-pātra, as, ā, am, 'hand-cupped', using the hand as a drinkingvessel, drinking out of the hand.
     pāṇipāda pāṇi-pāda, am, n. the hands and feet.
     pāṇipīḍana pāṇi-pīḍana, am, n. pressing the hand (of a bride), marriage.
     pāṇipūra pāṇi-pūra, as, ā, am, filling the hand.
     pāṇipraṇayitā pāṇipraṇayi-tā, f. the state of being taken as a wife, wife-hood.
     pāṇipraṇayin pāṇi-praṇayin, ī, inī, i, loved by the hand, being or resting in the hand; (inī), f. 'beloved of the hand', a wife.
     pāṇipradāna pāṇi-pradāna, am, n. giving the hand (in confirmation of a promise).
     pāṇibandha pāṇi-bandha, as, m. union or junction of the hands (in marrying).
     pāṇibhuj pāṇi-bhuj, k, m. the glomerous figtree, Ficus Glomerata.
     pāṇimat pāṇi-mat, ān, atī, at, possessed of hands.
     pāṇimarda pāṇi-marda, as, m. Carissa Carandas (= kara-marda).
     pāṇimukta pāṇi-mukta, am, n., scil. astra, a missile weapon, one thrown with the hand, as a dart, spear.
     pāṇimukha pāṇi-mukha, as, ī, am, Ved. 'hand-mouthed', having the hand for a mouth.
     pāṇimūla pāṇi-mūla, am, n. the root of the hand, the extremity of the arm.
     pāṇiruh pāṇi-ruh, ṭ, or pāṇi-ruha, as, m. a finger-nail.
     pāṇivāda pāṇi-vāda, as, m. 'playing with the hand', one who plays a drum or tabour, a drummer; (am), n. clapping the hands together.
     pāṇivādaka pāṇi-vādaka, as, m. 'playing with the hand', one who plays a drum or tabour, a drummer.
     pāṇisaṅgrahaṇa pāṇi-saṅ-grahaṇa, am, n. clasping the hand (in confirmation of a promise), shaking hands.
     pāṇisargya pāṇi-sargya, as, ā, am, unwound and let out of the hand (as a rope).
     pāṇisaryā pāṇi-saryā (?), f. a rope or cord.
     pāṇistha pāṇi-stha, as, ā, am, being in the hand, held in the hand.
     pāṇisvanika pāṇi-svanika, as, m. one who plays musical instruments with the hands.
     pāṇihatā pāṇi-hatā, f., scil. puṣkariṇī, N. of a lake (which the gods created for Śākya-muni with a stroke of the hand).
     pāṇaukaraṇa pāṇau-karaṇa, am, n. marriage.
     pāṇyāsya pāṇy-āsya, as, ā, am, 'hand-mouthed', having the hand for a mouth; (as), m. a Brāhman who reads the Vedas upon receiving a gift at a Śrāddha.

pāṇa 2. pāṇa, as, m. = pāṇi, the hand.

pāṇika pāṇika, as, m. a merchant; N. of one of the attendants of Skanda; (ā), f. a kind of song or singing; a sort of spoon or ladle.

pāṇin pāṇin, ī, inī, i, at the end of an adj. comp. for pāṇi [cf. śastra-p-, śūla-p-]; (inas), m. pl., N. of a family reckoned among the Kauśikas.

pāṇītala pāṇītala, am, n. a particular measure (= 2 Tolakas).

pāṇya 1. pāṇya, as, ā, am, (for 2. see p. 563), belonging to the hand (Ved.); a patronymic (= kauṇḍinya).

pāṇina pāṇina, as, m. said to = pāṇini, and according to some a patronymic from Paṇin.

pāṇini pāṇini, is, m. (probably fr. pāṇina above), N. of the most eminent Hindū grammarian (regarded as an inspired Muni; according to one legend his grandfather was an inspired legislator called Devala, and his mother's name was Dākṣī, see dākṣeya; the date at which he lived is a subject of controversy, but he is generally placed in the middle of the fourth century B. C.; from Śalātura, thought to have been the dwelling-place of his ancestors, he is said by some to have been called Śālāturīya; cf. Pāṇ. IV. 3, 94).

pāṇinīya pāṇinīya, as, ā, am, relating to Pāṇini, written or composed by Pāṇini; (as), m. a disciple or follower of Pāṇini, one who follows the system of Pāṇini; an adherent or admirer of Pāṇini; (am), n. (with or without vy-ākaraṇa) the grammar of Pāṇini.
     pāṇinīyadarśana pāṇinīya-darśana, am, n., N. of a chapter of the Sarva-darśana-saṅgraha.
     pāṇinīyamatadarpaṇa pāṇinīya-mata-darpaṇa, am, n. 'mirror of the system of Pāṇini', N. of a work.

pāṇītaka pāṇītaka, as, m., N. of a being attendant upon Skanda; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people, (a various reading for karīti.)

pāṇḍaka pāṇḍaka, as, m., N. of a teacher.

pāṇḍara pāṇḍara, pāṇḍava. See p. 563, col. 1.

pāṇḍitya pāṇḍitya, am, n. (fr. paṇḍita), scholarship, erudition, learning; cleverness, skill, dexterity.

pāṇḍu pāṇḍu, us, us, u (said to be fr. rt. paṇḍ), yellowish white, white, pale; (us), m. pale or yellowish white colour; jaundice; N. of two plants, Trichosanthes Dioeca (= pāṇḍura-phalī); a white elephant; N. of a prince, a son of Vyāsa by the wife of Vicitra-vīrya and brother of Dhṛtarāṣṭra and Vidura; of a son of Janam-ejaya and brother of Dhṛta-rāṣṭra; of a son of Dhātṛ by Āyatī (according to others he is called Prāṇa); of an attendant of Śiva; of a Nāga-rāja; of a people in Madhya-deśa; (us), f. a species of plant, Glycine Debilis (commonly called Maṣāṇi); [cf. Hib. buidhe, 'yellow.']
     pāṇḍukaṇṭaka pāṇḍu-kaṇṭaka, as, m. Achyranthes Aspera (= apā-mārga).
     pāṇḍukambala pāṇḍu-kambala, as, m. a white woollen covering or blanket; a warm upper garment; the housings of a royal elephant; a kind of stone (limestone or marble ?).
     pāṇḍukambalin pāṇḍu-kambalin, ī, inī, i, covered with a white woollen blanket; (ī), m. a carriage covered with a sort of blanket; the housings of a royal elephant.
     pāṇḍukaraṇa pāṇ-ḍu-karaṇa, am, or pāṇḍu-karman, a, n. (in medicine) making or rendering white.
     pāṇḍutaru pāṇḍu-taru, us, m. Grislea Tomentosa (= dhava).
     pāṇḍutā pāṇ-ḍu-tā, f. or pāṇḍu-tva, am, n. whitish-yellow colour, paleness.
     pāṇḍutīrtha pāṇḍu-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     pāṇḍudukūla pāṇḍu-dukūla, am, n. a white windingsheet.
     pāṇḍudukūlasīvana pāṇḍudukūla-sīvana, am, n. 'sewing of the white winding-sheet', N. of a place where Śākya-muni made a white winding-sheet.
     pāṇḍunāga pāṇḍu-nāga, as, m. a white elephant; the plant Rottleria Tinctoria.
     pāṇḍupattratā pāṇḍu-pattra-tā, f., Ved. the growing yellow of leaves.
     pāṇḍupattrī pāṇḍu-pattrī, f. = reṇukā, a species of fragrant substance.
     pāṇḍuputra pāṇḍu-putra, as, m. a son of Pāṇḍu, any one of the Pāṇḍava princes; (there are many similar compounds, as pāṇḍu-nandana, &c.)
     pāṇḍupṛṣṭha pāṇḍu-pṛṣṭha, as, ā, am, white-backed, having no distinguished or auspicious mark on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected.
     pāṇḍuphala pāṇḍu-phala, as, m. 'having yellow fruit', Trichosanthes Dioeca; (ā), f. a species of gourd (= cirbhiṭā); (ī), f. = pāṇḍura-phalī.
     pāṇḍubhāva pāṇḍu-bhāva, as, m. becoming yellowish-white.
     pāṇḍubhūma pāṇḍu-bhūma, as, ā, am, having a white, chalky soil; (as), m. a country with a light-coloured soil.
     pāṇḍumṛttika pāṇḍu-mṛttika, as, ā, am, having a white, chalky soil, consisting of chalk; (ā), f. a pale soil; the opal.
     pāṇḍumṛd pāṇḍu-mṛd, t, f. chalk, a chalky soil, a country in which the soil is of a whitish colour.
     pāṇḍuraṅga pāṇḍu-raṅga, as, m. a kind of vegetable (commonly called pāṭarāṅgā).
     pāṇḍurāga pāṇḍu-rāga, as, m. Artemisia Indica; whiteness, pallor.
     pāṇḍuroga pāṇḍu-roga, as, m. 'yellow disease', jaundice.
     pāṇḍurogin pāṇḍurogin, ī, iṇī, i, suffering from jaundice, jaundiced.
     pāṇḍulekha pāṇḍu-lekha, am, n. an outline or sketch made with a style or with chalk.
     pāṇḍulomaśā pāṇḍu-lomaśā or pāṇḍu-lomā, f. Glycine Debilis.
     pāṇḍuvarṇa pāṇḍu-varṇa, as, ā, am, palecoloured, white; (as), m. whiteness.
     pāṇḍuvarmadeva pāṇḍu-varma-deva, as, m., N. of a prince.
     pāṇḍuśarkarā pāṇḍu-śarkarā, f. light-coloured gravel (the disease).
     pāṇḍuśarmilā pāṇḍu-śar-milā, f. an epithet of Draupadī the wife of the sons of Pāṇḍu.
     pāṇḍusopāka pāṇḍu-sopāka, as, m. a particular mixed caste, the offspring of a Caṇḍāla by a Vaidehī mother (whose occupation, according to Manu X. 37, is working with bamboos and reeds, making baskets, mats, &c.).
     pāṇḍvāmaya pāṇḍv-āmaya, as, m. 'yellow disease', jaundice.
     pāṇḍvāmayin pāṇḍvāmayin, ī, inī, i, suffering from jaundice, jaundiced.

pāṇḍara pāṇḍara, as, ā, am, whitish-yellow, whitish, white; (as), m. a species of plant (= maru-vaka); N. of a mountain; of a Nāga; of a sect; (am), n. the blossom of the jasmine; red chalk, ruddle.
     pāṇḍaradvāragopura pāṇḍara-dvāra-go-pura, as, ā, am, having white doors and city gates.
     pāṇḍarapuṣpikā pāṇḍara-puṣpikā, f. a species of plant (= śītalā).
     pāṇḍarabhikṣu pāṇḍara-bhikṣu, us, m. 'a white-robed mendicant', epithet of a particular sect.

pāṇḍaraka pāṇḍaraka, as, m., N. of a Nāga-rāja.

pāṇḍava pāṇḍava, as, m. a patronymic, a son or descendant of Pāṇḍu; a partisan of the sons of Pāṇḍu; N. of a mountain; (ās), m. pl. the five reputed sons of Pāṇḍu (Yudhi-ṣṭhira, Bhīma, Arjuna, Nakula, and Saha-deva; cf. kuntī and mādrī); the party or adherents of the sons of Pāṇḍu; (as, ī, am), belonging to the sons of Pāṇḍu, connected with the five Pāṇḍavas.
     pāṇḍavanakula pāṇḍava-nakula, as, m., N. of a poet.
     pāṇḍavavahni pāṇḍava-vahni, ayas, m. pl. 'the Pāṇḍava fires', a N. applied to the three elder sons of Pāṇḍu ('kindled on the Araṇi, Pṛthā or Kuntī;' cf. pṛthā-raṇi).
     pāṇḍavaśreṣṭha pāṇḍava-śreṣṭha, as, m. 'best of the sons of Pāṇḍu', an epithet of Yudhi-ṣṭhria.
     pāṇḍavābhīla pāṇ-ḍavābhīla (-va-ābh-), as, m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

pāṇḍavāyana pāṇḍavāyana, ās, m. pl. the children of Pāṇḍu; (as), m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa the friend and ally of the Pāṇḍu princes.

pāṇḍavīya pāṇḍavīya, as, ā, am, relating to the children of Pāṇḍu, happening to the Pāṇḍavas.

pāṇḍaveya pāṇḍaveya = pāṇḍava, q. v.

pāṇḍuka pāṇḍuka, as, ā, am, = pāṇḍu; (as), m. a pale or yellowish-white colour; the jaundice; N. of a prince (= pāṇḍu); a species of rice; N. of one of the nine treasures of the Jainas; (am), n., N. of a particular forest.

pāṇḍukin pāṇḍukin, ī, inī, i, suffering from jaundice, jaundiced.

pāṇḍura pāṇḍura, as, ā, am, whitish, white, pale, yellowish-white; (as), m. a form of jaundice; a species of plant (= maru-vaka); N. of a being attendant upon Skanda; (ā), f. Glycine Debilis (= māṣa-parṇī); (am), n. the white leprosy, vitiligo.
     pāṇḍuratā pāṇ-ḍura-tā, f. whiteness, white colour.
     pāṇḍuradruma pāṇḍura-druma, as, m. 'the pale tree', Wrightia Antidysenterica.
     pāṇḍurapṛṣṭha pāṇḍura-pṛṣṭha, as, ā, am, = pāṇḍu-pṛṣṭha, q. v.
     pāṇḍuraphalī pāṇḍura-phalī, f. a species of shrub (= pāṇḍu-phalī, pāṇḍu, dhūsarā, &c.).
     pāṇḍurekṣu pāṇ-ḍurekṣu (-ra-ik-), us, m. 'pale sugar-cane', a species of sugar-cane (= śvetekṣu).

pāṇḍuriman pāṇḍuriman, ā, m. pale or white colour, paleness.

pāṇḍūka pāṇḍūka, as, m., Ved. a species of rice; [cf. pāṇḍuka.]

pāṇḍya pāṇḍya, ās, m. pl., N. of a people and of the country in the Dekhan inhabited by them; (as), m. a prince of the Pāṇḍyas; N. of a son of Ā-krīḍa; N. of the mountain-range in the Pāṇḍya country.
     pāṇḍyadeśa pāṇḍya-deśa, as, m. the country of the Pāṇḍyas.
     pāṇḍyavāṭa pāṇḍya-vāṭa, Ved., N. of a district in which pearls are found.

pāṇḍva pāṇḍva, am, n. an uncoloured woollen garment; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people in Madhya-deśa; (a various reading for pāṇḍu and pāṇḍya.)

pāṇya 2. pāṇya, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. paṇ), praiseworthy, excellent. (For. 1. pāṇya see p. 562, col. 3.)

pāt 2. pāt, m. (fr. rt. 2. pat), falling; sin, wickedness. (For 1. see under rt. 3. .)

pāta 2. pāta, as, m. (for 1. see under rt. 3. ), flying, mode of flying, flight; throwing one's self into or down, falling, fall, downfall; alighting, descending; a cast, throw, shot; a stroke (e. g. khaḍga-pāta, a sword-stroke); shedding, discharging, emitting, pouring out; destruction, dissolution; an attack, inroad, incursion; falling out, happening, coming to pass; defect, failing, fault, transgression; (in astrology) a malignant aspect; the node in a planet's orbit; an epithet of Rāhu; (ās), m. pl., N. of a school of the Yajur-veda.
     pātādhikāra pātādhikāra (-ta-adh-), as, m. 'chapter on malignant aspects', N. of the eleventh chapter of the Sūrya-Siddhānta and of the thirteenth of the Ārya-Siddhānta
     pātotpāta pātotpāta (-ta-ut-), ās, m. pl. falls and rises, depressions and elevations, ups and downs.

pātaka pātaka, as, ā, am, causing to fall; (as, am), m. n. 'that which causes to fall or sink', sin, crime.
     pātakayoga pā-taka-yoga, as, m. incurring guilt, acting sinfully.

pātakin pātakin, ī, inī, i, guilty of a crime, criminal, wicked, sinful, a sinner.

pātana pātana, as, ī, am, causing to fall, felling, laying low, cutting down; (am), n. causing to fall, felling, bringing down, throwing down, knocking down, laying low; throwing (as dice); lowering, humbling; removing, bringing away; causing to fall asunder, dividing; nodding (?); (with daṇḍasya) causing the rod to fall, chastising, punishing; (with jalaukasām) application of leeches; (with garbhasya) destroying the fetus, causing an abortion.

pātanīya pātanīya, as, ā, am, to be caused to fall or alight, to be discharged or shot off.

pātayitṛ pātayitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who causes to fall, one who throws (dice &c.).

pātayitvā pātayitvā, ind. having made to fall; having thrown or put down or in.

pātāla pātāla, am, n. (probably connected with 2. pāta, the termination is compared with āla = ālaya in antar-āla; the names of the other hells point to some connection with tala), one of the seven regions under the earth and the abode of the Nāgas or serpents and demons (seven such regions are enumerated, viz. A-tala, Vi-tala, Su-tala, Rasā-tala, Talātala, Mahā-tala, and Pātāla; but Pātāla is sometimes used as a general name for all: according to the Mahā-bhārata, Pātāla is also a town in the world of the serpent-race); an excavation, hole, chasm; submarine fire; (in astrology) the fourth sign from that in which the sun is present, the fourth house; (as), m. a sort of apparatus for distillation or for calcining and subliming metals (formed of two earthen pots, the upper one inverted over the lower, and the two joined together by their necks with cement and placed in a hole containing fire); an epithet of Jupiter's year of 361 days; N. of the attendant of the fourteenth Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī.
     pātālaketu pātāla-ketu, us, m., N. of a Daitya prince.
     pātālakhaṇḍa pātāla-khaṇḍa, as, m., N. of the fourth part of the Padma-Purāṇa and of a part of the Skanda-Purāṇa.
     pātālagaṅgā pātāla-gaṅgā, f. the Ganges of the lower regions.
     pātālagaruḍī pātāla-garuḍī, f. or pātāla-garuḍāhvaya (-ḍa-āh-), as, m. a species of creeper (= gāruḍī).
     pātālanilaya pātāla-nilaya, as, or pātāla-vāsin, ī, or pātālaukas (-la-ok-), ās, m. an inhabitant of the nether world, a demon, Daitya, Asura; a Nāga or serpent-demon.
     pātālabhogivarga pātāla-bhogi-varga, as, m., N. of a part of the Nāma-liṅgānuśāsana by Amara-siṃha.
     pātālavarṇana pātāla-varṇana, am, n. 'description of hell', N. of the first chapter of the Pātāla-khaṇḍa of the Padma-Purāṇa.
     pātālavijaya pātāla-vijaya, as, m. 'victory over hell', N. of the twenty-fourth and twenty-fifth chapters of the Uttara-kāṇḍa of the Rāmāyaṇa.

pātika pātika, as, m. the Gangetic porpoise, Delphinus Gangeticus (= śiśu-māra).

pātita pātita, as, ā, am, made to fall, felled, thrown down, cast down, struck down; lowered, depressed, humbled, overthrown.

pātitya pātitya, am, n. (fr. patita), the state of one who is fallen or sunk, loss of position or caste, degraded condition.

pātin pātin, ī, inī, i, flying, going to, going, alighting on; falling, sinking; being included or contained in; causing to fall, felling, throwing down; pouring forth, discharging, emitting; [cf. antaḥ-p-, eka-p-, garbha-p-, daṇḍa-p-.]

pātilī pātilī, f. a trap or snare for catching deer; a small earthen vessel or pot, especially used by religious mendicants; a woman of a particular class.

pātuka pātuka, as, ī, am, falling frequently or habitually, apt or disposed to fall; falling, losing caste; going to hell; (as), m. the declivity of a mountain, a precipice; an aquatic animal of a large size; (figuratively) the water-elephant.

pātya 1. pātya, as, ā, am (for 2. see p. 564, col. 1), to be felled, to be caused to fall, to be precipitated; to be inflicted or imposed (as a penalty).

pātyamāna pātyamāna, as, ā, am, being caused to fall, being precipitated.

pātaṅga pātaṅga, as, ī, am (fr. pataṅ-ga), belonging or peculiar to a grasshopper or moth.

pātaṅgi pātaṅgi, is, m. the son of the Sun, Saturn.

pātañjala pātañjala, as, ī, am (fr. patañjali), composed by Patañjali; (am), n., scil. śāstra, the Yoga system of philosophy (first taught by Patañjali).
     pātañjaladarśana pātañjala-darśana, am, n. 'the system of Patañjali', N. of a chapter of the Sarva-darśana-saṅgraha ascribed to Mādhavācārya.
     pātañjalabhāṣya pātañjala-bhāṣya, am, n., N. of a philosophical work on the Yogasūtras by Vyāsa.

pātañjali pātañjali, is, m. a various reading for patañ-jali, q. v.

pātatriṇa pātatriṇa, as, ī, am, containing the word patatrin.

pātalya pātalya, am, n., Ved. a particular part of a carriage; (according to Sāy.) = kīlaka, a yoke-pin.

pātavya 1. and 2. pātavya. See under rts. 1. and 3. , pp. 559, 560.

pātasāha pātasāha, as, m. = [arabic] a king.

pātāṇḍinīya pātāṇḍinīya, ās, m. pl., N. of a school of the Yajur-veda.

pāti pāti, is, m. (fr. rt. 3. ; but connected with rt. 1. pat), a master, lord, owner, possessor; a husband (= pati).

pātivratya pātivratya, am, n. (fr. pati-vratā), devotedness or loyalty to a husband, conjugal fidelity.

pātnīvata pātnīvata, as, ī, am (fr. patnī-vat), Ved. belonging to Agni-patnīvat, i. e. to Agni together with the wives of the gods; containing the word patnīvat.

pātnīśāla pātnīśāla, as, ī, am (fr. patnī-śālā), Ved. being or contained in the patnī-śālā.

pātya 2. pātya, am, n. dominion. (For 1. pātya see p. 563, col. 3.)

pātṛ pātṛ. See under rts. 1. and 3. .

pātyamāna pātyamāna. See p. 563, col. 3.

pātra 1. and 2. pātra. See under rts. 1. and 3. , pp. 559, 560.

pātraṭa pātraṭa, as, ā, am, spare, emaciate, thin; (as), m. a cup, pot; ragged garments.

pātrapāka pātra-pāka, as, m. decoction of medicinal herbs; (incorrectly for pattra-pāka.)

pātha pātha, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. 1. ), fire; the sun; (am), n. water [cf. pītha]; N. of a Sāman; = patha.

pāthas pāthas, as, n., Ved. a spot, place; food; air; water.
     pāthoja pātho-ja, am, n. 'water-born', a lotus.
     pāthoda pātho-da, as, m. 'water-giver', a cloud.
     pāthodhara pā-tho-dhara, as, m. 'water-bearer', a cloud.
     pāthodhi pā-tho-dhi, is, m. 'receptacle of waters', the ocean.
     pāthonidhi pātho-nidhi, is, m. 'treasure-house of waters', the ocean.
     pāthobhāj pātho-bhāj, k, k, k, Ved. possessing room or space.

pāthis pāthis, is, m. the sea; the eye; (is), n. a blotch, scab; water (?).

pāthya pāthya, as, ā, am, being in a spot or place; (Sāy.) N. of a Ṛṣi.

pātheya pātheya, am, n. (fr. pathin), provender or provisions &c. for a journey, viaticum; the sign of the zodiac Virgo (= pāthona).
     pātheyavat pātheya-vat, ān, atī, at, furnished with provisions for a journey, provisioned.

pāthona pāthona (corrupted fr. the Gr. [greek]), Ved. the sign of the zodiac Virgo.

pāthnya pāthnya, as, m., Ved. a patronymic of Dadhīca.

pād pād (fr. rt. 2. pad), see 3. pad, p. 529; used at the end of comps., cf. dvi-pād, tri-pād, and see Gram. 145.

pāda pāda, as, m. the foot (of men and animals; sometimes added in token of respect to proper names or titles of address, e. g. ākarṇayantu deva-pādāḥ, let your Majesty listen; kumārila-pādāḥ, the venerable Kumārila); the foot or leg of an inanimate object (as of a bedstead); a column, pillar; a foot as a measure (= 12 Aṅgulis); the foot or root of a tree; the foot of a mountain, a hill at the foot of a mountain; the bottom (of a bag); a ray or beam of light (rays being considered as the feet or hands of the heavenly bodies); a quarter, a fourth part (this sense is perhaps derived from the foot of a quadruped being one out of four); a quarter of a weight of gold (= 1(1/4) Paṇa); the fourth part of a book, (the Adhyāyas in the Śaunakīyā Catur-adhyāyikā, in the Śārīraka-mīmāṃsā, and in Pāṇini's grammar are divided severally into four Pādas, as also the Dhanur-veda and the Vāyu-Purāṇa; while, on the other hand, the Adhyāyas in Vopa-deva's grammar contain more than four Pādas); the fourth part of a Śloka or of any verse; the line of a hymn or stanza of the Ṛg-veda or of any stanza; the quadrant of a circle; a part in general; [cf. Goth. fotu-s, 'a foot:' Lith. pada-s, 'the sole of the foot;' penda-s, 'a vestige:' probably Hib. fadadh, 'kindling, lighting;' fadaidhim, 'I kindle, excite, provoke.']
     pādakaṭaka pāda-kaṭaka, as, am, m. n. or pāda-kīlikā, f. an ornament for the feet or ankles, an anklet.
     pādakṛcchra pāda-kṛcchra, as, m. 'quarter-penance', a sort of penance (eating and fasting on alternate nights).
     pādakṣepa pāda-kṣepa, as, m. a footstep.
     pādagaṇḍira pāda-gaṇḍira, as, m. morbid enlargement of the legs and feet.
     pādagṛhya pāda-gṛhya or pāde-gṛhya, ind., Ved., see Gaṇa to Pāṇ. II. 1, 72.
     pādagranthi pāda-granthi, is, m. 'foot-knot', the ankle.
     pādagrahaṇa pāda-grahaṇa, am, n. laying hold of or clasping the feet (of a Brāhman or superior as a mark of respectful salutation).
     pādaghṛta pāda-ghṛta, am, n. melted butter for anointing the feet.
     pādacatura pāda-catura or pāda-catvara, as, m. a slanderer, calumniator; a goat; a sand-bank; hail; the religious fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa.
     pādacāpalya pāda-cāpalya, am, n. 'foot-unsteadiness', fidgeting or shuffling with the feet.
     pādacāra pāda-cāra, as, m. going on foot, walking; the daily position of the planets; (eṇa), ind. on foot.
     pādacārin pāda-cārin, ī, iṇī, i, going or walking on foot, having feet for locomotion; fighting on foot; (ī), m. a footman, pedestrian, a foot-soldier.
     pādacihna pāda-cihna, am, n. foot-mark, foot-print.
     pādaja pāda-ja, as, m. 'born from the foot (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra, man of the fourth and servile tribe.
     pādajala pāda-jala, am, n. water for the feet; water in which the feet have been washed; (as, ā, am), that of which a fourth part is water, mixed with one fourth of water.
     pādajāha pāda-jāha, am, n. = pāda-mūla, that part of the foot to which the leg is articulated, the tarsus.
     pādatala pāda-tala, am, n. the sole or lower part of the foot; (e), ind. under the feet.
     pādatas pāda-tas, ind. out of the feet, from the feet, at or near the feet, (pādataḥ kṛ, to put down at the feet); at the foot (of a bed); in the south-west (Manu III. 89, according to Kullūka, this may also mean 'at the foot of the bed'); by or with a quarter; after a quarter of a verse (Ved.); step by step, by degrees.
     pādatra pāda-tra, as, or am, m. or n. (?), or pāda-trā, f. 'foot-covering', a shoe.
     pādatrāṇa pāda-trāṇa, am, n. 'foot-protecting', a boot, shoe.
     pādadārī pāda-dārī or pāda-dārikā, f. 'foot-rending', a chap in the feet, a chilblain.
     pādadāha pāda-dāha, as, m. a burning sensation in the feet (said to be in India an excruciating pain difficult to remedy).
     pādadhāvana pāda-dhāvana, am, n. washing the feet.
     pādadhāvanikā pāda-dhāvanikā, f. sand used for rubbing the feet.
     pādanakha pāda-nakha, as, m. a toenail.
     pādanālikā pāda-nālikā, f. an ornament for the feet, an anklet.
     pādanicṛt pāda-nicṛt, t, f., scil. gāyatrī, a defective metre, in which one syllable is wanting in each Pāda; (also wrongly spelt pāda-nivṛt.)
     pādaniṣka pā-da-niṣka, as, m. = pan-niṣka, p. 529.
     pādanyāsa pāda-nyāsa, as, m. placing the feet, a dance or measured step.
     pādapa pāda-pa, as, m. 'imbibing nourishment with the foot or root', a plant, tree; 'protecting the feet', (fr. rt. 3. ) a foot-stool, cushion for the feet; (ā), f. a shoe, slipper.
     pādapakhaṇḍa pādapa-khaṇḍa, as, m. a group or clump of trees.
     pādapaddhati pāda-paddhati, is, f. a line of footsteps, a track, trail.
     pādapadma pāda-padma, as, m. 'foot-lotus', a foot beautiful as a lotus.
     pādaparighaṭṭana pāda-parighaṭṭana, am, n. trampling with the feet, treading upon.
     pādaparuhā pādapa-ruhā, f. a climbing plant, parasitical plant.
     pādapālikā pāda-pālikā, f. an ornament for the feet, an anklet.
     pādapāśa pāda-pāśa, as, m. a foot-rope for cattle or horses; an anklet of small bells, &c.; (ī), f. a chain for the feet, a fetter; a foot-carpet or mat.
     pādapīṭha pāda-pīṭha, am, n. a footstool.
     pādapīṭhikā pādapīṭhikā, f. any common or vulgar trade, as that of a barber, &c.; white stone.
     pādapīvī pāda-pīvī, f. a shoe; (incorrectly for pāda-pīṭhī?).
     pādapūraṇa pāda-pūraṇa, as, ā, am, (Ved.) filling out a part or line of a verse (as a particle), expletive; (am), n. the filling out a line or the measure of a verse.
     pādaprakṣālana pāda-prakṣālana, am, n. 'washing the feet', N. of a chapter of the Purāṇa-sarva-sva.
     pādapraṇāma pāda-praṇāma, as, m. bowing to the feet, prostration.
     pādapratiṣṭhāna pāda-pratiṣṭhāna, am, n. a foot-stool.
     pādapradhāraṇa pā-da-pradhāraṇa, am, n. 'foot-covering', a shoe.
     pādaprahāra pāda-prahāra, as, m. 'foot-blow', a kick.
     pādabaddha pāda-baddha, as, ā, am, bound or held together by quarters of verses (as a metre).
     pādabandha pāda-ban-dha, as, m. any tie for the foot, a chain or fetter for the feet.
     pādabandhana pāda-bandhana, am, n. a fetter for the feet; a stock of cattle (so called from the foot-ropes with which cattle are tied).
     pādabhāga pāda-bhāga, as, m. a fourth part, quarter.
     pādabhāj pāda-bhāj, k, k, k, possessing a quarter, being only a quarter.
     pādamiśra pāda-miśra, see Pāṇ. VI. 3, 56.
     pādamudrā pāda-mudrā, f. the impression of a footstep, foot-print, trace.
     pādamūla pāda-mūla, am, n. 'root of the foot', the part of the foot to which the leg is articulated, tarsus; the sole of the foot; the heel; a polite designation of a person; the foot of a mountain.
     pādayuddha pāda-yuddha, am, n. 'foot-fight', fighting on foot.
     pādarakṣa pāda-rakṣa, as, m. a footprotector, foot-guard; (ās), m. pl. armed men who run by the side of an elephant in battle to protect its feet from wounds.
     pādarakṣaṇa pāda-rakṣaṇa, am, n. a cover for the feet; a leather boot or shoe, a stocking.
     pādarajas pāda-rajas, as, n. the dust of the feet.
     pādarajju pāda-rajju, us, f. a tether or rope for the foot of an elephant.
     pādarathī pāda-rathī, f. 'foot-vehicle', a shoe, boot, slipper.
     pādarohaṇa pāda-rohaṇa, as, m. 'growing from roots', the Indian fig-tree.
     pādalagna pāda-lagna, as, ā, am, sticking to the foot.
     pādalepa pāda-lepa, as, m. an unguent for the feet.
     pādavat pāda-vat, ān, atī, at, having feet, possessed of feet.
     pādavandana pāda-vandana, am, n. 'saluting the feet', respectful salutation.
     pādavalmīka pā-da-valmīka, as, m. morbid enlargement of the legs and feet, elephantiasis.
     pādavigraha pāda-vigraha, as, m. (probably) a mode of reading in which the divisions in verses are carefully marked; (as, ā, am), having a quarter of the compass or extent.
     pādavidhāna pāda-vidhāna, am, n. 'the arrangement of the parts of a verse', N. of a work ascribed to Śaunaka.
     pādavirajas pāda-virajas, ās, f. a shoe, slipper, stocking (as keeping rajas or dust from the feet?).
     pādavīthī pāda-vīthī, f. a shoe; (probably an incorrect form, cf. pāda-pīvī.)
     pādavṛtta pāda-vṛtta, au, m. du., Ved. the two component elements of the quarter of a verse, i. e. the long and short syllable; (as), m. epithet of a Svarita separated from the preceding Ud-ātta by a hiatus.
     pādaveṣṭanika pāda-veṣṭanika, as, or am, m. or n. (?), a stocking.
     pādaśabda pāda-śabda, as, m. the sound or noise of footsteps (= pac-chabda).
     pādaśas pāda-śas, ind. foot by foot; verse by verse, stanza by stanza; by a fourth part.
     pādaśākhā pāda-śākhā, f. 'branch of the foot', a toe.
     pādaśīlī pāda-śīlī, f. an ornament for the feet, an anklet; (probably an incorrect form.)
     pādaśuśrūṣā pāda-śu-śrūṣā, f. obedience towards the feet (a respectful expression for śuśrūṣā).
     pādaśeṣa pāda-śeṣa, am, n. a quarter, fourth part.
     pādaśaila pāda-śaila, as, m. a hill at the foot of or near a mountain.
     pādaśotha pāda-śotha, as, m. swelling of the feet, gout.
     pādaśauca pāda-śauca, am, n. cleaning the feet (= pac-chauca).
     pādasaṃhitā pāda-saṃ-hitā. f. the union of words in a quarter of a verse.
     pādasevana pāda-sevana, am, n. or pāda-sevā, f. 'footsalutation', showing respect by touching the feet, service, duty.
     pādastambha pāda-stambha, as, m. a supporting beam, pillar, post.
     pādasphoṭa pāda-sphoṭa, as, m. 'cracking of the feet', chilblain, a sore or ulcer on the foot.
     pādasvedana pāda-svedana, am, n. perspiration of the feet, causing perspiration in the feet.
     pādahata pāda-hata, as, ā, am, struck with the feet, kicked, trodden on, touched with the feet.
     pādaharṣa pāda-harṣa, as, m. numbness of the feet after pressure upon the crural nerves.
     pādahāraka pāda-hāraka, as, ā, am, taken away with the feet; (as), m. one who takes away or steals anything with the feet (?).
     pādahīnāt pāda-hīnāt, ind. without division or transition; on a sudden, all at once.
     pādākulaka pādā-kulaka (-da-āk-), as, am, m. or n. (?), N. of two kinds of metres.
     pādāgra pādāgra (-da-ag-), am, n. the point or extremity of the foot.
     pādāghāta pādāghāta (-da-āgh-), as, m. 'a blow with the foot', a kick.
     pādāṅka pā-dāṅka (-da-aṅ-), as, m. a foot-mark, footstep, footprint, vestige.
     pādāṅgada pādāṅgada (-da-aṅ-), am, ī, n. f. an ornament for the feet or toes, an anklet.
     pādāṅguli pā-dāṅguli (-da-aṅ-), is, ī, f. 'foot-finger', a toe.
     pādāṅgulīyaka pādāṅgulīyaka (-da-aṅ-), am, n. a ring worn on one of the toes.
     pādāṅguṣṭha pādāṅguṣṭha (-da-aṅ-), as, m. the great toe.
     pādāṅguṣṭhāśritāvani pādāṅguṣṭhāśritāvani (-ṭha-āś-, -ta-av-), is, is, i, 'touching the ground with the toes', on tiptoe.
     pādāṅguṣṭhikā pādāṅguṣṭhikā, f. a ring worn on the great toe.
     pādādhyāsa pādādhyāsa (-da-adh-), as, m. treading upon, kicking.
     pādānata pādānata (-da-ān-), as, ā, am, bowed or bent down to the feet, prostrate.
     pādānudhyāta pādānudhyāta (-da-an-), as, ā, am, thought of by the feet of such an one (a respectful expression in inscriptions for 'thought of by such an one'); the son and successor of any one, rightful successor of any one ('thought of by his predecessor').
     pādānta pā-dānta (-da-an-), as, m. the extremity of the feet; proximity to the feet; (e), ind. near the feet.
     pādāntara pā-dāntara (-da-an-), am, n. the interval of a step, the distance of a foot; (e), ind. in immediate proximity to, close to (with gen.); after the interval of a step.
     pādāntika pādāntika (-da-an-), am, n. proximity to the feet, the neighbourhood of the feet.
     pādāmbu pādāmbu (-da-am-), us, us, u, containing a fourth part of water.
     pādāmbhas pādāmbhas (-da-am-), as, n. 'foot-water', water in which the feet have been washed.
     pādāravinda pādā-ravinda (-da-ar-), as, m. 'foot-lotus', the foot of a deity, lover, &c.
     pādārghya pādārghya (-da-ar-), am, n. 'offering to the feet', a donation to Brāhmans or venerable persons.
     pādārdha pādārdha (-da-ar-), am, n. half a quarter, an eighth; half a line of a stanza.
     pādārpaṇa pādārpaṇa (-da-ar-), am, n. setting down the feet.
     pādāvanejana pādāvanejana (-da-av-), as, ī, am, used for washing the feet (Ved.); washing the feet.
     pādāvarta pādāvarta (-da-āv-), as, m. a wheel worked by the feet for raising water from a well; a square foot.
     pādāvasecana pādāvasecana (-da-av-), am, n. washing the feet; water for washing the feet, water in which the feet have been washed.
     pādāṣṭhīla pādāṣṭhīla (-da-aṣ-), as, m. the ankle; contusion of the feet (?).
     pādāsana pā-dāsana (-da-ās-), am, n. a footstool.
     pādāsphālana pādās-phālana (-da-ās-), am, n. trampling or shuffling of the feet, motion of the feet (as in wrestling or struggling), floundering.
     pādāhata pādāhata (-da-āh-), as, ā, am, 'struck with the foot', kicked, trodden, touched by the foot.
     pādāhati pādāhati (-da-āh-), is, f. a blow with the foot, kick; treading, trampling.
     pādegṛhya pāde-gṛhya = pāda-gṛhya.
     pādotphāla pādotphāla (-da-ut-), as, m. shuffling or moving the feet.
     pādodaka pādodaka (-da-ud-), am, n. 'foot-water', water for washing the feet, water in which the feet of a Brāhman have been washed, water hallowed by the washing of sacred feet.
     pādodakatīrtha pādodaka-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place at Benares.
     pādodara pādo-dara (-da-ud-), as, m. a serpent ('using the belly in place of feet').

pādaka pādaka, as, m. a little foot (Ved.); (as, ikā, am), making a quarter of anything (Ved.); at the end of a comp. = pāda; [cf. tri-p-.]

pādaya pādaya, Nom. A. pādayate, -yitum, to stretch out the feet.

pādavika pādavika, as, m. a traveller.

pādāt pādāt, t, m. (properly pāda + at), a foot-soldier, footman.

pādāta pādāta, as, m. (properly pāda + āta), a footsoldier, footman; (am), n. infantry.

pādāti pādāti, is, or pādātika, or pādāvika, as, m. = padāti, a foot-soldier, man on foot, footman.

pādika pādika, as, ī, am, lasting for a quarter of the time, amounting to a quarter or fourth, a fourth; pādikaṃ śatam, one quarter of a hundred, 25 per cent; [cf. ardha-p-.]

pādin pādin, ī, inī, i, footed, having feet; having a fourth part or share, claiming or receiving a fourth part; having four parts, as a stanza &c.; (ī), m. a footed aquatic animal, an amphibious animal; the heir to a fourth part of an estate.

pādina pādina, as, m. a fourth part.

pādu pādu, us, m., Ved. course, path (Sāy. = pādenā-gamana).

pādukā pādukā, f. a wooden shoe, shoe, slipper [cf. carma-p-], (as, ā, or ī, am), going on foot, going with feet.
     pādukākāra pādukā-kāra, as, or pādukā-kṛt, t, m. a shoemaker.

pādū pādū, ūs, f. a shoe.
     pādūkṛt pādū-kṛt, t, m. a shoemaker; (also spelt pādu-kṛt.)

pādya pādya, as, ā, am, relating or belonging to the foot; (am), n. (with or without udaka) water for washing the feet.
     pādyapātra pādya-pātra, am, n. a metal vessel for washing the feet.

pādakramika pādakramika, as, ī, am (fr. pada-krama), one who reads or knows the Pada-krama, q. v.

pādapa pāda-pa. See p. 564, col. 2.

pādāraka pādāraka, as, m. the knees or ribs of a boat (supporting the deck on each side ?).

pādālinda pādālinda, as, ā or ī, m. f. a boat.

pādma pādma, as, ī, am (fr. padma), relating to the lotus, referring to or treating of the lotus; (as), m. a patronymic of Brahmā [cf. padma-garbha, padma-yoni]; N. of a Mahā-kalpa.
     pādmapurāṇa pādma-purāṇa, am, n., N. of a Purāṇa.

pāna 1. pāna, pānīya, pānta. See p. 560, cols. 1, 2.

pāna 2. pāna, as, m. = apāna, breath, breathing out, expiration.

pānasa pānasa, as, ī, am (fr. panasa), prepared from the fruit of the Jaka or bread-fruit tree; (am), n. a spirituous liquor so prepared.

pāntha pāntha, as, m. (fr. pathin), a wanderer, traveller; 'the wanderer in the sky', the sun.

pānnaga pānnaga, as, ī, am (fr. panna-ga), formed or consisting of snakes, having serpents, snaky.

pānnejana pānnejana, as, ī, am (fr. 3. pad + nejana), Ved. used for washing the feet; (am), n. a vessel in which the feet are washed, foot-bath.

pāpa pāpa, as, ā (or in the earlier language ī), am (said to be fr. rt. 3. ; according to some for apāpa fr. rt. āp with apa), bad, wicked, vicious, sinful, evil, mischievous, destructive; vile, low, abandoned; (in astrology) boding evil, malignant, inauspicious; (as), m. a wicked man, wretch, profligate; N. of a hell; (am), n. bad fortune, bad state, unhappiness; evil, sin, vice, crime, wickedness, transgression, guilt (e. g. pāpam avāpsyasi, thou wilt incur guilt); (am), ind. badly, miserably, wrongly; (ayā), ind., Ved. badly, wrongly, wickedly; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. peccare: Lith. pykiu, 'I am angry;' paika-s, pikta-s, 'angry.']
     pāpakara pāpa-kara, as, ā or ī, am, or pāpa-kartṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, or pāpa-karman, ā, ā, a, or pāpa-karmin, ī, iṇī, i, or pāpa-kārin, ī, iṇī, i, or pāpa-kṛt, t, t, t, 'wrong-doing', wicked, sinful, criminal, an evil-doer, malefactor, villain.
     pāpakṛta pāpa-kṛta, am, n. or pāpa-kṛtyā, f. an evil deed, bad action, sin, crime.
     pāpakṣaya pāpa-kṣaya, as, m. the destruction of sin.
     pāpakṣayatīrtha pāpakṣaya-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     pāpakṣayamātra pāpakṣaya-mātra, am, n. entire destruction (or expiation) of sins.
     pāpagumpa pāpa-gumpa, as, m. epithet of Bāla-kṛṣṇa; (perhaps incorrectly for pāya-guṇḍa.)
     pāpagocara pāpa-go-cara, as, ā, am, evidently involved in (the consequences of) sin.
     pāpagraha pāpa-graha, as, m. a planet of evil or malignant aspect (as Mars, Saturn, Rāhu, Ketu); any ill-omened or inauspicious aspect of the stars as the conjunction of the sun or Budha with the moon in its last quarter; calamitous or fatal destiny.
     pāpaghna pāpa-ghna, as, ī, am, destroying or removing sin or evil deeds, expiating guilt; (as), m. the sesamum plant; (ī), f., N. of a river.
     pāpacara pāpa-cara, as, m. 'walking in sin', N. of a king.
     pāpacarya pāpa-carya, as, m. a sinner; a fiend, Rākṣasa.
     pāpacārin pāpa-cārin, ī, iṇī, i, doing evil, sinful, wicked, criminal.
     pāpacetas pāpa-cetas, ās, ās, as, evil-minded, being of an evil disposition, wicked, vile.
     pāpacelī pāpa-celī or pāpa-celikā, f. the plant Clypea Hernandifolia, a species of creeper (commonly called ākanādi).
     pāpaja pāpa-ja, as, ā, am, Ved. springing from evil.
     pāpajīva pāpa-jīva, as, ā, am, leading an evil life, wicked, criminal.
     pāpatara pāpa-tara, as, ā, am, worse, more wicked, very evil.
     pāpatimira pāpa-timira, as, ā, am, 'sin-bedarkened', blinded by sin.
     pāpatva pāpa-tva, am, n., Ved. evil condition, misery, poverty.
     pāpada pāpa-da, as, ā, am, Ved. bringing misfortune, inauspicious.
     pāpadarśin pāpa-darśin, ī, inī, i, looking at faults, malevolent.
     pāpadṛśvan pāpa-dṛśvan, ā, arī, a, seeing guilt, knowing an act to be wicked.
     pāpadṛṣṭi pāpa-dṛṣṭi, is, is, i, evileyed.
     pāpadhī pāpa-dhī, īs, īs, i, evil-minded.
     pāpanakṣatra pāpa-nakṣatra, am, n., Ved. an inauspicious constellation.
     pāpanāpita pāpa-nāpita, as, m. a vile or bad barber.
     pāpanāman pāpa-nāman, ā, mnī, a, Ved. having a bad name.
     pāpanāśana pāpa-nāśana, as, ī, am, destroying the wicked; (as), m. an epithet of Śiva; N. of a temple of Viṣṇu; (am), n., N. of a part of the Brahmāṇḍa-Purāṇa.
     pāpanāśin pāpa-nāśin, ī, inī, i, sin-destroying, purifying.
     pāpanirati pāpa-nirati, is, is, i, wicked, villainous; a wretch; (is), f. attachment to evil, wickedness.
     pāpaniścaya pāpa-niścaya, as, ā, am, having evil designs, malevolent.
     pāpaniṣkṛti pāpa-niṣkṛti, is, f. atonement for sin.
     pāpapati pāpa-pati, is, m. 'sinful master', a paramour.
     pāpaparājita pāpa-parājita, as, ā, am, Ved. ignominiously defeated.
     pāpapuṇya pāpa-puṇya, āni, n. pl. vicious or virtuous (deeds).
     pāpapuruṣa pāpa-puruṣa, as, m. a villainous man (a personification of all sin or archetype of a sinner, whose head is Brāhmaṇicide, whose arms are theft, and whose heart is wine-drinking, &c.; also spelt pāpa-pūruṣa).
     pāpaphala pāpa-phala, as, ā, am, having evil consequences, inauspicious.
     pāpabuddhi pāpa-bud-dhi, is, is, i, evil-minded, wicked; (is), m., N. of a man.
     pāpabhakṣaṇa pāpa-bhakṣaṇa, as, ā, am, devouring the wicked; (as), m. an epithet of Kāla-bhairava, a son of Śiva.
     pāpabhañjana pāpa-bhañjana, as, ā, am, breaking or destroying the wicked; (as), m., N. of a Brāhman.
     pāpabhāva pāpa-bhāva, as, ā, am, being of an evil disposition, evil-minded.
     pāpamati pāpa-mati, is, is, i, evilminded, of a corrupt mind, sinful, graceless, ungodly, depraved.
     pāpamitra pāpa-mitra, am, n. friend or companion of sin, bad counsellor, seducer.
     pāpamitratva pāpamitra-tva, am, n. friendship with the wicked.
     pāpamukta pāpa-mukta, as, ā, am, freed from sin, liberated from all crime.
     pāpamocana pāpa-mocana, am, n. liberating form sin, remission of guilt.
     pāpayakṣma pāpa-yakṣma, as, m., Ved. 'the evil disease', consumption.
     pāpayoni pāpa-yoni, is, f. a bad or low birthplace, birth in an inferior condition (as in that of an animal; considered as the punishment of sin).
     pāparahita pāpa-rahita, as, ā, am, freed from sin. sinless.
     pāparoga pāpa-roga, as, m. any bad disease considered as the penalty of sin in a former life (as leprosy, elephantiasis); small pox.
     pāparogin pāparogin, ī, iṇī, i, suffering from a bad disease as a penalty for sin (committed in a former life).
     pāparddhi pāparddhi (-pa-ṛd-), is, f. 'sin-prosperity', getting a living by hunting, the chase.
     pāpaloka pāpa-loka, as, m., Ved. the evil world, the place of suffering, place of the wicked.
     pāpalokya pāpalokya, as, ā, am, belonging to hell or the world of the wicked, fiendish, infernal; belonging to the wicked.
     pāpavasīyas pāpa-vasīyas, ān, asī, as, inverted; confused; (as), n. inversion, confusion.
     pāpavasīyasa pāpa-va-sīyasa or pāpa-vasyasa, am, n., Ved. inversion, inverted order, confusion.
     pāpavāda pāpa-vāda, as, m., Ved. an inauspicious cry.
     pāpavināśana pāpa-vināśana, as, ī, am, sindestroying, destroying transgressions.
     pāpavināśanatīrtha pāpavinā-śana-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     pāpavinigraha pāpa-vinigraha, as, m. restraining or punishing wickedness.
     pāpaviniścaya pāpa-viniścaya, as, ā, am, intending evil, resolved on wickedness or crime.
     pāpaśamana pāpa-śamana, as, ā, am, palliating or removing crime; (am), n. a sin offering; (ī), f. a species of tree; [cf. śamī.]
     pāpaśīla pāpa-śīla, as, ā, am, ill-disposed, prone to evil, of bad character, wicked.
     pāpaśodhana pāpa-śodhana, as, ā, am, cleansing or washing away sins; (am), n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     pāpasaṃśamana pāpa-saṃśamana, as, ā, am, removing sin.
     pāpasaṅkalpa pāpa-saṅkalpa, as, ā, am, evilminded, ill-intentioned.
     pāpasama pāpa-sama, am, n., Ved. a bad year.
     pāpasammita pāpa-sammita, as, ā, am, equal in sin, of like guilt.
     pāpasūdana pāpa-sūdana, as, ā, am, sindestroying.
     pāpasūdanatīrtha pāpasūdana-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     pāpahan pāpa-han, ā, ghnī, a, sin-destroying, destroying the wicked.
     pāpahara pāpa-hara, as, ā, am, removing evil, destroying sin; (am), n. a means of removing evil; (ā), f., N. of a river.
     pāpākhyā pāpākhyā (-pa-ākh-), f., scil. gati, epithet of one of the seven divisions of the planetary courses (according to the Parāśara-tantra extending over the constellations Hasta, Maitra, and Vi-śākhā).
     pāpāṅkuśā pāpāṅkuśā (-pa-aṅ-), f., N. of the eleventh day in the light half of the month Āśvina.
     pāpācāra pāpācāra (-pa-āc-), as, ā, am, ill-conducted, following evil courses, practising evil, living an evil life, vicious.
     pāpātman pāpātman (-pa-āt-), ā, ā, a, evil-minded, wicked; (ā), m. a sinner, reprobate, wretch; (opposed to dharmātman.)
     pāpādhama pāpādhama (-pa-adh-), as, ā, am, the lowest of the wicked, exceedingly low or wicked.
     pāpānuvasita pāpānuva-sita (-pa-an-), as, ā, am, addicted to sin, sinful.
     pāpānta pāpānta (-pa-an-), am, n., N. of a Tīrtha ('where sins come to an end').
     pāpāpanutti pāpāpanutti (-pa-ap-), is, f. 'removal of sins', expiation.
     pāpāvahīyam pā-pāvahīyam (-pa-av-), ind., Ved. wrongfully staying away or remaining behind.
     pāpāśaya pāpāśaya (-pa-āś-), as, ā, am, evil-intentioned, wicked, sinful.
     pāpāha pāpāha (-pa-aha-), am, n., Ved. an unlucky day.
     pāpāhi pāpāhi (-pa-ahi), is, m. a snake, serpent.
     pāpokta pāpokta (-pa-uk-), as, ā, am, Ved. addressed in ill-omened words.

pāpaka pāpaka, as, ikā or akī, am, bad, evil, wicked; (am), n. evil, wrong, wickedness, sin; (as), m. a wicked person, rascal; an evil or malignant planet.

pāpala pāpala, as, ā, am, imparting or incurring guilt; (am), n. a particular measure.

pāpin pāpin, ī, inī, i, wicked, sinful, bad; a sinner, criminal.

pāpiṣṭha pāpiṣṭha, as, ā, am, worst, lowest, most wicked; exceedingly bad, very wicked.
     pāpiṣṭhatama pāpiṣṭha-tama, as, ā, am, worst, most wicked; worse, more wicked.
     pāpiṣṭhatara pāpiṣṭha-tara, as, ā, am, worse, more wicked; the very worst; exceedingly wicked.

pāpīya pāpīya, as, ā, am, worse, &c.; (a contracted form of pāpīyas below.)

pāpīyas pāpīyas, ān, asī, as, worse, worse off, more wretched or miserable; lower, poorer; more wicked; very bad or wicked, very criminal; māraḥ pāpīyān, (with Buddhists) the evil spirit, the devil; (as), m. a wicked man, wretch, villain.
     pāpīyastara pāpīyas-tara, as, ā, am, = pāpīyas.
     pāpīyastva pāpīyas-tva, am, n. the state of being very wicked, great wickedness.

pāpman pāpman, ā, m. evil, unhappiness, evil plight, suffering; crime, evil, sin, wickedness; (ā, ā, a), injurious, hurtful, evil.

pāpāpurī pāpāpurī, f. = pāvāpurī, f., N. of a town near Rāja-gṛha.

pāman pāman, ā, m. (fr. rt. pai), a kind of skin disease, cutaneous eruption, herpes, scab.
     pāmaghna pāma-ghna, as, ī, am, destroying the scab; (as), m. sulphur; (ī), f. a species of plant (= ka-ṭukā).
     pāmavat pāma-vat, ān, atī, at, diseased with herpes.

pāmana pāmana, as, ā, am, diseased with herpes.
     pāmanambhāvuka pā-manam-bhāvuka, as, ā, am, Ved. becoming diseased with herpes.

pāmara pāmara, as, ā, am, diseased with herpes, scabby; wicked, vile; low, vulgar, base; stupied; (as), m. a man of the lowest extraction, a man engaged in any degrading occupation; an idiot, fool; a wicked man; (am), n. evil, bad character, wickedness.
     pāmaroddhārā pāmaroddhārā (-ra-ud-), f. 'removing herpes', a species of plant (= guḍūcī).

pāmā pāmā, f. herpes, scab (enumerated among the forms of so-called mild leprosy).
     pāmāri pāmāri (-mā-ari), is, m. 'enemy of the scab', sulphur.

pāmpa pāmpa, as, ī, am, belonging to or situated on the river Pampā.

pāmpana pāmpana, as, ī, am, belonging or relating to the river Pampā.

pāya pāya, am, n. (fr. rt. 1. ), water.
     pāyaguṇḍa pāya-guṇḍa, as, m., N. of the author of a commentary on the Laghu-śabdendu-śekhara.

pāyaka pāyaka, as, ikā, am, drinking; [cf. taila-pāyikā.]

pāyana pāyana, am, n. the causing or giving to drink; (Sāy.) = 1. pāna, a beverage; (ā), f. causing to drink; watering, moistening.

pāyin pāyin, ī, inī, i, (at the end of a comp.) drinking; [cf. kuṇḍa-p-, kṣīra-p-, candrikā-p-.]

pāyu 1. pāyu, us, m. the anus.
     pāyukṣālanabhūmi pāyu-kṣālana-bhūmi, is, f. or pāyu-kṣālana-veśman, a, n. a water-closet, privy.
     pāyubheda pāyu-bheda, as, m., Ved. (in astrol.) N. of two ways in which an eclipse terminates.

pāyya 1. pāyya, as, ā, am, to be drunk, to be caused to drink; (am), n. water; drinking.

pāyasa pāyasa, as, ī, am (fr. payas), prepared with or made of milk or water; (as, am), m. n. food prepared with milk, rice boiled in milk; an oblation of milk, rice, and sugar; the resin of Pinus Longifolia; turpentine; (am), n. milk; a kind of divine beverage, nectar (Rām. I. 15, 8).
     pāyasadagdha pāyasa-dagdha, as, ā, am, scalded by milk-porridge.

pāyasika pāyasika, as, ī, am, fond of boiled milk, relating to any mixture of milk, &c.

pāyika pāyika, as, m. a foot-soldier, footman; (probably a corruption of pādātika.)

pāyu 2. pāyu, us, m. (fr. rt. 3. ; for 1. see above), Ved. a guard, protector; N. of a man; (avas), m. pl. protecting powers or actions.

pāyya 2. pāyya (for 1. see above), protection (at the end of a comp.; cf. nṛ-p-).

pāyya 3. pāyya, am, n. measure; practice, profession.

pāyya 4. pāyya, as, ā, am, low, vile, reprehensible, contemptible.

pāra pāra, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. pṛ or rt. pṝ), crossing [cf. duṣ-p-]; the further shore or opposite bank of a river; the further side, concluding bound; the end or limit of anything, the utmost reach or extent; quicksilver; N. of a sage, a son of Pṛthu-ṣeṇa and father of Nīpa; of a son of Samara and father of Pṛthu; of a son of Aṅga and father of Divi-ratha; (ās), m. pl., N. of a class of deities under the ninth Manu; (ā), f., N. of a river (said to flow from the Pāriyātra mountains or the central and western portion of the Vindhya chain); (ī), f. a quantity of water; a small water-jar, drinking-vessel, glass, cup; a milk-pail; a rope for tying an elephant's feet; pollen; (am), n. (according to some also as, m.), the further or opposite end or bank of a river; the totality of an object, the fullest extent (with gen., e. g. tamasas, of darkness; kāraṇānām, of tortures); extremity, end, aim (in this sense also m.); pāraṃ gam, to cross over; to fulfil (e. g. pratijñā-yāḥ pāraṃ sa gataḥ, he fulfilled his promise); to become proficient in; pāraṃ nī, to bring to a close; [cf. para, param; Gr. [greek] [greek] [greek] Lat. per; Lith. per, 'across;' Slav. polu, 'the opposite bank.']
     pārakāma pāra-kāma, as, ā, am, desirous of reaching the opposite bank.
     pāraga pāra-ga, as, ā, am, going to the opposite shore, crossing over, going through or over or across or to the end, ferrying across, intending to cross; one who has arrived at the end, accomplishing, one who has accomplished or completely mastered, completely familiar or conversant with, knowing thoroughly, well versed in (with gen. or loc. or in a comp., e. g. vedānām pāragaḥ, well versed in the Vedas; pratijñā-p-, fulfilling or keeping a promise); profoundly learned; going over or beyond the world; (am), n. keeping, fulfilling.
     pāragata pāra-gata, as, ā, am, or pāra-gāmin, ī, inī, i, one who has reached the opposite shore, passed over in safety, crossed; passed beyond the world, pure, holy; (as), m. (with Jainas) an Arhat or deified saint and teacher.
     pāragati pāra-gati, is, f. going through, reading, studying through.
     pāragamana pāra-gamana, am, n. reaching the opposite shore, crossing, going to the end.
     pāracara pāra-cara, as, ī, am, arriving at the opposite shore, crossing over.
     pāratas pāra-tas, ind., Ved. on the opposite bank, on the further side.
     pāradaṇḍaka pāra-daṇḍaka, as, m. (perhaps a Vṛddhied form fr. para + daṇḍaka), N. of a country (part of Orissa).
     pāradarśaka pāra-darśaka, as, ā, am, showing the opposite bank.
     pāradarśana pāra-darśana, as, ā, am, beholding the opposite bank or shore, able to survey all things.
     pāradṛśvan pāra-dṛśvan, ā, arī, a, one who has seen the opposite bank, completely familiar with, knowing thoroughly; long-sighted, far-seeing, wise.
     pāradhvaja pāra-dhvaja, ās, m. pl. 'banners of the further shore', N. of certain banners brought from beyond the sea (from Ceylon) and borne in procession by the kings of Kaśmīra.
     pāranetṛ pāra-netṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, bringing to the further shore.
     pāramita pāram-ita, as, ā, am, gone to the opposite bank; crossed, traversed; transcendant (as spiritual knowledge); (ā), f. (probably a contracted form for pāramita-tā), coming to the opposite bank, complete attainment, perfection (the Buddhists enumerate six or sometimes ten Pāramitās or perfections as belonging to a Bodhisattva).
     pārāpāra pārāpāra (-ra-ap-), am, n. = pārāvāra, the nearer and further bank, both banks, (a various reading for pārāvāra, q. v.); (as), m. the sea, ocean.
     pārāyaṇa pārāyaṇa (-ra-ay-), am, n. going over, going across; reading from one end to the other, reading through, perusing, studying, study; reading a Purāṇa or causing it to be read; the whole, totality, entireness, completeness [cf. dhātu-p-, nāma-p-]; N. of a grammatical work; (ī), f. a N. of the goddess Sarasvatī; an act, action; considering, meditating; light.
     pārāyaṇamāhātmya pārāyaṇa-māhātmya, am, n., N. of a section. of the Pātāla-khaṇḍa of the Pādma-Purāṇa.
     pārāyaṇika pārāyaṇika, as, ī, am, reading to (any one), teaching how to pronounce; (as), m. a lecturer, reader of the Purāṇas; a pupil, scholar; (ās), m. pl. epithet of a particular school of grammarians.
     pārāyaṇīya pārāyaṇīya, am, n., N. of a grammar.
     pārāvāra pā-rāvāra (-ra-av-), am, n. the further and the nearer bank or shore, the opposite banks (e. g. pārāvārasya nauḥ, a boat which plies from one side to the other); (as), m. the sea, ocean; [cf. pārāpāra.]
     pārāvārīṇa pārāvārīṇa, as, ā, am, on both sides of a river, &c., one who goes to both sides.
     pāregaṅgam pāre-gaṅgam, ind. on the other side of the Gaṅgā, beyond the Ganges.
     pāreviśoka pāre-viśoka, N. of a place.
     pāresindhu pāre-sindhu, ind. on the other side of the Sindhu, beyond the Indus.

pāraka 1. pāraka, as, ī, am (for 2. see p. 567, col. 1), carrying over, bearing across, saving, delivering (in ugra-p-, q. v.); enabling to cross (a river or the world).

pāraṇa 1. pāraṇa, as, ā, am, (for 2. see p. 567, col. 1), bringing over, carrying across, saving, delivering; (am), n. fulfilling, accomplishing; reading through, reading, studying; the complete text (of a book); (am, ā), n. f., also vrata-pāraṇa, concluding a fast, eating or drinking after a fast, breakfast; [cf. śoṇita-p-.]
     pāraṇakarman pāraṇa-karman, a, n. exercise in reading, mode of reading.

pāraṇīya pāraṇīya, as, ā, am, having an attainable end, capable of being completed or brought to an end.

pāraya 1. pāraya, Nom. P. A. pārayati, -te, &c., to bring over, lead over; to be able; (this is also regarded as the Caus. of rt. 1. pṛ, q. v.)

pāraya 2. pāraya, as, ā, am, able, adequate, fit for.

pārayat 1. pārayat, an, antī, at, being able, competent.

pārayiṣṇu 1. pārayiṣṇu, us, us, u (for 2. see s. v.), Ved. bringing to a successful issue, causing to succeed, victorious.

pārīṇa pārīṇa, as, ā, am, being on the other or opposite side; crossing to the other or opposite side; (at the end of a comp.) completely familiar with, well acquainted with [cf. trivarga-p-]; (as), m., N. of a man (= pāriṇa).

pārīya pārīya, as, ā, am, (at the end of a comp.) completely familiar with, well acquainted with.

pārya pārya, as, ā, am, Ved. being on the opposite side or bank; upper; last, final; giving the last stroke, decisive (e. g. pārye dhane, Ved. in a decisive battle); causing to succeed, helping through; effectual, efficient; (am), n. end; decision.

pāraka 2. pāraka, as, ī, am (fr. rt. pṝ; for 1. see p. 566, col. 3), satisfying, pleasing; cherishing.

pāraṇa 2. pāraṇa, as, m. (for 1. see p. 566, col. 3), satisfying, satisfaction; a cloud.

pāraya 3. pāraya, as, ā, am, (for 1. and 2. see p. 566, col. 3), satisfying, filling.

pārayat 2. pārayat, an, antī, at, satisfying, filling.

pārayiṣṇu 2. pārayiṣṇu, us, us, u, gratifying, pleasing, satisfying.

pārakya pārakya, as, ā, am, = parakīya, belonging to another or a stranger, alien (opposed to sva); intended for others, serving others; belonging to an enemy, hostile, inimical; (as), m. an enemy; (am), n. doing anything for the sake of future happiness, pious conduct.

pāragrāmika pāragrāmika, as, ī, am (fr. para + grāma), 'belonging to another village', hostile, inimical, (pāragrāmikaṃ vidhim ācikīrṣati, he is about to perform hostile action, i. e. prepares for hostilities.)

pāraj pāraj, k, m. (said to be fr. pāra), gold.

pārajāyika pārajāyika, as, m. (fr. para + jāyā), one who intrigues with another's wife, an adulterer.

pāraṭīṭa pāraṭīṭa, as, m. (connected with pāra?), a stone, rock; [cf. pārāruka.]

pāraṇīya pāraṇīya. See p. 566, col. 3.

pārata 1. pārata, as, ī, am (fr. para-tas), see Vārttikā to Pāṇ. IV. 2, 104; (Ved.) N. of a people or country.

pārata 2. pārata, as, m. quicksilver; [cf. pārada.]

pārataka pārataka, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.

pāratantrika pāratantrika, as, ī, am (fr. para-tantra), belonging to or enjoined by the religious treatises of others.

pāratantrya pāratantrya, am, n. the being subject to another, dependence, subservience, slavery.

pāratrika pāratrika, as, ī, am (fr. para-tra), relating to another world, belonging to the next world, advantageous in the future life.

pāratrya pāratrya, as, ā, am, relating to the next world; rewarded in a future state (according to Kullūka = paraloka-phala).

pārada pārada, as, m. quicksilver; (ās), m. pl., N. of a barbarous people (described in Manu X. 44. as a Kshatriya tribe degraded to Śūdras by neglect of duties; cf. 2. pārata).

pāradaṇḍaka pāra-daṇḍaka. See pāra, p. 566.

pāradārika pāradārika, as, ī, am (fr. para-dāra), intriguing with another's wife; relating to another's wife; (as), m. an adulterer.

pāradārin pāradārin, ī, iṇī, i, intriguing with another's wife; (perhaps incorrectly for para-dārin.)

pāradārya pāradārya, am, n. intriguing with another's wife, adultery.

pāradeśika pāradeśika, as, ī, am (fr. para-deśa), outlandish, foreign, abroad; (as), m. a traveller; a foreigner.

pāradeśya pāradeśya, as, śī, am, belonging to or coming from a foreign country, foreign; (as), m. a traveller, one who has gone to a foreign country; a foreigner; [cf. Lat. per-egrinus.]

pāradhenu pāradhenu, us, or pāradhenuka, as, m., N. of a low mixed caste, an Āyogava (q. v.).

pāramparīṇa pāramparīṇa, as, ī, am (fr. param-parā), passing from one to another, handed down from father to son, hereditary.

pāramparīya pāramparīya, as, ī, am, handed down, traditional.

pāramparya pāramparya, as, ī, am, one following the other; (am), n. uninterrupted series, continuous order or hereditary succession; traditional instruction, tradition; intercession, intermediation; (eṇa), ind. successively.
     pāramparyakramāgata pāramparya-kramāgata (-ma-āg-), or pāram-paryāgata (-ya-āg-), as, ā, am, derived from tradition.
     pāramparyopadeśa pāramparyopadeśa (-ya-up-), as, m. traditional instruction.

pāralokya pāralokya, as, ā, am (fr. para-loka), relating to the next world.

pāralaukika pāralaukika, as, ī, am, relating to the next world (e. g. sahāyaḥ pāralaukikaḥ, a companion on the way to the next world); epithet of a place where pearls are found and of the pearls found there (Ved.); (am), n. things or circumstances relating to the next world.

pāravargya pāravargya, as, ā, am, (fr. para + varga), belonging to another party, siding with the enemy.

pāravaśya pāravaśya, am, n. (fr. para-vaśa), dependence, dependency.

pārastraiṇeya pārastraiṇeya, as, m. (fr. para-strī), a son by another's wife, an adulterine.

pārahaṃsya pārahaṃsya, as, ā, am (fr. para-haṃsa), relating to an ascetic who has subdued all his senses; [cf. pāramahaṃsya.]

pārāvarya pārāvarya, eṇa, ind. (fr. parāvara), on all sides, completely.

pārabhṛta pārabhṛta, am, n. a present, offering (incorrectly for prābhṛta).

pārabhṛtīya pārabhṛtīya, as, ī, am, relating or belonging to a present (incorrectly for prābhṛtīya); belonging to a cuckoo (fr. para-bhṛta).

pāramahaṃsa pāramahaṃsa, as, ī, am (fr. pa-rama-haṃsa), relating to Parama-haṃsa (Brahmā).

pāramahaṃsya pāramahaṃsya, as, ā, am, relating to the Paramahaṃsas or religious men who have subdued all their senses by abstract meditation; (am), n. most sublime ascetism or meditation.
     pāramahaṃsyapari pāramahaṃsya-pari, ind. relating to the most sublime meditation or speculation.

pāramārthika pāramārthika, as, ī, am (fr. paramārtha), relating to a high or spiritual object, relating to supreme truth; real, essential, true; one who cares for truth, loving right; supremely good, excellent, superior.

pāramika pāramika, as, ī, am (fr. parama), supreme, chief, best.

pārameśvara pārameśvara, as, ī, am (fr. parameśvara), relating or belonging to the supreme lord (Śiva), coming from the supreme lord.

pārameṣṭha pārameṣṭha, as, m. a patronymic from Parameṣṭhin.

pārameṣṭhya pārameṣṭhya, as, ā, am (fr. parameṣṭhin), relating or belonging to the highest or supreme god (Brahman), coming from the supreme deity; relating to a king; (am), n. highest position, supremacy; royal insignia.

pāramita pāram-ita. See under pāra, p. 566.

pāraya 1. and 2. pāraya, pārayat, pāra-yiṣṇu. See p. 566, col. 3, and col. 1. of this p.

pāravata pāravata, as, m. = pārāvata, a pigeon.

pāravaśya pāravaśya. See above.

pāraśava pāraśava, as, am, m. n. (fr. pa-raśu), iron (used for axes), an iron weapon; (as), m., N. of a mixed caste, the son of a Brāhman by a Śūdrā woman; a son by another's wife, an adulterine, bastard; (ās), m. pl., N. of a peopel in the southwest of Madhya-deśa; (as, ī, am), made of iron; made or derived from an axe; (sometimes written pārasava.)
     pāraśavatva pāraśava-tva, am, n. the state of being born of a Śūdrā woman.

pāraśavya pāraśavya, as, m., Ved. a patronymic of Tirindira.

pāraśīka pāraśīka = pārasīka, q. v.

pāraśvadha pāraśvadha or pāraśvadhika, as, ī, am (fr. paraśvadha), armed with an axe; (as), m. a man armed with an axe, halbert-man, hatchet-man, pioneer, &c.

pāraśvaya pāraśvaya, as, m. gold (?).

pārasa pārasa, as, ī, am, Persian; (ī), f. (with or without bhāṣā) the Persian language.

pārasika pārasika, ās, m. pl. the Persians; (as, ī, am), Persian; (as), m. Persia (?).

pārasīka pārasīka, ās, m. pl. the Persians; (as), m. Persia; a Persian horse.

pārasīkeya pārasīkeya, as, ī, am, Persian.

pārasava pārasava. See pāraśava, col. 2.

pāraskara pāraskara, as, m. (fr. pāra + kara, s being inserted; or fr. paras-kara), N. of the author of certain Gṛhya-sūtras forming a supplement to Kātyāyana's Śrauta-sūtras and of a Dharma-śāstra; N. of a district; (as, ī, am), composed by Pāraskara.
     pāraskaragṛhyapaddhati pā-raskara-gṛhya-paddhati, is, f., N. of a work on domestic customs.

pārastraiṇeya pārastraiṇeya, pārahaṃsya. See col. 2.

pārāpata pārāpata, as, m. = pārāvata, a pigeon.

pārāpataka pārāpataka, as, m. a kind of rice.

pārāyaṇa pārāyaṇa. See pāra, p. 566.

pārāruka pārāruka, as, m. a rock; [cf. pāraṭīṭa.]

pārāvata pārāvata, as, ī, am (fr. parā-vat), remote, coming or brought from a distance, of foreign extraction (Ved.); (as), m., N. of a tribe on the Yamunā; a turtle-dove, turtle-pigeon, dove, pigeon; a kind of snake; N. of a Nāga of the race of Airāvata; a monkey; a species of tree, Diospyros Embryopteris; a mountain; N. of a class of deities under Manu Svārociṣa; (ī), f. the fruit of the Lavalī plant (Annona Reticulata ?); a form of song peculiar to cowherds; N. of a river in the peninsula; (am), n. the fruit of the tree Diospyros Embryopteris.
     pārāvataghnī pārāvata-ghnī, f., Ved. (according to the Nirukta) destroying both banks (an epithet of the Sarasvatī; Sāy. = pārāvāra-ghātinī or = dūra-deśe vidyamā-nasyāpi vṛkṣāder hantrī; but the right meaning probably is), hitting the remote (demon), slaying from afar.
     pārāvatadeśa pārāvata-deśa, as, m., N. of a district mentioned in the Ratna-kosha.
     pārāvatapadī pārāvata-padī, f. or pārāvatāṅghri (-ta-aṅ-), 'pigeon's foot', Cardiospermum Halicacabum (so called from the form of the leaf).
     pārāvatāṅghripiccha pārāvatāṅghri-piccha, as, m. a pigeon.

pārāvati pārāvati, is, m. a patronymic of Vasu-rocis.

pārāvadaghnī pārāvada-ghnī, a wrong reading for pārāvata-ghnī, q. v.

pārāvara pārāvara. See p. 566, col. 3.

pārāvarya pārāvarya. See col. 2.

pārāśara pārāśara, as, ī, am (fr. parāśara), proceeding or derived from Parāśara or from Pārāśarya; (as), m. a patronymic from Parāśara and N. of the poet Vyāsa; (ās), m. pl., N. of a school; (ī), f. a daughter of Parāśara; (am), n. the rules of Pārāśara for the conduct of the mendicant order.
     pārāśarīputra pārāśarī-putra, as, m., Ved., N. of a teacher.
     pārāśaropapurāṇa pārāśaropapurāṇa (-ra-up-), am, n., N. of an Upa-Purāṇa.

pārāśarakalpika pārāśarakalpika, as, ī, am, one who studies the Parāśara-kalpa; (as), m. a follower of Parāśara the institutor of rules for the mendicant order.

pārāśari pārāśari, is, m. a patronymic of Vyāsa.

pārāśarin pārāśarin, ī, m. a mendicant of the school of Parāśara or of Pārāśarya; a religious mendicant in general.

pārāśarya pārāśarya, as, m. a patronymic of the poet Vyāsa; N. of a teacher.

pārikarmika pārikarmika, as, m. (fr. pari-karman), one who takes charge of the lesser vessels or utensils.

pārikāṅkṣin pārikāṅkṣin, ī, m. an ascetic (who devotes himself to devout contemplation), a contemplative saint, a Brāhman in the fourth period of life, a religious mendicant; (also pārikāṅkṣaka; cf. pari-kāṅkṣita.)

pārikuṭa pārikuṭa, as, m., Ved. an attendant, servant.

pārikṣita pārikṣita, as, ī, am, epithet of the verses of the Atharva-veda XX. 127, 7-10; (as), m. a patronymic of Janam-ejaya.

pārikṣitīya pārikṣitīya, as, m., Ved. (according to the commentator) the brother of Pari-kshit.

pārikheya pārikheya, as, ī, am (fr. pari-khā), surrounded by a ditch or fosse, belonging to a ditch.

pārigrāmika pārigrāmika, as, ī, am (fr. pari-grāmam), situated round a village.

pārijāta pārijāta, as, m. (fr. pari + jāta), the coral tree, Erythrina Indica (a splendid tree losing its leaves in June and then covered with large crimson flowers, sometimes identified with the Mandāra); the wood of this tree; N. of one of the five trees of paradise (which was produced at the churning of the ocean and came into the possession of Indra from whom it was afterwards taken by Kṛṣṇa); fragrance; N. of a Ṛṣi; N. of a Nāga of the race of Airāvata.
     pārijātamaya pārijāta-maya, as, ī, am, made of flowers of the celestial Pārijāta.
     pārijātavat pārijāta-vat, ān, atī, at, possessing the celestial Pārijāta.
     pārijātasarasvatīmantra pārijāta-sarasvatī-mantra, ās, m. pl., N. of certain magical formulas.
     pārijātaharaṇa pārijāta-haraṇa, am, n. 'carrying off of the Pārijāta tree', N. of sections of the Hari-vaṃśa and Viṣṇu-Purāṇa (describing the taking of the Pārijāta tree by Kṛṣṇa from Indra); N. of a comedy by Gopāla-dāsa.

pārijātaka pārijātaka, as, m. the coral tree, Erythrina Indica; one of the five trees of paradise; N. of a sage.

pāriṇa pāriṇa, as, m., N. of a man.

pāriṇāyya pāriṇāyya, as, ā, am (fr. pari-ṇāya = pari-ṇaya), relating to marriage, obtained on the occasion of marriage; (am), n. property or paraphernalia received by a woman at the time of marriage; marriage settlement.

pāriṇāhya pāriṇāhya, am, n. (fr. pari-ṇāha), household furniture and utensils.

pāritathyā pāritathyā, f. (fr. pari + tathya?), a string of pearls for binding the hair, a trinket worn on the forehead where the hair is parted.

pāritavat pārita-vat, ān, atī, at, containing the word pārita or other forms of the Caus. of rt. 1. pṛ.

pāritoṣika pāritoṣika, as, ī, am (fr. pari-toṣa), gratifying, delighting, pleasing, making happy, satisfactory, consolatory; (am), n. a reward, gratuity (given as a token of satisfaction).

pāridhvajika pāridhvajika, as, m. (fr. pari + dhvaja), a standard-bearer.

pārindra pārindra, as, m. a lion (= pā-rīndra).

pāripanthika pāripanthika, as, m. (fr. pari-pantham), a highwayman, robber, thief.

pāripāṭya pāripāṭya, am, n. (fr. pari-pāṭī), regularity, methodicalness, successiveness.

pāripātra pāripātra, as, m. (fr. pari + pātra?), N. of one of the seven principal mountain ranges of India (the central or western portion of the Vindhya chain which skirts the province of Malwa); N. of a son of Ahīna-gu; (also read pā-riyātra.)

pāripātraka pāripātraka or pāriyātraka, as, m., N. of a mountain range, the central or western portion of the Vindhya chain.

pāripātrika pāripātrika or pāriyātrika, as, m. an inhabitant of the Pāripātra or Pāriyātra mountain range.

pāripānthika pāripānthika, as, m. probably only a wrong reading for pāripanthika, q. v.

pāripārśva pāripārśva, am, n. (fr. pari-pārśva), retinue, attendants, followers.

pāripārśvaka pāripārśvaka, as, ikā, am, standing at the side, attending on; (as), m. an attendant; an assistant of the manager of a play; an actor who serves in place of a chorus in the drama and is one of the interlocutors in the prologue; (ikā), f. a female attendant, a chamber-maid.

pāripārśvika pāripārśvika, as, ī, am, standing at the side, belonging to a retinue; attending on; (as), m. an attendant; an assistant of the manager of a play.

pāripela pāripela, am, n. = paripelava, q. v.

pāriplava pāriplava, as, ā, am (fr. pari-plava), swimming; moving to and fro, shaking, unsteady, tremulous, trembling; perturbed, troubled in mind; 'moving in a circle', epithet of a particular legend recited at the Aśva-medha and repeated at certain intervals throughout the year (Ved.); (as), m. a boat; N. of a sage (?) in the fifth Manv-antara; (am), n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     pāriplavagata pāriplava-gata, as, ā, am, being in a boat.
     pāriplavanetra pāriplava-netra, as, ā, am, having tremulous or swimming eyes.

pāriplavīya pāriplavīya, am, n., Ved. an oblation accompanying the recitation of the Pāriplava legend.

pāriplāvya pāriplāvya, as, m. a goose; (am), n. perplexity, agitation; tremulousness.

pāribarha pāribarha and pārivarha, as, m. = pari-barha or pari-varha, q. v.; a wedding present; N. of one of the sons of Garuḍa.

pāribhadra pāribhadra, as, m. (fr. pari + bhadra), the coral tree, Erythrina Indica; the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica; a species of pine, Pinus Devadāru; the Saral, Pinus Longifolia; N. of a son of Yajña-bāhu; (am), n., N. of a Varsha in Śālmaladvīpa named after Pāribhadra.

pāribhadraka pāribhadraka, as, m. the tree Erythrina Fulgens; the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica; (am), n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus.

pāribhāvya pāribhāvya, am, n. (fr. pari-bhū), surety, security, bail (= prātibhāvya); a drug, a species of Costus, Costus Speciosus or Arabicus.

pāribhāṣika pāribhāṣika, as, ī, am (fr. pari-bhāṣā), universally received, generally current, usual, common; technical (as a term).

pārimāṇḍalya pārimāṇḍalya, as, ī, am (fr. pari-maṇḍala), having the measure or being of the size of an atom; (am), n. an atom (as a measure of space), a mote in a sun-beam.

pārimāṇya pārimāṇya, am, n. (fr. pari-māṇa), circumference, compass.

pārimitya pārimitya, am, n. (fr. pari-mita), the being confined or limited, limitation.

pārimukhika pārimukhika, as, ī, am (fr. pari-mukham), being before or round the face, being near or present.

pārimukhya pārimukhya, as, ā, am, being before or round the face, being near or present; (am), n. the being before the face, presence.

pāriyātra pāriyātra, as, m., N. of a mountain; of a country; [cf. pāripātra.]

pāriyātraka pāriyātraka, N. of a place mentioned in the Romaka-Siddhānta.

pāriyānika pāriyānika, as, m. (fr. pari + yāna), a travelling carriage.

pārirakṣika pārirakṣika, as, m. (fr. pari-rakṣā), a Brāhman in the fourth period of life, an ascetic or religious mendicant.

pārivatsa pārivatsa, as, m. (fr. pari + vatsa), a calf belonging (to the cows mentioned in Hari-vaṃśa 11877).

pārivittya pārivittya, am, n. (fr. pari-vitta), the being unmarried while a younger brother is married, the condition of an elder brother who is unmarried while the younger is married.

pārivettrya pārivettrya, am, n. (fr. pari-vettṛ), the marrying of a younger brother before the elder; the being unmarried while a younger brother is married.

pārivrājaka pārivrājaka, as, ī, am (fr. pari-vrājaka), intended for a religious mendicant; (am), n. the wandering life of a religious mendicant.

pārivrājya pārivrājya, am, n. (fr. pari-vrāj), the wandering life of a religious mendicant; (also incorrectly written pārivrajya.)

pāriśa pāriśa, as, m. a species of tree (= phalīśa, commonly called palāśa-pipula and gaja-haṇḍa).

pāriśīla pāriśīla, as, m. a cake (= apūpa).

pāriśeṣya pāriśeṣya, am, n. (fr. pari-śeṣa), that which is left over, a remainder; (āt), ind. this alone remaining, there being no alternative.

pāriṣad pāriṣad, t, t, t (fr. pari-ṣad), one who is present at an assembly (?).

pāriṣatka pāriṣatka, as, ā, am, one who studies or knows what has been settled in an assembly (?).

pāriṣada pāriṣada, as, ī, am, belonging to an assembly or council, one who belongs to an assembly or council; (as), m. a person present at an assembly or congregation, a spectator; an assessor at a council; a king's companion; (ās), m. pl. the retinue or attendants of a god; (am), n. taking part in an assembly; (as, am), m. or n. (?), N. of a village in the North.

pāriṣadaka pāriṣadaka, as, ī, am, done by an assembly.

pāriṣadya pāriṣadya, as, ā, am, = pariṣadaṃ sama-vaiti, = pariṣadi sādhuḥ, one who is present at an assembly, a spectator.

pārisāraka pārisāraka, as, ī, am, containing the word pari-sāraka.

pārihārika pārihārika, as, ī, am (fr. pari-hāra), taking away, seizing; surrounding; (as), m. a maker of garlands; (ī), f. a kind of riddle.

pārihārya pārihārya, as, m. a bracelet; (am), n. taking, seizure.

pārihāsya pārihāsya, am, n. (fr. pari-hāsa), jest, joke, fun; (ena), ind. in fun.

pārī pārī, f. (fr. rt. pṝ), a cup, drinkingvessel, &c. See pāra, p. 566, col. 2.

pārīkṣit pārīkṣit, t, m. = pārīkṣita, a patronymic of Janam-ejaya.

pārīkṣita pārīkṣita, as, ī, am, relating to or treating of Parī-kshit, derived from Parī-kshit; (as), m. a patronymic of Janam-ejaya; N. of a sovereign to whom the Bhāgavata-Purāṇa or life of Kṛṣṇa is supposed to have been addressed; N. of the successor of the preceding.

pārīṇa pārīṇa. See p. 566, col. 3.

pārīṇahya pārīṇahya, am, n. (fr. parī-ṇah), household furniture or utensils; [cf. pāriṇāhya.]

pārīndra pārīndra, as, m. a lion (= pā-rindra); a large snake, boa.

pārīya pārīya. See p. 566, col. 3.

pārīraṇa pārīraṇa, as, m. = parīraṇa, q. v.

pāru pāru, us, m. (said to be fr. rt. 3. ), the sun; fire (= peru).

pārucchepa pārucchepa, as, ī, am, derived from Parucchepa; bhāradvājam pārucchepam, N. of a Sāman.

pārucchepi pārucchepi, is, m. a patronymic from Parucchepa.

pāruṣaka pāruṣaka, as, or am, m. or n. (?), a species of flower; [cf. parūṣaka.]

pāruṣeya pāruṣeya, as, ī, am (fr. paruṣa), Ved. spotted, freckled.

pāruṣya pāruṣya, am, n. roughness [cf. tvak-p-], harshness; harshness of language, abuse, reproach, contumelious or scurrilous language, opprobrious or unfriendly speech, insult; violence (in word or deed, cf. daṇḍa-p-, vāk-p-); squalor; the forest or grove of Indra; aloe wood or Agallochum; (as), m. a N. of Bṛhas-pati, the planet Jupiter.

pāruṣṇa pāruṣṇa, as, m., Ved. a kind of bird.

pāregaṅgam pāre-gaṅgam, pāre-viśoka, pāre-sindhu. See under pāra.

pāreraka pāreraka, as, m. a sword, scimitar (?).

pārokṣa pārokṣa, as, ī, am (fr. parokṣa), undiscernible, unintelligible, obscure, mysterious.

pārokṣya pārokṣya, as, ā, am, undiscernible, invisible, hidden; (am), n. mysteriousness, mystery.

pārovarya pārovarya, am, n. (fr. paro-'va-ram), tradition.

pārghaṭa pārghaṭa, am, n. ashes, = arghaṭa; [cf. pārpara.]

pārjanya pārjanya, as, ā, am (fr. parjanya), belonging to Parjanya.

pārṇa pārṇa, as, ī, am (fr. parṇa), made or consisting of leaves, leafy; raised from leaves (as a tax); made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa; (as), m. a patronymic.

pārṇavalki pārṇavalki, is, m. (fr. parṇa-valka), a patronymic of Ni-gada.

pārtha 1. pārtha, as, ī, am (fr. pṛthi), Ved. an epithet of twelve sacred texts, ascribed to Pṛthi Vainya, repeated during the ceremony of unction in the Rāja-sūya sacrifice; (as), m. a patronymic of Tānva; (am), n., N. of several Sāmans.

pārthya pārthya, as, m., Ved. a patronymic from Pṛthi.

pārtha 2. pārtha, as, m. (fr. rt. pṛth for prath and connected with pṛthu, wide), a prince, king (= pārthiva); (fr. pṛthā), a metronymic of Yudhi-ṣṭhira, Bhīma-sena, and Arjuna, especially of the last; N. of a son of Paṅgu and king of Kaśmīra; N. of a man; the plant Terminalia Arjuna; (ās), m. pl. an epithet of the five sons of Pāṇḍu.
     pārthaja pārtha-ja, as, m. the son of Pārtha.
     pārthapura pārtha-pura, am, n., N. of a city near the confluence of the Go-dāvarī and Vi-darbhā.
     pārthamaya pārtha-maya, as, ī, am, consisting of sons of Pṛthā.
     pārthasārathi pārtha-sārathi, is, m., N. of the author of the Tantra-ratna.
     pārthasārathimiśra pārthasārathi-miśra, as, m., N. of a commentator on Jaimini's Nyāya-sūtras.
     pārthānuga pār-thānuga (-tha-an-), as, ā, am, followed by (Pārtha, i. e.) Arjuna.

pārthava pārthava, as, ī, am, belonging or peculiar to Pṛthu; (am), n. width, greatness, immensity.

pārthavi pārthavi, an earthy substance, rotten wood; (probably a wrong reading for pārthiva.)

pārthiva pārthiva, as, ī, am (fr. pṛthivī for pṛthvī, f. of pṛthu), earthen, earthly, terrestrial, relating to the earth, springing or derived from the earth, made of earth, earthy; ruling or possessing the earth; fit for kings or princes, royal, princely; a-pārthiva, unearthly, i. e. heavenly, celestial; (as), m. a dweller on the earth, inhabitant of the earth; a lord of the earth, king, prince, sovereign, warrior; an earthen vessel; the 19th (or 53rd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years; (ās), m. pl. a patronymic; (ī), f. 'earthborn', an epithet of Sītā; of Lakṣmī; (am), n. an earthy substance; (āni), n. pl., Ved. the regions of the earth (Sāy. = pṛthivyām bhavāni sthānāni).
     pārthivatā pārthiva-tā, f. or pārthiva-tva, am, n. the dignity or rank of king, royalty.
     pārthivanandinī pārthiva-nan-dinī, f. the daughter of a king.
     pārthivarṣabha pārthivarṣabha (-va-ṛ-), as, m. 'king-bull', an excellent king.
     pārthivaśreṣṭha pārthiva-śreṣṭha, as, m. best of kings, an excellent sovereign.
     pārthivasutā pārthiva-sutā or pārthivāt-majā (-va-āt-), f. the daughter of a king.
     pārthivādhama pār-thivādhama (-va-adh-), as, m. the lowest or meanest of kings.
     pārthivendra pārthivendra (-va-in-), as, m. the chief or greatest of princes.

pārthakya pārthakya, am, n. (fr. pṛthak), severalty, individuality, separation, separateness, singleness, difference, variety.

pārthuraśma pārthuraśma, am, n. (fr. pṛthu-raśmi), Ved. epithet of various Sāmans.

pārpara pārpara, as, m. a handful of rice; consumption (= kṣaya-roga); a filament of the Nauclea Cadamba; ashes; = kīnāśa; = gadāntara (a kind of disease ?); a N. of Yama.

pārya pārya. See p. 566, col. 3.

pāryantika pāryantika, as, ī, am (fr. pary-anta), final, concluding, last.

pārva pārva, as, ī, am (fr. parvan), = pār-vaṇa; (probably an incorrect form.)

pārvaṇa pārvaṇa, as, ī, am, belonging or relating to a division of time or of the month; increasing, waxing full (as the moon); (as), m. a kind of deer; the general funeral ceremony to be offered to all the Manes at the Parvan (or conjunction of the sun and moon, at which double oblations are offered, three cakes to the father, paternal grandfather and greatgrandfather, and three to the maternal grandfather, his father and grandfather; and the crumbs of each set to the remoter ancestors in each line).

pārvāyanāntīya pārvāyanāntīya, as, ā, am, (fr. parvan + aya-nānta), occurring at the end of a Parvan or solstice (as a sacrifice &c.).

pārvata pārvata, as, ī, am (fr. parvata), being or living in the mountains, growing on or coming from the mountains, consisting of mountains, mountainous; (as), m. the tree Melia Sempervirens (= mahā-nimba); (ī), f. a mountain stream; a female cowherd or Gopī; a N. of Durgā (as being the daughter of Hima-vat the king of the snowy mountains); N. of a cave in mount Meru; of various women (named after the goddess); an epithet of Draupadī (incorrectly for pārṣatī); a kind of fragrant earth; a red clay commonly called Saurāṣṭrī or Surat earth; N. of various plants; the olibanum tree, Boswellia Thurifera; Grislea Tomentosa; = Celtis Orientalis; = kṣudra-pāṣāṇa-bhedā; = jīvanī.
     pārvatīkṣetra pārvatī-kṣetra, am, n. 'district of Pārvatī (Durgā)', N. of one of the four especially sacred districts of Orissa.
     pārvatīnandana pārvatī-nan-dana, as, m. 'son of Pārvatī', an epithet of Kārttikeya.
     pārvatīpaścāttāpavarṇana pārvatī-paścāttāpa-varṇana, am, n., N. of the sixth chapter of the Gīta-gaṅgādhara, a poem by Kalyāṇa.
     pārvatīpravartana pārvatī-pravartana, am, n., N. of the ninth chapter of the Gīta-girīśa, a poem by Rāma.
     pārvatīprasādana pārvatī-prasādana, am, n., N. of the fifth chapter of the Gīta-gaṅgādhara.
     pārvatīmokṣaṇa pārvatī-mokṣaṇa, am, n., N. of a chapter of the Gaṇeśa-Purāṇa.
     pārvatīśvaraliṅga pārvatīśvara-liṅga (-tī-īś-), am, n., N. of a Liṅga.
     pārvatīsampradāna pārvatī-sampradāna, am, n., N. of a chapter of the Brahma-vaivarta-Purāṇa.

pārvatāyana pārvatāyana, as, m. a patronymic; N. of a chamberlain.

pārvati pārvati, is, m. a patronymic of Daksha.

pārvatika pārvatika, am, n. a multitude of mountains, mountain-range.

pārvatīya pārvatīya, as, ī, am, living or dwelling in the mountains, mountainous; (as), m. a mountaineer; epithet of a particular sovereign ruling in the mountains; (ās), m. pl., N. of a mountain tribe.

pārvateya pārvateya, as, ī, am, belonging or relating to the mountains, mountain-born; (as), m., N. of a prince of mountaineers; a species of culinary plant bearing a pungent fruit; (ī), f. the smaller or upper mill-stone; (am), n. antimony (= sauvīrāñjana).

pārśava 1. pārśava, as, m. (fr. 1. parśu), a prince of the Parśus.

pārśukā pārśukā, f. = parśukā, a rib.

pārśva pārśva, as, am, m. n. the region of the ribs or the part of the body below the armpit; the side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects); a side of any square figure; a curved knife (Ved.); (as), m., N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher; (with Jainas) N. of the twenty-third Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī; (au), m. du. heaven and earth; (am), n. a multitude of ribs, the thorax; the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached; a fraudulent or crooked expedient, dishonourable means; (āni), n. pl. the ribs (Ved.); (e), ind. at the side, near, on, upon, (opposed to dūra-tas, dūre); aside; (ayos), ind. on both sides; (āt), ind. away from; (am), ind. near to, to, towards; (as, ā, am), near, proximate, by the side of.
     pārśvaga pārśva-ga, as, ā, am, going at the side (of any one), accompanying, being in close proximity to, an attendant; (ās), m. pl. attendants, retinue.
     pārśvagata pārśva-gata, as, ā, am, being at the side, attending, accompanying, being close to or beside; sheltered, screening.
     pārśvagamana pārśva-gamana, am, n. the act of going by the side, accompanying.
     pārśvacara pārśva-cara, as, m. an attendant; (ās), m. pl. attendants, retinue.
     pārśvatas pārśva-tas, ind. by or from the side, at the side, near, sideways, aside.
     pārśvada pārśva-da, as, m. 'turning the side towards another', an attendant; (ās), m. pl. attendants, retinue.
     pārśvadāha pārśva-dāha, as, m. a burning pain in the side.
     pārśvadeśa pārśva-deśa, as, m. the region of the ribs, the side.
     pārśvadruma pārśva-druma, ās, m. pl. the trees at the side, the trees on every side.
     pārśvanātha pārśva-nātha, as, m. (with Jainas) N. of an Arhat; the Jaina pontiff.
     pārśvanāthakāvya pārśvanātha-kāvya, am, n., N. of a poem by Padma-sundara celebrating the preceding Arhat.
     pārśvaparivartana pārśva-parivartana, am, n. 'the turning round on the other side or from one side to the other', epithet of a festival on the eleventh day of the light half of the month Bhādra (Viṣṇu being supposed to turn upon the other side in his sleep on this day).
     pārśvaparivartin pārśva-parivartin, ī, inī, i, being or going by the side (of any one).
     pārśvapippala pārśva-pippala, am, n. a species of Harītakī (= Hindī gajahaḍ).
     pārśvabhāga pārśva-bhāga, as, m. 'side-portion', the side, flank (of an elephant).
     pārśvaruj pārśva-ruj, k, f. pain in the side.
     pārśvavaktra pārśva-vaktra, as, m. whose face is in his side', N. of a being attendant upon Śiva (Harivaṃśa 14851).
     pārśvavartin pārśva-vartin, ī, inī, i, standing by the side, an attendant; situated at the side, adjacent; (inas), m. pl. attendants, retinue.
     pārśvavivartin pār-śva-vivartin, ī, inī, i, being by the side of, living with.
     pārśvaśaya pārśva-śaya, as, ā, am, lying or sleeping on the side; sleeping at the side.
     pārśvaśāyin pārśva-śāyin, ī, inī, i, 'lying on the side', epithet of a particular position of the moon.
     pārśvaśūla pārśva-śūla, as, m. a shooting pain in the side, spasm of the chest, stitch; pleurisy.
     pārśvasaṃstha pārśva-saṃstha, as, ā, am, lying on the side.
     pārśvasūtraka pārśva-sūtraka, as, or am, m. or n. (?), a kind of ornament.
     pārśvastha pārśva-stha, as, ā, am, standing at the side or next to, being near or close to, adjacent, proximate; (as), m. an associate, companion; a stage manager's assistant (said to serve as a sort of chorus to the Indian drama, being sometimes an actor in the prelude and interpreter of the plot).
     pārśvasthita pārśva-sthita, as, ā, am, standing at the side, being near or close to.
     pārśvānucara pārśvānucara (-va-an-), as, m. 'attending at the side', an attendant, body-servant, lackey.
     pārśvāyāta pārśvāyāta (-va-āy-), as, ā, am, one who has approached close to.
     pārśvāsanna pārśvā-sanna (-va-ās-), as, ā, am, standing by the side, standing next, present.
     pārśvāsīna pārśvāsīna (-va-ās-), as, ā, am, sitting by the side.
     pārśvāsthi pārśvāsthi (-va-as-), i, n. 'side-bone', a rib.
     pārśvaikādaśī pārśvaikādaśī (-va-ek-), f., N. of a particular festival (= pārśva-parivar-tana).
     pārśvodarapriya pārśvodara-priya (-va-ud-), as, m. 'fond of (moving) sideways on the belly', a crab.

pārśvaka pārśvaka, as, m. a rib; (as, ā, am), one who seeks wealth or other objects by dishonest or indirect or side means; a pilferer, swindler.

pārśvatīya pārśvatīya, as, ā, am, (fr. pārśva-tas), being on or belonging to the side, situated at the side.

pārśvika pārśvika, as, ī, am, lateral, belonging to the side; (as), m. a sidesman, partisan; an associate, companion; a juggler; one who seeks money by dishonest means; N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher.

pārśvya pārśvya, au, m. du. heaven and earth (a various reading for pārśvau).

pārśava 2. pārśava, as, m. a warrior armed with an axe.

pārśva pārśva. See p. 569, col. 3.

pārṣaki pārṣaki, is, m. a patronymic.

pārṣata pārṣata, as, ī, am (fr. pṛṣata), belonging to the spotted antelope, made of the skin of the spotted antelope; (as), m. a patronymic of Dru-pada and his son Dhṛṣṭa-dyumna; (ī), f. a patronymic of Draupadī; an epithet of Durgā (in this sense a wrong reading for pārvatī); N. of two plants, Boswellia Thurifera; = jīvanī.

pārṣad pārṣad, t, f. (for pari-ṣada?), an assembly; (das), m. pl. the attendants or retinue of a god.

pārṣada pārṣada, as, m. (fr. parṣad), an associate, companion, attendant; a train, retinue (especially of a god); a person present in a congregation or assembly, a spectator; (perhaps) a councillor, distinguished personage; (am), n. a text-book received by any particular grammatical school, a N. given to the Prātiśākhyas; N. of a work on ceremonies.
     pārṣadatā pārṣada-tā, f. the office of an attendant (especially of the attendant of a deity).

pārṣadīya pārṣadīya, as, ā, am, conformable to the received text-book of any particular grammatical school.

pārṣadya pārṣadya, as, m. = pāriṣadya, a member of an assembly or council, assessor; (ās), m. pl. the attendants or retinue of a god (especially of Śiva).

pārṣadvāṇa pārṣadvāṇa, as, m. (fr. pṛṣad-vāṇa), N. of a man.

pārṣikā pārṣikā, f., N. of a woman.

pārṣī pārṣī (?), f. dung.

pārṣṭeya pārṣṭeya, as, ī, am (fr. pṛṣṭi), being within the ribs.

pārṣṭhika pārṣṭhika, as, ī, am, Ved. being after the manner of the Pṛṣṭhya (Ṣaḍ-aha).

pārṣṇi pārṣṇi, is, m. f., rarely pārṣṇī, f. (said to be fr. rt. pṛṣ), the heel; the extremity of the fore-axle to which the outside horses of a fourhorse chariot are attached (the two inner horses being harnessed to the dhur or chariot-pole); the rear of an army; the back; a kick; enquiry, asking (?); (is), f. a foolish or licentious woman; a N. of Kuntī the wife of Pāṇḍu.
     pārṣṇikṣema pārṣṇi-kṣema, as, m., N. of a divinity.
     pārṣṇigraha pārṣṇi-graha, as, ā, am, seizing from behind, threatening from behind; (as), m. a follower.
     pārṣṇigrahaṇa pārṣṇi-grahaṇa, am, n. attacking or threatening (an enemy) in the rear.
     pārṣṇigrāha pārṣṇi-grāha, as, ā, am, attacking or menacing (an enemy) in the rear; (as), m. an enemy in the rear; a commander in the rear of an army; an ally who supports a prince (Manu VII. 207).
     pārṣṇitra pārṣṇi-tra, am, n. 'rear-protecting', a rearguard, reserve, a body of forces in the rear.
     pārṣṇivāh pārṣ-ṇi-vāh, ṭ, ūhī, ṭ, or pārṣṇi-vāha, as, ā, am, drawing (i. e. harnessed to) the extremities of the axletree; (as), m. an outside horse.
     pārṣṇisārathi pārṣṇi-sārathi, is, m. a charioteer who drives one of the outside horses; (ī), m. du. the two charioteers who drive the outer horses attached to the extremities of the axle-tree.

pāl pāl. See Caus. of rt. 3. .

pāla pāla, as, m. a guard, guardian, protector, nourisher, keeper; a herdsman; a protector of the earth, a prince; a spitting-pot, spittoon; N. of a Nāga of the race of Vāsuki; of a prince; (ī), f. a herdsman's wife; [cf. pāli.]
     pālakavirāja pāla-kavi-rāja, as, m., N. of a poet (also called Śrī-pāla-kavi-rāja).
     pālakāvya pāla-kāvya, am, n. 'the poem of Pāla', N. of a work.
     pālaghna pāla-ghna, as, m. a mushroom.
     pālabaṇij pāla-baṇij, k, m. = kanyā-pāla; (a wrong form for pāna-baṇij.)
     pālīvrata pālī-vrata, am, n., N. of a particular religious observance.

pālaka pālaka, as, ikā, am, guarding, protecting, nourishing; (as), m. a guardian, protector, cherisher, nourisher; a foster-father; a prince, ruler, sovereign; a horse-keeper, a groom; one who maintains or observes; N. of several princes; a species of plant with a poisonous bulb, Plumbago Zeylanica; a horse.
     pālakagotra pālaka-gotra, am, n. the family or tribe of one's adoptive parents.
     pālakākhyā pālakākhyā (-ka-ākh-), f., N. of the mother of Dhanvantari.

pālana pālana, as, ī, am, the act of protecting, guarding, fostering, nourishing, cherishing; (am), n. guarding, providing with a guardian, protecting, protection, preserving, cherishing, fostering, nourishing; maintaining, keeping, observing; the milk of a cow that has recently calved.

pālanīya pālanīya, as, ā, am, to be guarded or protected, to be cherished or nourished; fit to be preserved or maintained; to be observed or respected.

pālayat pālayat, an, antī, at, guarding, protecting, cherishing.

pālayitṛ pālayitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, protecting, cherishing; a protector, guardian.

pālita pālita, as, ā, am, guarded, protected, cherished, nourished; (as), m. a species of tree (= śākhoṭa); N. of a son of Parā-jit (or Parā-vṛt); (ā), f., N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda.

pālin pālin, ī, inī, i, protecting, guarding, cherishing, nourishing; (ī), m., N. of a son of Pṛthu.

pālya pālya, as, ā, am, to be protected or guarded, to be cherished; being under (any one's) protection or guardianship; to be observed or kept, to be maintained.

pālakāpya pālakāpya, as, m., N. of an ancient sage or Muni; a form of the divine physician Dhanvantari.

pālakka pālakka, as or am, m. or n. (?), N. of a country.

pālakyā pālakyā, f. the plant Beta Bengalensis.

pālaṅka pālaṅka, as, m. the olibanum tree, Boswellia Thurifera; a species of beet-root, Beta Bengalensis; a hawk; (ī), f. the resin of the olibanum tree, incense.

pālaṅkya pālaṅkya, as, ā, m. f. gum olibanum, incense; (am, ā), n. f. the plant Beta Bengalensis.

pālaṅgin pālaṅgin, inas, m. pl., N. of a school called after a disciple of Vaiśampāyana.

pālala pālala, as, ī, am (fr. palala), made of powdered sesamum seed.

pālavī pālavī, f. a kind of vessel.

pālahari pālahari, is, m. (probably a patronymic fr. palahara), N. of a man.

pālāgala pālāgala, as, m., Ved. a runner, messenger; (according to others) a bearer of false tidings; (ī), f. the fourth and least respected wife of a prince.

pālāla pālāla, as, ī, am (probably incorrectly for pālvala), living in a marsh.

pālāśa pālāśa, as, ī, am (fr. palāśa), coming from or belonging to the tree Butea Frondosa, made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa; green; (as), m. green (the colour).
     pālāśakhaṇḍa pālāśa-khaṇḍa and pālāśa-ṣaṇḍa, as, m. an epithet of Magadha (a country in India, the western part of Behar).

pāli pāli, is, f. (fr. Caus. of rt. 3. pā?; said to be fr. rt. pal), the tip of the ear; an edge, margin; a boundary, limit; the sharp side of anything, the sharp edge or point of a sword or any cutting instrument; a line, row, range; a raised bank, dike, causeway, bridge; the lap, bosom; the hip, haunch; a mark, spot, stain; a particular measure of capacity (= prastha); a louse; a woman with a beard; prescribed food, maintenance of a scholar during the period of his studies by his teacher; praise, eulogium; a circumference; (ī), f. an edge, margin; the sharp edge of a sword; a line, row, range; a woman with a beard; a louse; a pot, boiler; an oblong pond; a causeway, bridge.
     pāliṃhira pā-liṃ-hira, as, m. a kind of snake, (perhaps a wrong reading for pāliṃ-hara, seizing by the tip of the ear.)

pālikā pālikā, f. the tip of the ear; the sharp edge of a cutting instrument; a sort of ladle or knife for skimming milk, curds, &c.; a cheese or butter knife.

pālitya pālitya, am, n. (fr. palita), greyness (of age), hoariness.

pālinda pālinda, as, m. incense; a species of jasmine, Jasminum Pubescens; (ī), f. a species of creeper, Ichnocarpus Frutescens; = pālindhī.

pālindhī pālindhī, f. a species of Ipomoea with dark blossoms.

pālīvata pālīvata, as, m. a species of tree.

pāllavā pāllavā, f. (fr. pallava), scil. krīḍā, a game played with twigs.

pālvala pālvala, as, ī, am (fr. palvala), coming from a tank or pool.

pāvaka pāvaka, as, ā, am, (fr. rt. 1. ), (Ved.) pure, clear, bright, shining; (Sāy.) = śodhaka, cleansing, purifying (said of Agni, Āditya, Sūrya, and the Maruts; of water, of the dawn, of day and night, &c.); (as), m. epithet of a particular Agni (in the Purāṇas said to be a son of Agni Abhi-mānin and Svāhā or of Antar-dhāna and Śikhaṇḍinī; cf. pava-māna, śuci); fire in general; Agni or the god of fire; social fire, a fire lighted in common; a fire lighted on taking possession of a house; a species of tree, Premna Integrifolia or Spinosa (see araṇi); a species of plant, Plumbago Zeylanica (= citraka); Semecarpus Anacardium; a plant used as a vermifuge, Carthamus Tinctorius (= viḍaṅga); a symbolical expression for the number three (like all other words for 'fire'); epithet of a kind of Ṛṣi, a saint, a person purified by religious abstraction, one who purifies from sin; (ī), f. the wife of Agni.
     pāvakavat pāvaka-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. 'having the name Pāvaka', an epithet of Agni; containing the word pāvaka.
     pāvakavarcas pāvaka-varcas, ās, ās, as, Ved. brightly resplendent (as Agni).
     pāvakavarṇa pāvaka-varṇa, as, ā, am, Ved. being of pure or brilliant aspect; (Sāy.) = agni-samāna-tejaska, resembling the brilliance of fire.
     pāvakaśocis pāvaka-śocis, is, is, is, (voc. anomalously -ce), Ved. shining brightly.
     pāvakāraṇi pāvakāraṇi (-ka-ar-), is, m. the tree Premna Integrifolia or Spinosa (see araṇi).
     pāvakeśvara pāvakeśvara (-ka-īś-), am, n., N. of a Tīrtha.

pāvaki pāvaki, is, m. 'son of Fire', an epithet of Skanda or Kārttikeya; of Su-darśana; of Hari (?).

pāvana pāvana, as, ī, am, purifying, purificatory, expurgatory, freeing from sin, sanctifying; purified, pure, holy; (as), m. fire (generally or for various ceremonial purposes); incense; a species of Verbesina with yellow flowers; a kind of demigod otherwise called a Siddha; N. of one of the Viśve Devāḥ; an epithet of the inspired poet Vyāsa; (ī), f. the plant Terminalia Chebula; holy basil; a cow; N. of a river; the Ganges or the goddess Gaṅgā; (am), n. the act of cleansing, purifying, sanctifying, expiation, purification (by acts of austerity and devotion); a means of purification; penance; water; cow-dung; the seed of the plant Elaeocarpus Ganitrus (of which rosaries are made); a species of grass, Costus Speciosus; a sectarial mark (= citraka).
     pāvanatva pāvana-tva, am, n. the property of cleansing or purifying.
     pāvanadhvani pā-vana-dhvani, is, m. a conch-shell.

pāvamāna pāvamāna, as, ī, am (fr. pavamāna), relating to Soma juice while being purified or while passing through the strainer (Ved.); (ī), f., scil. ṛc, an epithet of particular Vedic hymns (especially of Ṛgveda IX, Atharva-veda XIX. 71, 1); purificatory water (?).

pāvita pāvita, as, ā, am, cleansed, purified.

pāvitra pāvitra, as or am, m. or n. ? (fr. pavitra), N. of a metre, four times [metrical sequence] (perhaps incorrectly for pavitra.)

pāvin pāvin, ī, inī, i, cleansing, purifying (Mahā-bh. Vana-p. 10543; perhaps only a wrong reading for pāvanī).

pāvya pāvya, as, ā, am, to be cleansed or purified.

pāvan 1. pāvan, ā, arī, a (fr. rt. 1. ), Ved. (at the end of a comp.) drinking; [cf. asṛk-p-, gharma-p-, ghṛta-p-.]

pāvan 2. pāvan, ā, arī, a (fr. rt. 3. ), Ved. (at the end of a comp.) protecting; [cf. tanū-p-.]

pāvara pāvara, as or am, m. or n. (?), the die or side of a die which is marked with two points (= dvā-para, of which it is a corruption).

pāvā pāvā or pāvā-purī (also pāpā-purī), f., N. of a city near Rāja-gṛha.

pāvīrava pāvīrava, as, ī, am (fr. pavīru), Ved. proceeding from or belonging to the thunderbolt; (Sāy.) = pāvayitṛ, śodhayitṛ, purifying; (ī), f. 'daughter of lightning', the noise of thunder.

pāśa pāśa, as, m. (fr. rt. 3. paś), a snare, trap, noose, tie, fastening, cord, chain, fetter (kavaca-p-, jyā-p-); a net or snare for catching birds and beasts; a string or cord for fastening tame animals [cf. paśū-p-]; a noose or lasso employed as a weapon [cf. dharma-p-]; a die, dice (= pāśaka, Raghu-v. VI. 18); selvage, edge, border (of anything woven); (in astrology) epithet of a particular constellation; (at the end of a comp.) expressive of contempt or depreciation (e. g. chattra-pāśa, as, m. a bad or shabby umbrella; cf. bhiṣak-p-, rak-ṣas-p-, vaiyākaraṇa-p-); abundance, quantity (after a word signifying 'hair;' cf. keśa-p-); expressive of admiration [cf. karṇa-p-].
     pāśakrīḍā pāśa-krīḍā, f. play with dice, gambling.
     pāśadyumna pāśa-dyumna, as, m., Ved., N. of a man.
     pāśadhara pāśa-dhara, as, m. 'holding a noose', an epithet of Varuṇa.
     pāśapāṇi pāśa-pāṇi, is, is, i, noose in hand; (is), m. an epithet of Varuṇa (regent of the waters represented as holding in one hand a cord shaped like a sling or noose).
     pāśabaddha pāśa-baddha, as, ā, am, noosed, snared, entrapped, caught in a net, bound.
     pāśabandha pāśa-bandha, as, m. a noose, snare, halter, net.
     pāśabandhaka pāśa-bandhaka, as, m. one who snares birds, a bird-catcher.
     pāśabandhana pāśa-bandhana, am, n. a snare, fetter; (as, ā, am), hanging in a snare.
     pāśabhṛt pāśa-bhṛt, t, t, t, noosebearing, bearing a noose; (t), m. any one armed with a noose; an epithet of Varuṇa.
     pāśarajju pāśa-rajju, us, f. a fetter, rope.
     pāśavat pāśa-vat, ān, atī, at, having or possessing a noose.
     pāśahasta pāśa-hasta, as, ā, am, 'snare in hand', holding a snare in the hand; (as), m. an epithet of Yama.
     pāśānta pāśānta (-śa-an-), as, m. the back of a garment, (opposed to daśā.)
     pāśīkṛta pāśī-kṛta, as, ā, am, tied, fettered; snared.

pāśaka pāśaka, as, m. (at the end of a comp.) = pāśa, a snare, trap, &c. [cf. kaṇṭha-p-, daṇḍa-p-]; a die (particularly the long sort used in playing Chaupai).
     pāśakakevalī pāśaka-kevalī, f., N. of a work.
     pāśakapīṭha pā-śaka-pīṭha, am, n. a gaming-table.

pāśana pāśana, am, n. a noose, lasso, sling; a cord, lash.

pāśaya pāśaya, Nom. P. pāśayati, -yitum, to bind; [cf. rt. 3. paś, to which pāśayati is referred by native grammarians.]

pāśika pāśika, as, m. one who snares animals, a birdcatcher (Ved.); N. of a man.

pāśita pāśita, as, ā, am, tied, fettered, bound, snared.

pāśin pāśin, ī, inī, i, having a net or noose, armed with a net or noose, laying snares; a deer-catcher, fowler, trapper; (ī), m. an epithet of Varuṇa; of Yama; N. of a son of Dhṛta-rāṣṭra.
     pāśivāṭa pāśi-vāṭa, ās, m. pl., N. of a people.

pāśyā pāśyā, f. a number or multitude of nooses, a collection of ropes; a net.

pāśava pāśava, as, ī, am (fr. paśu), derived from or belonging to cattle, relating or belonging to animals (e. g. pāśavam māṃsam, animal food); (am), n. a flock, herd.
     pāśavapālana pāśava-pālana, am, n. 'nourishing flocks', pasturage or meadow grass.

pāśuka pāśuka, as, ī, am, Ved. relating or belonging to cattle, relating or belonging to the sacrificial animal.

pāśupata pāśupata, as, ī, am, coming from or belonging to Śiva Paśu-pati, relating or sacred to Śiva Paśupati; (as), m. a follower and worshipper of Śiva in one of his forms as the supreme deity of the Hindū triad; the tree Aeschynomene Grandiflora; a species of plant (= vaka); N. of a place sacred to Śiva Paśu-pati.
     pāśupatayogaprakaraṇa pāśupata-yoga-prakaraṇa, am, n., N. of the eighth chapter of the first part of the Liṅga-Purāṇa.
     pāśupatavratavivaraṇa pāśupata-vrata-vivaraṇa, am, n., N. of the eighteenth chapter of the second part of the Liṅga-Purāṇa.
     pāśupatāstra pāśupatāstra (-ta-as-), am, n. Śiva's trident.

pāśupālya pāśupālya, am, n. (fr. paśu-pāla), the occupation of a grazier or keeper of cattle, the breeding and rearing of cattle.

pāśubandhaka pāśubandhaka, as, ikā, am (fr. paśu-bandha), Ved. belonging to the slaughter of a sacrificial animal.

pāśī pāśī, f. a stone (perhaps incorrectly for pāṣī).

pāścāttya pāścāttya and pāścātya, as, ā, am, (fr. paścāt), hinder, behind; western; subsequent; posterior, last; (am), n. the hinder part.
     pāścāttyanirṇayāmṛta pāś-cāttya-nirṇayāmṛta (-ya-am-), am, n., N. of a book on ritual, mentioned in the Saṃskāra-tattva by Raghu-nandana.
     pāścāttyākarasambhava pāścāttyākara-sambhava (-ya-āk-), am, n., N. of a species of salt coming from the West (= romaka).

pāṣaka pāṣaka, as, m. an ornament for the feet.

pāṣaṇḍa pāṣaṇḍa, as, ā, am, (sometimes incorrectly spelt pākhaṇḍa), heretical, impious; (as), m. a heretic, a hypocrite, impostor, any one who not conforming to the orthodox tenets of Hindū faith assumes the external characteristics of tribe or sect, a Jaina, Buddhist; (as, am), m. n. false doctrine, heresy.
     pāṣaṇḍatā pāṣaṇḍa-tā, f. heresy, heterodoxy, hypocrisy.
     pāṣaṇḍapatha pāṣaṇḍa-patha, as, m. the way of heretics, false doctrine.

pāṣaṇḍaka pāṣaṇḍaka or pāṣaṇḍika, as, m. a heretic.

pāṣaṇḍin pāṣaṇḍin, ī, m. a heretic, hypocrite; (also read pāṣāṇḍin.)

pāṣāṇḍa pāṣāṇḍa, as, m., Ved. a heretic.

pāṣāṇa pāṣāṇa, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. paṣ), a stone; (ī), f. a small stone used as a weight; [cf. Gr. [greek] Heb. bāṣān, 'basalt-land.']
     pāṣāṇagardabha pāṣāṇa-gardabha, as, m. a hard swelling on the maxillary joint.
     pāṣāṇacaturdaśī pāṣāṇa-caturdaśī, f. the fourteenth day in the light half of the month Mārgaśīrṣa (on which a festival of Gaurī is celebrated, when cakes made of rice and shaped like large pebbles are eaten).
     pāṣāṇacayanibaddha pāṣāṇa-caya-nibaddha, as, ā, am, surrounded with a coping of stone (as a well).
     pāṣāṇadāraka pāṣāṇa-dāraka or pāṣāṇa-dāraṇa, as, m. a sort of hatchet or instrument for cutting stones, a stone-cutter's chisel.
     pāṣāṇabheda pāṣāṇa-bheda or pāṣā-ṇa-bhedana, as, or pāṣāṇa-bhedin, ī, m. the plant Plectranthus Scutellarioides, used as a remedy for stone in the bladder.
     pāṣāṇamaya pāṣāṇa-maya, as, ī, am, consisting of or made of stone.
     pāṣāṇasandhi pāṣāṇa-sandhi, is, m. a cave or chasm in a rock.
     pāṣāṇasetubandha pāṣāṇa-setu-bandha, as, m. a barrier or dam of stone.
     pāṣāṇahṛdaya pā-ṣāṇa-hṛdaya, as, ā, am, stone-hearted, cruel.

pāṣī pāṣī, f., Ved. (Sāy.) = śilā, a stone; = śakti, a spear; [cf. pāśī.]

pāṣya pāṣya, āṇi, n. pl., Ved. stones, a rampart of stones; (e), n. du. the two stones for pressing the Soma.

pāṣṭhauha pāṣṭhauha, am, n. (fr. paṣṭha-vāh), N. of a Sāman.

pāstya pāstya, as, ā, am, (fr. pastya), belonging to a house and farm; (Sāy.) = gṛhe vasat, dwelling in the house, the master of the house.

pāhaṇapura pāhaṇa-pura, N. of a place mentioned in the Śrīṣavāyaṇa portion of the Romaka-Siddhānta.

pāhāta pāhāta, as, m. the Indian mulberry tree, Morus Indica (= brahma-dāru).

pi 1. pi, cl. 6. P. piyati, petum, to go, move.

pi 2. pi. See under api.

piṃs piṃs, cl. 1. 10. P. piṃsati, piṃ-situm, piṃsayati, -yitum, to speak; to shine.

pika pika, as, ī, m. f. (probably for spika, cf. Gr. [greek]), the Indian cuckoo, Cuculus Indicus; [cf. Gr. [greek] for [greek] or [greek] [greek] Lat. picus, pica; Old Germ. speh, speht.]
     pikabandhu pika-bandhu, us, m. 'friend of the cuckoo', the mango tree.
     pikabāndhava pika-bāndhava, as, m. 'friend of the cuckoo', the spring.
     pikarāga pika-rāga or pika-vallabha, as, m. 'cuckoo's favourite', the mango tree.
     pikavara pika-vara, as, m. an excellent cuckoo.
     pikākṣa pikākṣa (-ka-akṣa), as or am, m. or n. (?), 'cuckoo's eye', a vegetable and perfume (commonly called rocanī).
     pikāṅga pikāṅga (-ka-aṅ-), as, m. a small bird, commonly called Cātakīya.
     pikānanda pikānanda (-ka-ān-), as, m. 'cuckoo's joy', the spring.
     pikekṣaṇā pike-kṣaṇā (-ka-īk-), f. 'having eyes like the cuckoo's', the plant Asteracantha Longifolia or Capparis Spinosa (= kokilākṣa).

pikka pikka, as, m. an elephant twenty years old (= vikka); a young elephant in general.

pikkā pikkā, f., Ved. a collection or string of thirteen pearls weighing a Dharaṇa.

piṅga piṅga, piṅgara, piṅgala. See under rt. piñj, p. 572.

picaṇḍa picaṇḍa, as, am, m. n. the belly; a particular part or limb of an animal.

picaṇḍaka picaṇḍaka = picaṇḍe kuśalaḥ, see Gaṇa to Pāṇ. V. 2, 64; (ikā), f. the calf of the leg; the instep.

picaṇḍika picaṇḍika, as, ā, am, (probably) big-bellied.

picaṇḍin picaṇḍin, ī, inī, i, or picaṇḍila, as, ā, am, big-bellied, corpulent.

piciṇḍa piciṇḍa, as, m. the belly or abdomen; a particular part of an animal.
     piciṇḍavat piciṇḍa-vat, ān, atī, at, big-bellied, corpulent.

piciṇḍikā piciṇḍikā, f. the calf of the leg; the instep.

piciṇḍila piciṇḍila, as, ā, am, big-bellied, corpulent.

picu picu, us, m. cotton; a sort of grain; the plant Vangueria Spinosa; a Karsha or weight of two Tolas; a kind of leprosy; N. of an Asura; Bhairava or one of the eight faces of Bhairava.
     picutūla picu-tūla, am, n. cotton.
     picumanda picu-manda or picu-marda, as, m. the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica.

picavya picavya, as, m. the cotton plant.

picuka picuka, as, m. the plant Vangueria Spinosa; a species of tree.

picula picula, as, m. cotton; the tamarisk, Tamarix Indica; another plant, Barringtonia Acutangula; a kind of cormorant or sea crow.

picc picc, a various reading for rt. pich, q. v.

piccaṭa piccaṭa, as, ā, am, pressed flat, a substance pressed flat, cake [cf. tila-p-]; (as), m. inflammation of the eyes, ophthalmia; tin, lead.

piccita piccita, as, ā, am, pressed flat, squeezed; [cf. cipiṭa.]

piccā piccā, f. a collection or string of sixteen pearls weighing a Dharaṇa; [cf. pikkā.]

picciṭa picciṭa or picciṭaka, as, m. a species of venomous insect.

picchorā picchorā, f., Ved. a pipe, flute.

pich pich, cl. 10. P. picchayati, -yitum, to split, cut, divide; cl. 6. P. picchati, picchitum, to inflict pain; to obstruct, hinder.

piccha piccha, am, n. a feather of a tail (especially of a peacock); the tail of a peacock; the feathers of an arrow; a wing; a crest; (as), m. a tail in general; (ā), f. the scum of boiled rice and of other grain; the gum of the silk-cotton tree; the venomous saliva of a snake; a multitude, heap; the calf of the leg; a sheath, a coat or cover; the areca-nut, betelnut; a line, row, range; a diseased affection of a horse's feet; a plantain, Musa Sapientum; the Śiśu tree, Dalbergia Sissoo; armour, a sort of cuirass or jacket; = picchila.
     picchabāṇa piccha-bāṇa or piccha-vāṇa, as, m. 'whose feathers are like arrows', a hawk.
     picchavat piccha-vat, ān, atī, at, having a tail, tailed.

picchaka picchaka, am, n. a feather of a tail (at the end of a comp.; cf. citra-p-); (ikā), f. the feathers of a peacock's tail tied in a bunch (used by conjurors).

picchala picchala, as, ā, am, slimy, slippery, smeary; (as), m., N. of a Nāga of the race of Vāsuki; (ā), f., N. of various plants, Dalbergia Sissoo, Bombax Heptaphyllum, Basella Lucida or Rubra; N. of a river; (perhaps an incorrect form for picchila, q. v.)
     picchaladalā picchala-dalā, f. the jujube, Zizyphus Jujuba.

picchitikā picchitikā, f. = picchilā, the Śiśu tree, Dalbergia Sissoo.

picchila picchila, as, ā, am, slimy, lubricous, slippery, smeary; having a tail; (as, ā, am), m. f. n. sauce mixed with rice-gruel; sauce, gravy or condiments with water or ghee; broth, soup; moist and split pulse; (as), m. the plant Cordia Latifolia and Myxa; the tamarisk, Tamarix Indica; (ā), f., N. of various plants, Dalbergia Sissoo; Bombax Heptaphyllum, the silk-cotton tree; a pot-herb, Basella Lucida or Rubra; linseed, Linum Usitatissimum; Asteracantha Longifolia; an esculent root, Arum Indicum; N. of a river.
     picchilacchadā picchila-cchadā, f. Basella Cordifolia.
     picchilatvac picchila-tvac, k, m. an orange-tree; orange-peel; a species of fruit tree (= dhanvana).
     picchilasāra picchila-sāra, as, m. the gum of Bombax Heptaphyllum.

picchilaka picchilaka, as, m. a species of fruit tree (= dhanvana).

piñcha piñcha, am, n. a wing (= piccha).

pijavana pijavana, as, m., N. of a man.

pijūla pijūla, as, m., N. of a man.

piñcadeva piñca-deva, as, m., N. of a man.

piñj piñj, cl. 2. A. piṅkte, pipiñje, piñjitā, piṅktum, to tinge, dye, colour [cf. rt. 1. piś]; to sound; to touch; to join [cf. rt. 1. pṛc]; to adore; cl. 10. P. piñjayati, -yitum, to kill, injure; to be strong; to give; to take; to dwell; to shine; to speak; to emit a sound; [cf. Lat. ping-ere.]

piṅga piṅga, as, ā, am, reddish-brown, tawny, bright red, red, yellow; (as), m. tawny colour; (probably) N. of a herb (Ved.); a buffalo; a rat, mouse; N. of a man (Ved., cf. paiṅgi, paiṅgin); N. of one of the attendants of the Sun; (ā), f. a bow-string (Sāy. = piṅga-varṇā jyā); a kind of yellow pigment [cf. go-rocanā]; the stalk of Ferula Asa Foetida; bamboo manna; turmeric, Indian saffron; an epithet of Durgā (?); a tubular vessel of the human body which according to the Yoga system is the channel of respiration and circulation for one side; (ī), f. a species of Mimosa, Mimosa Suma; (am), n. a young animal.
     piṅgakapiśā piṅga-kapiśā, f. 'tawnybrown', a species of cockroach.
     piṅgacakṣus piṅga-cakṣus, us, m. 'tawny-eyed', a crab.
     piṅgajaṭa piṅga-jaṭa, as, m. 'having tawny braided hair', an epithet of Śiva.
     piṅgatīrtha piṅga-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     piṅgalocana piṅga-locana, as, ā, am, 'tawny-eyed', having brown eyes.
     piṅgasāra piṅga-sāra, as, m. yellow orpiment.
     piṅgasphaṭika piṅga-sphaṭika, as, m. 'yellow-crystal', a kind of gem (= go-meda).
     piṅgākṣa piṅgākṣa (-ga-ak-), as, ī, am, 'tawny-eyed', having reddish-brown eyes, red-eyed; (as), m. an ape; N. of Śiva; of a Rakshas; of a wild man; of a bird; of one of the four sons of Droṇa; (ī), f., N. of a divinity; of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda.
     piṅgāsya piṅgāsya (-ga-ās-), as, m. 'tawny-faced', a species of fish, Pimelodius Pangasius.
     piṅgekṣaṇa piṅgekṣaṇa (-ga-īk-), as, ī, am, 'tawnyeyed', having reddish-brown eyes; (as), m. an epithet of Śiva.
     piṅgeśa piṅgeśa (-ga-īśa), as, m. 'lord of the yellow hue', an epithet of fire.

piṅgara piṅgara, as, m., N. of a man.

piṅgala piṅgala, as, ā, am, reddish-brown, tawny, brown, yellowish; (as), m. tawny colour, a dull brown or yellow hue; fire; a monkey; an ichneumon; a small kind of owl; a species of snake; a particular vegetable poison; (with Jainas) N. of a treasure; N. of one of Kuvera's divine treasures; of an attendant of the Sun; the sun (?); an epithet of Śiva or of a kindred being; N. of a Rudra; of a Yaksha; of an attendant of Śiva; of a Dānava; of a fabulous being in the form of a Nāga (or serpent of the lower regions, the reputed author of the Chaṇḍas or treatise on prosody, regarded as one of the Vedāṅgas, and describing Prākṛt as well as Sanskṛt metres; he is identified by some with Patañjali, the author of the celebrated commentary on Pāṇini called the Mahā-bhāṣya; by the Hindūs he is considered as a Muni or inspired and divine personage); N. of various ancient sages; N. of the fifty-first (or twentyfifth) year in a sixty years' cycle of Jupiter; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people; (ā), f. a species of bird, a kind of owl; the Śiśu tree, Dalbergia Sissoo; a kind of metal; a particular vessel of the body (the right of three canals running from the os coccygis to the head, which according to the anatomy of the Yoga school of philosophy are the chief passages of breath and air); the female elephant of the South quarter; N. of a courtezan who became remarkable for her piety; of an astrological house or period; heart-pea; (am), n. a particular metal (= rāja-rīti), brass; yellow orpiment.
     piṅgalachandogranthaṭīkā piṅgala-chando-grantha-ṭīkā, f., N. of a commentary by Citra-sena on Piṅgala's Chandaḥśāstra.
     piṅgalanāga piṅgala-nāga, as, m. the serpent-demon Piṅgala.
     piṅgalavṛtti piṅgala-vṛtti, is, f., N. of a commentary on Piṅgala's Chandaḥ-śāstra.
     piṅgalasāravikāśinī piṅgala-sāra-vikāśinī, f. 'explaining the substance of Piṅgala', N. of a commentary by Ravi-kara on Piṅgala's Chandaḥ-śāstra.
     piṅgalākṣa piṅgalākṣa (-la-ak-), as, m. 'tawny-eyed', an epithet of Śiva.
     piṅgalātantra piṅgalā-tantra and piṅgalāmṛta (-la-am-), am, n., N. of two Tantras.
     piṅgaleśvara piṅgaleśvara (-la-īś-), am, n., N. of a Liṅga; (ī), f. a form of Dākṣāyaṇī.
     piṅgaleśvaratīrtha piṅgaleś-vara-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place.

piṅgalaka piṅgalaka, as, ikā, am, (Ved.) reddish-brown, tawny; (as), m., N. of a Yaksha; N. of a man; (ās), m. pl., N. of his descendants; (ikā), f. a kind of bee; a variety of the owl; a sort of crane; N. of a woman.

piṅgalita piṅgalita, as, ā, am, made reddish-brown, become tawny.

piṅgāśa piṅgāśa, as, m. the chief of a community of wild tribes; the head man or proprietor of a village; a kind of fish, Pimelodius Pangasius (= piṅgāsya); (ī), f. the indigo plant; (am), n. virgin gold.

piñja piñja, as, ā, am, confused, confounded, disturbed in mind; (as), m. the moon; a species of camphor; killing, slaughter; (ā), f. hurting, injuring, injury; turmeric; cotton; a species of tree resembling the vine-palm; a switch; (am), n. strength, power.

piñjaṭa piñjaṭa, as, m. the concrete rheum of the eyes.

piñjana piñjana, am, n. a bow or bow-shaped instrument used for cleaning cotton.

piñjara piñjara, as, ā, am, reddish-yellow, yellow or tawny, of the colour of gold; (as), m. tawny-brown or reddish-yellow colour, a mixture of red and yellow; a horse (probably a bay or chesnut); N. of a mountain; (am), n. gold; yellow orpiment; the flower of Mesua Roxburghii; a cage; the ribs or the cavity formed by them, the thorax; a skeleton; [cf. pañjara.]
     piñjaratā piñjara-tā, f. yellowishred (the colour).

piñjaraka piñjaraka, as, m., N. of a Nāga; (am), n. orpiment.

piñjarita piñjarita, as, ā, am, coloured reddish-yellow.

piñjala piñjala, as, ā, am, extremely perplexed or confounded, disturbed, overcome with terror or grief; panic-struck, being in great disorder; (ā), f., N. of a river; (ī), f. two blades of Kuśa grass serving as an implement to hold certain articles at a sacrifice; (am), n. the leaf of the Kuśa grass; the plant Curcuma Zerumbet (haridrābha); yellow orpiment.

piñjalaka piñjalaka, as, ā, am, in ut-piñjalaka, extremely confounded or disturbed, being in great disorder.

piñjāna piñjāna, am, n. gold.

piñjikā piñjikā, f. a roll of cotton from which threads are spun.

piñjūla piñjūla, am, n., Ved. a bundle of stalks, a bundle of grass, &c.; the wick of a lamp; (sometimes spelt piñjula.)

piñjūlaka piñjūlaka, as, m., N. of a man; (ās), m. pl., N. of his descendants.

piñjūṣa piñjūṣa, as, m. the wax of the ear (= peñjūṣa).

piñjeṭa piñjeṭa, as, m. the excretion or concrete rheum of the eyes; [cf. piñjaṭa.]

piñjolā piñjolā, f. the noise or rustling of leaves.

piṭ piṭ, cl. 1. P. peṭati, peṭitum, to sound; to assemble or heap together.

piṭa piṭa, as, m. a basket for holding grain, a sort of cupboard or granary made of bamboos or canes; a basket, box; (am), n. a house, a hovel; a roof.

piṭaka piṭaka, as, ā, am, m. f. n. (usually n.), a basket, box; a large basket or receptacle of basket-work for keeping grain &c., a granary; a collection of writings [cf. tri-p-]; a boil, blister, ulcer; a kind of ornament on Indra's banner; (as), m., N. of a man.

piṭakyā piṭakyā, f. a multitude of baskets.

piṭāka piṭāka, see Gaṇa to Pāṇ. IV. 2, 49; (as), m., N. of a man; N. of a sage.

piṭaṅkākī piṭaṅkākī or piṭaṅkokī, f. the plant Cucumis Colocynthis.

piṭaṅkāśa piṭaṅkāśa, as, m. a kind of fish, a species of pike, Esax Scolopax, Silurus Pabda.

piṭṭaka piṭṭaka, am, n. the tartar or excretion of the teeth; [cf. kiṭṭa, kiṭṭaka, pippikā.]

piṭṭaya piṭṭaya (fr. piṭṭa = piṣṭa?), Nom. P. piṭṭayati, -yitum, Ved. to stamp or press into a solid mass.

piṭṭita piṭṭita, as, ā, am, stamped into a solid mass, pressed flat.

piṭh piṭh, cl. 1. P. peṭhati, peṭhitum, to injure, hurt, kill; to feel pain or affliction.

piṭha piṭha, as, m. pain, distress.

piṭhara piṭhara, as, ī, am, m. f. n. a pot, pan; (as), m. an addition to a building shaped like a hollow vessel, a hut made of bamboos and mats, or according to some a kind of store-room or scullery; N. of a particular Agni; N. of a Dānava; (am), n. a churning-stick; the root of Cyperus Rotundus.

piṭharaka piṭharaka, as, m. (?), a pot, pan; N. of a Nāga.
     piṭharakakapāla piṭharaka-kapāla, as, am, m. n. a fragment of a pot, potsherd.

piṭhīnas piṭhīnas, ās, m., N. of a man.

piḍaka piḍaka, as, m. or piḍakā, f. a small boil, pimple, papula, pustule.
     piḍakāvat piḍakā-vat, ān, atī, at, having boils, pimples, &c.

piḍakin piḍakin, ī, inī, i, having boils, &c.

piṇḍ piṇḍ (probably akin to rt. piṣ; considered by some as a Nom. fr. piṇḍa below), cl. 1. A., 10. P. piṇḍate, piṇḍitum, piṇ-ḍayati, -yitum, to roll into a lump or ball, to put together, join, unite; to accumulate; to assemble.

piṇḍa piṇḍa, as, am, m. n. (in most senses usually m.), a round mass, ball, globe, lump, knob, clod (e. g. ayaḥ-piṇḍa, a ball or lump of iron; agni-piṇḍau, the knobs at the end of a pair of tongs; cf. netra-p-, mṛt-p-); a roundish lump of food, a bite, morsel, mouthful; a cake or ball of meal offered to the Manes, a ball or lump of meat or rice mixed up with milk, curds, flowers, &c., and offered at the several Śrāddhas to the Manes by the nearest surviving relations (= ni-vāpa); food; sustenance, means of living, livelihood, subsistence [cf. para-piṇḍāda]; alms; flesh, meat; the embryo or fetus in an early stage of gestation; the body; the projection of an elephant's frontal sinus; a round button; anything roundish, thick, gross, or solid; thickness (one of the three dimensions in geometry); a heap, cluster, quantity, collection; an object; a particular part of a house; a sort of portico or shed in front of the door; myrrh, incense, frankincense; the side immediately below the armpit (?); Vangueria Spinosa; the flower of the China rose; (in arithmetic) sum, total amount; (in astronomy) a sine expressed in numbers [cf. jyā-p-]; the twenty-fourth part of the quadrant of a circle, or 3-45; N. of a man; (au), m. du. the fleshy parts of the shoulder situated above the collarbone; (am), n. power, might; an army; iron; fresh butter; (ī), f. a round mass, &c. (= piṇḍa, m.); a long gourd, Cucurbita Lagenaria (= a-lābu); a species of date tree; the flowering shrub Tabernaemontana Coronaria (= tagara); the plant Jonesia Aśoka; a species of palm, Phoenix Dactylifera; the nave of a wheel; performance of certain gesticulations during the silent repetition of prayers while meditating on real or divine knowledge; a house; N. of a woman.
     piṇḍakanda piṇḍa-kanda, as, m. a species of bulbous plant (= piṇḍālu).
     piṇḍakharjūra piṇḍa-kharjūra, as, m. or piṇḍa-kharjūrikā or piṇḍa-kharjūrī, f. a species of date tree.
     piṇḍagosa piṇḍa-gosa, as, m. gum myrrh.
     piṇḍatarkuka piṇḍa-tarkuka, ās, m. pl., Ved. the ancestors preceding the great-grandfather (who eat the remnants of the oblations made to the Manes).
     piṇḍatas piṇḍa-tas, ind. from a ball or lump.
     piṇḍataila piṇḍa-taila, am, n. or piṇḍa-tailaka, as, m. incense, olibanum.
     piṇḍatva piṇḍa-tva, am, n. the being a lump or ball; piṇḍatvaṃ gam, to attain the condition of a lump.
     piṇḍada piṇḍa-da, as, ā, am, giving or qualified to give the funeral cake to deceased ancestors; supplying with bread or with the means of subsistence; (as), m. the nearest male relation who offers the funeral cake; a patron, master.
     piṇḍadātṛ piṇḍa-dātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who gives or is qualified to give the funeral cake to deceased ancestors.
     piṇḍadāna piṇḍa-dāna, am, n. offering a cake of meal (especially in the oblation to the Manes); presentation of the obsequial cake; the funeral oblation made to deceased ancestors on the evening of new moon.
     piṇḍanirvapaṇa piṇḍa-nirvapaṇa, am, n. presenting obsequial cakes to the Manes, the sacrifice to the Manes.
     piṇḍapada piṇḍa-pada, am, n. a kind of arithmetical calculation.
     piṇḍapāta piṇḍa-pāta, as, m. giving alms.
     piṇḍapātika piṇḍapātika, as, m. one who lives on alms.
     piṇḍapātra piṇḍa-pātra, am, n. the vessel in which the obsequial cakes are offered to the Manes; alms (lit. an alms-dish).
     piṇḍapāda piṇḍa-pāda or piṇḍa-pādya, as, m. 'thick-footed', an elephant.
     piṇḍapitṛyajña piṇḍa-pitṛ-yajña, am, n., Ved. the oblation of obsequial cakes to deceased ancestors on the evening of new moon.
     piṇḍapuṣpa piṇḍa-puṣpa, as, m. the tree Jonesia Aśoka; the China rose; the pomegranate tree; (am), n. the blossom of the Aśoka tree; the flower of the China rose; a lotus; the flower of the plant Tabernaemontana Coronaria.
     piṇḍapuṣpaka piṇḍapuṣpaka, as, m. a kind of vegetable, Chenopodium Album.
     piṇḍaphala piṇḍa-phala, as, ā, am, bearing (long) round fruits; (ā), f. a bitter gourd.
     piṇḍabīja piṇḍa-bīja or piṇḍa-vīja, as, m. a flowering shrub, Nerium (or Oleander) Odorum.
     piṇḍabījaka piṇḍabījaka, as, m. Pterospermum Acerifolium (= karṇikāra).
     piṇḍabhāj piṇḍa-bhāj, k, k, k, partaking of a funeral oblation, entitled to a share in the funeral cake, eating or receiving the cakes offered at a funeral ceremony; (jas), m. pl. deceased ancestors, the Manes.
     piṇḍabhṛti piṇḍa-bhṛti, is, f. means of subsistence, livelihood.
     piṇḍamaya piṇḍa-maya, as, ī, am, consisting of a lump (of clay).
     piṇḍamātropajīvin piṇḍa-mātropajīvin (-ra-up-), ī, inī, i, subsisting on a mere morsel.
     piṇḍamustā piṇḍa-mustā, f. a species of grass, Cyperus Pertenuis.
     piṇḍamūla piṇḍa-mūla or piṇḍa-mū-laka, am, n. a carrot, Daucus Carota (= garjara).
     piṇḍayajña piṇḍa-yajña, as, m. the oblation of obsequial cakes to deceased ancestors.
     piṇḍalepa piṇḍa-lepa, as, m. the particles or fragments of the obsequial cakes which cling to the hands, (these are offered to the three ancestors preceding the great-grandfather.)
     piṇḍalopa piṇḍa-lopa, as, m. an interruption in offering the funeral cake; a neglect of the solemn obsequies in honour of deceased ancestors.
     piṇḍavat piṇḍa-vat, ind. like a lump or ball.
     piṇḍasambandha piṇḍa-sambandha, as, m. relationship between a living person and one deceased sufficiently near to qualify the former to offer the obsequial cake to the latter; [cf. sa-piṇḍa.]
     piṇḍasambandhin piṇḍa-sambandhin, ī, inī, i, qualified by near relationship to a living person to receive the obsequial cake from him at the oblation to the Manes.
     piṇḍasektṛ piṇḍa-sektṛ, tā, m., N. of a Nāga.
     piṇḍastha piṇḍa-stha, as, ā, am, Ved. 'mingled in a lump', mixed or intermingled together.
     piṇḍānvāhārya piṇḍānvāhārya (-ḍa-an-), as, ā, am, to be eaten after the funeral cake has been offered (Manu III. 123).
     piṇḍānvāhāryaka piṇḍānvāhāryaka, am, n. (with śrāddha) a meal in honour of the Manes after offering the funeral cakes.
     piṇḍābhra piṇḍābhra (-ḍa-abh-), am, n. hail.
     piṇḍāyasa piṇḍāyasa (-ḍa-ay-), am, n. steel.
     piṇḍālu piṇḍālu (-ḍa-ālu), us, m., N. of two bulbous plants; = kanda-guḍūcī; an esculent medicinal root described as sweet, cooling, and diuretic (= Hindī peḍālu Bengālī cuvaḍiālu; in this sense also piṇḍāluka, am, n.).
     piṇḍāśa piṇḍāśa or piṇḍāśaka (-ḍa-āś-), or piṇḍāśana (-ḍa-aś-), as, or piṇḍāśin (-ḍa-āś-), ī, m. 'eating morsels', a beggar.
     piṇḍāhvā piṇḍāhvā (-ḍa-āh-), f. the resin of Gardenia Gummifera (= nāḍī-hiṅgu).
     piṇḍīkhaṇḍa piṇḍī-khaṇḍa, as, or am, m. or n. (?), a small wood of Tabernaemontana Coronaria trees (or of Aśoka trees).
     piṇḍījaṅgha piṇḍī-jaṅgha, as, m., N. of a man or of his descendants.
     piṇḍītagara piṇḍī-tagara, as, m. a species of Tabernaemontana Coronaria (= kapha-vardhana).
     piṇḍītagaraka piṇḍītagaraka, as, m. Tabernaemontana Coronaria.
     piṇḍītaru piṇḍī-taru, us, m. a species of tree (= mahā-p-).
     piṇḍīpuṣpa piṇḍī-puṣpa, am, n. Jonesia Aśoka.
     piṇḍīlepa piṇḍī-lepa, as, m. a kind of unguent.
     piṇḍīśūra piṇḍī-śūra, as, m. 'a cake-hero', a cowardly boaster, cotquean, braggart.
     piṇḍodakakriyā piṇḍodaka-kriyā (-ḍa-ud-), f. an oblation of obsequial cakes and water.
     piṇḍoddharaṇa piṇḍoddharaṇa (-ḍa-ud-), am, n. participating in funeral offerings, presenting them to common ancestors.
     piṇḍopaniṣad piṇḍopaniṣad (-ḍa-up-), t, f., N. of an Upaniṣad.

piṇḍaka piṇḍaka, as, am, m. n. a lump, lump of food; a round swelling or protuberance [cf. mastaka-p-]; the calf of the leg; incense, myrrh; a species of bulbous plant (= piṇḍālu); a carrot, Daucus Carota; (in astronomy) a sine expressed in numbers; (as), m. a Piśāca, goblin, demon; (ikā), f. a globular swelling or protuberance, a fleshy swelling (in the shoulders, arms, legs, &c.), a wen (?); the calf of the leg; the instep; the nave of a wheel; a stool or seat of various shapes and dimensions; a base or pedestal for the image of a deity or for a Liṅga (Ved.); a kind of shrub (= śvetāmli).

piṇḍana piṇḍana, am, n. forming globes, taking a globular form (as water); (as), m. a mound or bank.

piṇḍaraka piṇḍaraka, as or am, m. or n. (?), a bridge.

piṇḍala piṇḍala, as, m. a bridge, causeway, passage over a stream or ravine, a mound, ridge, balk raised to form a path across inundated fields; [cf. piṇḍana, piṇḍila.]

piṇḍasa piṇḍasa, as, m. a beggar, mendicant living upon alms; [cf. piṇḍāśa under piṇḍa.]

piṇḍāta piṇḍāta, as, m. incense.

piṇḍāra piṇḍāra, as, m. a beggar, religious mendicant; a buffalo-herdsman, neatherd, cowherd; a species of tree, Flacourtia Sapida; Trewia Nudiflora; an expression of censure; N. of a Nāga; (am), n. a kind of vegetable (= Hindī piṇḍārā).

piṇḍāraka piṇḍāraka, as, m., N. of a Nāga; N. of a Vṛṣṇi; of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohiṇī; of a river considered holy by the Hindūs; (am), n., N. of a place of pilgrimage in Guzerat.
     piṇḍārakatīrtha piṇḍāraka-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place.

piṇḍi piṇḍi, is, f. the nave of a wheel (= piṇḍī, piṇḍikā).

piṇḍika piṇḍika, as, ā, am, having large calves (?). See piṇḍikā under piṇḍaka, col. 2.

piṇḍita piṇḍita, as, ā, am, rolled into a ball or lump, pressed into a solid mass; thick, massy, lumpish; formed into a mass, heaped together, collected; mixed, intermingled with; united; added, multiplied; counted, numbered; (as), m. incense.

piṇḍin piṇḍin, ī, inī, i, possessing a body (= śarīrin); receiving cakes of meal (as ancestors &c.); possessing the piṇḍa or funeral oblation; (ī), m. a beggar; an offerer of obsequial oblations or cakes of meal to the Manes.

piṇḍila piṇḍila, as, ā, am, having large calves (= sthūla-jaṅgha); skilled in calculations; (as), m. a skilful calculator or arithmetician, a calculator of nativities, astrologer, astronomer; a bridge, mound, balk, causeway; (ā), f. a species of cucumber, Cucumis Maderaspatanus (= goḍumbā).

piṇḍīkṛ piṇḍī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kar-tum, to make into a lump or ball, press together, unite, join together, mix or intermingle; to concentrate; to identify with (with saha).
     piṇḍīkaraṇa piṇḍī-ka-raṇa, am, n. making into a lump or ball, heaping.
     piṇḍīkṛta piṇḍī-kṛta, as, ā, am, made into a lump or ball.
     piṇḍīkṛtya piṇḍī-kṛtya, ind. having made into a lump or ball; having concentrated.

piṇḍītaka piṇḍītaka, as, m. the tree Vangueria Spinosa; a kind of shrub, Tabernaemontana Coronaria; a species of basil (= phaṇijjhaka); (am), n. the fruit of the tree Vangueria Spinosa.

piṇḍībhū piṇḍī-bhū, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -bhavitum, to be made into a lump or ball, to become a solid body.
     piṇḍībhāva piṇḍī-bhāva, as, m. the being rolled together into a ball.
     piṇḍībhūta piṇḍī-bhūta, as, ā, am, formed into a lump or ball, lumped, heaped.

piṇḍīra piṇḍīra, as, ā, am, sapless, juiceless, arid, dry; (as), m. the pomegranate tree [cf. kṛṣṇa-p-]; cuttle-fish bone; sea foam.

piṇḍola piṇḍola, as, m., N. of a man.

piṇḍoli piṇḍoli, is, f. leavings of a meal, fragments dropped from the mouth, orts.

piṇḍipāla piṇḍipāla, as or am, m. or n. (?), N. of a weapon with a single point; [cf. bhindi-pāla.]

piṇyā piṇyā, f. heart-pea, Cardiospermum Halicacabum (= paṇyā).

piṇyāka piṇyāka, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. rt. piṣ), the residue of seeds which have been ground for oil; oil-cake; incense; saffron; Asa Foetida; (ā), f. a species of plant.

pitāmaha pitā-maha. See p. 574, col. 1.

pitu pitu, us, m., Ved. (fr. rt. pyai), juice, drink; nourishment; (Sāy.) = pālakam an-nam, nourishing food.
     pitukṛt pitu-kṛt, t, t, t, Ved. bestowing or providing food.
     pitubhāj pitu-bhāj, k, k, k, Ved. enjoying or partaking of food; (Sāy.) = an-nārthin, seeking or earning food.
     pitubhṛt pitu-bhṛt, t, t, t, Ved. bringing food.
     pitumat pitu-mat, ān, atī, at, Ved. accompanied by food, abounding in food, nourishing.
     pituṣaṇi pitu-ṣaṇi, is, is, i, Ved. bestowing or granting food.
     pitustoma pitu-stoma, as, m. 'praise of food', N. of the hymn Ṛg-veda I. 187.

pitūya pitūya, Nom. P. pitūyati, -yitum, Ved. to long for food, desire food.

pitṛ pitṛ, tā, m. (fr. rt. 3. ), a father; (in the Veda pitṛ is an epithet of Bṛhas-pati, Varuṇa, Prajā-pati, and especially of heaven or the sky; antarā pitaram mātarañ-ca, between heaven and earth; according to Sāy. pitṛ = pālaka, a protector); (tarau), m. du. father and mother, parents, (in the Veda an epithet of the Araṇis or two pieces of wood regarded as the parents of Fire, and of heaven and earth regarded as the parents of all beings); (taras), m. pl. fathers, forefathers, ancestors; a father and his brothers, father and uncles, paternal ancestors; the spirits of departed ancestors, the Manes or spirits of the dead (they are of two kinds, viz. either the spirits of the father, grandfathers, and great-grandfathers of an individual or the progenitors of mankind generally, to both classes of whom Śrāddhas or obsequial worship is paid and oblations of food called Piṇḍas presented; they inhabit a peculiar region, which, according to some, is the Bhuvas or region of the air, according to others, the orbit of the moon, and are considered as the regents of the Nakshatras Maghā and Mūla); [cf. Zend pita, base pa-tar: Gr. [greek] Lat. pa-ter, Jup-piter: Goth. fa-dar: Old Germ. fa-tar, fa-ter, 'father;' fataro, 'uncle:' Angl. Sax. faeder, 'father;' fadhu, 'aunt, father's sister:' Hib. athair, 'father', for pathair.],
     pitariśūra pitari-śūra, as, m. 'a hero against his father', a cowardly boaster.
     pitāputra pitā-putra, au, m. du. father and son.
     pitāputravirodha pitāputra-virodha, as, m. a contest between father and son.
     pitāputrasamāgama pitāputra-samāgama, as, m., N. of a Buddhist Sūtra.
     pitāputrīya pitāputrīya, as, ā, am, relating to father and son; containing the words pitṛ and putra; (with sampradāna) the transmission (of bodily capacities and powers) from father to son.
     pitāmaha pitā-maha, as, m. a paternal grandfather; a N. of Brahmā the great father of all; N. of the author of a Dharma-śāstra; of the author of an astronomical work; (ās), m. pl. the ancestors, Manes; (ī), f. a paternal grandmother.
     pitāmahasaras pitāmaha-saras, as, n. or pitāmahasya saras, N. of a place of pilgrimage.
     pitāsumatisaṃvāda pitā-sumati-saṃvāda, as, m., N. of a part of the Brahma-vaivarta-Purāṇa.
     pituḥputra pituḥ-putra, as, m. a father's son.
     pituḥṣvasṛ pituḥ-ṣvasṛ or pituḥ-svasṛ, sā, f. a father's sister.
     pitṛkarman pitṛ-karman, a, or pitṛ-kārya, am, n. obsequial rites, sacrifice offered to deceased ancestors.
     pitṛkalpa pitṛ-kalpa, as, m. (perhaps) legends relating to ancestors; N. of a long period of time, Brahmā's day of new moon.
     pitṛkānana pitṛ-kānana, am, n. 'grove of ancestors', a cemetery.
     pitṛkulyā pitṛ-kulyā, f. 'rivulet of the Pitṛs', N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountains.
     pitṛkṛta pitṛ-kṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. committed against parents or ancestors (as sin).
     pitṛkṛtya pitṛ-kṛtya, am, n. or pitṛ-kriyā, f. obsequial rites, oblations offered to the spirits of deceased ancestors.
     pitṛgaṇa pitṛ-gaṇa, as, m. the whole body of ancestors collectively, a group or class of Manes or deceased progenitors who were sons of the Ṛṣis or Prajā-patis, (the principal classes, according to Manu III. 194-199, are the Soma-sads, descended from Vi-rāj, the Agni-ṣvāttas from Marīci, Barhi-shads from Atri, Soma-pās from Bhṛgu, Havishmats from Aṅgiras, Ājya-pas from Pulastya, and Su-kālins from Vasiṣṭha; there are also the Agnidagdhas and An-agnidagdhas, Kāvyas and Saumyas.)
     pitṛgaṇā pitṛ-gaṇā, f. an epithet of Durgā.
     pitṛgāthā pitṛ-gāthā, ās, f. pl. 'songs of the ancestors', an epithet of particular songs.
     pitṛgāmin pitṛ-gāmin, ī, inī, i, belonging or pertaining to a father.
     pitṛgṛṇā pitṛ-gṛṇā, f. probably a wrong reading for pitṛ-gaṇā, q. v.
     pitṛgṛha pitṛ-gṛha, am, n. a father's house, paternal mansion; 'house of ancestors', a burial ground, cemetery.
     pitṛgraha pitṛ-graha, as, m. 'the genius of the Manes', N. of a demon causing disease.
     pitṛghātaka pitṛ-ghātaka, as, or pitṛ-ghātin, ī, m. 'slaying a father', a parricide.
     pitṛceṭa pitṛ-ceṭa, as, m., N. of a man.
     pitṛtama pitṛ-tama, as, m., Ved., in pitṛtamaḥ pitrīṇāṃ, best of the ancestors (Sāy. = pāla-kānām madhye atiśayena pālakaḥ, a defender in the highest degree among defenders).
     pitṛtarpaṇa pitṛ-tar-paṇa, am, n. 'refreshing the Manes', gifts in honour of deceased progenitors, distributed at the Śrāddhas or funeral ceremonies; an oblation to the Manes; the act of throwing water out of the right hand at seasons of ablution as an offering to the Manes or deceased ancestors in general; the part of the hand between the thumb and fore-finger sacred to the Manes; sesamum (= tila).
     pitṛtas pitṛ-tas, ind., Ved. from the father, on the father's side.
     pitṛtithi pitṛ-tithi, is, f. day of new moon, a day sacred to the Manes of either deceased parent, the day appointed for obsequial rites to deceased ancestors.
     pitṛtīrtha pitṛ-tīrtha, am, n. 'the place of pilgrimage for progenitors', epithet of the city called Gayā (where the performance of funeral sacrifices is peculiarly meritorious and efficacious); the part of the hand between the fore-finger and thumb sacred to the Manes.
     pitṛtīrthamāhātmya pitṛtīrtha-māhātmya, am, n., N. of a chapter of the Śiva-Purāṇa.
     pitṛtva pitṛ-tva, am, n. fatherhood, paternity; the state or condition of a Pitṛ or deified progenitor.
     pitṛdatta pitṛ-datta, as, ā, am, given by a father (a term applied to a woman's peculiar property); (as), m., N. of a man.
     pitṛdayitā pitṛ-dayitā, f., N. of a work.
     pitṛdāna pitṛ-dāna or pitṛ-dānaka, am, n. a gift in honour of deceased ancestors, an offering to the Manes.
     pitṛdāya pitṛ-dāya, as, m. property inherited from a father, patrimony.
     pitṛdeva pitṛ-deva, ās, m. pl. the Manes and the gods; the divine Manes; (as, ā, am), worshipping a father; relating to the worship of the Manes or deceased ancestors.
     pitṛdevata pitṛ-devata or pitṛ-devatya, as, ā, am, Ved. having the Manes for deities, sacred to the Manes.
     pitṛdaivata pitṛ-daivata, as, ī, am, relating to the worship of the Manes; governed or presided over by the Manes; (am), n. epithet of the tenth lunar asterism or Maghā.
     pitṛdaivatya pitṛ-daivatya, as, ā, am, relating to the worship of the Manes; (am), n., N. of a sacrifice offered to the Manes on the day called Aṣṭakā.
     pitṛdravya pitṛ-dravya, am, n. 'father's substance', patrimony.
     pitṛnāman pitṛ-nāman, ā, mnī, a, called after the father's name; [cf. mātṛ-nāman.]
     pitṛpakṣa pitṛ-pakṣa, as, m. paternal side, paternal relationship; the half month of the Manes, N. of the dark half in the Gauṇa Āśvina, so termed as peculiarly appointed for the celebration of obsequial rites to the Pitṛs or Manes; a father's relations, relatives by the father's side; (as, ā, am), being on the father's side.
     pitṛpati pitṛ-pati, is, m. 'lord of the Manes', an epithet of Yama, regent of the dead; (ayas), m. pl. the Manes and the lords of creatures (Prajā-patis).
     pitṛpada pitṛ-pada, am, n. the world or state of the Manes.
     pitṛpātra pitṛ-pātra, am, n. a cup or other vessel used at obsequial rites.
     pitṛpitṛ pitṛ-pitṛ, tā, m. a father's father, paternal grandfather.
     pitṛpīta pitṛ-pīta, as, ā, am, Ved. drunk by ancestors or deceased progenitors.
     pitṛpūjana pitṛ-pūjana, am, n. worship of the Manes.
     pitṛpaitāmaha pitṛ-paitāmaha, as, ī, am, inherited or derived from father and grandfather; (ās), m. pl. fathers and grandfathers, ancestors.
     pitṛpaitāmahika pitṛpaitā-mahika, as, ī, am, inherited or derived from father and grandfather.
     pitṛprasū pitṛ-prasū, ūs, f. a father's mother; 'mother of the Manes', twilight (the time when the Manes of departed ancestors are abroad).
     pitṛprāpta pitṛ-prāpta, as, ā, am, received from a father; inherited patrimonially.
     pitṛpriya pitṛ-priya, as, m. 'dear to the Pitṛs', a species of plant (= bhṛṅga-rāja).
     pitṛbandhu pitṛ-bandhu, us, m. a kinsman by the father's side, as the son of the paternal grandfather's sister, of the paternal grandmother's sister, and of the father's maternal uncle; (u), n. relationship by the father's side.
     pitṛbāndhava pitṛ-bāndhava, as, m. a kinsman in the paternal line.
     pitṛbhakta pitṛ-bhakta, as, ā, am, dutifully attached to a father.
     pitṛbhakti pitṛ-bhakti, is, f. filial duty to a father.
     pitṛbhaktitaraṅgiṇī pitṛbhakti-taraṅ-giṇī, f., N. of a work.
     pitṛbhūti pitṛ-bhūti, is, m., N. of a commentator on Kātyāyana's Śrauta-sūtras.
     pitṛbhojana pitṛ-bhojana, am, n. a father's food; food offered to the Manes; (as, am), m. n. the plant Phaseolus Radiatus (a species of pulse = māṣa).
     pitṛbhrātṛ pitṛ-bhrātṛ, tā, m. a father's brother, paternal uncle.
     pitṛmat pitṛ-mat, ān, atī, at, having a father, having an illustrious father; accompanied by the Manes, connected with the Manes (as Soma or Yama); mentioning the Manes or deceased ancestors.
     pitṛmandira pitṛ-mandira, am, n. a father's house, paternal mansion; 'dwellingplace of ancestors', a cemetery.
     pitṛmātṛhīna pitṛ-mātṛ-hīna, as, ā, am, destitute of father and mother, orphan.
     pitṛmedha pitṛ-medha or pitṛ-yajña, as, m. sacrifice offered to the Manes, obsequial offerings.
     pitṛyāṇa pitṛ-yāṇa, Ved. or pitṛ-yāna, as, ā, am, trodden by the Manes; (am), n. the path trodden by the Manes, the way leading to the Manes; the vehicle of the Manes, a car to convey holy persons after their decease to heaven.
     pitṛrāj pitṛ-rāj, ṭ, or pitṛ-rāja, as, or pitṛ-rājan, ā, m. 'king of the Manes', an epithet of Yama.
     pitṛrūpa pitṛ-rūpa, as, m., N. of a Rudra.
     pitṛloka pitṛ-loka, as, m. a father's house, paternal mansion; the world or sphere of the Manes (to which various situations are ascribed, but principally the Bhuvas region or mid-heaven).
     pitṛvaṃśa pitṛ-vaṃśa, as, m. the paternal family.
     pitṛvat 1. pitṛ-vat, ān, atī, at, having a father, whose father is living.
     pitṛvat 2. pitṛ-vat, ind. like a father; like the Manes; as if for the Manes; as in the sacrifice offered to the Manes.
     pitṛvana pi-tṛ-vana, am, n. 'grove of ancestors', a cemetery, a place where dead bodies are burnt or buried.
     pitṛvanecara pi-tṛvane-cara, as, ī, am, haunting a cemetery; (as), m. an epithet of Śiva; a goblin.
     pitṛvartin pitṛ-vartin, ī, m. 'staying or abiding with ancestors', N. of a Brāhman (= king Brahma-datta).
     pitṛvasati pitṛ-vasati, is, f. 'abode of departed ancestors', a cemetery.
     pitṛvākpara pitṛ-vāk-para, as, ā, am, attentive to the voice of parents, obedient to parents.
     pitṛvitta pitṛ-vitta, as, ā, am, Ved. acquired by ancestors; (Sāy.) = pituḥ sakāśāl labdha, derived from a father, patrimonial.
     pitṛvrata pitṛ-vrata, as, m. a worshipper of the Manes; (am), n. worship of ancestors, obsequial rites.
     pitṛśarman pitṛ-śarman, ā, m., N. of a Dānava.
     pitṛśravaṇa pitṛ-śravaṇa, as, ā, am, Ved. bringing honour to a father; (Sāy. = pitā prakhyāyate yena pu-treṇa tādṛśaḥ.)
     pitṛśrāddha pitṛ-śrāddha, am, n. a funeral ceremony or obsequial rites in honour of a father or deceased ancestor.
     pitṛṣad pitṛ-ṣad, t, t, t, Ved. living unmarried with a father or with parents; 'dwelling with the Manes', an epithet of Rudra.
     pitṛṣadana pitṛ-ṣadana, as, ā, am, Ved. inhabited by the Manes.
     pitṛṣvasṛ pitṛ-ṣvasṛ, sā, f. a father's sister, paternal aunt (= pituḥ-ṣvasṛ).
     pitṛṣvasrīya pitṛ-ṣvasrīya, as, ā, m. f. a father's sister's son or daughter, a paternal aunt's son or daughter.
     pitṛsannibha pitṛ-sannibha, as, ā, am, like a father, fatherly, paternal.
     pitṛsāmānya pitṛ-sāmānya, am, n. ancestors collectively.
     pitṛsū pitṛ-sū, ūs, f. a father's mother; 'mother of the Manes', twilight; [cf. pitṛ-prasū.]
     pitṛsūkta pitṛ-sūkta, am, n., N. of a Vedic hymn.
     pitṛsthāna pitṛ-sthāna, as, m. a guardian; (am), n. the sphere of the Manes.
     pitṛsthānīya pitṛsthānīya, as, m. a guardian (who takes the place of a parent).
     pitṛsvasṛ pitṛ-svasṛ, sā, f. an incorrect form for pitṛ-ṣvasṛ.
     pitṛsvasrīya pitṛsvasrīya, as, ā, m. f., see pitṛṣvasrīya.
     pitṛhatyā pitṛ-hatyā, f. the murder of a father, parricide.
     pitṛhan pitṛ-han, ā, m. a parricide.
     pitṛhū pitṛ-hū, ūs, ūs, u, invoking or dedicated to the Pitṛs; (ūs), f., scil. dvār, N. of the southern aperture of the human body, i. e. of the right ear; [cf. deva-hū.]
     pitṛhūya pitṛ-hūya, am, n., Ved. invoking or summoning deceased ancestors.
     pitrarjita pitrarjita (-tṛ-ar-), as, ā, am, derived from a father; property originally acquired by a father.
     pitrartham pitrartham (-tṛ-ar-), ind. for a father's sake.

pitṛka pitṛka, as, ā, am, (at the end of a comp.) paternal, parental, ancestral, relating or belonging to parents or progenitors, obsequial.

pitṛvya pitṛvya, as, m. a father's brother, paternal uncle; any elderly male relation; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. patruus.]

pitrya pitrya, as, ā, am, derived from a father, relating to a father, paternal, patrimonial, ancestral, belonging to a father or to progenitors, usual or customary with a father; relating to deceased ancestors, consecrated to the Manes, referring or devoted to the Manes, obsequial; in Manu II. 59. pitryaṃ tīrtham = the part of the hand sacred to deified progenitors, i. e. the part between the fore-finger and thumb; (as), m. the eldest brother (who takes the place of a father); the month Māgha; (ā), f. the Nakshatra Maghā (presided over by the Manes); the day of full moon, the worship of the Manes on the day of full moon; (am), n., scil. karma, the worship of the Manes; the Nakshatra Maghā; the part of the hand between the fore-finger and thumb.
     pitryāvat pitryā-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. (perhaps) possessing property inherited from a father; (Sāy.) = pitṛ-mat, q. v.

pitta pitta, am, n. (etymology doubtful), bile, the bilious humor, one of the three humors of the body (the other two being vāta and kapha; it is especially secreted between the stomach and bowels, and thence flows through the liver, and distributes itself in the spleen, heart, eyes, and skin; its chief quality is heat); [cf. kūrma-p-, go-p-, rakta-p-, paittika.]
     pittakoṣa pitta-koṣa, as, m. the gall-bladder.
     pittakṣobha pitta-kṣobha, as, m. excess and disturbance of the bilious humor.
     pittagadin pitta-gadin, ī, inī, i, suffering from bilious complaints, bilious.
     pittaghna pitta-ghna, as, ī, am, 'bile-destroying', antibilious; (am), n. an antidote to bilious complaints; ghee ?; (ī), f. a plant, Cocculus Cordifolius.
     pittajvara pitta-jvara, as, m. bilious fever.
     pittadrāvin pitta-drā-vin, ī, iṇī, i, 'bile-dispersing', removing bile; (ī), m. the sweet citron (= madhura-jambīra).
     pittadhara pitta-dhara, as, ā, am, containing bile, bilious.
     pittanivarhaṇa pitta-nivarhaṇa, as, ā, am, destroying bile.
     pittaprakṛti pitta-prakṛti, is, is, i, being of a bilious temperament.
     pittaprakopa pitta-prakopa, as, m. excess and vitiation of the bilious humor.
     pittarakta pitta-rakta, am, n. plethora; [cf. rakta-pitta.]
     pittarogin pitta-rogin, ī, iṇī, i, suffering from bilious complaints, bilious.
     pittavat pitta-vat, ān, atī, at, having bile, bilious.
     pittavāyu pitta-vāyu, us, m. flatulence arising from excess and vitiation of the bilious humor.
     pittavidagdha pitta-vidagdha, as, ā, am, burnt up by bile, impaired or destroyed by bile.
     pittavināśana pitta-vināśana, as, ī, am, 'bile-destroying', antibilious.
     pittaśamana pitta-śamana, as, ī, am, 'bile-alleviating', antibilious.
     pittasyanda pitta-syanda, as, m. a bilious form of ophthalmia; [cf. pittābhiṣyanda.]
     pittahara pitta-hara, as, ī, am, 'bile-removing', antibilious.
     pittātīsāra pit-tātīsāra (-ta-at-), as, m. 'bile-dysentery', a bilious form of diarrhoea.
     pittātīsārin pittātīsārin, ī, iṇī, i, suffering from a bilious form of dysentery.
     pittābhiṣyanda pittābhiṣyanda (-ta-abh-), as, m. a bilious form of ophthalmia; [cf. pitta-syanda.]
     pittāri pittāri (-ta-ari), is, m. 'enemy of bile', i. e. anything antibilious; N. of various plants and vegetable substances used to counteract biliousness (= parpaṭa, lākṣā, and varvara).
     pittopahata pittopahata (-ta-up-), as, ā, am, impaired or destroyed by bile.

pittala pittala, as, ā, am, bilious, relating to the bilious humor, secreting bile; (ā), f. the plant Jussiaea Repens; (ī), f., N. of a plant, = mūrvā; (am), n. brass, bell-metal; a species of birch tree (the bark of which is used for writing upon; cf. bhūrja-pattra).

pittha pittha, as, m., N. of a man.

pitsat pitsat, an, antī, at (fr. Desid. of rt. 2. pat), being about to fly or fall, habitually falling or coming down; (an), m. a bird; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. psittacus.]

pitsala pitsala, am, n. a road, path, way.

pitsu pitsu, us, us, u, being about to fly or fall.

pipatiṣat pipatiṣat, an, antī, at, about to fly or fall, inclined or addicted to falling repeatedly; (an), m. a bird.

pipatiṣā pipatiṣā, f. wish or inclination to come down or fall.

pipatiṣu pipatiṣu, us, us, u, being about to fall; (us), m. a bird.

pidva pidva, as, m., Ved. a species of animal.

pidhā pi-dhā = api-dhā, q. v.

pidadhat pi-dadhat, at, atī, at, covering, veiling, hiding.

pidhātavya pi-dhātavya, as, ā, am, to be covered or hidden; to be stopped up, to be shut or closed.

pidhāna pi-dhāna, am, n. covering, stopping up, shutting; (as or am), m. or n. (?), a covering, cover, concealment; a lid, top, cover; a sheath; a wrapper, cloak; [cf. Cambro-Brit. fedon, 'a screen.']
     pidhānavat pidhāna-vat, ān, atī, at, provided with a cover, covered with a lid.

pidhānaka pidhānaka, as, m. a cover, lid; a sheath, scabbard [cf. khaḍga-p-].

pidhāya pi-dhāya, ind. having covered.

pidhāyaka pi-dhāyaka, as, ikā, am, covering, hiding, concealing.
     pidhāyakatā pidhāyaka-tā, f. the state or act of covering.

pihita pi-hita, as, ā, am, shut, covered, hidden, concealed; filled with; (am), n. a particular figure of speech, showing any person by insinuation that one knows his secrets.

pinasa pinasa, as, m. = pīnasa, q. v.

pinah pi-nah = api-nah, q. v.

pinaddha pi-naddha, as, ā, am, tied on, put on, fastened, bound; dressed, accoutred; wrapped, covered, concealed; pierced, penetrated.

pinaddhaka pinaddhaka, as, ikā, am, dressed, clothed, covered.

pinahya pi-nahya, ind. having put on or dressed.

pināka pināka, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. rt. 3. ), a staff, stick; a bow; the club or bow of Rudra-Śiva; a trident or three-pronged spear; the trident of Śiva; a shower or fall of dust, falling dust; (as), m., N. of a man; (ī), f. a kind of stringed instrument, a sort of violin.
     pinākagoptṛ pināka-goptṛ, tā, m. 'preserver of the Pināka', an epithet of Śiva.
     pinākadhṛk pināka-dhṛk (see dhṛk), or pināka-bhṛt, t, m. 'bearer of the Pināka', an epithet of Śiva.
     pinākapāṇi pināka-pāṇi, is, m. 'Pināka in hand', an epithet of Śiva.

pināki pināki, is, is, i (occurring only in acc. sing.), substituted for pinākin, q. v.

pinākin pinākin, ī, inī, i, armed with a Pināka; (ī), m. an epithet of Rudra-Śiva; N. of one of the eleven Rudras; (inī), f., N. of two rivers.
     pinākinīmāhātmya pinākinī-māhātmya, am, n., N. of a part of the Brahmāṇḍa-Purāṇa.

pinyāsa pinyāsa, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. 2. as with pi-ni), Asa Foetida; [cf. piṇyāka.]

pinv pinv, cl. 1. P. A. pinvati, -te, pipinva, pipinve, pinviṣyati, -te, pinvitum, Ved. to cause to swell, to distend, to cause to overflow or run over, to cause to abound; to cause to abound in milk (Ṛg-veda I. 112, 3, where, according to Sāy., pinvathaḥ = payasā pūrita-vantau); to sprinkle, wet, moisten, water; to discharge, pour forth; to grant, bestow; (A.) to swell, to be distended, to overflow; [cf. rt. pyai.]

pinva pinva, as, ā, am, Ved. causing to swell or flow; [cf. dānu-p-.]

pinvana pinvana, am, n., Ved. a particular vessel used in religious ceremonies.

pinvantyapīyā pinvantyapīyā, f., Ved., scil. ṛc, an epithet of the verse beginning pinvanty apo (Ṛg-veda I. 64, 6).

pinvamāna pinvamāna, as, ā, am, Ved. being swollen, swelling, being full or filled.

pipatiṣat pipatiṣat, pipatiṣā, pipatiṣu. See under pitsat, col. 1.

pipaviṣu pipaviṣu, us, us, u (fr. Desid. of rt. 1. ), wishing to purify.

pipāṭhaka pipāṭhaka, as, m., N. of a mountain.

pipāsat pipāsat, an, antī, at (fr. Desid. of rt. 1. ), thirsting, thirsty.

pipāsā pipāsā, f. thirst, desire to drink.
     pipāsāvat pipāsā-vat, ān, atī, at, thirsting, thirsty.

pipāsita pipāsita, as, ā, am, wishing to drink, thirsty, athirst.

pipāsin pipāsin, ī, inī, i, wishing to drink, thirsty.

pipāsu pipāsu, us, us, u, thirsty, athirst.

pipilī pipilī, f. = pipīli, an ant.

pipiṣvat pipiṣvat, an, antī, at (fr. a rt. pi for ), Ved. (perhaps) swollen, overfull, superabundant; (according to Sāy.) favourable to the husbandman.

pipītaka pipītaka, as, m., N. of a Brāhman who was the first to perform a particular ceremony in honour of Viṣṇu on the twelfth day of the light half of the month Vaiśākha; (ī), f. the twelfth day of the light half of the month Vaiśākha (when giving away water is an act of merit, so called after the Brāhman Pipītaka).

pipīla pipīla, as, ī, m. f. (perhaps a reduplicated form fr. rt. pīḍ), an ant.

pipīlaka pipīlaka, as, m. a large black ant; (ikā), f. the common small red ant; a female ant.
     pipīlikāparisarpaṇa pipīlikā-parisarpaṇa, am, n. the running about of ants.

pipīlika pipīlika, as, m. an ant; (am), n. a kind of gold supposed to be collected by ants.
     pipīlikamadhya pipīlika-madhya, as, ā, am, 'thin in the middle like an ant', N. of any metre the middle Pāda of which is shorter than the preceding and following.
     pipīlikamadhyamā pipī-lika-madhyamā, f., N. of a species of the Anuṣṭubh metre.
     pipīlikāmadhya pipīlikā-madhya, as, ā, am, a kind of fasting (beginning on the day of full moon with fifteen mouthfuls, decreasing by one daily until the day of new moon, and after that increasing by one daily until the next day of full moon).

pipṛcchiṣu pipṛcchiṣu, us, us, u (fr. Desid. of rt. prach), about to ask or inquire, wishing to ask.

pippakā pippakā, f., Ved. a species of bird; [cf. pippīka.]

pippaṭā pippaṭā, f. a kind of sweetmeat.

pippala pippala, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. 3. ), the holy fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa [cf. aśvat-tha]; a kind of bird; a nipple (so called from its similarity to a berry); the sleeve of a jacket or coat; N. of a son of Mitra and Revatī; (ās), m. pl., N. of a school of the Atharva-veda; (ās), f., N. of a river; (ī), f. a berry; long pepper, Piper Longum (both plant and berry; cf. kapi-p-, jala-p-, toya-p-); (am), n. a berry in general, the berry of the tree Ficus Religiosa; sensual enjoyment; water; the sleeve of a coat; [cf. Gr. [greek] Lat. piper.]
     pippalāda pippalāda (-la-ada-), as, m. 'eater of berries', N. of an ancient teacher of the Atharva-veda; (ās), m. pl., N. of a school of the Atharva-veda (also pippalādakās).
     pippalādatīrtha pippalāda-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a sacred bathing-place.
     pippalādaśruti pip-palāda-śruti, is, f., N. of a work mentioned in the Parāśara-smṛti.
     pippalāvatī pippalā-vatī, f., N. of a river.
     pippalīmūla pippalī-mūla, am, n. the root of long pepper.
     pippalīlavaṇa pippalī-lavaṇa, e, n. du. pepper and salt.

pippalaka pippalaka, am, n. a nipple; sewing thread.

pippalāyana pippalāyana, as, m., N. of a man.

pippali pippali, is, f. long pepper; vasiṣṭhasya pippali, N. of a Sāman.
     pippaliśroṇi pippali-śroṇi, is, f., N. of a river.

pippalīkā pippalīkā, f. a species of plant (= aśvatthī).

pippalū pippalū, ūs, m. or f. (?), N. of a man (or woman ?).

pippikā pippikā, f. the tartar of the teeth; [cf. piṭṭaka.]

pippīka pippīka, as, m., Ved. a species of animal, probably a hird; [cf. pippakā.]

piprīṣā piprīṣā, f. (fr. Desid. of rt. 1. prī), Ved. desire of pleasing or showing kindness.

piprīṣu piprīṣu, us, us, u, desirous of pleasing, wishing to give pleasure.

pipru pipru, us, m. (fr. rt. pṝ?), Ved., N. of a demon (who was conquered and whose strongholds were destroyed by Indra).

piplu piplu, us, m. (perhaps for api-plu; said to be fr. rt. pluṣ with api), a freckle, mark, mole.
     piplukarṇa piplu-karṇa, as, ā, am, having a mark on the ear.
     piplupracchādana piplu-pracchādana, as, ī, am, covering or concealing a mole.

piba piba or piva, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. ), drinking, who or what drinks; [cf. tri-p-.]
     pibavat piba-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. containing a form of the verb pibati.

pibat pibat or pivat, an, antī, at, drinking, who or what drinks.

pibdamāna pibdamāna, as, ā, am (perhaps fr. a reduplicated form of rt. 2. pad), Ved. becoming or being firm or solid, becoming or being hard or compact.

pibdana pibdana, as, ā, am, Ved. firm, hard, solid, compact; (am), n. (according to Sāy.) a Rakshas.

piyāru piyāru, us, us, u (fr. the Sautra rt. 1. pīy), Ved. censuring, blaming, deriding, mischievous (Sāy. = hiṃsaka).

piyāla piyāla, as, m. (= priyāla, q. v., but said to be fr. the Sautra rt. 1. pīy), the tree Buchanania Latifolia (called in Hindī also Chironji, whence it has been named Chironjia Sapida; in Bengal it is commonly called Piya or Piyal); (am), n. the fruit of Buchanania Latifolia.

pil pil, cl. 10. P. pelayati, -yitum, to throw, cast; to send; to incite; [cf. rts. pel, vil.]

pilu pilu, us, or piluka, as, m. a species of tree (= pīlu; cf. pailava).

pilunī pilunī, f. a species of plant (= mūrvā; a wrong form for pilu-parṇī; cf. pīlu-parṇī).

pili pili, is, m., N. of a man.

pilindavatsa pilinda-vatsa, as, m., N. of a disciple of Śākya-muni.

pilippila pilippila, as, ā, am, Ved. slippery.

pilla pilla, as, ā, am (said to be a substitute for klinna), blear-eyed; (as), m. a bleared eye.

pillakā pillakā, f. a female elephant, (the elephant's eye being usually moist.)

piś 1. piś, cl. 6. P. A. piṃśati, -te, pipeśa, pipiśe, peśiṣyati, -te, apeśīt, peśitum, Ved. to adorn, deck, decorate, embellish; to prepare, make ready (especially meat, by cutting it up and carving it); to shape, fashion, mould, form; to be decomposed, to be reduced to constituent parts; to be organized; to light, enlighten: Caus. peśayati, Aor. apīpiśat: Desid. pipiśiṣati, pipeśiṣati; Intens. pepiśyate, pepeṣṭi, to be richly adorned.

piś 2. piś, f. an ornament, decoration; (Sāy.) = rūpaṃ hiraṇyādi.

piśa piśa, as, m., Ved. (according to Sāy.) = ruru, a sort of deer (probably so called from its colour).

piśaṅga piśaṅga, as, ī, am, reddish, reddish-brown, of a tawny or brown colour; (as), m. tawny colour; N. of a serpent-demon.
     piśaṅgatā piśaṅga-tā, f. or piśaṅga-tva, am, n. the being of a tawny colour, tawniness.
     piśaṅgabhṛṣṭi piśaṅga-bhṛṣṭi, is, is, i, Ved. (perhaps) having red fangs; (Sāy.) = īṣad-rakta-varṇa, being of a pale-red hue, tawny-coloured.
     piśaṅgarāti piśaṅga-rāti, is, is, i, Ved. giving reddish (i. e. golden) gifts (said of Indra); (Sāy.) = bahurūpa-dhanendra, lord of manifold wealth.
     piśaṅgarūpa piśaṅga-rūpa, as, ā, am, Ved. being of a reddish or yellow appearance; (Sāy.) = hiraṇya-rūpa, golden-coloured.
     piśaṅgasandṛś piśaṅga-san-dṛś, k, k, k, Ved. (according to Mahī-dhara) being of a red or yellow colour; (according to Sāy.) = nānā-rūpa, of various kinds.
     piśaṅgāśva piśaṅgāśva (-ga-aś-), as, ā, am, Ved. having reddish or tawny horses (said of the Maruts).

piśaṅgaka piśaṅgaka, as, m., N. of an attendant of Viṣṇu.

piśaṅgin piśaṅgin, ī, inī, i, brown, tawny.

piśaṅgila piśaṅgila, as, ā, am, Ved., N. of a colour (?); (according to Mahī-dhara) = piśaṃ + gila.

piśāca piśāca, as, m. (perhaps fr. piśa for piśita, 'flesh', and rt. 1. añc), N. of a class of demons (perhaps originally a personification of the ignis fatuus; in the Veda they are enumerated after gods, men, Manes, Asuras, and Rākṣasas; in later times they are described as the children of Krodhā); a sprite, fiend, goblin, ogre, malevolent being (something between an infernal imp and a ghost, always described as fierce and malignant); N. of a Rakshas; (ī), f. a female imp, a she-demon [cf. strī-p-]; N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Piśācas; a species of Valeriana (= gandha-māṃsī).
     piśācatā piśāca-tā, f. or piśāca-tva, am, n. the state or condition of a Piśāca.
     piśācadru piśāca-dru, us, m. a species of tree, Trophis Aspera (the favourite haunt of the Piśācas).
     piśācabādhā piśāca-bādhā, f. demoniacal possession.
     piśācabhāṣā pi-śāca-bhāṣā, f. 'Piśāca language', a gibberish or corruption of Sanskṛt used in plays.
     piśācamocana piśāca-mocana, am, n. 'release of the Piśāca', N. of a place of pilgrimage.
     piśācamocanatīrtha piśācamocana-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a place of pilgrimage.
     piśācavṛkṣa piśāca-vṛkṣa, as, m. a species of tree, Trophis Aspera (= śākhoṭa).
     piśācasañcāra piśāca-sañ-cāra, as, m. demoniacal possession.
     piśācasabha piśāca-sabha, am, n. an assemblage of goblins or fiends; the place or hall of their assembly, pandemonium.
     piśācālaya piśācā-laya (-ca-āl-), as, m. 'abode of Piśācas', N. of a particular luminous phenomenon, phosphorescence.
     piśācīkaraṇa piśācī-karaṇa, am, n. transforming into a Piśāca.
     piśācoragarākṣasa piśācoraga-rākṣasa (-ca-ur-), ās, m. pl. Piśācas, serpents, and Rākṣasas.

piśācaka piśācaka, as, m. a Piśāca; (ikā), f. = piśācī (at the end of comps., e. g. gandha-p-, dhana-p-); N. of a river; scil. bhāṣā, the language of the Piśācas.
     piśācakapura piśācaka-pura, am, n., N. of a village.

piśācakin piśācakin, ī, m. an epithet of Kuvera the god of wealth (the treasures of this deity being guarded by Piśācas and other malignant beings).

piśāci piśāci, is, m., Ved. a Piśāca.

piśita piśita, am, n. flesh which has been cut up or prepared, flesh, meat; a small piece; (ā), f. spikenard, Nardostachys Jatamansi (= jaṭā-māṃsī).
     piśitabhuj piśita-bhuj, k, k, k, eating flesh; (k), m. one who eats flesh.
     piśitāśa piśitāśa (-ta-āśa), as, ā, am, eating flesh; (as), m. an epithet of flesh-eating demons, as Rākṣasas or Piśācas; a fiend; a cannibal.
     piśitāśana piśitāśana (-ta-aś-), as, ī, am, flesh-eating, meat-eating; (as), m. a demon, fiend, cannibal, Rakshas, Piśāca (described as a child of Ni-kaṣā); epithet of a wolf.
     piśitāśin piśitāśin (-ta-āś-), ī, inī, i, eating flesh or meat, carnivorous; (ī), m. a demon, goblin, cannibal; N. of an attendant of Śiva.
     piśitepsu piśitepsu (-ta-īp-), us, us, u, desirous of flesh, eager for or greedy after meat.

piśī piśī, f. spikenard, Nardostachys Jatamansi (= piśitā).

piśuna piśuna, as, ā, am, informing against, betraying, treacherous; disparaging, calumniating, backbiting, calumnious, slanderous; cruel, wicked, malignant, mischievous, harsh, unkind; exciting hopes and disappointing them; vile, low, contemptible, infamous; stupid, a fool; making known, indicating, evincing, displaying, reminding, commemorating, memorable for (at the end of comps., e. g. tulyānurāga-p-, manifesting an equal attachment; kṣatra-pradha-na-p-, memorable for the conflict of Kshatriyas); (as), m. a betrayer, traitor, informer, spy, talebearer, backbiter, calumniator, slanderer; epithet of a goblin dangerous to pregnant women; cotton (which betrays by hanging to the clothes); an epithet of Nārada (the messenger and informant of the gods); a crow; N. of a Brāhman; N. of a minister of Dushyanta; (ā), f. a species of plant, Medicago Esculenta; (am), n. informing against, betraying, sycophancy; saffron (which betrays an unfaithful lover); [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek] Lith. pī1k-ta-s, 'bad;' pyk-ti, 'to be angry;' peīk-ti, 'to despise, to blame.']
     piśunatā piśuna-tā, f. slander, scandal, backbiting, betrayal, sycophancy.
     piśunavacana piśuna-vacana or piśuna-vākya, am, n. evil speech, bad report, detraction, slander.

piśunaya piśunaya, Nom. P. piśunayati, -yitum, to betray, make known, indicate, make manifest.

piśika piśika, ās, m. pl., N. of a people in the South.

piśīla piśīla or piśīlaka, am, n., Ved. (a wooden) vessel or dish.
     piśīlavīṇā piśīla-vīṇā, f. a kind of stringed instrument or guitar, the strings of which are stretched across a frame (= śūrpa-vīṇā).

piśuna piśuna. See col. 2.

piṣ piṣ, cl. 7. P. (ep. also A.) pinaṣṭi, piṃṣṭe (Impv. 2nd sing. piṇḍhi), pi-peṣa, pekṣyati, apiṣat, peṣṭum (ep. Impf. apiṃṣat, Pot. piṣet), to grind, pound, crush; to bruise, hurt, injure, destroy; cl. 10. P. or Caus. peṣa-yati, -yitum, Aor. apīpiṣat, to grind, pound; to injure; to give; to be strong; to dwell; cl. 1. 10. P. peṣati, peṣayati, to go, move; [cf. Gr. [greek] for [greek] [greek] Lat. pins-o, pīs-o, pis-tor, pis-tillu-m, pistrīnum, pis-tura, pis-u-m, Piso, pī-lu-m, pī-la, pī-lu-s; Lith. pes-ta, 'a mill.']

piṣṭa piṣṭa, as, ā, am, ground, pounded, crushed, bruised; rubbed together, squeezed, clasped (as the hands); kneaded; (am), n. anything ground, any finely ground substance, flour, meal, (na piṣṭam pinaṣṭi, he does not grind flour, i. e. he does no useless work or vain repetition); lead; (as), m. pastry; N. of a man; (ās), m. pl., N. of his descendants.
     piṣṭapacana piṣṭa-pacana, am, n. a pan for parching flower; a boiler, seether, sauce-pan.
     piṣṭapaśu piṣṭa-paśu, us, m. an effigy of a beast or sacrificial victim made with flour or dough.
     piṣṭapāka piṣṭa-pāka, as, m. food prepared by baking flour.
     piṣṭapākabhṛt piṣ-ṭapāka-bhṛt, t, t, t, containing food prepared by baking flour; (t), m. a boiler.
     piṣṭapācaka piṣṭa-pācaka, am, n. a boiler.
     piṣṭapiṇḍa piṣṭa-piṇḍa, as, m. a cake of meal.
     piṣṭapūra piṣṭa-pūra, as, m. meal made up into a sort of cake with clarified butter; [cf. ghṛta-pūra.]
     piṣṭapeṣa piṣṭa-peṣa, as, m. or piṣṭa-peṣaṇa, am, n. 'grinding flour', useless labour, vain repetition.
     piṣṭamaya piṣṭa-maya, as, ī, am, made of meal or flour, mixed with flour; jalam piṣṭa-mayam, water sprinkled with meal.
     piṣṭameha piṣṭa-meha, as, m. flourlike diabetes.
     piṣṭamehin piṣṭamehin, ī, inī, i, suffering from flour-like diabetes.
     piṣṭarasa piṣṭa-rasa, as, m. water mixed with flour.
     piṣṭavarti piṣṭa-varti, a small cake made of the meal of barley, rice, or pulse.
     piṣṭasaurabha piṣṭa-saurabha, am, n. (pulverized) sandal-wood.
     piṣṭāda piṣ-ṭāda (-ṭa-ada), as, ā, am, feeding on meal.
     piṣṭodaka piṣṭodaka (-ṭa-ud-), am, n. water mixed with flour.

piṣṭaka piṣṭaka, as, m. a cake made of the flour or meal of any grain, any baked cake, bread; a disease of the eyes, opacity of the cornea; (ikā), f. a kind of grits, the meal of pulse steeped in water and peeled and ground; (am), n. pounded sesamum seeds, oil-cake.

piṣṭāta piṣṭāta, as, m. perfumed powder (for scenting rooms, garments, &c.); scented dust which the Hindūs sprinkle over each other at the Holi or spring festival.

piṣṭika piṣṭika, am, n. a cake made of rice flour.

piṣṭoḍī piṣṭoḍī, f. a species of shrub (= śvetāmli).

piṣṭapa piṣṭapa, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. piś, substituted for rt. viś), a world, a division of the universe; [cf. viṣṭapa.]

pis pis, cl. 4. P. pisyati, pesitum, Ved. to go; (perhaps) to extend; cl. 1. P. pesati, pesitum, to go, move; cl. 10. P. pesayati, yitum, to go; to hurt, injure; to be strong; to give; to take; to dwell; [cf. rts. pes, vis, ves, biś, beś.]

pispṛkṣu pispṛkṣu, us, us, u (fr. Desid. of rt. spṛś), being about to touch; (with jalam) being about to enter the water, being about to perform ablutions.

pihita pi-hita. See p. 575, col. 2.

1. (probably originally Pass. of rt. 1. , q. v.), cl. 4. A. pīyate, pipye, peṣ-yati, apeṣṭa, petum, to drink.

2. pī, īs, īs, i (fr. rt. pyai, q. v.; at the end of a comp.) becoming fat.

pīca pīca, am, n. the lower jaw, the chin.

pīṭikā pīṭikā, a various reading for pīṭhikā, q. v.

pīṭha pīṭha, am, n. (thought by some to be a Prākṛt form fr. pi-sada = pi-ṣada = pi-ṣḍa or connected with rt. piṭh), a stool, seat, chair, bench; a religious student's seat made properly of Kuśa grass; the seat of a deity, an altar (according to some native authorities in this and the preceding senses also as, ī, m. f.); a basis, basement, pedestal; an epithet of various temples (erected on the fiftyone spots on which, according to tradition, the various members of Pārvatī fell after she had been cut to pieces by the discus of Viṣṇu); a kind of ornament; a particular posture in sitting; (in geometry) the complement of a segment; N. of an Asura the minister of Kaṃsa.
     pīṭhakeli pīṭha-keli, is, m. a particular dramatic character, a male confidant, a parasite.
     pīṭhaga pīṭha-ga, as, ā, am, moving about in a wheelchair, lame.
     pīṭhagarbha pīṭha-garbha or pīṭha-vivara, as, m. the cavity in the pedestal of an idol.
     pīṭhacakra pīṭha-cakra, as or am, m. or n. (?), Ved. a chariot with a seat.
     pīṭhanāyikā pīṭha-nāyikā, f. a girl of fourteen (before menstruation) who impersonates Durgā at the festival of that goddess.
     pīṭhanyāsa pīṭha-nyāsa, as, m. epithet of a particular mystical ceremony.
     pīṭhabhū pīṭha-bhū, ūs, f. a basis, basement.
     pīṭhamarda pīṭha-marda, as, ā, am, 'rubbing the seat', (perhaps) riding on horseback, a rider; exceedingly impudent; (as), m. the companion of a hero in great undertakings; a companion, parasite; a dancing-master who teaches courtezans.
     pīṭhasarpa pīṭha-sarpa, as, ā, am, or pīṭha-sarpin, ī, iṇī, i, moving about on a wheel-chair, lame, crippled, a cripple.
     pīṭhasthāna pīṭha-sthāna, am, n. a place where one of the limbs of Pārvatī is supposed to have fallen and therefore consecrated to her worship; [cf. pīṭha.]

pīṭhaka pīṭhaka, as, am, m. n. a seat, chair, bench; a saddle ?; (ikā), f. a bench; a base, pedestal; a section, chapter (sometimes wrongly spelt pīṭikā).

pīḍ pīḍ (perhaps connected with rt. piṣ), cl. 1. A. pīḍate, pīḍitum, Ved. to be squeezed or pressed out (as Soma): Caus. or cl. 10. P. (ep. also A.) pīḍayati (-te), -yitum, to squeeze, pinch, press, oppress, compress, suppress (e. g. kālaṃ kālena pīḍayan, Manu. I. 51, pressing time against time, or suppressing one period by means of another, according to Kullūka = sṛṣṭi-kālam pralaya-kālena nāśayan); to overpower; to hurt, harm, injure, pain, vex, harass, annoy, torment; to break, violate (an oath); to beleaguer (a city); to neglect, cause suffering by neglect; to remove; to cover; (in augury) to cover with anything inauspicious; (in astrology) to eclipse; to oppose, resist; to stir, agitate.

pīḍa pīḍa, as, am, m. n., in tila-p-, tṛṇa-p-, q. v.
     pīḍayantragṛha pīḍa-yantra-gṛha, as, m. a workhouse for criminals, house of correction.

pīḍaka pīḍaka, as, m. an oppressor; [cf. tālu-p-.]

pīḍana pīḍana, as, ā, am, molesting, paining, disagreeable; (am), n. the act of pressing, squeezing, rubbing; an instrument for pressing, press; oppressing, inflicting pain, paining, distressing; laying a country waste, devastation; (in astrology) the oppression or suppression of a planet &c., i. e. eclipse [cf. graha-p-]; suppressing sounds, a fault in the pronunciation of vowels.

pīḍanīya pīḍanīya or pīḍayitavya, as, ā, am, to be oppressed or molested, to be pained or harassed; used for pressing, serving for a press.

pīḍayat pīḍayat, an, antī, at, squeezing, pressing; oppressing, suppressing, harassing, paining; breaking, violating.

pīḍā pīḍā, f. pain, suffering, anguish, annoyance; damage, injury, wrong; infraction, violation [cf. dharma-p-]; devastation, laying waste; restriction, limitation; the 'pain or calamity' of a planet, eclipse, occultation [cf. graha-p-]; compassion, pity, charity; a chaplet, garland for the head; the Saral tree, Pinus Longifolia; a basket (= piṭaka, peṭā,  peḍā).
     pīḍākara pīḍā-kara, as, ī, am, pain-causing, giving pain, afflicting, tormenting.
     pīḍākaraṇa pīḍā-karaṇa, am, n. the causing of pain, torturing, tormenting.
     pīḍābhāj pīḍā-bhāj, k, k, k, (according to Malli-nātha) = vimarda-bhāj = bhaṅga-vat.
     pīḍāsthāna pīḍā-sthāna, am, n., Ved. (in astrology) an unlucky position, inauspicious distance (of a planet).

pīḍāya pīḍāya, Nom. A. pīḍāyate, -yitum, to feel pain, experience a sense of uneasiness.

pīḍita pīḍita, as, ā, am, squeezed, pressed; rubbed, chafed; griped, wrung; oppressed, harassed, distressed, pained, afflicted, suffering pain or distress, injured, impaired; violated, transgressed; destroyed, laid waste, devastated; eclipsed; bound, tied; (am), n. injuring, harming, harassing; a kind of coitus; (am), ind. closely.
     pīḍitatā pīḍita-tā, f. or pīḍita-tva, am, n. the being squeezed or pressed; the being afflicted or distressed.

pīḍyamāna pīḍyamāna, as, ā, am, being squeezed or pressed; being pained or afflicted, suffering.

pīta 1. pīta, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. ), drunk, quaffed; drunk in, imbibed; soaked, steeped, saturated, filled with; (am), n. drinking.
     pītataila pīta-taila, as, ā, am, one who has drunk oil, filled with oil, = taila-pīta; (ā), f. a species of creeper; a kind of heart-pea, Cardiospermum Halicacabum (= jyo-tiṣ-matī, = mahā-jyotiṣmatī).
     pītadugdhā pīta-dugdhā, f. a cow whose milk has been pledged (lit. already drunk); a cow tied up to be milked [cf. dhe-nuṣyā]; any milch cow.
     pītanidra pīta-nidra, as, ā, am, immersed in slumber.
     pītapratibaddhavatsa pīta-pratibaddha-vatsa, ā, f. (a cow) whose calf has drunk milk and been tied up.
     pītamadya pīta-madya, as, ā, am, one who has drunk wine or any other intoxicating liquor.
     pītarasa pīta-rasa, as, ā, am, whose juice is drunk or quaffed.
     pītavat pīta-vat, ān, atī, at, having drunk or quaffed; containing the verb 1. (Ved.).
     pītasoma pīta-soma, as, m. a Brāhman by whom the juice of the acid Asclepias is drunk at a ceremony.
     pītābdhi pītābdhi (-ta-ab-), is, m. an epithet of the Muni Agastya ('by whom the ocean was drunk', this saint having on one occasion swallowed up the sea).

pīti 1. pīti, is, f. (for 2. and 3. see p. 578, col. 1), drinking, a draught; a tavern, dram-shop.

pītin 1. pītin, ī, inī, i, (at the end of comps.) drinking, having drunk. (For 2. pītin see p. 578, col. 1.)

pītvā pītvā, ind. having drunk or quaffed.
     pītvāsthiraka pītvā-sthiraka, as, ā, am, somewhat refreshed by a draught (Gaṇa to Pāṇ. II. 1, 72).

pītha 1. pītha, as, m. (for 2. and 3. see p. 578, col. 1), a drink, draught [cf. go-p-]; (am), n. water; melted butter.

pīthin pīthin, ī, inī, i, (at the end of a comp.) drinking; kośa-p-, squandering away the treasury.

pīyamāna pīyamāna, as, ā, am, being drunk or quaffed, being drunk or sucked in.

pīta 2. pīta, as, ā, am (probably connected with rt. pyai, the colour of butter and oil being yellowish), of a yellow colour, yellow (the colour of the Vaiśyas, white being that of the Brāhmans, red that of the Kshatriyas, and black that of the Śūdras); (as), m. yellow colour; a yellow gem, topaz; a yellow pigment prepared from the urine of kine; N. of several plants, Alangium Hexapetalum (= aṅkoṭha); safflower, Carthamus Tinctorius; Trophis Aspera (= śākhoṭa); (ā), f., N. of various plants, turmeric (= haridrā); a medical plant, Betula, commonly called Atais; a kind of yellow pigment (= go-rocanā); a mystical designation of the letter ṣa; (am), n. gold; yellow orpiment.
     pītakadalī pīta-kadalī, f. a species of banana (= svarṇa-kadalī).
     pītakanda pīta-kanda, am, n. the carrot, Daucus Carota.
     pītakaravīraka pīta-karavīraka, as, m. oleander with yellow flowers.
     pītakāvera pīta-kāvera, am, n. saffron; bell-metal.
     pītakāṣṭha pīta-kāṣṭha, am, n. yellow sanders.
     pītakīlā pīta-kīlā, f. a species of plant (= ā-vartakī).
     pītakauśeyavāsas pīta-kauśeya-vāsas, ās, ās, as, dressed in yellow silk; (as), m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
     pītagandha pīta-gandha, am, n. yellow sandal.
     pītaghoṣā pīta-ghoṣā, f. yellow Ghoṣā, a species of creeper with yellow flowers.
     pītacandana pīta-candana, am, n. a yellow fragrant wood considered as a yellow species of sandal-wood; saffron; turmeric.
     pītacampaka pīta-campaka, as, m. a lamp ('yellow as the Campa').
     pītataṇḍulā pīta-taṇḍulā, f. millet, Panicum Italicum; a species of Solanum.
     pītatā pīta-tā, f. or pīta-tva, am, n. yellowness, yellow (the colour).
     pītatuṇḍa pīta-tuṇḍa, as, m. 'yellow-beak', N. of the Sylvia Sutoria (the whole bird being of a light yellow colour).
     pītadāru pī-ta-dāru, us, m. a species of pine, Pinus Deodora (= deva-dāru); Pinus Longifolia; Curcuma Aromatica or Curcuma Xanthorrhiza (= haridru).
     pītadru pīta-dru, us, m. a species of pine, Pinus Longifolia; Curcuma Aromatica or C. Xanthorrhiza.
     pītanīla pīta-nīla, as, ā, am, 'yellow-blue', green.
     pītaparṇī pīta-parṇī, f. 'yellow-leaved', a plant commonly called Bichati; a N. of the nettle or a plant of the same class, Tragia Involucrata.
     pītapādā pīta-pādā, f. 'yellowfooted', a small bird, the Maina (Turdus Salica).
     pītapuṣpa pī-ta-puṣpa, as, m., N. of several plants (= karṇi-kāra), Pterospermum Acerifolium, or a species of Karṇikāra; Michelia Champaka; a species of Tabernaemontana Coronaria; a species of Barleria with yellow flowers; (ā), f. a species of Coloquintida (= indra-vāruṇī, = jhiñjhariṣṭā), Cajanus Indicus (= āḍhakī); a species of yellow Barleria; (ī), f. Andropogon Acicularis (= śaṅkha-puṣpī, saha-devī, mahā-koṣātakī, and trapuṣī); a species of Barleria with yellow flowers; (am), n. Tabernaemontana Coronaria (= āhulya).
     pītaprasava pīta-prasava, as, m. = pīta-karavīraka, q. v.
     pītaphala pīta-phala, as, m. a tree, Trophis Aspera; Averrhoa Carambola.
     pītaphalaka pītaphalaka, as, m. Trophis Aspera.
     pītabālukā pīta-bālukā, f. turmeric; yellow sand.
     pītabījā pīta-bījā, f. Trigonella Foenum Graecum (= methikā).
     pītabhṛṅgarāja pīta-bhṛṅga-rāja, as, m. a species of Verbesina with yellow flowers.
     pītamaṇi pīta-maṇi, is, m. a yellow gem, a topaz.
     pītamastaka pīta-mastaka, as, m. 'yellow-head', a small bird, Loxia Philippensis (= kali-kāra; cf. pīta-muṇḍa).
     pītamākṣika pīta-mākṣika, am, n. = mā-kṣika, a species of mineral substance.
     pītamāñjiṣṭha pīta-māñ-jiṣṭha, as, ā, am, yellowish-red.
     pītamuṇḍa pīta-muṇḍa, as, m. 'yellow-head', a bird (= kali-kāra), Loxia Philippensis; a kind of gallinule.
     pītamudga pīta-mudga, as, m. a species of bean, a yellow variety of the Phaseolus Mungo.
     pītamūlaka pīta-mūlaka, am, n. the carrot, Daucus Carota.
     pītayūthī pīta-yūthī, f. yellow jasmine.
     pītarakta pīta-rakta, as, ā, am, yellowish-red, orange; (am), n. (or according to some as m.), a yellowcoloured gem, perhaps the topaz.
     pītarāga pīta-rāga, as, ā, am, of a yellow colour; (am), n. (or according to some as, m.), a yellow colour; the fibres of the lotus; wax.
     pītarohiṇī pīta-rohiṇī, f. the plant Gmelina Arborea.
     pītaloha pīta-loha, as, m. yellow metal, queen's metal or a mixed metal resembling gold.
     pītavāsas pīta-vāsas, ās, ās, as, dressed in yellow; (ās), m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu.
     pītavṛkṣa pīta-vṛkṣa, as, m. a species of Śyonāka and Pinus Longifolia.
     pītaśāla pīta-śāla or pīta-sāla or pīta-sālaka, as, m. the plant Terminalia Tomentosa.
     pītasāra pīta-sāra, as, m. a yellow gem, a topaz; the sandal tree; the tree Alangium Hexapetalum; Citrus Medica; East-Indian incense, = turuṣka; (am), n. a yellow sandalwood.
     pītasāraka pīta-sāraka, as, m. Alangium Hexapetalum; Azadirachta Indica.
     pītasāri pīta-sāri, i, n. antimony.
     pītaskandha pīta-skandha, as, m. 'fat-shouldered', a hog.
     pītasphaṭika pīta-sphaṭika, as, m. 'yellow crystal', the topaz.
     pītaharita pīta-harita, as, ā, am, yellowish-green.
     pītāṅga pītāṅga (-ta-aṅ-), as, m. a species of Śyonāka.
     pītāmbara pītāmbara (-ta-am-), as, ā, am, dressed in yellow clothes, clad in yellow; (as), m. a N. of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu; a dancer or actor; a religious mendicant wearing yellow garments; N. of a man.
     pītāruṇa pītāruṇa (-ta-ar-), as, ā, am, yellowish-red; (as), m. an epithet of the middle of day-break; [cf. tāmrāruṇa, nīlāruṇa.]
     pītāśaman pītāśaman (-ta-aś-), ā, m. 'yellow-stone', a topaz or any yellow gem.

pītaka pītaka, as, ikā, am, of a yellow colour, yellow; (as), m. a species of gentian, Gentiana Cherayta; the Tūn tree, Cedrela Toona; (ikā), f. saffron; turmeric; yellow jasmine; (am), n. yellow orpiment; brass; honey; saffron; yellow sandal; aloe wood, Amyris Agallocha; a species of Śyonāka; = pīta-śāla.
     pītakadruma pītaka-druma, as, m. Curcuma Xanthorrhiza (= hari-dru).

pītana pītana, as, m. the hog-plum, Spondias Mangifera; a tree, Pentaptera Tomentosa; the waved-leaf figtree, Ficus Infectoria; (am), n. yellow orpiment; saffron; a species of pine (= deva-dāru).

pītanaka pītanaka, as, m. the hog-plum, Spondias Mangifera.

pītala pītala, as, ā, am, of a yellow colour; (as), m. yellow colour; (am), n. brass.

pītalaka pītalaka, am, n. brass.

pīti 2. pīti, is, f. (fr. rt. 3. ; for 1. see p. 577, col. 2), Ved. protection; [cf. nṛ-p-.]

pītha 2. pītha, as, m. protection; [cf. go-p-.]

pīthya pīthya, am, n. protection; [cf. go-p-.]

pīti 3. pīti, is, m. a horse.

pītin 2. pītin, ī, m. a horse. (For 1. pītin see p. 577, col. 2.)

pīthi pīthi, is, m. a horse.

pītu pītu, us, m. (said to be fr. rt. 1. , but perhaps fr. rt. piv), the sun; fire; the chief elephant of a herd.
     pītudāru pītu-dāru, us, m. = deva-dāru, q. v.; (according to others) = khadira, a tree related to the Uḍumbara; (am), n. the resin of this tree; [cf. pūtu-dāru; Gr. [greek] for [greek] [greek] Lat. pī-nu-s, pix; Lith. pī1ki-s, 'pitch.']

pītha 3. pītha, as, m. the sun; fire; time. (For 1. and 2. pītha see p. 577, col. 2, and above.)

pītvā pītvā. See under 1. pīta, p. 577.

pīthi pīthi, is, m. See under 3. pīti above.

pīthe pīthe, m., N. of a chief builder (in an inscription).

pīthya pīthya. See under 2. pīti above.

pīna pīna, as, ā, am (fr. rt. pyai), fat, fleshy, brawny, muscular; swelling, swollen, large, corpulent, thick, plump; full, round; profuse (e. g. pīnaḥ svedaḥ, profuse perspiration); [cf. pīvara; Gr. [greek] Lat. pinguis; Iceland. feit-r, 'fat;' Angl. Sax. foett; Old Germ. feizt = Mod. Germ. feist, fett.]
     pīnatarala pīna-tarala, as, ā, am, having a large central gem.
     pīnatā pīna-tā, f. fatness, corpulency (opposed to kṛśa-tā).
     pīnanitambā pīna-nitambā, f. 'having full hips', N. of a metre, four times [metrical sequence] .
     pīnavakṣas pīna-vak-ṣas, ās, ās, as, large-chested, full-breasted, having a large or full breast.
     pīnaśroṇīpayodharā pīna-śroṇīpayodharā, f. having swelling hips and breasts.
     pīnottuṅgastanī pīnottuṅga-stanī (-na-ut-), f. (a woman) having a large and prominent breast.
     pīnodhnī pīnodhnī (-na-ūdh-), f. a cow with full or swelling udders (also pīnodhas, ās, f.; cf. ūdhas, ghaṭodhnī).

pīpivas pīpivas, ān, pipyuṣī, at, Ved. swelling, swollen, distended, overflowing, dropping (Sāy. = pra-vṛd-dha, pīna, vardhayat, ā-pyāyitṛ).

pīpyānā pīpyānā, f., Ved. having a full or swelling breast (Sāy. = putraṃ stanam pāyayantī).

pīyūṣa 1. pīyūṣa, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. the Sautra rt. 1. pīy), the first milk given by a cow after calving, biestings; the milk of a cow during the first seven days after calving; any thick fluid, cream, juice (Sāy. = rasa-bhūtam payaḥ, abhina-vam payaḥ); the drink of immortality produced at the churning of the ocean of milk, the food of the gods, ambrosia, nectar; milk; [cf. peyūṣa.]
     pīyūṣamahas pī-yūṣa-mahas, ās, or pīyūṣa-ruci, is, m. 'bright with nectar', the moon (whose rays are said to be filled with nectar).
     pīyūṣavarṇa pīyūṣa-varṇa, as, ā, am, milk-white, white as milk.
     pīyūṣavarṣa pīyūṣa-varṣa, as, am, m. n. a shower of nectar or ambrosia.
     pīyūṣavarṣāya pī-yūṣavarṣāya, Nom. A. pīyūṣavarṣāyate, -yi-tum, to become or turn into a shower of nectar.

pīyūṣa 2. pīyūṣa, Nom. P. pīyūṣati, pīyūṣitum, to become or turn into nectar.

pīva pīva, as, ā, am, (according to Sāy.) = ā-pyā-yita, fat.

pīvat pīvat, an, antī, at, fat; (probably the original form of pīvan below.)

pīvan pīvan, ā, arī, a, swelling, full, fat, large; stout, strong, robust; (ā), m. wind; (arī), f. Asparagus Racemosus, Desmodium Gangeticum (= śāla-par-ṇī); N. of a spiritual daughter of the Barhi-shad Pitṛs; of the wife of Veda-śiras; of a princess of Vi-darbha.

pīvara pīvara, as, ā, or ī, am (said to be fr. rt. 1. ), fat, stout, large, fleshy, corpulent, plump, thick, dense; (as), m. a tortoise; N. of one of the Saptarshis under Manu Tāmasa; (ā), f. Physalis Flexuosa, Asparagus Racemosus; N. of a daughter of the Gandharva Huhu; (ī), f. a young woman; a cow; [cf. Gr. [greek]];
     pīvaratva pī-vara-tva, am, n. fatness, thickness, largeness, heaviness, density.
     pīvarastanī pīvara-stanī, f. a woman with large breasts; a cow with a large udder.
     pīvarīkṛ pīvarī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, to fatten, make fat.
     pīvarīkṛta pīvarī-kṛta, as, ā, am, fattened.

pīvas pīvas, ān, asī, as (a kindred form to pīvan), fat, stout; (as), n., Ved. fat; [cf. Zend pivanh, 'fat;' Gr. [greek]]
     pīvasphāka pīva-sphāka, as, ā, am (for pīvas-sphāka), Ved. swelling with fat.
     pīvasvat pīvas-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. abounding with, swollen.
     pīvoanna pīvo-anna, as, ā, am, Ved. having rich or abundant food.
     pīvoaśva pīvo-aśva, as, ā, am, Ved. having fat horses.
     pīvopavasana pīvopavasana (-va-up-), as, ā, am, Ved. covered with fat; (according to Mahī-dhara) near to fat or fleshy parts of the body.

pīvasa pīvasa, as, ā, am, Ved. abounding with fat, fat, abundant; swelling, swollen, inflated; (Sāy.) = pīna, robust; = a-cchinna, untorn.

pīviṣṭha pīviṣṭha, as, ā, am, extremely fat.

pīnasa pīnasa, as, m. (probably api + nas = nāsā; by some connected with pīna), cough, catarrh; cold affecting the nose, inflammation of the schneiderian membrane [cf. apī-nasa]; (ā), f. the plant Cucumis Utilissimus (= karkaṭī).

pīnasin pīnasin, ī, inī, i, having a cold.

pīpari pīpari, is, m. a species of Plaksha of low growth.

pīy 1. pīy (a Sautra rt.), to gladden.

pīy 2. pīy, cl. 1. P. pīyati, &c., Ved. to blame, abuse, treat disrespectfully or with contempt; to give pleasure.

pīyaka pīyaka, as, m., Ved. 'an abuser', (probably) N. of a class of demons.

pīyatnu pīyatnu, us, us, u, Ved. scornful.

pīyu pīyu, us, us, u (said to be fr. rt. 1. ), Ved. scornful, injurious (as an Asura); (us), m. an owl; a crow; time; fire; the sun (?); gold.

pīyamāna pīyamāna. See under 1. pīta.

pīyūkṣā pīyūkṣā, f. a species of plant.

pīyūṣa 1. 2. pīyūṣa. See under pīna, col. 1.

pīl pīl, cl. 1. P. pīlati, pīlitum, to check, impede, obstruct; to stop, to cease to be or do; to become stupid.

pīlaka pīlaka, as, m. the large black ant; [cf. pipīla and pīluka.]

pīlu pīlu, us, m. a species of tree, Careya Arborea, (according to others) Salvadora Persica; a flower; the blossoms of the Saccharum Sara; the metacarpus, the central part of the hand; a group of palm trees; the stem of the palm; an arrow; an atom; a worm, an insect; an elephant (Arabic [arabic] Persian [arabic]); (u), n. the fruit of the Pīlu tree.
     pīlukuṇa pīlu-kuṇa, as, m. the season of the ripening of the Pīlu fruit.
     pīlupattra pīlu-pattra, as, m. the plant Sanseviera Zeylanica (= mūrvā).
     pīluparṇī pīlu-parṇī, f. the plant Sanseviera Zeylanica; Momordica Monadelpha; a kind of drug.
     pīlumat pīlu-mat, atī, f., with dyaus, the central or middle region of the sky between Udan-vatī and Pra-dyaus.
     pīluvaha pīlu-vaha, as or am, m. or n. (?), N. of a district.
     pīlusāra pīlu-sāra, as, m., N. of a mountain.

pīluka pīluka, as, m., N. of a tree, Careya Arborea or Salvadora Persica or any other exotic or unknown tree [cf. kāka-p-, kāla-p-]; an ant.

pīlunī pīlunī, f. the plant Sanseviera Zeylanica (= mūrvā).

pīlā pīlā, f., Ved. epithet of a particular scent; N. of a woman.

pīv pīv, cl. 1. P. pīvati, pīvitum, to be fat or corpulent, to be thick.

pīva pīva, pīvan, pīvara, pīvas, pīvasa, pīviṣṭha. See col. 2.

pīvā pīvā, f. (said to be fr. rt. 1. ), water.

puṃs 1. puṃs (perhaps a Nom. fr. 2. puṃs below), cl. 10. P. puṃsayati, -yitum, to crush, grind; to pain, punish.

puṃs 2. puṃs, pumān, m. (voc. puman, the strong cases being fr. pumāṃs, the middle fr. pum, and the weak fr. puṃs, but loc. pl. punsu not puṃsu by Pāṇ. VIII. 2, 65; said to be fr. rt. 3. ), a male, male being, man [cf. na-p-]; a human being; a servant, attendant; the soul, spirit (= puruṣa; paraḥ pumān, the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe, Viṣṇu); (in grammar) a word in the masculine gender; [cf. strī-puṃ-napuṃsaka; Lat. mas, mar-is for mas-is, mas-culus, the syllable pu being rejected in these words but appearing in pu-sus, pu-sa, pu-bes perhaps for pu-mes.]
     puṃyug puṃ-yug, k, or puṃ-yoga, as, m. connection with a man; cohabitation with men.
     puṃratna puṃ-ratna, am, n. 'a jewel of a man', an excellent man.
     puṃrāśi puṃ-rāśi, is, m. a male sign of the zodiac, an epithet of Aries and the signs following.
     puṃrūpa puṃ-rūpa, am, n. the form or shape of a man; puṃ-rūpaṃ kṛ, to assume the form of a man.
     puṃliṅga puṃ-liṅga, am, n. the characteristic sign of a man, virility, manhood, the male organ; (in grammar) the masculine gender; (as, ā, am), having the characteristics of a man; masculine.
     puṃliṅgatā puṃliṅga-tā, f. masculineness, the being of the masculine gender.
     puṃliṅgasaṅgraha puṃliṅga-saṅgraha, as, m., N. of a part of the Nāma-liṅgānuśāsana by Amara-siṃha.
     puṃvat puṃ-vat, ind. like a man, as a man, as with a man; like the masculine gender, in the masculine form or gender.
     puṃvatsa puṃ-vatsa, as, m. a bull-calf; (as, ā, am), having bull-calves, surrounded by bull-calves.
     puṃvadvidhāna puṃvad-vidhāna, am, n. ceremonies as on the birth of a male.
     puṃvṛṣa puṃ-vṛṣa, as, m. the musk rat.
     puṃveśa puṃ-veśa, as, ā, am, wearing male attire, dressed like a man.
     puṃścalī puṃś-calī, f. 'running after men', a frequenter of men, harlot, an unchaste woman; N. of an Apsaras.
     puṃścalīya puṃścalīya, as, m. the son of a harlot.
     puṃścalū puṃś-calū, ūs, f., Ved. a harlot; (us), m. a whoremonger.
     puṃścihna puṃś-cihna, am, n. the characteristic of a male, membrum virile.
     puṃsavat puṃsa-vat, ān, atī, at (puṃsa substituted for puṃs), Ved. having a son.
     puṃsavana puṃ-savana, as, ā, am, bringing forth a male, causing the birth of a male child; (am), n. (with or without vrata) the first of the essential ceremonies of Hindū initiation, a religious and domestic festival held on the mother's perceiving the first signs of a living conception; a fetus; milk.
     puṃsānuja puṃsānuja (-sā-an-), as, ā, am, (perhaps) having an elder brother.
     puṃsuvana puṃ-suvana, am, n., Ved. bringing forth a male child.
     puṃskaṭī puṃs-kaṭī, f. a man's hip.
     puṃskāmā puṃs-kāmā, f. 'desirous of man', a woman wishing for a lover or husband.
     puṃskokila puṃs-kokila, as, m. the male of the Indian cuckoo.
     puṃskokilatva puṃskokila-tva, am, n. the being a male cuckoo, the state or condition of a male cuckoo.
     puṃstva puṃs-tva, am, n. the being a male, the state of a male, masculineness, manhood, virility; semen virile; (in grammar) the masculine gender.
     puṃsputra puṃs-putra, as, m. a male child, boy.
     puṃsprajanana puṃs-prajanana, am, n. the male organ of generation.
     puṃspravāda puṃs-pravāda, as, m. (in Vedic grammar) a masculine base.
     puṃsvat puṃs-vat, ān, atī, at, containing the word puṃs or the masculine gender.
     puṅkhe'ṭa puṅ-khe'ṭa, as, m. a male planet.
     puṅgava puṅ-gava, as, m. a bull; a kind of drug commonly called Māṣāṇi; (at the end of a comp.) a hero or eminent person, chief, best, most excellent [cf. kuru-p-, gaja-p-, nara-p-.]
     puṅgavaketu puṅgava-ketu, us, us, u, characterized or symbolized by a bull; (us), m. an epithet of Śiva.
     puṅguṇajantujīva puṅ-guṇa-jantu-jīva, as, m. the living or animal soul combined with the qualities of man.
     puñjanmakara puñ-janma-kara, as or am, m. or n. (?), 'effecting the birth of males', a constellation under which male children are born.
     puñjanmada puñ-janma-da, as or am, m. or n. (?), 'granting the birth of males', a constellation under which male children are born.
     puñjanman puñ-janman, a, n. the birth of a male child.
     puñjanmayoga puñjanma-yoga, as, m. 'star of the birth of males', a constellation under which male children are born.
     pundāsa pun-dāsa, as, m. a male slave.
     pundhvaja pun-dhvaja, as, m. 'having the mark of a male', the male of any species of animal.
     punnakṣatra pun-nakṣatra, am, n. a Nakshatra regarded as a male, male asterism; an asterism under which males are procreated.
     punnāga pun-nāga, as, m. 'an elephant among men', a distinguished man; a white elephant; N. of a tree, Rottleria Tinctoria (from the blossoms of which a yellowish dye is prepared); a white lotus; a nutmeg.
     punnāṭa pun-nāṭa or pun-nāḍa, as, m. the plant Cassia Tora (= cakra-marda).
     punnāmadheya pun-nāma-dheya, as, m. 'that which is called man', one of the male sex, a male.
     punnāman 1. pun-nāman, ā, mnī, a (for 2. see under put), having a masculine name; (ā), m. the tree Rottleria Tinctoria.
     pumanujā pum-anujā, f. (probably) 'born after a male child', having an elder brother; born after or like a man.
     pumapatya pum-apatya, am, n. male offspring.
     pumartha pum-artha, as, m. the aim of man.
     pumākhyā pum-ākhyā, f. a name for male beings, a designation of a male being.
     pumācāra pum-ācāra, as, m. the custom or usage of men.
     pumbhūman pum-bhū-man, ā, m. a word of the masculine gender in the plural number.

puṃsa puṃsa (at the end of a comp.) = 2. puṃs; [cf. na-p-, mahā-p-, strī-p-.]

puṃsaka puṃsaka in na-puṃsaka, q. v.

puṃska puṃska (at the end of an adj. comp.) = 2. puṃs, see Gaṇa to Pāṇ. V. 4, 151; [cf. ukta-p-, bhāṣita-p-.]

puṃsti puṃsti, N. of a Sāman.

pukkaśa pukkaśa or pukkasa, as, m. epithet of a degraded mixed caste (erroneously identified by lexicographers with the Cāṇḍālas), the offspring of a Ni-ṣāda by a Śūdrā female, a man of an impure or degraded tribe or occupation; (ī), f. a woman of the Pukkaśa caste; a bud, blossom; the indigo plant; (as, ī, am), low, vile.

pukkaśaka pukkaśaka, as, m. a man of the Pukkaśa caste; (as, ā, am), low, vile.

puṅkha puṅkha, as, m. the feathered part of an arrow, the lower part of an arrow which comes in contact with the bow-string and contains the feathers and shaft; a hawk, falcon (= maṅgalācāra, q. v.).

puṅkhita puṅkhita, as, ā, am, furnished with a Puṅkha.

puṅkhilatīrtha puṅkhila-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a place of pilgrimage (= rāma-tīrtha).

puṅga puṅga, as, am, m. n. a heap, collection, quantity; [cf. puñja.]

puṅgala puṅgala, as, m. the soul; [cf. pud-gala.]

puṅgava puṅ-gava. See under 2. puṃs.

puccha puccha, as, am, m. n. a tail; the hinder part; the tail of a peacock; a horse's tail; any hairy tail; the end of anything; [cf. probably Gr. [greek] perhaps [greek]]
     pucchajāha puccha-jāha, am, n. the root of the tail.
     pucchadā puccha-dā, f. a bulbous plant used as a remedy for sterility, = lakṣma-nā-kanda; (probably a corruption of putra-dā.)
     pucchadhi puccha-dhi, is, m., Ved. the root of the tail.
     pucchamūla puccha-mūla or pucchāgra (-cha-ag-), am, n. the tip of the tail.
     pucchāṇḍaka pucchāṇḍaka (-cha-aṇ-), as, m., N. of a Nāga of the race of Takshaka.
     puccheśvara puccheśvara (-cha-īś-), as or am, m. or n. (?), N. of a place or of a temple.

pucchaya pucchaya in ut-pucchaya, q. v.

pucchikā pucchikā in kroṣṭu-p-, kroṣṭuka-p-, q. v.

pucchin pucchin, ī, inī, i, having a tail, tailed; a cock; Calotropis Gigantea (= arka).

pucchaṭi pucchaṭi, i, n. snapping or cracking the fingers; [cf. mucuṭī.]

puch puch [cf. yuch], cl. 1. P. pucchati, pupuccha, pucchitum, to be careless or inattentive.

puñja puñja, as, m. (perhaps for api + yuñja fr. rt. yuj), a heap, lump, mass, quantity, collection, multitude; [cf. nakha-puñja-phalā, puṅga, pūga; Gr. [greek] perhaps an abbreviated dat. pl., [greek] [greek] Lat. pug-nu-s, pug-na, pug-nā-re, pug-io, pug-il, pugillu-s, pugillaris; Old Germ. fu-st; Old Slav. pe-sti.]
     puñjarāja puñja-rāja, as, m., N. of a grammarian and author of a commentary on the Sarasvatī-prakriyā.
     puñjaśas puñja-śas, ind. in heaps.
     puñjīkṛ puñjī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kar-tum, to heap, lay in a heap.

puñjaya puñjaya, Nom. P. puñjayati, -yitum, to heap, heap up, heap together.

puñjātuka puñjātuka (?), as, m. = phalelāṅku (?).

puñji puñji, is, f. a heap, quantity, collection.
     puñjiṣṭha puñji-ṣṭha, as, ā, am, heaped, accumulated; (as), m., Ved. a fisherman; (according to Mahī-dhara) a birdcatcher.

puñjika puñjika, as, m. hail.
     puñjikasthalā puñjika-sthalā or puñ-jikā-sthalā or puñjikā-stanā, f. an allegorical N. of an Apsaras; (scil. bhūmi, ground thrown up in digging or having such ground?).

puñjita puñjita, as, ā, am, piled up, heaped, heaped together; made up into a ball, pressed or put together.

puñjanman puñ-janman. See under 2. puṃs.

puñjīla puñjīla, am, n., Ved. = piñjūla, q. v.

puṭ puṭ, cl. 6. P. puṭati, puṭitum, to embrace, clasp, fold; to intertwine; cl. 1. P. poṭati, to rub, to press, to grind or pound, (perhaps an incorrect form for muṭ); cl. 10. P. puṭayati, -yi-tum, to be in contact with; to bind together, fasten, string; poṭayati, -yitum, to reduce to powder, grind; to be or become small or shallow; to shine; to speak; [cf. rts. paṭ, paṭh, puṭṭ, puth, muṭ, muṇṭ, puṇṭ, puṇḍ.]

puṭa puṭa, as, ī, am, m. f. n. a fold, pocket; a tubular or hollow space, cavity, concavity [cf. kakṣa-p-, karṇa-p-, gaja-p-]; a cup or concavity made of a leaf folded or doubled; a basket or vessel or dish made of leaves (Manu VI. 28; cf. pattra-p-, parṇa-p-, palāśa-p-); the pod or capsule which envelops young shoots; a shallow cup or receptacle (as the hollow of the hand); an eyelid; a cover, covering, wrapper, cloth worn round the middle of the body to cover the privities; (as, am), m. n. a horse's hoof; (as), m. a casket (= sam-puṭa); a narrowing or contracting of anything; a folding or doubling of anything so as to form a cup or concavity; N. of a man; (am), n. a nutmeg; two vessels joined together (the upper one being inverted, for the sublimation of medicinal substances).
     puṭakanda puṭa-kanda, as, m. a species of bulbous plant (= kola-kanda).
     puṭagrīva pu-ṭa-grīva, as, m. 'hollow-necked', a pot, jar, pitcher, vessel for butter; a copper vessel.
     puṭapāka puṭa-pāka, as, m. a particular method of preparing drugs (the various substances being wrapped up in leaves, covered with clay, and roasted in the fire); digesting, subliming.
     puṭabhid puṭa-bhid, t, t, t, Ved. causing to break through, opening (said of a rock under which a spring is discovered).
     puṭabheda puṭa-bheda, as, m. (probably) the fountain-head of a river; the bend of a river (?); the mouth of a river (?); a city, town; a kind of musical instrument.
     puṭabhedaka puṭa-bhedaka, as, ikā, am, Ved. = puṭa-bhid, q. v.
     puṭabhedana puṭa-bhedana, am, n. a town, city.
     puṭāhvaya puṭāhvaya (-ṭa-āh-), as, m. = puṭa-pāka, q. v.
     puṭoṭaja puṭoṭaja (-ṭa-uṭ-), am, n. a white umbrella or parasol.
     puṭodaka puṭodaka (-ṭa-ud-), as, m. 'having water in its hollow or interior', a cocoa-nut.

puṭaka puṭaka, am, n. a fold, pocket, &c. [cf. puṭa]; any shallow cup or concavity (also pattra-p-), a bag or vessel made of a leaf doubled over in a funnellike shape; a lotus; a nutmeg; (as), m. a particular position of the hands; (ikā), f. cardamoms.

puṭakinī puṭakinī, f. a lotus; a group of lotuses.

puṭita puṭita, as, ā, am, rubbed, ground; split, torn up; contracted; sewn, stitched; (am), n. closing or shutting the hands to hold anything, the hollow of the hands.

puṭṭ puṭṭ, cl. 10. P. puṭṭayati, -yitum, to decrease, diminish; to be or become small, be or become low or shallow.

puḍ puḍ, cl. 6. P. puḍati, puḍitum, to leave, quit; to dismiss; to emit; to cover; cl. 1. P. poḍati, &c., to grind; [cf. rts. puṭ, 1. puṃs, buḍ, muḍ, muṇṭ, muṭ.]

puṇ puṇ (connected with puṇya, q. v.), cl. 6. P. puṇati, puṇitum, to be pure or virtuous; to do a pious or holy act; cl. 10. P. poṇayati, -yitum, to collect, heap up, accumulate.

puṇatāmakara puṇatāmakara, as, m., N. of the author of the Ātmatva-jāti-vicāra and Sādṛśyavāda, (also called Mahā-deva.)

puṇṭ puṇṭ, cl. 10. P. puṇṭayati, -yitum, to speak; to shine.

puṇḍ puṇḍ, cl. 1. P. puṇḍati, puṇḍitum, to rub, grind, pound, reduce to dust or powder.

puṇḍa puṇḍa, as, m. = puṇḍra, a mark, sign.
     puṇḍavardhana puṇḍa-vardhana = puṇḍra-vardhana, q. v.

puṇḍarīka puṇḍarīka, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. puṇ), a lotus-flower, especially a white lotus, (used at the end of an adj. comp. as expressive of beauty, see Gaṇa Vyāghrādi to Pāṇ. II. 1, 56); a white umbrella; a kind of drug; a mark on the forehead (in this sense perhaps also m.); N. of a sacred bathing-place; (as), m. a kind of sacrifice; a species of rice; a fragrant kind of mango; Artemisia Indica (= da-manaka); a variety of the sugar-cane; a silkworm (?); a kind of leprosy; fever in an elephant; white (the colour); a tiger; a kind of serpent; N. of a Nāga; a pitcher, student's water-pot; N. of the elephant of the south-east quarter; N. of an ancient king; of a son of Nabha or Nabhas; (with Jainas) N. of a Gaṇa-dhara; N. of a hermit the son of Śveta-ketu and Lakṣmī; of a mountain; (ā), f., N. of an Apsaras; of a daughter of Vasiṣṭha and wife of Prāṇa or Pāṇḍu.
     puṇḍarisrajā puṇḍari-srajā, f. (puṇḍari substituted for puṇḍarīka), Ved. a wreath or garland of lotuses.
     puṇḍarīkanāradasaṃvāda puṇḍarīka-nārada-saṃvāda, as, m., N. of the thirty-second chapter of the Pārtha Itihāsa-samuccaya.
     puṇḍarīkapalāśākṣa puṇḍarīka-pa-lāśākṣa (-śa-akṣa), as, ī, am, having eyes like the petals of a lotus.
     puṇḍarīkapura puṇḍarīka-pura, am, n., N. of a city.
     puṇḍarīkaplava puṇḍarīka-plava, as, m. a kind of bird.
     puṇḍarīkamukhī puṇḍarīka-mukhī, f. a kind of leech.
     puṇḍarīkākṣa puṇḍarīkākṣa (-ka-akṣa), as, m. 'lotuseyed', an epithet of Viṣṇu; a kind of drug (= puṇḍarya, pra-pauṇḍarīka).
     puṇḍarīkātapatra puṇḍarīkāta-patra (-ka-āt-), as, ā, am, having the lotus for an umbrella (said of the autumn).
     puṇḍarīkāvataṃsa puṇḍarīkāva-taṃsa (-ka-av-), as, ā, am, having white lotusflowers for ear ornaments.
     puṇḍarīkodaraprabha puṇḍarīkodara-pra-bha (-ka-ud-), as, ā, am, resplendent as the interior of a white lotus.

puṇḍarīyaka puṇḍarīyaka, as, m., N. of a divinity enumerated among the Viśve Devāḥ; (am), n. Ketmia Mutabilis (= sthala-padma); a kind of drug (commonly called puṇḍarīya).

puṇḍarya puṇḍarya, am, n. a creeper; a medicinal plant used as a remedy for diseased eyes (= pra-pauṇḍarīka).

puṇḍra puṇḍra, as, m. a red variety of the common sugar-cane, Saccharum Officinarum; a white lotus, a lotus in general; a species of tree (= hrasva-plakṣa); a kind of creeper, Gaertnera Racemosa (= ati-muktaka, vāsantī); a mark or line made on the forehead with sandal &c., sectarial mark; a worm; N. of a Daitya or infernal being considered incarnate in Śiśu-pāla; N. of a son of Bali; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people and of their country (the modern Bengal and Behar, 'the country of the sugar-cane'); N. of a mythical city between the mountains Hima-vat and Hema-kūṭa.
     puṇḍrakeli puṇḍra-keli, is, m. an elephant.
     puṇḍradeśa puṇḍra-deśa, as, m., N. of a district.
     puṇḍranagara puṇḍra-nagara, am, n. 'city of the Puṇḍras', N. of a town; [cf. pauṇḍranāgara.]
     puṇḍravardhana puṇḍra-vardhana, am, n., N. of a town in Gauḍa; (also spelt puṇḍa-vardhana.)

puṇḍraka puṇḍraka, as, m. a red variety of the common sugar-cane, Saccharum Officinarum; a kind of creeper, Gaertnera Racemosa; a species of tree; a mark on the forehead, sectarial mark; one who lives by breeding silk-worms; N. of a man (?).

puṇḍhra puṇḍhra, as, or am, m. or n. (?), a mark, sign, sectarial mark; [cf. puṇḍra.]

puṇya puṇya, as, ā, am (said to be fr. rt. 1. ; according to others fr. rt. 1. puṣ or rt. puṇ; not met with in the earliest language), good, pure, holy, right, righteous, virtuous, just, sacred; happy, prosperous, favourable, propitious, auspicious, lucky; bright, fine, beautiful, pleasing; sweet, fragrant (as an odour); solemn, festive, ferial; (am), n. good, right, virtue, moral or religious merit; a good or meritorious act; purity, purification; a religious ceremony, especially one performed by a wife in order to retain her husband's affections and to obtain a son; a brick trough for watering cattle, = koṣṭhaka; (as), m., N. of a man; of a lake (in this sense perhaps n.); (ā), f. holy basil, Ocymum Sanctum; N. of a daughter of Kratu and San-natī.
     puṇyakartṛ puṇya-kartṛ, tā, m. 'right-doer', an upright or virtuous man.
     puṇyakarman puṇya-karman, a, n. a virtuous or meritorious act; (ā, ā, a), whose actions are holy or meritorious, doing good works, upright, righteous, virtuous, pious; [cf. puṇyaika-karman.]
     puṇyakāla puṇya-kāla, as, m. an auspicious time.
     puṇyakālatā pu-ṇyakāla-tā, f. a propitious perios.
     puṇyakīrtti puṇya-kīrtti, is, is, i, bearing a good name, famous, celebrated; N. of a Buddhist (whose form was assumed by Viṣṇu).
     puṇyakṛt puṇya-kṛt, t, t, t, 'right-doing', upright, virtuous; N. of a divinity enumerated among the Viśve Devāḥ.
     puṇyakṛtyā puṇya-kṛtyā, f. a good action.
     puṇyakṣaya puṇya-kṣaya, as, m. decay or loss of religious merit.
     puṇyakṣetra puṇya-kṣetra, am, n. a holy place or district, a place by visiting which merit is acquired, a place of pilgrimage.
     puṇyagandha puṇya-gandha, as, ā, am, sweet-scented, fragrant; (as), m. the Campaka, Michelia Champaka.
     puṇyagandhi puṇya-gandhi, is, is, i, or puṇya-gandhin, ī, inī, i, sweet-scented, fragrant.
     puṇyagṛha puṇya-gṛha, am, n. a house of charity, an alms-house; a temple.
     puṇyajana puṇya-jana, as, m. a good or pious or virtuous man; N. of a class of supernatural beings; a Yaksha or attendant of Kuvera the god of wealth; a fiend, goblin, Rākṣasa.
     puṇyajaneśvara pu-ṇyajaneśvara (-na-īś-), as, m. 'lord of the Yakshas', Kuvera the Hindū deity of wealth.
     puṇyajala puṇya-jala, as, ā, am, containing pure water.
     puṇyajita puṇya-jita, as, ā, am, gained or attained by good works.
     puṇyatara puṇya-tara, as, am, purer, holier.
     puṇyatarīkṛ puṇya-tarī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to make purer or cleaner.
     puṇyatā puṇya-tā, f. or puṇya-tva, am, n. purity, holiness.
     puṇyatīrtha puṇya-tīrtha, am, n. a holy shrine or place of pilgrimage.
     puṇyatṛṇa puṇya-tṛṇa, am, n. holy grass; N. of the white variety of Kuśa grass.
     puṇyadarśana puṇya-darśana, as, ā, am, of beautiful appearance, beautiful; (as), m. the blue jay, = cāṣa; (am), n. visiting holy shrines.
     puṇyaduh puṇya-duh, -dhuk, k, k, yielding or granting happiness or beatitude.
     puṇyanātha puṇya-nātha, as, m., N. of a grammarian.
     puṇyanāman puṇya-nāman, ā, m., N. of one of the attendants of Skanda.
     puṇyapuṇyatā puṇya-puṇya-tā, f. perfect holiness.
     puṇyapuruṣa puṇya-puruṣa, as, m. a godly or good man, a man rich in moral merit.
     puṇyapratāpa puṇya-pra-tāpa, as, m. the might and efficacy of virtue or of the merit acquired by a course of virtuous acts.
     puṇyaprada puṇya-prada, as, ā, am, conferring merit, meritorious.
     puṇyaprasava puṇya-prasava, ās, m. pl. (with Buddhists) N. of a class of deities.
     puṇyaphala puṇya-phala, am, n. the fruit or reward of good works or meritorious actions; (as), m. 'having good fruit', the garden of Lakṣmī; a grove.
     puṇyabala puṇya-bala, as, m., N. of a king of Puṇya-vatī.
     puṇyabharita puṇya-bharita, as, ā, am, extremely blessed, abounding in holiness or bliss.
     puṇyabhāj puṇya-bhāj, k, k, k, or puṇya-bhājin, ī, inī, i, possessing happiness, partaker of bliss, happy; possessing merit, virtuous.
     puṇyabhū puṇya-bhū, ūs, f. the holy land of the Hindūs (bounded on the north by the Himālayas, on the south by the Vindhya mountains, and on the east and west by the sea, = Āryāvarta).
     puṇyabhūmi puṇya-bhūmi, is, f. the holy land of the Hindūs [cf. puṇya-bhū above]; the mother of a male child.
     puṇyamaya puṇya-maya, as, ī, am, formed or consisting of good.
     puṇyamitra puṇya-mitra, as, m., N. of a Buddhist patriarch.
     puṇyayoga puṇya-yoga, as, m. the influence or effect of virtuous actions done in a former life.
     puṇyarātra puṇya-rātra, as, m. a good or auspicious night; a night on which any religious commemoration or ceremony is held; [cf. puṇyāha.]
     puṇyarāśi puṇya-rāśi, is, m., N. of a man; N. of a mountain.
     puṇyalabdha puṇya-labdha, as, ā, am, attained by good works (as a reward in heaven).
     puṇyaloka puṇya-loka, as, ā, am, belonging to a better world, sharing in a better world (Ved.); (as), m. heaven, paradise.
     puṇyalokatra puṇyaloka-tra, ind., Ved. in a better world.
     puṇyavat puṇya-vat, ān, atī, at, possessing merit, meritorious, pure, holy, righteous, pious, virtuous; pleasing, beautiful; fortunate, lucky, auspicious; happy; (atī), f., N. of a country.
     puṇyavardhana puṇya-vardhana, am, n., N. of a town; (probably a wrong reading for puṇḍra-vardhana.)
     puṇyavarman puṇya-varman, ā, m., N. of a prince of Vi-darbha.
     puṇyavāgbuddhikarmin puṇya-vāg-buddhi-karmin, ī, iṇī, i, pure in word, thought, and deed.
     puṇyavijita puṇya-vijita, as, ā, am, acquired by merit, merited.
     puṇyaśakuna puṇya-śakuna, as, m. a bird of good omen.
     puṇyaśālā puṇya-śālā, f. a house of charity, almshouse.
     puṇyaśīla puṇya-śīla, as, ā, am, being of a virtuous disposition, disposed to virtuous acts, virtuous, pious, righteous.
     puṇyaśrīgarbha puṇya-śrī-garbha, as, m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva.
     puṇyaśloka puṇya-śloka, as, ā, am, 'well spoken of', of good fame or reputation; (as), m. an epithet of Nala; of Yudhi-ṣṭhira; of Kṛṣṇa; (ā), f. an epithet of Draupadī; of Sītā.
     puṇyaślokadidṛkṣā puṇyaśloka-didṛkṣā, f. the desire of seeing Nala.
     puṇyaślokaparāṅmukha puṇya-śloka-parāṅmukha, as, ī, am, having the face averted from Nala.
     puṇyasañcaya puṇya-sañcaya, as, m. a store of virtue or religious merit.
     puṇyasama puṇya-sama, am, n. a good year.
     puṇyasāra puṇya-sāra, as, m., N. of a prince.
     puṇyasundara puṇya-sundara, as, m., N. of a grammarian who arranged the Dhātu-pāṭha of Hemacandra's grammar in alphabetical order.
     puṇyasena puṇya-sena, as, m., N. of a man; of a prince of Ujjayinī.
     puṇyastambhakara puṇya-stambha-kara, as, m., N. of a man.
     puṇyasthāna puṇya-sthāna, am, n. a sacred place, consecrated ground.
     puṇyātman puṇyātman (-ya-āt-), ā, ā, a, pure-souled, righteous, virtuous, pious, holy.
     puṇyālaṅkṛta pu-ṇyālaṅkṛta (-ya-al-), as, ā, am, adorned by virtue; (as), m., N. of a demon.
     puṇyāha puṇyāha (-ya-aha), am, n. a good or happy or auspicious day, holiday; puṇyāhaṃ vac in Caus., to wish any one a happy or pleasant day.
     puṇyāhan puṇyāhan (-ya-ahan), a, n., Ved. = puṇyāha above.
     puṇyāhavācana puṇyāha-vācana, am, n. the declaration of a holiday, repeating at sacrifices &c. 'this is a holiday' three times, wishing any one a happy day.
     puṇyaikakarman puṇyaika-karman (-ya-ek-), ā, ā, a, one whose actions are only virtuous.
     puṇyodakā puṇyodakā (-ya-ud-), f. 'having sacred waters', N. of a river in the next world.
     puṇyodaya puṇyodaya (-ya-ud-), as, m. the resulting of good fortune (as the effect of virtuous acts done in a former life).
     puṇyodyāna puṇyodyāna (-ya-ud-), as, ā, am, having beautiful gardens.

puṇyaka puṇyaka, am, n. a religious ceremony, festival; a meritorious act or obligation of a religious nature (as fasting, praying, &c.); a ceremony performed by a woman in order to retain her husband's affections and to obtain a son; the observance of this ceremony; the present made to a wife on that occasion.
     puṇyakavrata puṇyaka-vrata, am, n. the worship of Kṛṣṇa for a year, with daily presents, to be performed by a woman desirous of a son.

put put or pud, n. hell, a particular hell to which the childless are condemned, a division of the infernal regions considered to be the abode of those who die childless; (a word invented to explain putra; see Manu IX. 138.) --2. pun-nāman, ā, mnī, a (for 1. see under 2. puṃs), having the name Put, called Put.

puta puta, au, m. du. the buttocks; puta and śrī-puta, a kind of metre consisting of four times [metrical sequence]

putārikā putārikā (?), f. the navel.

putīsṛñjaya putī-sṛñjaya, ās, m. pl., N. of a people; (a wrong reading for pūti-sṛñjaya.)

puttala puttala, puttalaka, puttikā. See p. 581, cols. 1, 2.

putra putra, as, m. (perhaps connected with pitṛ; said to be fr. rt. 1. , but according to others fr. rt. 1. puṣ; traditionally said to be a comp. put-tra, 'preserving from the hell called Put', Manu IX. 138), a son, child, the young of an animal; (at the end of a comp.) used as a diminutive to express 'any little thing of its kind' [cf. śilā-p-]; the fifth mansion from the point of conjunction of the sun and a zodiacal sign (in astrol.), the fifth house; N. of a son of Brahmiṣṭha; of a son of Priya-vrata; of a son of a Brāhman; (au), m. du. two sons, a son and daughter; (ī), f. a daughter; a doll [cf. dāru-p-]; (at the end of a comp.) used as a diminutive to express 'any little thing of its kind' [cf. asi-p-]; an epithet of Pārvatī; a species of plant. putra in the voc. sing. is sometimes used as a mode of addressing young persons, 'my son', 'my child;' [cf. Pers. pusr, 'a son;' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. pullu-s, (Marci-)por, pu-er, pu-era, pu-su-s, pusa, pu-pu-s, pu-pa, pupilla, pu-tu-s; Goth. fula (n) = Old Germ. folo, 'a foal;' Armor. paotr, 'a boy.']
     putrakandā putra-kandā, f. a bulbous plant supposed to cause fecundity (= lakṣ-maṇā-kanda).
     putrakarman putra-karman, a, n. a ceremony or sacrifice on the birth of a son.
     putrakalatranāśabhīta putra-kalatra-nāśa-bhīta, as, ā, am, fearful or apprehensive of the destruction of wife and children.
     putrakāma putra-kāma, as, ā, am, Ved. desirous of sons or children.
     putrakāmeṣṭi putrakāmeṣṭi (-ma-iṣ-), is, f., Ved. an oblation or sacrifice made by one desirous of offspring.
     putrakāmya putrakāmya, Nom. P.
     putrakāmyati putrakāmyati, &c., to wish for or be desirous of a son.
     putrakāmyā putrakāmyā, f., Ved. wish for sons or children, affection for progeny.
     putrakārya putra-kārya, am, n. a ceremony relating to a son.
     putrakṛt putra-kṛt, t, t, m. f. an adopted child.
     putrakṛtaka putra-kṛtaka, as, ā, am, adopted as a child or son.
     putrakṛtya putra-kṛtya, am, n. the duty of a son.
     putrakṛtha putra-kṛtha, as or am, m. or n. (?), Ved. the bringing forth or procreation of children.
     putrakramadīpikā putra-krama-dīpikā, f., N. of a work by Rāma-bhadra on the law of inheritance.
     putraghna putra-ghna, as, ī, am, child-killing; scil. yoni, in which the fetus dies.
     putrajagdhī putra-jagdhī, f. 'one who has devoured her children', an unnatural mother.
     putrajāta putra-jāta, as, ā, am, one to whom a son is born, having a son.
     putrajīva putra-jīva or putrañ-jīva or putrañ-jīvaka, as, m. 'giving life to children', the tree Putranjiva Roxburghii (from the fruit of which necklaces are made, supposed to be of prolific efficacy, and when worn by children to keep them in good health).
     putratā putra-tā, f. or putra-tva, am, n. sonship, filial relation.
     putratīrtha putra-tīrtha, am, n., N. of the 119th and 120th chapters of the Bhūmi-khaṇḍa or second part of the Padma-Purāṇa.
     putrada putra-da, as, ā, am, giving sons or offspring; (ā), f., N. of various plants (= bandhyā-karkoṭakī, garbha-dātrī, and lakṣmaṇā-kanda).
     putradātrī putra-dātrī, f. 'child-giver', N. of a plant growing in Mālava, supposed to be of prolific efficacy.
     putradāra putra-dāra, am, n. son and wife, child and wife.
     putradharma putra-dharma, as, m. filial duty.
     putradharmatas putradharma-tas, ind. according to the ceremonies usual on the birth of a son.
     putraniveśana putra-niveśana, am, n. the habitation or abode of a son.
     putrapaṅkti putra-paṅkti, is, f. a line or assemblage of sons.
     putraputrādinī putra-putrādinī (-ra-ād-), f. (probably) 'devouring sons and grandsons', an unnatural mother.
     putrapautra putra-pautra, am, n., ās, m. pl. sons and grandsons.
     putrapautrin putrapautrin, ī, iṇī, i, having sons and grandsons.
     putrapautrīṇa putrapautrīṇa, as, ā, am, transmitted to sons and grandsons, transmitted from son to son; hereditary.
     putrapautrīṇatā putrapautrīṇa-tā, f. transmission to sons and grandsons, transmission from son to son, hereditary descent.
     putrapratinidhi putra-pratinidhi, is, m. a substitute for a son (as an adopted son &c.).
     putrapradā putra-pradā, f. 'giving sons or children', epithet of a species of Solanum (= kṣavikā).
     putrapriya putra-priya, as, m. 'fond of offspring', epithet of a kind of bird.
     putraphalabhaktṛ putra-phala-bhaktṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, enjoying the advantage of having a son.
     putrabhadrā putra-bhadrā, f. a species of plant (= bṛhaj-jīvantī).
     putrabhāga putra-bhāga, as, m. the share or portion of a son.
     putrabhāva putra-bhāva, as, m. the being a son, the state or condition of a son, sonship.
     putramaya putra-maya, as, ī, am, Ved. consisting of a son, formed of a son.
     putralābha putra-lābha, as, m. the obtaining of a son. --1. putra-vat, ān, atī, at, or putra-vala, as, ā, am, having a son or sons, possessing offspring. --2. putra-vat, ind. like a son, as with a son, as on the birth of a son.
     putravadhū putra-vadhū, ūs, f. a son's wife, daughter-in-law.
     putravidya putra-vidya, am, n., Ved. obtaining sons.
     putraśṛṅgī putra-śṛṅgī, f. = aja-śṛṅgī, q. v.
     putraśreṇī putra-śreṇī, f. 'having a row of offspring, i. e. of shoots or suckers', the plant Salvinia Cucullata.
     putrasakha putra-sakha, as, m. a friend of children, one who is fond of children.
     putrasaṅkarin putra-saṅkarin, ī, iṇī, i, mixing or confusing sons or children (through mixed marriages).
     putrasaṅgraha putra-saṅgraha, as, m. (perhaps) N. of a work by Śaunaka on adoption.
     putrasū putra-sū, ūs, f. the mother of a son; [cf. putrikā-prasū.]
     putrahata putra-hata, as, ā, am, 'whose sons have been killed', an epithet of Vasiṣṭha; (ī), f. 'one who has killed her son', an unnatural mother.
     putrahīna putra-hīna, as, ā, am, sonless, childless.
     putrahīnatva pu-trahīna-tva, am, n. sonlessness, childlessness.
     putrācārya pu-trācārya (-ra-āc-), as, ā, am, having a son for one's teacher; (as), m. a father instructed in sacred science by his son.
     putrādinī putrādinī (-ra-ād-), f. 'sondevouring', an unnatural mother; (according to a Scholiast when used literally spelt with two t's, e. g. puttrādinī vyāghrī, a tigress that devours her young; cf. putra-jagdhī, putra-hatī.)
     putrānnāda putrān-nāda (-ra-anna-ada), as, ā, am, eating the food of a son, living at a son's expense; (as), m. one who is maintained by his son.
     putrārthin putrārthin (-ra-ar-), ī, inī, i, wishing for a son.
     putrīkaraṇamīmāṃsā putrī-karaṇa-mīmāṃsā, f., N. of a treatise by Nandapaṇḍita on the adoption of sons.
     putrīkṛ putrī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum, to adopt as a son.
     putrīkṛta putrī-kṛta, as, ā, am, adopted as a son.
     putrepsu pu-trepsu (-ra-īp-), us, us, u, wishing for a son.
     putreṣṭi putreṣṭi (-ra-iṣ-), is, or putreṣṭikā (-ra-iṣ-), f. a sacrifice performed to obtain male children, one performed at the time of adoption.
     putraiśvarya putrai-śvarya (-ra-aiś-), am, n. 'son's proprietorship', a resignation of property or power by a father to his son.
     putraiṣaṇā putraiṣaṇā (-ra-eṣ-), f., Ved. desire or longing for a son.

puttala puttala, as, m. or puttalī, f. = puttalaka, put-talikā below.
     puttaladahana puttala-dahana, am, n. or put-tala-vidhi, is, m. 'doll-burning or doll-rite', burning an effigy in place of the body of one who has died abroad.
     puttalīpūjā puttalī-pūjā, f. image-worship, idolatry.

puttalaka puttalaka, as, m. or puttalikā, f. a puppet, doll, small statue, image, idol, effigy.

puttikā puttikā, f. the white ant or termite (so called from its doll-like form); = pataṅgikā, a small kind of bee.

putraka putraka, as, m. a little son, little boy, child, a son (often used as a term of endearment); a puppet, doll, figure of stone or wood or lac, &c.; a rogue, cheat; a small and venomous species of animal (enumerated among the Mūṣikas); a fabulous animal with eight legs (= śarabha); a grasshopper; hair; a species of tree; N. of a man, the supposed founder of the city of Pāṭali-putraka; a particular mountain; (akā or ikā), f. a daughter; a daughter appointed to raise male issue to be adopted by a father who has no sons; a puppet, doll, figure of wood, &c.; the cotton or down of the tamarisk; (at the end of a comp.) used as a diminutive to express any little thing of its kind (e. g. asi-p-, khaḍga-p-).
     putrikāputra putrikā-putra, as, m. a daughter's son who by agreement or adoption becomes the son of her father (one of the twelve heirs acknowledged by the old Hindū law); a grandson.
     putrikāprasū putrikā-prasū, ūs, f. the mother of a daughter.
     putrikābhartṛ putrikā-bhartṛ, tā, m. a daughter's husband.
     putrikāsuta putrikā-suta, as, m. a daughter's son, a grandson.

putrin putrin, ī, iṇi, i, having a son or sons, possessing children; (ī), m. the father of a son; (iṇī), f. the mother of a son or of children generally; a parasitical plant; the plant Siphonanthus Indica.

putriya putriya, as, ā, am, belonging or relating to a son, filial; procuring a son; a-putriya, as, ā, am, Ved. unfavourable to sons or children.

putrīkṛ putrī-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kar-tum, to adopt as a son.
     putrīkṛta putrī-kṛta, as, ā, am, adopted as a son.

putrīya 1. putrīya = putriya above.

putrīya 2. putrīya, Nom. P. putrīyati, &c., to wish or desire a son or children; to treat like a son; Desid. puputrīyiṣati, putitrīyiṣati, putrīyiyiṣati, puputitrīyiyiṣiṣati.

putrīyat putrīyat, an, antī, at, wishing for a son.

putrīyā putrīyā, f. the desire of or wish for a son.

putrīyitṛ putrīyitṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, one who wishes for a son.

putrya putrya, as, ā, am, = putriya, q. v.

puth puth, cl. 4. P. puthyati, pupotha, pothitum, to injure, hurt, kill: Caus. pothayati, -yitum, to crush, bruise, kill, destroy, annihilate; to overpower or drown (one sound by another); to speak; to shine; [cf. rt. punth.]

pudgala pudgala, as, ā, am, beautiful, handsome, of a handsome form or figure; having form or property; (as), m. the body, matter; the soul, personal identity; an epithet of Śiva.

puddala puddala, as, m. a various reading for pudgala.

puna puna, as, ā, am (fr. rt. 1. ), purifying, cleaning; [cf. kim-p-, kulam-p-, &c.]

punaca punaca (?), N. of a country in the north of India.

punar punar, ind. again, afresh, anew, once more; back, in an opposite direction, (with rt. 1. , to give back, requite, to give up; with rts. 5. i or 1. or gam, to go back, return home, to go away again, to escape; with bhū, to exist again, to be renewed, to become a wife again, Manu IX. 175; cf. punar-bhū); punaḥ punaḥ, again and again, repeatedly; punar--punar, at one time--at another time.

punar punar is often used to introduce further details or simply as a connecting particle in a sentence, in the sense of 'further', 'furthermore', 'besides', 'now.' As an adversative particle punar is equivalent to 'on the other hand', 'on the contrary', 'but', 'yet', 'still', 'and yet', 'notwithstanding', 'nevertheless', 'however.' The construction vā punar often takes the place of the simple , e. g. adroheṇaiva bhū-tānām alpa-droheṇa vā, punaḥ, with no injury or with the least possible injury to animated beings, Manu IV. 2. punar api, even again, and on the other hand, also. kim punar, how much more! how much less! see kim.
     punaḥpada punaḥ-pada, am, n., Ved. 'a repeated portion of a verse', the burden (of a hymn), refrain; (as, ā, am), containing a refrain.
     punaḥparājaya punaḥ-parājaya, as, m. losing again (what has been won).
     punaḥpāka punaḥ-pāka, as, m. cooking afresh, repeated boiling or cooking; a repeated baking (of earthen vessels); punaḥpākaṃ kṛ, to cook afresh or again.
     punaḥpunā punaḥ-punā, f., N. of a river in Behar, the Poonpoon (perhaps so called from its meandering course).
     punaḥpratyupakāra punaḥ-pratyupa-kāra, as, m. retribution, requital, retaliation.
     punaḥpravṛddha pu-naḥ-pravṛddha, as, ā, am, grown again.
     punaḥprāpya pu-naḥ-prāpya, as, ā, am, to be obtained again, recoverable.
     punaḥsaṃskāra punaḥ-saṃskāra, as, m. renewed investiture, repetition of any essential ceremony (as the reinvestiture of a Brāhman with the sacrificial cord when he has forfeited it by unknowingly drinking spirits &c.).
     punaḥsaṃskṛta punaḥ-saṃskṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. fitted up again, repaired, mended.
     punaḥsaṅgama punaḥ-saṅgama, as, m. coming together again, meeting again, reunion.
     punaḥsandarśana punaḥ-sandarśana, am, n. seeing one another again.
     punaḥsandhāna punaḥ-sandhāna, am, n. uniting again, reuniting; restoring (the sacred fire when it has gone out).
     punaḥsambhava punaḥ-sambhava, as, m. coming into existence again.
     punaḥsara punaḥ-sara, as, ā, am, Ved. running back (as a dog returning by the way that it came); an epithet of the Achyranthes Aspera (the flowers of which are turned back; cf. apā-mārga, parāk-puṣpī, pratyak-puṣpī).
     punaḥsukha punaḥ-sukha, as, ā, am, again agreeable or pleasant.
     punaḥstuti punaḥ-stuti, is, f., Ved. repeated praise, a repeated ceremony.
     punaḥstoma punaḥ-stoma, as, m., N. of an Ekāha.
     punarapagama punar-apagama, as, m. going away again.
     punarabhidhāna punar-abhidhāna, am, n. mentioning again.
     punarabhiṣeka punar-abhiṣeka, as, m., Ved. anointing again.
     punararthitā punar-arthitā, f. a reiterated request or entreaty.
     punarasu punar-asu, us, us, u, Ved. breathing again, coming to life again.
     punarāgata punar-āgata, as, ā, am, come back again, returned.
     punarāgama punar-āgama, as, m. coming back, return.
     punarāgamana punar-āgamana, am, n. the act of coming back, returning to the place set out from.
     punarāgāmin punar-āgāmin, ī, inī, i, coming back, returning.
     punarādāyam punar-ādāyam, ind., Ved. repeatedly.
     punarādi punar-ādi, is, is, i, Ved. beginning afresh, repeated.
     punarādhāna punar-ādhāna, am, n. renewing or replacing a consecrated fire (according to Kullūka punar-ādhānaṃ kuryāt = smārtāgnīn śrautāgnīn vā ādadhyāt).
     punarādheya punar-ādheya, as, ā, am, Ved. to be renewed or replaced (on the altar, said of fire); (am), n. renewing or replacing the consecrated fire; (as), m., N. of a Soma festival.
     punarādheyaka punarādheyaka, am, n. renewing or replacing a consecrated fire.
     punarādheyika punarādheyika, as, ī, am, Ved. relating to the act of replacing the consecrated fire.
     punarāyana punar-āyana, am, n., Ved. coming back, return.
     punarālambha punar-ālambha, as, m., Ved. seizing or taking hold of again.
     punarāvarta punar-āvarta, as, m. return, revolution; repeated birth.
     punarāvartanandā punarāvarta-nandā, f., N. of a place of pilgrimage.
     punarāvartin punar-āvartin, ī, inī, i, returning (to mundane existence); leading back (to mundane existence); subject to successive births.
     punarāvṛtta punar-āvṛtta, as, ā, am, Ved. repeated.
     punarāvṛtti punar-āvṛtti, is, f. return (to mundane existence); repetition; revision (of a book &c.).
     punarāhāra punar-āhāra, as, m., Ved. taking again, recapture.
     punarukta punar-ukta, as, ā, am, said again, reiterated, repeated, superfluous; (am), n. repetition, useless repetition, tautology.
     punaruktajanman punar-ukta-janman, ā, m. 'whose birth is repeated', a Brāhman.
     punaruktatā punarukta-tā, f. repetition, tautology.
     punaruktabhuktaviṣaya punarukta-bhukta-viṣaya, as, ā, am, (an occupation) in which the objects of sense are repeatedly enjoyed.
     punaruktavadābhāsa punaruktavad-ābhāsa, as, m. appearance of repetition, seeming tautology (a figure of speech).
     punarukti punar-ukti, is, f. saying again, useless repetition, tautology; a mere word, empty word.
     punaruktimat punarukti-mat, ān, atī, at, having repetition, tautological.
     punarutthāna punar-utthāna, am, n. rising again, resurrection.
     punarutpatti punar-utpatti, is, f. the coming again into being, reproduction, new birth; metempsychosis.
     punarutsṛṣṭa punar-utsṛṣṭa, as, ā, am, Ved. repeatedly let loose (said of a bull).
     punarutsyūta punar-utsyūta, as, ā, am, Ved. sewed or mended again, patched up.
     punarupagamana punar-upagamana, am, n. coming back, returning.
     punarupāgama punar-upāgama, as, m. return.
     punarupoḍhā pu-nar-upoḍhā, f. married again, re-married.
     punargamana punar-gamana, am, n. going again, returning.
     punargrahaṇa punar-grahaṇa, am, n., Ved. repeatedly taking, repeated taking up (of ghee &c. with a ladle); repetition.
     punarjanmajaya punarjanma-jaya, as, m. 'victory over future birth', liberation, final emancipation, freedom from transmigration.
     punarjanman punar-janman, a, n. new or second birth, regeneration, future birth by transmigration, metempsychosis; (ā, ā, a), born again, regenerated.
     punarjāta punar-jāta, as, ā, am, born again, regenerated.
     punardarśana punar-darśana, am, n. seeing again, (punar-darśanāya, 'au revoir.')
     punardātṛ punar-dātṛ, tā, m. giving again, a rewarder, recompenser.
     punardārakṛyā punar-dāra-kṛyā, f. taking a second wife (after the death of the first).
     punardhenu punar-dhenu, us, f. a cow that again gives milk.
     punarnava punar-nava or punar-ṇava, as, ā, am, Ved. becoming new or young again, being renewed or restored to youth; (as), m. a finger-nail; (ā), f. hog-weed, Boerhavia Procumbens.
     punarniṣkṛta punar-niṣkṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. repaired or mended again.
     punarbāla punar-bāla, as, ā, am, = [greek] [greek] become a child again, become childish, being in second childhood.
     punarbhava punar-bhava, as, ā, am, born again; (as), m. new birth, regeneration, transmigration; a finger-nail; a species of Punar-navā with red flowers.
     punarbhavin punar-bhavin, ī, m. the sentient soul (existing again after the dissolution of one body in another form).
     punarbhāva punar-bhāva, as, m. new birth.
     punarbhāvin punar-bhāvin, ī, inī, i, being born again.
     punarbhū punar-bhū, ūs, ūs, u, produced again or anew, reproduced, born again, regenerated, restored to youth, renovated; (ūs), f. a virgin widow re-married; re-existence.
     punarbhoga punar-bhoga, as, m. repeated enjoyment; a return of fruition, perception of pleasure or pain as a reward of former actions.
     punarmagha punar-magha, as, ā, am, Ved. 'having repeated gifts', covetous, avaricious; repeatedly offering oblations or granting gifts.
     punarmanya punar-manya, as, ā, am, Ved. (perhaps) again thinking of, remembering; (Sāy.) = punaḥ stotavya, to be praised or adored again.
     punarmṛtyu punar-mṛtyu, us, m., Ved. repeated or second death.
     punaryajña punar-yajña, as, m., Ved. a repeated sacrifice.
     punaryātrā punar-yātrā, f. a repeated procession.
     punaryuvan punar-yuvan, ā, atī, a, Ved. again young, restored to youth.
     punarlābha punar-lābha, as, m. obtaining again, recovery.
     punarvaktavya punar-vaktavya, as, ā, am, to be repeated.
     punarvaktavyatā punarvaktavya-tā, f. necessity of being repeated.
     punarvacana punar-vacana, am, n. saying again, repeating; repeated text or injunction.
     punarvat pu-nar-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. containing the word punar.
     punarvatsa punar-vatsa, as, m. a weaned calf that begins to suck again; N. of the author of the hymn Ṛg-veda VIII. 9.
     punarvaraṇa punar-varaṇa, am, n., Ved. choosing again.
     punarvasu punar-vasu, us, m. (perhaps) 'restoring goods', the fifth (or seventh) of the lunar asterisms (containing according to some authorities, two, and according to others, four stars; in this sense generally ū, m. du.); N. of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa; an epithet of Śiva; 'born under the Nakshatra Punarvasu', an epithet of Kātyāyana or Vara-ruci; N. of a son of Taittiri, father of Abhi-jit and grandfather of Āhuka, or of a son of Abhi-jit (Ari-dyota) and father of Āhuka; epithet of a particular Loka or division of the universe; commencement of wealth.
     punarvivāha punar-vivāha, as, m. second marriage.
     punarhan pu-nar-han, ā, ghnī, a, Ved. slaying or destroying in return.
     punarhavis punar-havis, is, n., Ved. repeated sacrificial oblation.
     punaścandrā punaś-candrā, f., N. of a river.
     punaścarvaṇa punaś-carvaṇa, am, n. chewing repeatedly, chewing the cud, ruminating.
     punaściti punaś-citi, is, f., Ved. piling up again.

punth punth, cl. 1. P. punthati, punthi-tum, to hurt, give pain; to suffer pain or uneasiness; (a various reading for yunth.)

pundāsa pun-dāsa. See under 2. puṃs, p. 578.

punnāman 1. and 2. pun-nāman. See under 2. puṃs and put, pp. 578, 580.

pupūṣat pupūṣat, an, antī, at (fr. Desid. of rt. 1. ), wishing to cleanse or purify.

pupūṣā pupūṣā, f. the wish or desire to cleanse or purify.

puppuṭa puppuṭa, as, m., N. of a particular disease, swelling of the palate and gums.

pupphula pupphula, as, m. flatulency, wind in the stomach.

pupphusa pupphusa, as, m. the lungs [cf. phupphasa]; the pericarp or seed-pod of a lotus.

pum pum, pum-anujā, &c. See under 2. puṃs, p. 578, col. 3, and p. 579, col. 1.

pur 1. pur (fr. rt. pṝ), only in inst. pl. pūrbhis, Ved. in abundance, abundantly; (Sāy.) = pūrvakaiḥ stavaiḥ, with former praises.

pur 2. pur (probably an artificial rt. invented to furnish an etymology for puras and purā below), cl. 6. P. purati, puritum, to precede, go before, go at the head, lead.

puraga pura-ga, as, ā, am (a corruption of puro-ga), inclined or disposed towards, favourably inclined.
     puragāvaṇa puragā-vaṇa, as, m., N. of a forest.

puratas puratas, ind. before (said both of place and time), in front, in advance, in the presence of (with gen.); purataḥ kṛ, to place in front, cause to precede, give the lead to.

purandhi puran-dhi, is, f. (puram connected with puras and purā, but by some considered to be fr. rt. pṝ), Ved. understanding, intelligence, prudence, wisdom; praise; (ayas), f. pl. good thoughts or reflections; (is, is, i), intelligent, prudent, wise (said of Pūṣan, Indra, a Ṛbhu, Bhaga, Savitṛ, Heaven and Earth; perhaps also is, m., N. of a particular deity); (according to Sāy.) = strī-rūpa or rūpa-vat.
     purandhivat pu-randhi-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. endowed with wisdom or understanding.

purandhri puran-dhri, is or ī, f. an elderly married woman, respectable matron; a woman whose husband and children are living.

puras puras, ind. before, in front, in advance, in the presence of, before the eyes of (with gen., e. g. tasya puro vācam ādade, he commenced a speech in his presence; or in the earlier language with the abl. or loc., opposed to paścā, paścāt, pṛṣṭhe); in the east, from the east, towards the east, eastward, (dakṣiṇataḥ puraḥ, towards the south-east); [cf. purā, puratas, pūrva: Zend para, 'before:' Gr. [greek] perhaps [greek] in [greek] perhaps Lat. coram for poram, palam for param: Goth. faura, 'before;' faur, 'for:' Old Germ. vora, 'before;' furi, 'for:' Old Pruss. pirsdan, 'before.']
     purauṣṇih pura-uṣṇih, k, f., Ved., N. of a metre of three Pādas, the first containing twelve, and the second and third eight syllables each.
     puraetṛ pura-etṛ, tā, m., Ved. one who goes before, a guide, leader.
     puraḥpāka puraḥ-pāka, as, ā, am, having fulfilment at hand, near fulfilment.
     puraḥprasravaṇa puraḥ-prasravaṇa, as, ā, am, Ved. pouring forth; (Sāy.) = purastād gacchat.
     puraḥprahartṛ puraḥ-pra-hartṛ, tā, m. one who fights in the front (of the battle).
     puraḥphala puraḥ-phala, as, ā, am, having fruit night at hand, exhibiting fruit in advance, promising fruit.
     puraḥsad puraḥ-sad, t, t, t, Ved. sitting in front, presiding; sitting towards the east.
     puraḥsara puraḥ-sara, as, ī, am, going before or in advance; (as), m. one who goes before, a forerunner, precursor, harbinger, attendant; (at the end of comps. as, ā, am), having as an attendant, attended by, preceded by, connected with, with [cf. priyākhyāna-p-]; (am), ind. with, after.
     puraḥsthātṛ puraḥ-sthātṛ, tā, trī, tṛ, Ved. standing at the head, a leader.
     puraḥsthāyin puraḥ-sthāyin, ī, inī, i, standing before one's eyes.
     puraḥsphurat pu-raḥ-sphurat, an, atī or antī, at, opening or becoming manifest before any one.
     puraścaraṇa puraś-caraṇa, as, ā, am, making preparation; (am), n. a preparatory or introductory rite, preparation; repetition of the name of a deity accompanied with burnt offerings.
     puraścaraṇacandrikā puraścaraṇa-candrikā and puraśca-raṇa-paddhati-mālā, f., N. of two works.
     puraścaraṇatā pu-raścaraṇa-tā, f. the being engaged in making preparations.
     puraśchada puraś-chada, as, m. a species of grass, Imperata Cylindrica (commonly called ulu); a nipple.
     puraskaraṇa puras-karaṇa, am, n. the act of placing in front, &c.; making perfect (?).
     puraskaraṇīya puras-karaṇīya or puras-kartavya, as, ā, am, to be placed in front, to be set before; to be honoured, to be treated with deference or respect; to be prepared or fitted out; to be made complete.
     puraskāra puras-kāra, as, m. the placing before or in front; preference; showing respect, treating with honour, distinction, deference; worshipping; consecrating; causing to go before, accompanying, attending; preparing, making ready; arranging, putting in array, making complete; attacking, assailing; accusation; anticipating, expecting; (at the end of a comp.) preceded or accompanied by, joined or connected with, including.
     puraskārya puras-kārya, as, ā, am, to be placed in front or appointed, to be charged or commissioned; to be prepared or fitted out, &c.
     puraskṛ puras-kṛ, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kar-tum, to bring to the front, place before or in front, station in front, cause to precede, hold before one's self; to make one's leader; to lead; to place in office, appoint; to show respect, pay respect, honour; to set before one's self, keep in sight, have respect to, make one's rule of conduct, attend to, regard, choose, prefer; to show, evince, betray, manifest; to use as a pretext.
     puraskṛta puras-kṛta, as, ā, am, placed before or in front; advanced to the foremost rank, placed in office, appointed; accompanied or attended by, combined with, provided or furnished with, possessing; distinguished, honoured, respected; revered, adored, worshipped; attended to, regarded, chosen, adopted; made perfect, finished, polished; prepared; sprinkled with holy water, anointed, initiated; consecrated; anticipated; accused, calumniated; harassed or attacked by an enemy.
     puraskṛtamadhyamakrama puraskṛta-madhyama-krama, as, ā, am, taking or adopting a middle course.
     puraskṛtya puras-kṛtya, ind. having placed before or caused to precede; having appointed; having paid respect to or honoured; having rewarded; having attended to or regarded.
     puraskriyā puras-kriyā, f. a preparatory or introductory rite; showing honour, demonstration of respect.
     puroagni puro-agni, is, m., Ved. the foremost fire or fire in front.
     puro'kṣam puro-'kṣam, ind., Ved. before the axle-tree.
     puroga puro-ga, as, ā, am, going before, preceding, leading, a leader; first, chief, principal, pre-eminent; (at the end of a comp.) preceded by, accompanied by (e. g. devā agni-purogamāḥ, the gods preceded by Agni).
     purogata puro-gata, as, ā, am, standing or being in front of; preceded, gone before.
     purogati puro-gati, is, is, i, preceding, going before; (is), m. a dog; (is), f. precedence, going before.
     purogantṛ puro-gantṛ, tā, m. a messenger who goes before.
     purogama puro-gama, as, ā, am, going before or in front, travelling in front, preceding, leading, a leader; first, most excellent; best; (at the end of a comp.) preceded by, accompanied by.
     purogamana puro-gamana, am, n. going before, preceding.
     purogava puro-gava, as, ī, m. f., Ved. one who precedes, a leader.
     purogā puro-gā, ās, m., Ved. going before, a leader.
     purogāmin puro-gāmin, ī, inī, i, going in front or before, preceding, a leader, one who precedes; (ī), m. a dog.
     puroguru puro-guru, us, us, or vī, u, Ved. heavy before or in front.
     purojanmatā purojanma-tā, f. priority of birth.
     purojanman puro-janman, ā, ā, a, born before.
     purojava puro-java, as, ā, am, excelling in speed, swifter than; (as), m., N. of a son of Medhātithi and of a Varsha named after him; of a son of Prāṇa.
     purojiti puro-jiti, is, f., Ved. previous possession or acquisition.
     purojyotis puro-jyotis, is, is, is, Ved. preceded by light.
     puroḍāś puro-ḍāś, -ḍās (or -ḷās), Ved. or puro-ḍāśa, as, m. a sacrificial cake of ground rice usually divided into pieces and offered in one or more cups (kapāla); an oblation of ghee or clarified butter with cakes of ground meal; an oblation in general; a sort of flat ladle or spoon used for placing the cakes in the sacrificial fire; the orts or leavings of any substance used in an oblation to fire; Soma juice as drunk at particular sacrifices; a Mantra or prayer recited in offering oblations to fire.
     puroḍāśin puroḍāśin, ī, inī, i, Ved. connected with the sacrificial cake.
     puroḍāśīya puro-ḍāśīya, as, ā, am, relating to the Puroḍāśa or sacrificial cake, fit to be offered in oblations.
     puroḍāśya pu-roḍāśya, as, ā, am, intended for the sacrificial cake, fit for offering with ghee as an oblation to fire.
     purodhas puro-dhas, 2. puro-dhā, puro-dhātṛ, puro-dhā-nīya, purodhikā, see under 1. puro-dhā, col. 3.
     puronuvākyavat puronuvākya-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. having an invitatory verse; [cf. the next.]
     puro'nuvākyā puro-'nuvākyā (-ras-an-), f., Ved., scil. ṛc, an introductory or invitatory verse.
     purobhāga puro-bhāga, as, m. the front part, fore part; officiousness, meddling in other people's affairs, obtrusiveness; malevolence; envy; (as, ā, am), obtrusive, meddlesome.
     purobhāgitā purobhāgi-tā, f. officiousness, obtrusiveness; malevolence.
     purobhāgin puro-bhāgin, ī, inī, i, taking the first share; obtrusive, officious; malevolent, censorious, faultfinding; envious, jealous.
     purobhū puro-bhū, ūs, ūs, u, Ved. being in front, excelling, superior (said of Indra; according to Sāy. yuddhe purataḥ śatrūn avāpnotīti purobhūḥ).
     puromāruta puro-māruta, as, m. a wind blowing from before or in front, east wind (opposed to paścān-māruta).
     puroyāvan puro-yāvan, ā, arī, a, Ved. going in front, leading; (Sāy.) = pu-rato miśrayitṛ, mingling foremost (in battles).
     puroyudh puro-yudh, t, t, t, or puro-yodha, as, ā, am, Ved. fighting before or in front.
     puroratha puro-ratha, as, ā, am, Ved. one whose chariot is foremost; surpassing, excelling, superior.
     puroruṅmat puroruṅ-mat, ān, atī, at, Ved. furnished with the Puro-ruc.
     puroruc puro-ruc, k, k, k, Ved. shining before or in front of, shining in the east; (k), f., N. of certain Nivid formularies (or Padas) recited at the morning sacrifice in the Ājya ceremony before the principal hymn (sūkta) or any part of it.
     purovartin puro-vartin, ī, inī, i, being before the eyes or in the presence of, being in front.
     purovasu puro-vasu, us, us, u, Ved. preceded by wealth (?); (perhaps a corruption of purū-vasu.)
     purovāta puro-vāta, as, m. wind from before, east wind.
     purovṛtta puro-vṛtta, as, ā, am, being before, preceding.
     purohavis puro-havis, is, is, is, Ved. previously provided with sacrifices or oblations.
     purohita puro-hita, see under 1. puro-dhā, col. 3.

purastāt purastāt, ind. before, in front of (with abl. or gen.) in advance, towards the front, forward, at the beginning or commencement, in the first place; ere; previously, formerly, first; before the eyes of, in the presence of; eastward, towards the east, in the east, from the east [cf. uttara-p-]; in the preceding part (of a book), further on, in the sequel.
     purastājjapa pu-rastāj-japa, as, m., Ved. a preceding Japa.
     purastājjyotis pu-rastāj-jyotis, is, is, is, N. of a kind of Triṣṭubh, the first Pāda of which contains eight syllables.
     purastāduddhāra purastād-uddhāra, as, m., Ved. a part given in advance.
     purastāddhoma purastād-dhoma, as, m. (fr. purastāt + homa), Ved. an introductory sacrifice.
     purastāddhomavat purastād-dhoma-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. having an introductory sacrifice.
     purastādbṛhatī purastād-bṛhatī, f., Ved. a kind of Bṛhatī metre, the first Pāda or which contains twelve syllables.

purastātna purastātna, as, ā (?), am, preceding, going before.

purā purā, ind. (perhaps and old inst. sing. fr. a form pura for para), in former times, formerly, of old, in the olden time, in the days of old, of yore; before, hitherto, up to the present time (with na, 'never'); firstly, in the first place, first, at first (opposed to paścā, paścāt); soon, ere long, shortly, in a short time, by and by (in this sense giving a future sense to the pres. by Pāṇ. III. 3, 4, e. g. purā dūṣayati sthalīm, ere long he will contaminate the earth, Raghu-v. XII. 30; āloke te nipatati purā, soon she will fall within [the range of] thy sight, Megh. 84); before, ere (with abl. and in the earlier language also with dat.); for the defence or safety of (Ved.); securely from (Ved.); with the exception of, except, besides (Ved.); [cf. puras, pūrva; Gr. [greek] [greek] perhaps [greek] Lat. por in por-tendere; Goth. faura, faur; Angl. Sax. for,  fora-, fore-.]
     purākathā purā-kathā, f. a story of the past, an old legend.
     purākalpa purā-kalpa, as, m. a former creation, former age; a story or tale of the past.
     purākṛta purā-kṛta, as, ā, am, done formerly or of old, done long ago; done or observed previously; begun, commenced.
     purākṛti purā-kṛti, is, f. the former mode of action.
     purāja purā-ja, as, ā, am, Ved. former, existing from of old or from aforetime (Sāy. = pūrva-jāta, cirantana).
     purāyoni purā-yoni, is, is, i, of ancient origin or lineage; an epithet of kings.
     purāvasu purā-vasu, us, m. an epithet of Bhīṣma.
     purāvid purā-vid, t, t, t, knowing the events of former times, knowing or acquainted with the past; an epithet of kings.
     purāvṛtta purā-vṛtta, as, ā, am, that which has occurred or taken place in former times, long since transpired; one who has lived in former times; relating to ancient times, referring to times of yore; (am), n. former conduct, former mode of action; any old or legendary event; history, any account of former events traditionary or heroic.
     purāvṛttakathā purāvṛtta-kathā, f. or purāvṛttākhyāna (-ta-ākh-), am, n. an old story or legend, a story of the past.
     purāvṛttākhyānakathana purāvṛttākhyāna-kathana (-ta-ākh-), am, n. telling old stories, relating tales of the past.
     purāsāh purā-sāh, ṣāṭ, ṭ, ṭ, Ved. superior from ancient times; (Sāy.) = purāṇām abhibhavitṛ, conqueror of cities.
     purodbhava purodbhava (-rā-ud-), as, ā, am, of former or prior origin; (ā), f. a species of plant, a drug (= mahā-medā).
     puropanīta puropanīta (-rā-up-), as, ā, am, formerly obtained or possessed.

purāṇa purāṇa, as, ā, or ī, am (opposed to nūtana, nava), belonging to ancient or olden times, ancient, old, aged, primeval; worn out, laid aside; (am), n. a thing of the past, past event; a tale of the past, ancient history legendary and traditionary, legend (= Gr. [greek]); the N. given to certain wellknown sacred works, supposed to have been compiled by the poet Vyāsa, and comprising the whole body of modern Hindū mythology (each of which should treat of five topics; cf. pañca-lakṣaṇa. There are eighteen acknowledged Purāṇas, usually reckoned as follow: 1. Kūrma-p-; 2. Garuḍa-p-; 3. Vṛhan-nāradīya-p-; 4. Padma-p-; 5. Brahma-p-; 6. Brahma-vaivarta-p-, which is of very modern origin; 7. Brahmāṇḍa-p-; 8. Bhavishya-p-; 9. Bhāgavata-p-, or the life of Kṛṣṇa, by some considered a modern work; 10. Matsya-p-; 11. Mārkaṇḍeya-p-; 12. Liṅga-p-; 13. Vāmana-p-; 14. Vāyu-p-, which is probably one of the oldest; 15. Vārāha-p-; 16. Viṣṇup-; 17. Śiva-p-; 18. Skanda-p-. Some authorities substitute the Agni-p-for the Vāyu-p-; and others add the Narasiṃha-p-, which is considered by some as an Upa-p-, q. v.; by some the Purāṇas are divided into four or by others into six Saṃhitās or collections); (as), m. a Karsha or measure of silver (= 16 Paṇas of cowries); N. of a Ṛṣi.
     purāṇakalpa purāṇa-kalpa, as, m. former creation; a story or tale of former time; [cf. purā-kalpa.]
     purāṇaga purāṇa-ga, as, m. [cf. 3. ga], 'singing of the past', an epithet of Brahma; a reciter of the Purāṇas.
     purāṇapuruṣa purāṇa-puruṣa, as, m. 'the primeval male', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     purāṇaprokta purāṇa-prokta, as, ā, am, proclaimed by ancient sages.
     purāṇamahimopavarṇana purāṇa-mahimopavarṇana (-ma-up-), am, n., N. of the 132nd chapter of the Bhūmi-khaṇḍa or second part of the Padma-Purāṇa.
     purāṇamāhātmya purāṇa-mā-hātmya, am, n., N. of a chapter of the Liṅga-Purāṇa.
     purāṇavat purāṇa-vat, ind., Ved. as of old.
     purāṇavid pu-rāṇa-vid, t, t, t, Ved. knowing the events of the past; knowing the Purāṇas.
     purāṇavidyā purāṇa-vidyā, f. or purāṇa-veda, as, m., Ved. a knowledge of the events of the past.
     purāṇasamuccaya purāṇa-samuccaya, as, m., N. of a book mentioned in Kamalākara-bhaṭṭa's Śūdra-dharma-tattva.
     purāṇasarvasva purāṇa-sarvasva, am, n. 'essence of the Purāṇas', N. of a work by Halāyudha taken mostly from the Purāṇas and giving a general outline of universal knowledge.
     purāṇasāra purāṇa-sāra, am, n. 'substance of the Purāṇas', N. of a work mentioned in Mādhava's Parāśara-smṛtivyākhyā.
     purāṇānta purāṇānta (-ṇa-an-), as, m. an epithet of Yama.
     purāṇāvatāra purāṇāvatāra (-ṇa-av-), as, m., N. of the first chapter of the Padma-Purāṇa.
     purāṇokta pu-rāṇokta (-ṇa-uk-), as, ā, am, enjoined by or written in the Purāṇas.

purāṇaka purāṇaka, as, m., N. of a Nāga.

purāṇya purāṇya, Nom. P. purāṇyati, &c., to talk of the past, relate past events.

purātana purātana, as, ī, am, belonging to the past, former, old, ancient; worn out; (ās), m. pl. the ancients; (am), n. an ancient story, old legend; (e), ind. in past times, formerly.

purodhā 1. puro-dhā, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, -dhātum, (P.) to place or set before, place foremost or in front, regard before others, value highly, honour, esteem, pay chief attention to, apply one's self to; to weigh, ponder; (A.) to place at the head or in front, to place before, lay down before; to charge, commission, appoint, especially to appoint to priestly functions; to enjoin upon, charge with.
     purodhas puro-dhas, ās, m. an appointed priest or one appointed to a particular charge, a family priest, king's domestic chaplain (= puro-hita; in Mahā-bh. Vana-p. 10635, the form puro-dha, as, m. occurs); N. of a man said to be the author of the hymn Vājasaneyi-Saṃhitā XI. 17.
     purodhā 2. puro-dhā, f. charge, commission, standing in the place of any one, representation; the rank or office of a Puro-hita, q. v.
     purodhātṛ puro-dhātṛ, tā, m., Ved. the giver of a charge or commission; the appointer of the Puro-hita.
     purodhāna puro-dhāna, am, n. priestly ministration.
     purodhānīya puro-dhānīya, as, m., Ved. = puro-hita.
     purodhikā purodhikā, f. preferred to other women, a favourite wife.
     purohita puro-hita, as, ā, am, placed foremost or in front; charged, commissioned, appointed; (as), m. one holding a charge or commission, an agent, an appointed priest or one appointed to any particular charge, a family priest, a king's domestic chaplain, a priest who conducts all the ceremonials and sacrifices of the family.
     purohitatva purohita-tva, am, n. the rank of a Puro-hita.
     purohiti puro-hiti, is, f. priestly ministration (Sāy. = puro-dhāna, paurohitya).
     purohitikā purohitikā, f., N. of a woman, or a mode of addressing a favourite (?).

pur 3. pur, ūr, f. (probably fr. rt. pṝ), a rampart, wall; a stronghold, castle, fortress, fortified city, town; the body (considered as the stronghold of the puruṣa, q. v.); intellect (= mahat); N. of a Daśa-rātra (Ved.).
     purañjana purañ-jana, as, m. the living principle, life, the soul (personified as a king); (ī), f. understanding, intelligence (personified as the wife of a king).
     purañjaya purañ-jaya, as, m. 'city-conqueror', N. of a hero on the side of the Kurus; of a son of Sṛñjaya and father of Janam-ejaya; of a son of Bhajamāna and Sṛñjarī; (= kakut-stha) N. of a son of Śaśāda; = kākutstha; N. of a son of Vindhya-śakti; of Medhāvin; of an elephant, the son of Airāvaṇa.
     puranda puran-da, as, m. = puran-dara.
     purandara puran-dara, as, m. 'town-splitter' or 'fortressdestroyer', an epithet of Indra (as breaking cities into fragments with his thunderbolt?); the Indra of the seventh Manv-antara; an epithet of Agni; of Śiva; a thief, house-breaker; (ā), f. an epithet of Gaṅgā; (am), n. a species of pepper, Piper Chaba.
     purandaracāpa pu-randara-cāpa, as, m. Indra's bow, the rainbow.
     purandarapurī purandara-purī, f., N. of a town in Mālava.
     puriśaya puri-śaya, as, ā, am (a word formed to explain puruṣa), reposing in the fortress or fastness (i. e. the body).
     purohan puro-han, ā, ghnī, a (fr. puras, acc. pl. of 3. pur + han), Ved. breaking castles, destroying strongholds.
     pūrdvār pūr-dvār, r, f. or pūr-dvāra, am, n. the gate of a city.
     pūrpati pūr-pati, is, m., Ved. the lord of a castle or city.
     pūrbhid pūr-bhid, t, t, t, Ved. breaking down strongholds or castles.
     pūrbhidya pūr-bhidya, am, n., Ved. the breaking of strongholds or castles; (Sāy.) = saṅgrāma, war.
     pūryāṇa pūr-yāṇa, as, ā, am, Ved. leading or conducting to the fastness (i. e. to the celestial world).

pura pura, am, n. a fortress, castle, fortified town; a town, city, a place containing large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length (if it extends for half that distance it is called a kheṭa, if less than that, a karvaṭa or small market town; any smaller cluster of houses is called a grāma or village); 'the city' [greek] i. e. Pāṭali-putra or Patna; a house, dwelling, abode, residence; an upper story; the female apartments, gynaeceum; a store-house, repository; a brothel; the body; the skin; the calyx of a flower or any receptacle or cup formed of leaves; a fragrant grass, a species of Cyperus (= nāgara-mustā); a kind of resin, bdellium; N. of a constellation; N. of the subdivisions of the Vedānta work called Tri-puṭī or Tri-purī; (as), m. a kind of resin, bdellium; yellow Barleria; N. of a demon; N. of a man; (ā), f. a stronghold, castle (at the end of a comp.; cf. jīva-p-, deva-p-); a kind of perfume; the east; (ī), f. a fort, stronghold, castle; a town, city; the body; [cf. Gr. [greek] [greek]]; perhaps Lat. urbs; perhaps Lith. pil-ī-s, 'a castle.']
     purakoṭṭa pura-koṭṭa, am, n. 'city-stronghold', a citadel.
     purajit pura-jit, t, m. 'conqueror of fortresses or conqueror of Pura', an epithet of Śiva; N. of a prince (a son of Aja and father of Ariṣṭa-nemi).
     purajyotis pura-jyotis, is, n. an epithet of the region or world of Agni; [cf. puro-jyotis.]
     purataṭī pura-taṭī, f. a small markettown, village; a small fair.
     puratoraṇa pura-toraṇa, am, n. 'city-arch', the outer gate of a city.
     puradevatā pura-devatā, f. 'city-deity', the tutelary deity of a town.
     puradvāra pura-dvāra, am, n. a city-gate.
     puradviṣ pura-dviṣ, ṭ, m. 'foe of Pura', an epithet of Śiva.
     puraniveśa pura-niveśa, as, m. the founding of a city.
     purapakṣin pura-pakṣin, ī, m., Ved. 'town-bird', a bird living in a city, tame bird (opposed to vanya-pakṣin).
     purapāla pura-pāla or pura-pālaka, as, m. the defender of a fortress, citygovernor.
     purabhid pura-bhid, t, m. 'the crusher of Pura', an epithet of Śiva; [cf. pura-jit.]
     puramathana pura-mathana, as, m. 'crusher of Pura', an epithet of Śiva.
     puramārga pura-mārga, as, m. the street of a town.
     puramālinī pura-mālinī, f. 'crowned with castles', N. of a river.
     purarakṣa pura-rakṣa, as, or pura-rakṣin, ī, m. a watchman of a town, constable.
     purarāṣṭrāṇi pura-rāṣṭrāṇi, n. pl. cities and kingdoms.
     purarodha pura-rodha, as, m. the siege of a fortress or city.
     puravara pura-vara, am, n. an excellent town.
     puravāsin pura-vāsin, ī, inī, i, dwelling in a city or town; (ī), m. a city-dweller, inhabitant of a town, citizen, townsman.
     puravāstu pura-vāstu, u, n. ground suitable for the foundation of a city.
     puraśāsana pura-śāsana, as, m. 'chastiser of Pura', an epithet of Śiva.
     purahan pura-han, ā, m. 'slayer of Pura', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     purahita pura-hita, am, n. the welfare of a town or city.
     purāṭṭa purāṭṭa (-ra-aṭ-), as, m. a turret for defensive purposes on a city wall.
     purādhipa purādhipa (-ra-adh-), as, m. the governor of a town, prefect of police.
     purādhyakṣa purādhyakṣa (-ra-adh-), as, m. 'fort-overseer', the commandant of a fortress, the governor of a city, prefeet of police.
     purārāti purārāti (-ra-ar-), is, m. 'foe of Pura', an epithet of Śiva.
     purāri purāri (-ra-ari-), is, m. 'foe of Pura', an epithet of Śiva; an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     purārdhavistara purārdha-vistara (-ra-ar-), as, ā, am, being of the extent of half a town; (as), m. part of a town, a suburb, ward, division.
     purāvatī purā-vatī, f. 'rich in castles', N. of a river.
     purāsuhṛd purāsuhṛd (-ra-as-), t, m. 'enemy of Pura', an epithet of Śiva.
     purīdāsa purī-dāsa, as, m., N. of the author of the Caitanya-candrodaya; (also called kavi-karṇa-pūra.)
     purīmoha purī-moha, as, m. the thorn-apple, Datura.
     purotsava purotsava (-ra-ut-), as, m. 'town-festival', a festival solemnized in a city.
     purodbhavā purodbhavā (-ra-ud-), f. 'growing in towns', N. of a plant.
     purodyāna purodyāna (-ra-ud-), am, n. 'citygarden', a pleasure-garden belonging to a town, park.
     puraukas puraukas (-ra-ok-), ās, m. an inhabitant of a town, inhabitant of Tri-pura.

puraka puraka = pura. See arghāṣṭa-puraka, p. 83.

puraṇa puraṇa, as, m. the sea, ocean.

puri puri, is, f. a city [cf. purī under pura]; a river; a king.

purikā purikā, f., N. of a city.

purañjara purañjara, as, m. the armpit.

puraṭa puraṭa, am, n. gold.

puratas puratas. See rt. 2. pur, p. 582.

purandhi puran-dhi, puran-dhri. See under rt. 2. pur, p. 582, col. 2.

puraya puraya, as, m., Ved., N. of a man.

puralā puralā (?), f. an epithet of Durgā.

puras puras, purastāt. See under rt. 2. pur, p. 582, col. 2, and p. 583, col. 1.

purā purā. See p. 583, col. 1.

purāṭaṅka purāṭaṅka, as, m., N. of a man.

purāṇa purāṇa. See p. 583, col. 2.

purātana purātana. See p. 583, col. 3.

purātala purātala, am, n. the region below the seven worlds; [cf. talātala.]

purāsinī purāsinī, f. a species of creeper (= saha-deva).

puri puri. See col. 1.

purīkaya purīkaya, as, m., Ved. a species of aquatic animal.

purītat purī-tat, t, t, m. n. (probably fr. puri for 3. pur + 2. tat), the pericardium or some other intestine near the heart; the entrails in general; (also wrongly read puri-tat.)

purīṣa purīṣa, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. pṝ), vapour, damp exhalations rising in the air, moisture, fluid in general (Sāy. = udaka); dust, anything crumbled; mould, rubbish, rubble-stones, anything used to fill up interstices in a wall; feces, excrement, ordure; (ī), f. epithet of a particular religious observance.
     purīṣanigrahaṇa purīṣa-nigrahaṇa, as, ā, am, stopping or obstructing the bowels.
     purīṣapada purīṣa-pada, am, n., Ved. epithet of particular passages inserted in the recitation of the Mahā-nāmnī verses.
     purīṣabhedin purīṣa-bhedin, ī, inī, i, 'loosening the feces', relaxing the bowels.
     purīṣavat purīṣa-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. furnished with rubbish or loose earth (used for filling interstices).
     purīṣavāhaṇa purīṣa-vāhaṇa or purīṣa-vāhana, as, ā, am, Ved. removing rubbish or refuse.
     purīṣādhāna purīṣādhāna (-ṣa-ādh-) or purīṣa-dhāna (?), am, n. 'receptacle of excrement', the last of the intestines, the rectum.
     purīṣotsarga purīṣotsarga (-ṣa-ut-), as, m. the voiding of excrement.

purīṣaṇa purīṣaṇa, am, n. evacuation by stool, voiding of excrement, feces.

purīṣama purīṣama, as, m. the black kidney-bean, Phaseolus Mas or Radiatus.

purīṣaya purīṣaya, Nom. P. purīṣayati, -yitum, to void excrement, evacuate by stool.

purīṣita purīṣita, as, ā, am, voided, evacuated (as the bowels), voided upon.

purīṣin purīṣin, ī, iṇī, i, Ved. filled with vapours, vaporous, damp, humid, moist (as the Maruts or Parjanya-Vāta); 'possessing articles that fill up' ([greek]), i. e. furnished with utensils or movables, wealthy; (iṇī), f. 'bearing or carrying rubbish', an epithet of the Sarayū, or N. of another river; (Sāy.) = udaka-vatī, watery.

purīṣya purīṣya, as, ā, am, Ved. an epithet of fire; (according to Sāy.) = sikatā-sammiśra, mixed with sand, = citya, q. v.; (according to Mahī-dhara) = paśavya; dwelling in loose earth or in rubbish; dirty; possessing utensils or movables, wealthy.
     purīṣyavāhana purīṣya-vāhana, as, ā, am, see Pāṇ. III. 2, 65.

puru puru, us, vī, u (said to be fr. rt. pṝ; mostly Ved.; in the epic and later literature only at the beginning of proper names, except in the Bhāgavata-Purāṇa which affects archaic forms, where it occurs at the beginning of comps.), much, many, abounding, abundant, exceeding; (us), m. the pollen or farina of a flower; heaven or the world and residence of immortals; N. of a prince the son of Yayāti and Śarmiṣṭhā and sixth monarch of the lunar race; N. of a son of Manu Cākṣuṣa and Naḍvalā; N. of a son of Vasu-deva and Saha-devā; N. of a river; (vyas), f. pl. a multitude, (Sāy.) = bahvyaḥ prajāḥ; (u), ind. much, often, exceedingly; simā puru, everywhere, in all places; purūru, very far, far and wide; puru tiraḥ, far off, from afar; puru viśva, one and all, every; [cf. pulu, pūrṇa: Old Pers. paru-s, 'much:' Gr. [greek] [greek] Lat. plus, plurimu-s, pleri-que: Goth. filu, 'much;' filu-sna, 'multitude:' Old Norse flei-ri, flest-r: Old Germ. filu, filo, vilo, 'much:' Mod. Germ. viel: Angl. Sax. fela, feala, 'much:' perhaps Hib. mor, 'great, big, bulky, many, noble;' moradh, 'augmentation.']
     purukutsa puru-kutsa, as, m., N. of a man with the patronymic Aikṣvāka (Ved.); N. of a son of Mān-dhātṛ.
     purukutsava puru-kutsava, as, m., N. of an enemy of Indra.
     purukutsānī purukutsānī, f., Ved., N. of a woman (perhaps wife of Puru-kutsa).
     purukṛt puru-kṛt, t, t, t, Ved. achieving great deeds, efficacious (said of Indra and of Soma); increasing.
     purukṛtvan puru-kṛtvan, ā, m., Ved. achieving great deeds (said of Indra).
     purukṛpā puru-kṛpā, f. abundant mercy or compassion.
     purukṣu puru-kṣu, us, us, u, Ved. rich in food (said of Agni, Soma, Indra; Sāy. = puroḍāśādi-bahuvi-dhānnopeta).
     purugūrta puru-gūrta, as, ā, am, Ved. welcome to many (said of Indra).
     purucetana puru-cetana, as, m., Ved. visible to many, very grateful to the eyes (said of Agni and Indra; according to Sāy. = bahūnāṃ jñātṛ, sarva-jña).
     puruja puru-ja, as, ā, am, much, for puruha; (as), m., N. of a prince the son of Su-śānti; [cf. puru-jāti, puru-jānu.]
     purujāta puru-jāta, as, ā, am, Ved. variously manifested, appearing in various forms (said of Aryaman).
     purujāti puru-jāti, is, m., N. of a prince the son of Suśānti.
     purujānu puru-jānu, us, m., N. of a prince the son of Su-śānti.
     purujit puru-jit, t, m. 'conquering many', N. of a hero on the side of the Pāṇḍus and brother of Kunti-bhoja; N. of a prince the son of Rucaka; of a son of Ānaka.
     puruṇāman puru-ṇāman, ā, mnī, a, Ved. 'having many names', an epithet of Indra.
     puruṇītha puru-ṇītha, am, n., Ved. a song for many voices, choral song; (according to Sāy.) N. of a king.
     purutman puru-tman, ā, ā, a, Ved. existing variously (said of Indra); (Sāy.) = bahuṣu pradeśeṣu satataṃ gacchat.
     purutrā puru-trā, ind., Ved. variously, in various directions, in many places; in various ways; many times, often.
     puruda puru-da, am, n. gold.
     purudaṃśaka puru-daṃśaka, as, m. 'many-teethed', a goose (so called from its serrated beak).
     purudaṃsas puru-daṃsas, ās, ās, as, Ved. abounding in mighty acts or operations; (ās), m. an epithet of Indra, (also incorrectly spelt puru-daṃśas); (asau), m. du. an epithet of the Aśvins.
     purudatra puru-datra, as, ā, am, Ved. rich in gifts, giving wealth (said of Indra; Sāy. = bahu-dhana).
     purudama puru-dama, as, ā, am, Ved. possessing many houses, belonging to or springing from many households.
     purudaya puru-daya, as, ā, am, abounding in compassion.
     purudasma puru-dasma, as, ā, am, Ved. abounding in mighty acts or operations (said of Viṣṇu and of Soma).
     purudasyu puru-dasyu, us, us, u, very rapacious.
     purudina puru-dina, āni, n. pl., Ved. many days.
     purudrapsa puru-drapsa, as, ā, am, Ved. abounding in drops of water (said of the Maruts).
     purudruh puru-druh, -dhruk, k, k, Ved. injuring greatly; (Sāy.) = nānāvidha-droha-yukta.
     purudha puru-dha and puru-dhā, ind., Ved. in many ways, variously; often, frequently.
     purudhapratīka purudha-pratīka, as, ā, am, Ved. having various or multiform aspects; (Sāy.) = bahudhā-vikṣiptāṅga.
     purudhasman puru-dhasman, ā, ā, a (dhas-man probably for hasman), Ved. much jesting; (probably an incorrect word.)
     puruniḥṣidh puru-niḥṣidh, t, or puru-niḥṣidhvan, ā, m., Ved. granting or giving abundantly; (Sāy.) = bahūnāṃ śatrūṇāṃ ni-ṣedhaka, the repeller of many foes (said of Indra).
     puruniṣṭha puru-niṣṭha, as, ā, am, or puru-niṣṭhā, ās, ās, am, Ved. excelling among many; (Sāy.) = bahu-sthāna, having many stations.
     purunṛmṇa puru-nṛmṇa, as, ā, am, Ved. displaying great valour (said of Indra).
     purupanthā puru-panthā, ās, m., Ved., N. of a man.
     purupaśu puru-paśu, us, us, u, Ved. rich in herds, possessing much cattle.
     puruputra puru-putra, as, ā, am, Ved. having many sons or children.
     purupeśa puru-peśa, as, ā, am, or puru-peśas, ās, ās, as, Ved. multiform, having various forms; (Sāy.) = bahu-rūpa.
     puruprajāta puru-pra-jāta, as, ā, am, Ved. variously propagated; (Sāy.) = bahu-prādurbhāva.
     purupraśasta puru-praśasta, as, ā, am, Ved. praised by many.
     purupriya puru-priya, as, ā, am, Ved. greatly beloved, beloved of many.
     purupraiṣa puru-praiṣa, as, ā, am, Ved. the inciter or instigator of many, much inciting (said of Agni); accompanied by various acclamations; (Sāy.) = bahuvidham pha-lam icchat.
     purubhuj puru-bhuj, k, k, k, Ved. possessing much; (Sāy.) = bahūnām pālaka or prabhūta-hasta; (occurring only in the voc. m. du. as an epithet of the Aśvins.)
     purubhū puru-bhū, ūs, ūs, u, Ved. appearing much or of high value; (Sāy.) = bahu bhavat.
     purubhūta puru-bhūta, as, ā, am, a various reading for puru-hūta, q. v.
     purubhojas puru-bhojas, ās, ās, as, Ved. containing or granting many means of enjoyment, greatly nourishing.
     purumanas puru-manas, ās, ās, as, a word formed in Nirukta IX. 15 for the explanation of 2. puṃs.
     purumantu puru-mantu, ū, m. du., Ved. full of wisdom, intelligent (said of the Aśvins; Sāy. = bahūnāṃ jñātārau, cognizant of many things).
     purumandra puru-mandra, ā, m. du., Ved. delighting many (said of the Aśvins; Sāy. = bahu-madau or bahūnām mādayitārau).
     purumahna puru-mahna, as, m., N. of a man with the patronymic Āṅgirasa.
     purumāya puru-māya, as, ā, am, Ved. possessing various arts or virtues, wonderful (said of Indra and of the chariot of the Aśvins; Sāy. = vṛtrahana-nādi-bahukarman, bahuvidhāścarya, bahuvi-dha-karman).
     purumāyya puru-māyya, as, m., Ved., N. of a man.
     purumitra puru-mitra, as, m., N. of a man; N. of a follower of the Kurus.
     purumīḍha puru-mīḍha or puru-mīḷha, as, m., Ved., N. of a man with the patronymic Āṅgirasa; of a son of Su-hotra and author of the hymns Ṛg-veda IV. 43, 44; of a grandson of Su-hotra and son of Hastin or Bṛhat; a man with the patronymic Vaidadaśvi.
     purumedha puru-medha, as, ā, am, or puru-medhas, ās, ās, am, Ved. endowed with wisdom; (as or ās), m., N. of a man with the patronymic Āṅgirasa, the author of the hymns Ṛgveda VIII. 78, 79.
     pururatha puru-ratha, as, ā, am, Ved. having many chariots.
     pururavasa puru-ravasa, a wrong reading for purū-ravasa = purū-ravas.
     pururāvan puru-rāvan, ā, m., Ved. much-barking or much-howling; epithet of a demon.
     pururuc puru-ruc, k, k, k,  Ved. much-shining, shining brightly.
     pururuj puru-ruj, k, k, k, subject to many diseases.
     pururūpa puru-rūpa, as, ā, am, Ved. multiform, variegated; (said of tvaṣṭṛ) forming various shapes.
     purulampaṭa puru-lampaṭa, as, ā, am, very lascivious.
     puruvartman puru-vartman, ā, ā, a, Ved. having many ways or paths.
     puruvarpas puru-varpas, ās, ās, as, Ved. multiform, variegated.
     puruvāja puru-vāja, as, ā, am, Ved. of great strength, powerful, strong.
     puruvāra puru-vāra, as, ā, am, Ved. having an ample tail (?); rich in gifts, (Sāy.) much desired.
     puruvārapuṣṭi puruvāra-puṣṭi, is, is, i, Ved. rich in treasured wealth, granting treasured riches; (Sāy. = bahubhir varaṇīyā abhivṛddhir yasya.)
     puruvīra puru-vīra, as, ā, am, Ved. abounding in men, possessed of many men or male offspring; (Sāy. = bahubhir vīraiḥ putrādibhir upeta.)
     puruvepas puru-vepas, ās, ās, as, Ved. much excited or exciting (said of Agni).
     puruvrata puru-vrata, as, ā, am, Ved. having many ordinances (said of Soma).
     puruśakti puru-śakti, is, is, i, possessing various powers.
     puruśāka puru-śāka, as, ā, am, Ved. of great might, very powerful (said of Indra; Sāy. = bahubhiḥ stutya, bahu-sahāya).
     puruśākatama puru-śāka-tama, ā, m. du., Ved. 'achievers of great exploits', epithet of the Aśvins; (Sāy. = atiśayena bahu-karmāṇau or atiśayena bahu-sahāyau.
     puruścandra puru-ścandra, as, ā, am (= puru + candra), Ved. much-shining, resplendent; (Sāy. = bahu-dīpti, said of Agni, of the Aśvins and their chariots, &c.)
     puruṣanti puru-ṣanti, is, m., Ved., N. of a man.
     puruṣṭuta puru-ṣṭuta, as, ā, am, highly lauded or extolled, praised by many.
     purusambhṛta puru-sambhṛta, as, ā, am, Ved. accumulated by many.
     puruspārha puru-spārha, as, ā, am, or puru-spṛh, k, k, k, Ved. wished for or desired by many.
     puruhanman puru-hanman, ā, m., Ved., N. of a man with the patronymic Āṅgirasa or Vaikhānasa, author of Ṛg-veda VIII. 59, 2.
     puruhuta puru-huta, as, m., N. of a prince.
     puruhūta puru-hūta, as, ā, am, much invoked, invoked by many; (as), m. an epithet of Indra; (ā), f. a form of Dākṣāyaṇī.
     puruhūtadviṣ puruhūta-dviṣ, ṭ, m. 'foe of Indra', an epithet of Indra-jit.
     puruhūti puru-hūti, is, f. manifold invocation.
     puruhotra puru-hotra, as, m., N. of a son of Anu.
     purūcī pu-rūcī, f. (fr. an unused form purv-añc), Ved. abounding, abundant, full, comprehensive.
     purūdvaha purūdvaha (-ru-ud-), as, m., N. of one of the sons of the eleventh Manu.
     pururavas puru-ravas, ās, ās, as, Ved. crying much or loudly; (ās), m., N. of a celebrated prince of the lunar race, hero of the Vikramorvaśī (his father's name was Budha, who was son of the Moon and regent of Mercury, and who is supposed to have instituted the three sacrificial fires; his mother's name was Iḷā, whence his metronymic Aiḷa [cf. Ṛg-veda X. 95, 2, 5]; he was father of Āyus and ancestor of Puru, Dushyanta, Bharata, Kuru, Dhṛta-rāṣṭra, and Pāṇḍu; according to Nirukta X. 46, Purū-ravas is one of the beings belonging to the middle region of the universe; in the Veda he seems to be connected with the Sun as Urvaśī is with the Dawn, the word purū-ravas being then interpreted to mean 'possessing much light', cf. ravi, rudhira; according to some Purū-ravas is a Viśva-deva, according to others a Pārvaṇa-śrāddha-deva).
     purūravasa purū-ravasa, as, m. = purū-ravas, q. v.
     purūruc purū-ruc, k, k, k, Ved. much-shining.
     purūruṇā purūruṇā (-ru-ur-), ind., Ved. far and wide.
     purūvasu purū-vasu, us, us, u, Ved. abounding in goods or riches (said of Indra, the Aśvins, &c.).
     purūvṛt purū-vṛt, t, t, t, Ved. moving in various ways.
     puruaṇīka puru-aṇīka, as, ā, am, Ved. variously manifested (said of Agni; Sāy. = bahvībhir anīka-sthānīyābhir jvālābhir yukta, having many flames instead of faces).

puruha puruha, as, ā, am, or puruhu, us, us, u, much, many.

purudvas purudvas, ān, m., N. of a prince the son of Madhu and Vaidarbhī.

puruṣa puruṣa, as, m. (poetically also pū-ruṣa; said to be fr. rt. 2. pur; probably connected with pūru), man collectively or individually, mankind, a man, human being, male; a person (pumān puruṣaḥ, a male person); a member or representative of a race or generation (e. g. sapiṇḍatā puruṣe saptame vinivartate, the relationship of men connected by the funeral cake ceases with the seventh person); an officer, official, functionary, agent, employe, attendant, servant, footman; the height or measure of a man, = 5 Aratnis (1 Aratni = 2 Padas, 1 Pada = 12 Aṅgulis; cf. ardha-p-, dvi-p-); Punishment personified; (in gram.) a person (= prathamaḥ p-, the third person; madhya-maḥ p-, the second person; uttamaḥ p-, the first person); Man personified or identified with Nārāyaṇa the son of Nara (regarded as the author of Vājasaneyi-Saṃhitā XXX. 31); the soul and original source of the universe (described in the Puruṣasūkta, q. v.); the personal and life-giving principle in men and other beings, the human soul or spirit, Soul (which according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy is neither a production nor productive: it is so called according to the Tattva-samāsa because it reposes in the body, puri śayanāt; or because it is purāṇa, ancient, having existed from eternity); the Supreme Spirit or Soul of the universe, Supreme Being, God (identified variously with Brahman, with Viṣṇu, with Śiva, and with Durgā); the 'spirit', i. e. the fragrant exhalation of plants (Ved.); the pupil of the eye; the tree Rottleria Tinctoria (= pun-nāga); = tilaka; N. of one of the sons of Manu Cākṣuṣa; N. of one of the eighteen attendants of the Sun; N. of a Pāda in the Mahā-nāmnī verses; an epithet of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac; a friend; a follower of the Sāṅkhya philosophy (?); (ās), m. pl. men, people; N. of the class of inhabitants of Krañca-dvīpa corresponding to the Brāhmans; the seven divine or active principles from the minute portions of which the universe was formed, viz. mahat = buddhi, ahaṅ-kāra, and the five tan-mātras, (according to Manu I. 19); pañca puruṣāḥ, an epithet of five royal personages or miraculous persons born under particular constellations (Ved.); (ī), f. a woman, female; (am), n. an epithet of mount Meru.
     puruṣakāma pu-ruṣa-kāma, as, ā, am, Ved. desirous of men.
     puruṣakāra puruṣa-kāra, as, m. any act of man, manly act, human effort or exertion (commonly opposed to daiva, fate); manhood, virility; N. of a grammarian.
     puruṣakuṇapa puruṣa-kuṇapa, as, am, m. n. the corpse of a man, a human corpse.
     puruṣakeśarin puruṣa-ke-śarin, ī, m. 'man-lion or half-man, half-lion', Viṣṇu in his fourth appearance on earth (which he undertook for the defeat of Hiraṇya-kaśipu).
     puruṣakṣetra pu-ruṣa-kṣetra, am, n., Ved. a male or uneven zodiacal sign or astrological house.
     puruṣagati puruṣa-gati, is, f., N. of a Sāman.
     puruṣagandhi puruṣa-gandhi, is, is, i, Ved. smelling of men.
     puruṣaghna puruṣa-ghna, as, ī, am, 'man-slaying', striking or slaying men; strī pu-ruṣa-ghnī, a woman who kills her husband.
     puruṣacchandasa pu-ruṣa-cchandasa, am, n., Ved. 'man's metre', the metre suited for men, the Dvi-padā.
     puruṣajñāna puruṣa-jñāna, am, n. knowledge of men or of mankind. --1. puruṣa-tā, f. or puruṣa-tva, am, n. manhood, virility; manliness, valour, prowess; the state of man, manly nature or property.
     puruṣatā 2. puruṣa-tā, ind., Ved. after the manner of men, among men.
     puruṣatejas puruṣa-tejas, ās, ās, as, Ved. having a man's energy or manly vigour.
     puruṣatrā puruṣa-trā, ind., Ved. among men, to men; in the manner of men.
     puruṣatvatā puruṣatva-tā, ind., Ved. after the manner of men; (Sāy.) = puruṣavattayā.
     puruṣadaghna puruṣa-da-ghna or puruṣa-dvayasa, as, ī, am, of the height or measure of a man.
     puruṣadantikā puruṣa-dantikā, f. a medicinal root; [cf. medā.]
     puruṣadravyasampad puruṣa-dravya-sampad, t,  f. abundance of men and material.
     puruṣadviṣ puruṣa-dviṣ, ṭ, m. an enemy of Viṣṇu.
     puruṣadveṣin pu-ruṣa-dveṣin, ī, iṇī, i, 'man-hating', misanthropic; (iṇī), f. an ill-tempered or fractious woman.
     puruṣadharma puruṣa-dharma, as, m., Ved. personal rule or precept.
     puruṣanāya puruṣa-nāya, as, m. 'man-leader', a prince.
     puruṣaniyama puruṣa-niyama, as, m. (in gram.) a restriction as to person.
     puruṣapati puruṣa-pati, is, m. 'lord of men', Rāma.
     puruṣaparīkṣā puruṣa-parīkṣā, f. 'trial of man', N. of a collection of moral tales.
     puruṣapaśu pu-ruṣa-paśu, us, m. beast of a man, a brutal man; a man as a sacrificial victim; a human animal, man.
     puruṣapuṅgava puruṣa-puṅgava, as, m. 'man-bull', an eminent or excellent man.
     puruṣapuṇḍarīka puruṣa-puṇḍarīka, as, m. an excellent or superior man; (with Jainas) N. of the sixth black Vāsudeva.
     puruṣapura puruṣa-pura, am, n., N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, the modern Peṣāwar ([greek]).
     puruṣabahumāna puruṣa-bahumāna, as, m. the respect or esteem of mankind.
     puruṣamātra puruṣa-mātra, as, ī, am, of the height or measure of a man.
     puruṣamānin puruṣa-mānin, ī, inī, i, fancying one's self a man or hero.
     puruṣamukha puruṣa-mukha, as, ī, am, having a man's face.
     puruṣamṛga puruṣa-mṛga, as, m., Ved. (according to Mahī-dhara) = pum-mṛga.
     puruṣamedha puruṣa-medha, as, m., Ved. the sacrifice of a man; N. of the reputed author of the hymn Vājasaneyi-Saṃhitā XX. 30.
     puruṣarakṣas puruṣa-rakṣas, as, n. a demon in the form of a man.
     puruṣarāja puruṣa-rāja, as, m., Ved. a human king.
     puruṣarūpa puruṣa-rūpa, as, ā, am, Ved. man-shaped, in the form of a man; (am), n. the shape of a man.
     puruṣarūpaka puruṣa-rūpaka, as, ā, am, Ved. man-shaped, in the form of a man.
     puruṣareṣaṇa pu-ruṣa-reṣaṇa, as, ī, am, or puruṣa-reṣin, ī, iṇī, i, Ved. hurting men.
     puruṣarṣabha puruṣarṣabha (-ṣa-ṛṣ-), as, m. 'man-bull', an excellent man.
     puruṣavat pu-ruṣa-vat, ān, atī, at, Ved. accompanied by men.
     puruṣavadha puruṣa-vadha, as, m., Ved. manslaughter, homicide, murder.
     puruṣavara puruṣa-vara, as, m. 'best of males', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     puruṣavarjita puruṣa-varjita, as, ā, am, destitute of human beings, desolate.
     puruṣavāc puruṣa-vāc, k, k, k, Ved. having a human voice.
     puruṣavāha puruṣa-vāha, as, m. 'Viṣṇu's vehicle', an epithet of Garuḍa; (am), ind. in such a way as to be borne along by men; puruṣa-vāhaṃ va-hati, he is carried in such a manner as to be drawn along by men (Pāṇ. III. 4, 43).
     puruṣavidha puruṣa-vidha, as, ā, am, Ved. man-like, in the form or likeness of men.
     puruṣavidhatā puruṣavidha-tā, f. likeness to man, humanity.
     puruṣavyāghra puruṣa-vyāghra, as, m. 'man-tiger', N. of a demon; 'tiger among men', a distinguished or eminent man; a vulture.
     puruṣavrata puruṣa-vrata, am, n., N. of a Sāman.
     puruṣaśārdūla puruṣa-śārdūla, as, m. 'man-tiger', an eminent man, a chief of men.
     puruṣaśiras puruṣa-śiras, as, or puruṣa-śīrṣa, am, n., Ved. a man's head, human head.
     puruṣaśīrṣaka puruṣa-śīr-ṣaka, as or am, m. or n. (?), N. of an instrument used by thieves.
     puruṣasamavāya puruṣa-samavāya, as, m. a number of men.
     puruṣasiṃha puruṣa-siṃha, as, m. 'manlion', lion of a man, a brave man, hero; an eminent man; (with Jainas) the fifth of the black Vāsudevas, a son of Śiva.
     puruṣasūkta puruṣa-sūkta, am, n. 'the Puruṣa hymn', N. of the 90th hymn of the tenth Maṇḍala of the Ṛg-veda, (this celebrated hymn, in which the soul or original source of the universe is described, is supposed by the best authorities to be comparatively modern in its diction and allusions; it is also found with alterations in the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā of the Yajur-veda XXXI. 1--16, and in the Atharva-veda XIX. 6.)
     puruṣāṃsaka puruṣāṃsaka (-ṣa-aṃ-), as, m., N. of a teacher.
     puruṣākāra puruṣākāra (-ṣa-āk-), as, ā, am, of a human form or shape.
     puruṣāṅga puruṣāṅga (-ṣa-aṅ-), as, am, m. n. the male organ of generation; [cf. narāṅga.]
     puruṣād puruṣād (-ṣa-ad-), t, t, t, Ved. eating or destroying men.
     puruṣāda puruṣāda (-ṣa-ada), as, ī, am, 'man-eating', a cannibal, a Rakshas; (ās), m. pl., N. of a race of cannibals in the east of Madhya-deśa.
     puruṣādaka puruṣādaka (-ṣa-ad-), as, ā, am, men-devouring; (ās), m. pl., N. of certain cannibals.
     puruṣādatva puruṣāda-tva, am, n. the state or condition of a man-eater, cannibalism, the state of a demon or Rakshas.
     puruṣādya puruṣādya (-ṣa-ād-), as, m. 'first of men', (with Jainas) an epithet of Ādi-nātha; of Ṛṣabha the first Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī; an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     puruṣādhama puru-ṣādhama (-ṣa-adh-), as, m. 'lowest or vilest of men', a low man, an outcast; the worst of servants.
     puruṣādhikāra puruṣādhikāra (-ṣa-adh-), as, m. manly office or duty.
     puruṣāntara puruṣāntara (-ṣa-an-), am, n. another or succeeding generation; (as), m., scil. sandhi, an alliance negotiated by warriors chosen by each party; another who is a man (a mere man).
     puruṣāntaravedin puruṣāntara-vedin, ī, inī, i, knowing the heart of mankind.
     puruṣāntarātman puruṣāntarātman (-ṣa-an-), ā, m. 'man's inner self', the soul.
     puruṣāyaṇa puru-ṣāyaṇa (-ṣa-ay-), as, ā, am, Ved. going to the soul, uniting with the soul.
     puruṣāyuṣa puruṣāyuṣa (-ṣa-āy-), am, or puruṣāyus (-ṣa-āy-), us, n. the duration of a man's life, age of man, life or lifetime of man, human existence.
     puruṣārtha puruṣārtha (-ṣa-ar-), as, m. any object of human pursuit, any one of the four objects or aims of man or of the soul (viz. 1. kāma, the gratification of desire; 2. artha, acquirement of wealth; 3. dharma, discharge of duty; 4. mokṣa, final emancipation); human effort or exertion; (am), ind. for the sake of man; for the soul's sake.
     puruṣārthaprabodha puruṣārtha-prabodha, as, m., N. of a book mentioned in the Śūdra-dharma-tattva.
     puruṣārthasiddhyupāya pu-ruṣārtha-siddhy-upāya, N. of a Jaina poetical work by Amṛta-canda-sūri.
     puruṣāśin puruṣāśin (-ṣa-āś-), ī, m. 'man-eater', a cannibal, Rākṣasa.
     puruṣāsthimālin pu-ruṣāsthi-mālin (-ṣa-as-), ī, inī, i, wearing a necklace of human skulls; (ī), m. an epithet of Śiva.
     puruṣendra puruṣendra (-ṣa-in-), as, m. 'lord of men', a king.
     puruṣendratā puruṣendra-tā, f. 'lordship over men', sovereignty.
     puruṣeṣita puruṣeṣita (-ṣa-iṣ-), as, ā, am, Ved. caused or instigated by men.
     puruṣokti puru-ṣokti (-ṣa-uk-), is, f. the name or title of a man.
     puruṣoktika puruṣoktika, as, ā, am, 'having only the name of man', destitute, having no friends, friendless.
     puruṣottama puruṣottama (-ṣa-ut-), as, m. best of men, an excellent or superior man; best of servants, a good attendant; the highest being, Supreme Spirit, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa; (with Jainas) N. of the fourth black Vāsudeva (son of Soma); N. of an Arhat; a Jina, one of the generic terms for a deified teacher of the Jaina sect; N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu; N. of the author of the Trikāṇḍa-śeṣa and Hārāvalī; of a grammarian; of the father of Halāyudha; of various men.
     puruṣottamakṣetra puruṣot-tama-kṣetra, am, n. 'district of the Supreme Being', N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu (= līlācala, līlādri; cf. jagannātha-kṣetra).
     puruṣottamatīrtha puruṣottama-tīrtha, am, n., N. of a Tīrtha.
     puruṣottamatīrthaprayogatattva puruṣottamatīrtha-prayoga-tattva, am, n. 'truth of the ceremonies connected with the Purushottama-tīrtha', N. of a work by Raghu-nandana.
     puruṣottamadeva puruṣottama-deva, as, or puruṣottamadeva-śarman, ā, m., N. of a grammarian the author of the Paribhāṣā-vṛtti.
     puruṣottamamantra puruṣottama-mantra, as, m., N. of the seventeenth chapter of the Śāradātilaka, a mystical work by Lakṣmaṇa.
     puruṣottamamiśra puruṣot-tama-miśra, as, m., N. of a man the author of the Rāma-candrodaya.

puruṣaka puruṣaka, am, n. standing on two feet like a man, the rearing of a horse.

puruṣāya puruṣāya, Nom. A. puruṣāyate, -yitum, to behave or act like a man, play the man.

puruṣāyita puruṣāyita, as, ā, am, acting or behaving like a man, playing a manly part; (am), n. acting like a man, playing the part of a man.
     puruṣāyitatva puruṣāyita-tva, am, n. manly conduct, manliness.

puruṣya puruṣya, as, ā, am, Ved. pertaining to man, human.

puruha puruha, puruhu. See p. 585, col. 2.

purūravas purū-ravas. See p. 585, col. 2.

puroga puro-ga. See under puras, p. 582.

purocana purocana, as, m., N. of a man.

puroṭi puroṭi, is, m. the current of a river.

puroḍāśa puro-ḍāśa. See p. 582, col. 3.

puroravas puroravas for purū-ravas, q. v.

purohan puro-han. See 3. pur, p. 583.

purya purya, as, ā, am (fr. 3. pur), Ved. being in a stronghold or fastness.

puryaṣṭa pury-aṣṭa or pury-aṣṭaka, am, n. the eight constituent parts of the body.

purv purv [cf. rt. pṝ], cl. 1. P. pūrvati, pūrvitum, to fill; cl. 10. P. pūrvayati or pūrbayati, -yitum, to dwell or inhabit; to invite.

pul pul [cf. rt. pṝ], cl. 1. 6. 10. P. polati, pulati, polayati, &c., to be great or large; to be lofty or high; to be piled or heaped up.

pula pula, as, ā, am, extended, wide, vast, great, extensive; (as), m. erection of the hairs of the body (considered as a proof of exquisite delight); horripilation; N. of one of the attendants of Śiva; (ā), f. the soft palate or uvula.

pulaka pulaka, as, m. erection or bristling of the hairs of the body (considered by the Hindūs to be occasioned by delight or desire rather than by fear), a thrill of joy or of fear, horripilation; a species of edible plant; a kind of stone or gem; flaw or defect in a gem; any kind of insect or vermin infesting animals; a ball of bread and sweetmeats with which elephants are fed; yellow orpiment; a Gandharva or heavenly chorister; a wine-goblet or glass; a species of mustard; (am), n. a species of earth (= kaṅku-ṣṭha).
     pulakākulākṛti pulakākulākṛti (-ka-āk-, -la-āk-), is, is, i, 'having the frame excited by horripilation', thrilled with joy.
     pulakāṅga pulakāṅga (-ka-aṅ-), as, m. the noose or cord of Varuṇa.
     pulakālaya pulakālaya (-ka-āl-), as, m. an epithet of Kuvera.
     pulakīkṛta pulakī-kṛta, as, ā, am, having the hairs or down of the body erect, thrilled with delight.
     pulakīkṛtāṅga pulakīkṛtāṅga (-ta-aṅ-), as, ī, am, whose body has its hairs erect, having the body thrilled with joy.
     pulakodgama pulakodgama  (-ka-ud-), as, m. erection of the hairs of the body (through rapture), horripilation.

pulakaya pulakaya, Nom. P. pulakayati, -yitum, to have or feel the hairs of the body erect (with repture or desire).

pulakita pulakita, as, ā, am, having the hairs or down of the body erect or bristling up with joy, thrilled with joy, delighted, rejoiced, enraptured, joyful.

pulakin pulakin, ī, inī, i, having the hairs or down of the body erect, thrilled, enraptured; (ī), m. a species of Kadamba tree (= dhārā-kadamba).

pulasti pulasti, is, is, i (perhaps fr. pulas for puras, cf. palasti fr. paras, but said to be fr. pula and rt. 3. as), wearing the hair straight or plain; (gender doubtful), the hair of the head; (is), m., N. of a man.